Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1987-1988

Swarthmore
College Bulletin 1 9 8 7 ' 1 9 8 8
Volume L X X X V Number 1
Catalogue Issue September 1987

D irections fo r
C orrespondence
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081
David W. F ra s e r

GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY

President

Ja m e s W. England

ACADEMIC POLICY

Provost
ADM ISSIONS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND CATALOGUES

Ro b e rt A . B a rr, J r .
Dean o f Admissions

Ja n e H . M ullins

RECO RD S AND TRANSCRIPTS

Registrar

Lo re n H a rt

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Vice President

La u ra Talbot

FINANCIAL AID AND
FINANCING OPTIONS INFORMATION

Director o f Financial Aid

H . T h o m as Fra n cis

CA REER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

Director
ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

Kendall Lan dis
Vice President

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY

in f o r m a t io n

P a tric ia A . W hitm an
Equal Opportunity Officer

GENERAL

in f o r m a t io n

M a ra ly n O rbiso n Gillespie
Associate Vice President

Swarthmore College is committed to the prin­
ciple o f equal opportunity for all qualified
persons without discrimination against any
person by reason o f sex, race, color, age,
religion, national origin, handicap, or sexual
preference. This policy is consistent with rele­

vant governmental statutes and regulations,
including those pursuant to Tide IX o f the
federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and
Section 504 o f the Federal Rehabilitation Act
o f 1973.

The Swarthmore College Bulletin (ISSN
0888-2126), o f which this is Volume LXXXV,
number 1, is published in September, O cto­
ber, December, January, April, and July by
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA
19081 and additional mailing offices. Post­
master: Send address changes to Swarthmore
College Bulletin, Swarthmore, PA 19081.

Printed in U .S.A .

Table of Contents

CALENDAR 5
INTRODUCTION 8
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10
ADMISSION 18
EXPENSES 21
FINANCIAL AID 22
COLLEGE LIFE 35
STUDENT COMMUNITY 40

IV

V

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 45
FACULTY REGULATIONS 57
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 60
AWARDS AND PRIZES 62
FELLOWSHIPS 65
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
Art 68
Asian Studies 75
Astronomy 77
Biology 7 8
Black Studies 8 4
Chemistry 86
Classics 91
Computer Science 97
Economics 101
Education 108
Engineering 112
English Literature 119
History 135
International Relations 145
Linguistics 147

VI

Literature 150
Mathematics 152
Medieval Studies 161
Modem Languages and Literatures 163
Music 177
Philosophy 185
Physical Education and Athletics 191
Physics and Astronomy 193
Political Science 200
Psychology 208
Public Policy 214
Religion 216
Sociology and Anthropology 221
Women’s Studies 2 3 0

THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 233
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 237
THE FACULTY 241
ADMINISTRATION 256
VISITING EXAMINERS 266
DEGREES CONFERRED 269
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 274
ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 277
INDEX 278
PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 286
DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 288

3

Sun

1987
SEP TEM B ER
Mon Tue Wed Thu
l 2 3

6
n

7
14
21
28

20
■

27

8
15
22
29

¿M í

9
16
23
30
liy ill

10
17
24

1988
MAY
Fri
4

U

18
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

Sun Mon
1
2
8
9
15
16
22
23
29
30

Tue Wed Thu
3
5
4
10
11
12
18
19
17
25
26
24
31

Set
3
10
17
24

Sun Mon
6
13
20
27

Tue Wed Thu
1
2
8
9
7
15
16
14
21
22
23
28
29
30

Sun Mon

Tue Wed Thu

OCTOBER
Sun Mo«
4

h

18
25

5
12
19
26

Tue Wed Thu
1
6
7
8
13
14
22
20
21
28
29
27

15

W ËÊÊ

s

Toe Wed Thu
3
4 ■ 5
10
12
11
18
19
17
25
24
26

5
12
19
26

31

Bp

NOVEM BER
So« Mon
2
1
9
15
16
22
23
29
30

Jn

8
15
20

Toe Wed Thu
2
3
1
8
9
10
16
15
17
22
23
24
29
30

7
14
21
28

Sat
7
14
21
28

FH
4
11
18
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

Fri

Sat

8
15
22
29

9
16
23
30

34

n

3
10
17
24
31

4
11
18
25

3
10
17
24
31

Tue Wed Thu

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Tue Wed Thu
2
3
4
9
10
11
16
18
17
23
25
24

Sun Mon
7
14
21
28

Tue Wed Thu
1
2
3
8
9
10
15
16
17
22
23
24
29
30
31

II

Sun Mon

Tue Wed Thu

Sun Mon
4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

Fri
5
12
19
26

Sat
6
13
20
27

Fri
4
11
18
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

Sun Mon

Fri

Sat

Sun Mon

8
15
22
29

9
16
23
30

2
9
16
23
30

3
10
17
24
31

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

Sun M on

Fri

Sat

Su n M on : Thè:

1

2

8
15
22
29

9
16
23
30

Fri
5
12
19
26

Sat
6
13
20
27

Fri
2
9
16
23
30

Sat
3
10
17
24

Tue Wed Thu

Fri

Sat

5
12
19
26

7
14
21
28

8
15
22
29

Fri
4
11
18
25

Sat
5
12
19
26

Fri
2
9
16
23
30

Sat
3
10
17
24
31

5
12
19
26

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Tue Wed Thu
2
3
4
9
10
11
16
18
17
23
25
24
30
31

5
12
19
26

FEB R U AR Y
Tue Wed Th u
2 Fri3 Satm
I
6
7 8 9 10
13 14 15 16 17 18
20 2! 22 23 24 25
27 28

M ARCH
Wfcd Th u Fri
1 iili 3
5 6 7 8 9 10
It
13 14 15 16 mm
23 i i i i
19 :
21
22
26
a ' 29 3 0 31
27 1 2

Tue Wed Thu
1
6
8
7
13
15
14
20
21
22
28
27
29

4
11
18
25

6
13
20
27

6
13
20
27

7
14
21
28

Tue Wed Thu
1
2
3
8
9
10
15
16
17
22
23
24
29
30

tâÊÊÉÈ
9
16
23
30

7
14
21
28

4
11
18
25

5
12
19
26

Tue W ed T h u

3 1 4
41
Id
17 " - 1 8
24 « w

ill
12
19
26

8
■ '0 .
22
<2É

M AY
Tue Wed That
Fri
t W* 2
4 M M
8
10
9
11
'* 2
16
4® «
18
17
•£%
23
26
24 , 25
3
0
29
31

7

14
21
J ,2 8

S at
6
20
27

JU N E
l i n i M on

Tue W Ü

4 8 5' m à à
11
12 '" U ,
1&
20
19
ti
25
26

Th u ’ W Èì::-" Sat
i l i m 2
9 *1 0
8
m
15
16' m
14
22
23 g *
21
28
t f 30

3

JULY
'H&'ì Sat

Su» Mon Tue Wed

2 sV'3 i ''4
9 10 ''W
\A . mM * là
23 WÊË-'2$
'*30 g 31

- it i
26

SS!

13 14 V fjl
$ 8 " 21-' .22
27 28 '129

AUG UST
Sun

Mon

6 Sí p
«TÉ: 1 14
20 21
27 28

Tue

1 I;
8
, 15
22
29

w&r Th u Fri f l i t
m
2; 3
4
9 IO 11 12
19
16 '\17 Mfc*
23 24 25 ?h26
30 M |
t t iM

4

4
11
18
25

Fri,/

6 i m
13
14
20
21
27
28

Su n M o n

DECEM BER
Tue Wed Thu
1
6
8
7
13
15
14
20
21
22
28
27
29

Sat

A P R IL
M on

NOVEM BER

A P R IL
3
10
17
24

Sat
4
11
18
25

OCTOBER
Sun Mon

M ARCH
6
13
20
27

Fri
3
10
17
24

SEP TEM B ER

FEB R U AR Y
Sun Mon
1
8
7
14
15
21
22
28
29

Sat
7
14
21
28

AU G U ST
Sun Mon
1
8
7
14
15
21
22
28
29

1988
JA N U A R Y
Sun Mon

Fri
6
13
20
,2 7

JU LY

i
Fri
6
13
20
27

DECEM BER
Sun Mon

;
1989
JA N U A R Y
Sun M on Toe Wed Th u
Fri
Set
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 H r 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 2 4 25 26 2? 28
29 30 31

JU N E
Fri
2
9
16
23
30

W:-

sili
*

M S

_

College Calendar

1987

Fall Sem ester

August 29
September 1
August 29-Septem ber 2
September 1
September 2
September 3
September 18-19
O ctober 16

Dormitories open for new students
Dormitories open for returning students
Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors students
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October Holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October Holiday ends, 8 :30 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Classes end
Enrollment for spring semester
Seminars end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end

O ctober 26
November 25
November 30
December 4 -5
December 11
December 12
December 18
December 14
December 22

1988
January 17
January 18
February 26-27
M arch 4
M arch 5
March 13
M arch 14
A pril 15 -17
A pril 25-29
A pril 29
May 2
May 5
May 5
May 6 - 7
May 14
May 16
May 16, 17
May 19-21
May 29
May 30
June 3, 4, 5

Spring Sem ester
Dormitories open 9 :0 0 a.m.
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, 6 :0 0 p.m.
Dormitories close 9:00 a.m.
Dormitories open 9 :0 0 a.m.
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Parents Weekend
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend

5

College Calendar
(Tentative)

1988

Fall Sem ester

August 31 -September 4
September 2
September 3
September 5
September 30- October 1
October 21

November 28
December 2 -3
December 13
December 14
D ecember 16
D ecember 16
D ecember 23

Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors students
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October Holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October Holiday ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Classes end
Enrollment for spring semester
Seminars end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end

1989

Spring Sem ester

O ctober 31
November 23

January 23
February 24-25
M arch 10
March 20
M ay 1 - 5
May 5
May 5 - 6
May 8
M ay 11
May 11
May 20
May 22
M ay 22, 23
May 2 5-2 7
June 4
June 5
June 9, 10, 11

6

Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Reading period (at option o f instructor)
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate Day
Commencement Day
Alumni Weekend

Introduction to
Sw arth m ore College
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by
members o f the Religious Society o f Friends
as a coeducational institution, occupies a cam­
pus o f more than 3 0 0 acres o f rolling wooded
land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarth­
more in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is
a small college by deliberate policy. Its present
enrollment is about 1,300 men and women
students. The borough o f Swarthmore is a

residential suburb within half an hour’s com­
muting distance o f Philadelphia. College stu­
dents are able to enjoy both the advantages of
a semi-rural setting and the opportunities
offered by Philadelphia. The College’s location also makes possible cooperation with
three nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and
Haverford Colleges and the University o f
Pennsylvania.

I
I

OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare
themselves for full, balanced lives as individ­
uals and as responsible citizens through exact­
ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied
program o f sports and other extra-curricular
activities.

institutions, each school, college, and univer­
sity seeks tc realize that purpose in its own
way. Each must select those tasks it can do
best. By such selection it contributes to the
diversity and richness o f educational opportunity which is part o f the American heritage.

The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to
make its students more valuable human beings
and more useful members o f society. W hile it
shares this purpose with other educational

Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize
their fullest intellectual and personal potential
combined with a deep sense o f ethical and
social concern.

f

]

VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE
Education is largely an individual matter, for
no two students are exactly alike. The Course
and External Examination (Honors) Programs
are designed to give recognition to this fact.
They provide alternative systems o f instruc­
tion for students during their last two years.
Both seek to evoke the maximum effort and
development from each student, the choice o f
method being determined by individual pref­
erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in
which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an
enriching and exciting intellectual experience.
It has as its main ingredients close association

with faculty members, often in small seminars,
concentrated work in various fields o f study,
and maximum latitude for the development of
individual responsibility. W ithin the Course
Program, options for independent study and
interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for
exploration and development over a wide range
o f individual goals. These opportunities typ­
ically include considerable flexibility o f pro­
gram choices from semester to semester, so
that academic planning may be responsive to
the emerging needs o f students.

THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION
Swarthmore College was founded by members
o f the Religious Society o f Friends. Although
it has been nonsectarian in control since the
beginning o f the present century, and although
Friends now compose a minority o f the stu­
dent body, the faculty, and the administration,
the College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its
students with the spiritual principles o f that
Society.

Foremost among these principles is the individ­
ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying
truth, and for testing whatever truth one
believes one has found. As a way o f life,
Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple liv­
ing, and generous giving; personal integrity,
social justice, and the peaceful settlement of
disputes. The College does not seek to impose
on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any

I

I
I

other specific set o f convictions about the
nature o f things and the duties o f human
beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and

religious concern about such matters, and
continuing examination o f any view which
may be held regarding them.

T R A D IT IO N A N D C H A N G E
A college draws strength from tradition, and
energy from the necessity o f change. Its pur­
poses and policies must respond to new con­
ditions and new demands. By being open to

change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its
students, by means appropriate to the times,
the standard o f excellence it has sought to
maintain from its founding.

9

Educational Resources

The primary educational resources o f any
college are the quality o f its faculty and the
spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as

physical resources play an important supportive role,

THE ENDOWMENT
The educational resources at Swarthmore
College have been provided by gifts and be­
quests from many alumni, foundations, cor­
porations, parents and friends. In addition to
unrestricted gifts for the operating budget,
these donors have contributed funds for
buildings, equipment, collections o f art and
literature, and permanently endowed profes­
sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds
and lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore
have not only provided the physical plant, but
also have created an endowment fund o f
approximately $ 2 3 6 ,6 0 0 ,0 0 0 at market value
on December 31, 1986. Income from the
endowment during the academic year 198687 contributed approximately $ 7 ,2 0 0 to meet
the total expense o f educating each student
and accounted for almost 26% o f the College’s

educational and general income.
The College’s ability to continue to offer a
high quality o f education at a reasonable level
o f tuition depends on continuing voluntary
support. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts
and bequests for its current operations, its
permanent endowment, and its capital devel­
opment programs to maintain and strengthen
its resources. The Vice President in charge o f
development will be pleased to provide infor­
mation about various forms o f gifts: bequests,
outright gifts o f cash or securities, real estate
or other property, and deferred gifts through
charitable remainder trusts and life income
contracts in which the donot reserves the
right to the annual income during his or her
lifetime.

LIBRARIES
The College Library is an active participant in
the instructional and research program o f the
College. It seeks to instruct students in the
effective and efficient use o f the library, and
to encourage them to develop the habit o f
self-education so that books and libraries may
contribute to their intellectual development
in future years. To this end the Library ac­
quires and organizes books, journals, audio­
visuals, and other library materials for the use
o f students and faculty. W hile the Library’s
collections are geared primarily towards under­
graduate instruction, the demands o f student
and faculty research make necessary the pro­
vision o f source material in quantity not
usually found in undergraduate libraries. Fur­
ther needs are met through interlibrary loan
or other cooperative arrangements. The Thom­
as B. and Jeanette E. L. M cC abe Library, situ­
ated on the front campus, is the center o f the
College Library system housing reading and
seminar rooms, administrative offices, and
the major portion o f the College Library
collections.

10

Total College Library holdings amount to
630 .0 0 0 volumes with some 2 0,0 0 0 volumes
added annually. About 2,7 0 0 periodical titles
are received regularly. T he C ornell Library o f
Science and Engineering (completed in 1982)
houses some 57,0 0 0 volumes. T he D aniel
Underhill M usic Library contains around
14.000 books and scores, 13,000 recordings
and listening equipment. A small collection o f
relevant material is located in the Black Cul­
tural Center.

Special Library Collections
The Library contains certain special collec­
tions: British A m ericana, accounts o f British
travellers in the United States; the works o f
the English poets Wordsworth and Thomson
bequeathed to the Library by Edwin H. Wells;
the W. H. Auden C ollection commemorating
the English poet who taught at Swarthmore in
the mid-forties; the B athe C ollection o f the
history o f technology donated by Greville
Bathe; the Private Press C ollection representing

the work o f over 6 0 0 presses. The A udiovisual
C ollection has a variety o f recordings on disc,
tape, and videotape. It includes contemporary
writers reading from and discussing their
works; full length versions o f Shakespearean
plays (both videocassettes and discs) and
other dramatic literature; the literature o f
earlier periods read both in modern English
and in the pronunciation o f the time; record­
ings o f literary programs held at Swarthmore,
and videocassettes o f U .S. and foreign film
classics. These materials are used as adjuncts
to the study o f literature, art, and history and
are housed in the McCabe Library. Their
acquisition is partially funded with income
from the W illiam Plummer Potter Public Speak­
ing Fund ( 1950) and the Betty Dougherty Spock
’52 M em orial Fund.
W ithin the McCabe Library building are two
special libraries which enrich the academic
background o f the College:
The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871
by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding
collections in the United States o f manu­
scripts, books, pamphlets, and pictures relat­
ing to the history o f the Society o f Friends.
The library is a depository for records o f
Friends Meetings belonging to Baltimore, Phi­
ladelphia, and other Yearly Meetings. More
than 3 ,2 0 0 record books, dating from the
1670’s until the present, have been deposited.
Additional records are available on microfilm.
The William Wade Hinshaw Index to Quaker
Meeting Records lists material o f genealogical
interest. Special collections include materials
on various subjects o f Quaker concern such as
abolition, Indian rights, utopian reform, and
the history o f women’s rights. Notable among
the other holdings are the W hittier Collection
(first editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf W hittier, the Quaker poet), the M ott
manuscripts (over 5 0 0 autographed letters o f
Lucretia M ott, antislavery and women’s rights
leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more
than 3 0 0 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent
Quaker minister). The library’s collection o f

books and pamphlets by and about Friends
numbers more than 3 7 ,0 0 0 volumes. Over
200 Quaker periodicals are currendy re­
ceived. There is also an extensive collection o f
photographs o f meetinghouses and pictures
o f representative Friends, as well as a number
o f oil paintings, including two versions o f
"T he Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks.
It is hoped that Friends and others will con­
sider the advantages o f giving to this library
any books and family papers which may throw
light on the history o f the Society o f Friends.
T he Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection is o f
special interest to research students seeking
the records o f the peace movement. The
records o f the Women’s International League
for Peace and Freedom and the personal pa­
pers o f Jane Addams o f Hull-House, Chicago,
formed the original nucleus o f the Collection
(1930). Over the years other major collections
have been added including the papers o f Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien Cor­
nell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A. J.
Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre,
W illiam Sollmann, E. Raymond W ilson, and
others, as well as the records o f the American
Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Busi­
ness Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship o f
Reconciliation, Friends Committee on Na­
tional Legislation, Lake Mohonk Conferences
on International Arbitration, National Interreligious Service Board for Conscientious Ob­
jectors, National Council for Prevention o f
War, National Council to Repeal the Draft,
SANE, War Resisters League, Women Strike
for Peace, World Conference o f Religion for
Peace, and many others. The Peace Collection
serves as the official repository for the ar­
chives o f many o f these organizations, incor­
porated here in 7,0 0 0 document boxes. The
Collection also houses over 12,000 books and
pamphlets and about 2,000 periodical titles.
Three hundred periodicals are currendy re­
ceived from 22 countries. The comprehensive
G uide to the Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollec­
tion, published in 1981, describes the archival
holdings.

PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laboratories, well-equipped for undergraduate instruction and in most cases for research,

exist in astronomy, botany, chemistry, com­
puter science, engineering, physics, psycholo-

11

Educational Resources

gy, and zoology. The Sproul Observatory,
with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is
the center o f much fundamental research in
multiple star systems. A 24-inch reflecting
telescope on Papazian Hall is used for solar
and stellar spectroscopy. The Edward Martin
Biological Laboratory provides facilities for
work in zoology, botany, and premedical stu­
dies. The Pierre S. DuPont Science Building
provides accommodations for chemistry,
mathematics, and physics. Hicks Hall contains
the engineering laboratories, several o f which
are equipped for computer-assisted and com­
puter-controlled laboratory experimentation.
Papazian Hall provides facilities for work in
psychology, and for the engineering shops.
Pearson H all contains the Paul M. Pearson
Experimental Theatre and studios for various
arts and crafts.
T he Florence W ilcox G allery for art exhibitions
is located in Room 303 on the third floor o f
Beardsley Hall.
T he Eugene M. and Theresa Lang M usic Build­
ing, opened in 1973, contains an auditorium
seating approximately 500, the Daniel Under­
hill Music Library, classrooms, practice and
rehearsal rooms, and an exhibition area. It is
the central facility for the program o f the
Music Department and for musical activities
at the College.
T he Computing Center is located on the first
floor o f Beardsley Hall. A Prime 7 5 0 with
eight megabytes o f main memory and 1,600
megabytes o f on-line disk storage is available
to students and faculty for instrucdon and
research. Many computer languages such as
APL, BASIC, FORTRAN, and Pascal are
available, as well as graphics, statistical, and
simulation packages and instructional pro­
grams for various academic disciplines. Apple
Macintosh computers are also widely used,

for word processing and other tasks. Software
for use on Macintoshes can be obtained in the
College Bookstore. Macintosh and terminal
clusters are maintained in Beardsley, Du Pont,
Martin, and Trotter Halls, and also McCabe
and Cornell Libraries. Terminals may also be
found in virtually all academic departments.
Some departments also have microcomputers,
and the Engineering Department has a cluster
o f APOLLO graphics workstations. A Prime
Information 9 9 5 0 and a Prime 2250 are used
for the College’s administrative data process­
ing. In addition, through EDUNET, an inter­
national computer network, faculty and stu­
dents have access to computing facilities at a
number o f major research institutions such as
Stanford and M IT for special projects and
research. A connection to BITNET is expected
to be in operation in the fall o f 1987.
Computer Science Laboratory located in Sproul
Observatory contains two computing labora­
tories with a network o f six SUN workstations
and numerous software development tools,
including the UNIX operating system and
languages such as C, Clu, Fortran 77, LISP,
Pascal, and Prolog. The Computer Graphics
Lab contains state-of-the-art hardware and
software devoted to computer graphics.
T he Center for Social and Policy Studies in
Trotter Hall serves as a laboratory for the
social sciences. The Center has a social science
data archive available for empirical research
on social and policy issues, and it provides
statistical consulting for faculty and students.
The Center also supports the concentration in
Public Policy through its physical facilities,
data archives and program o f events.
T he Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was
newly installed in 1982. It provides stations
for 27 students and has equipment for both
audio and video instruction.

SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS
T he W illiam J. C ooper Foundation provides a
varied program o f lectures and concerts which
enriches the academic work o f the College.
The Foundation was established by William J.
Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College,
whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served

12

as a member o f the Board o f Managers from
1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the
College the sum o f $100,000 and provided
that the income should be used "in bringing
to the college from time to time eminent
citizens o f this and other countries who are

leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts,
sciences, learned professions and business, in
order that the faculty, students and the college
community may be broadened by a closer
acquaintance with matters o f world interest.”
Admission to all programs is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works
with the departments and with student organi­
zations in arranging single lectures and con­
certs, and also in bringing to the College
speakers o f note who remain in residence for
a long enough period to enter into the life o f
the community. Some o f these speakers have
been invited with the understanding that their
lectures should be published under the aus­
pices o f the Foundation. This arrangement
has so far produced eighteen volumes.
The Promise Fund, established anonymously
by an alumnus on the occasion o f his gradu­
ation, is administered by the Cooper Founda­
tion Committee. Income fom the Promise
Fund brings guest speakers and performers in
music, film, and theatre who show promise o f
distinguished achievement.
The W illiam I. Hull Fund was established in
1958 by Mrs. Hannah Clothier Hull, Class o f
1891, in memory o f her late husband. Dr.
Hull was Professor o f History and Inter­
national Law at Swarthmore College for 48
years. The Fund enables the College to bring
a noted lecturer on peace to the campus each
year in memory o f Dr. and Mrs. Hull who
were peace activists.
T he Scott Arboretum. About three hundred
twenty-five acres are contained in the College
property, including a large tract o f woodland
and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this
tract has been developed as a horticultural
and botanical collection o f trees, shrubs, and
herbaceous plants through the provisions o f
the Scott Arboretum, established in 1929 by
Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Mar­
garet Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt
Scott o f the Class o f 1895. The plant collec­
tions are designed both to afford examples o f
the better kinds o f trees and shrubs which are
hardy in the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania
and suitable for planting by the average gar­
dener, and to beautify the campus. All collec­
tions are labeled and recorded. There are
exceptionally fine displays o f hollies, Japanese
cherries, flowering crab apples, magnolias,

and tree peonies, and a great variety o f lilacs,
rhododendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Many
interested donors have contributed gener­
ously to the collections.
The Arboretum conducts applied research on
ornamental plants, and serves as a test site for
three plant evaluation programs: the Styer
Award o f Garden Merit through the Pennsyl­
vania Horticultural Society and the Plant In­
troduction scheme o f the University o f British
Columbia Botanic Garden and the National
Crabapple Evaluation Program.
The Arboretum offers horticultural educa­
tional programs to the general public and an
extracurricular course in horticulture to
Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec­
tures, and classes are designed to cover many
facets o f the science/art called gardening.
Tours are conducted throughout the year for
college people and interested public groups.
Aiding the Arboretum’s staff, in all o f its
efforts, are the "Associates o f the Scott Arbo­
retum.” This organization provides not only
financial support but also assistance in carry­
ing out the myriad operations which make up
the Arboretum’s total program, such as plant
propagation, public lectures, and bus tours to
other gardens. The Associates’ newsletter,
Hybrid, serves to publicize their activities and
provides up-to-date information on seasonal
gardening topics. Maps o f the Arboretum’s
plant collections and self-guided brochures
are available at the Scott Offices (215) 328802 5 , located in the Cunningham House.
The Barnard Fund was established in 1964 by
two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs.
Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania.
The fund has been augmented by the 50-year
class gifts from the classes o f 1917 and 1919,
and other friends. The income from the fund
may be used for any activity that contributes
to the advancement o f music at the College. It
has been used, for example, for concerts on
the campus, for the purchase o f vocal and
orchestral scores and other musical literature,
and to provide scholarships for students in
the Department o f Music who show unusual
promise as instrumentalists or vocalists.
The Gene D. O verstreet M em orial Fund, given
by friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet
(1924-1965), a member o f the Political Sci-

13

Educational Resources

ence Department, 1957-1964, provides in­
come to bring a visiting expert to the campus
to discuss problems o f developing or modern­
izing nations and cultures.
T he Benjamin West Lecture, made possible by
gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and
other friends o f the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the
Benjamin West Society which built up a col­
lection o f paintings, drawings, and prints,
which are exhibited, as space permits, in the
college buildings. The lecture owes its name
to the American artist, who was born in a
house which stands on the campus and who
became president o f the Royal Academy.
T he Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma X i lecture
series brings eminent scientists to the campus
under its auspices throughout the year. Local

14

members present colloquia on their own re­
search.
T he L ee Frank M em orial Art Fund, endowed by
the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class o f
1921, sponsors each year a special event in the
Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist,
a scholar or artist in residence, or a special
exhibit.
T he M arjorie H eilm an Visiting Artist Fund was
established by M. Grant Heilman, Class o f
1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to
stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac­
tice o f art, on campus.
T he Suzanne B elkin M em orial Reading, estab­
lished by her family in memory o f Suzanne
Belkin, Class o f 1978, makes possible an
annual appearance on campus o f a distin­
guished writer.

Endow ed Professorships

The Edmund A llen Professorship o f Chemistry
was established in 1938 by a trust set up by his
daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college
and cousin o f Manager Rachel Hillborn.
The Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington
Professorship was established by a bequest
from Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in
1964, in honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall
Buffington, Class o f 1898.
Centennial C hairs. Three professorships, un­
restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in
honor o f Swarthmore’s Centennial from
funds raised during the Centennial Fund Cam­
paign.
The Isaac H. C lothier Professorship o f History
and International Relations was created in 1888
by Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board of
Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and
Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its
being a chair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved
its present designation.
T he Isaac H. C lothier, Jr., Professorship o f Bi­
ology was established by Isaac H. Clothier, Jr.
as a tribute o f gratitude and esteem for Dr.
Spencer Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 18881926.
T he M orris L. Clothier Professorship o f Physics
was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class
o f 1890, in 1905.
T he Julien and V irginia Cornell Visiting Profes­
sorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30,
member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell ’30,
former member o f the Board o f Managers, to
bring professors and lecturers from other
nations and cultures for a semester or a year.
Since 1962, from every corner o f the world,
Cornell professors and their families have
resided on the campus so that they might
deepen the perspective o f both students and
faculty.
T he A lexander Griswold Cummins Professorship
o f English Literature was established in 1911 in
honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins,
Class o f 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class o f
1890.
The H oward N. and A da J. Eavenson Professor­
ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by

a trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose
husband graduated in 1895.
T he H oward M. and C harles F. Jenkins Profes­
sorship o f Q uaker History and Research was
endowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon.
’2 6 and member of the Board o f Managers, on
behalf o f the family o f Howard M. Jenkins,
member o f the Board o f Managers, to increase
the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Li­
brary and to stimulate interest in American
and Colonial history with special reference to
Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the
years through the efforts o f the Jenkins family,
and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall
Taylor ’04.
T he W illiam R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was
established in 1973 by a grant from the W il­
liam R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to "sup­
port and encourage a scholar-teacher whose
enthusiasm for learning, commitment to teach­
ing and sincere personal interest in students
will enhance the learning process and make an
effective contribution to the undergraduate
community.”
T he Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship,
established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
member o f the Board o f Managers, normally
rotates every four years among members o f
the Swarthmore faculty and includes one year
devoted entirely to research, study, enrich­
ment or writing. It carries an annual discre­
tionary grant for research expenses, books
and materials.
T he Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship,
endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
brings to Swarthmore College for a period o f
one semester to three years an outstanding
social scientist or other suitably qualified
person who has achieved prominence and
special recognition in the area o f significant
change.
T he Susan W. Lippincott Professorship o f French
was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from
Susan W. Lippincott, member o f the Board of
Managers, a contribution from her niece
Caroline Lippincott, Class o f 1881, and gifts
by other family members.
The Edward H icks M agill Professorship o f M athe­
m atics and Astronomy was created in 1888
largely by contributions o f interested friends
o f Edward H. Magill, President o f the College

15

Endow ed Pro fe sso rships

1872-1889, and a bequest from John M.
George.
The Charles and H arriet Cox M cDowell Profes­
sorship o f Philosophy and Religion was estab­
lished in 1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell,
Class o f 1887 and member o f the Board o f
Managers, in her name and that o f her hus­
band, Dr. Charles McDowell, Class o f 1877.
T he Richter Professorship o f P olitical Science was
established in 1962 by a bequest from Max
Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and
attorney, Charles Segal, father o f Robert L.
Segal ’4 6 and Andrew Segal ’50.
T he Scheuer Family C hair o f Humanities was
created in 1987 through the gifts o f James H.
Scheuer ’46, Walter and Marge Pearlman
Scheuer ’48, and their children, Laura Lee
’73, Elizabeth Helen ’75, Jeffrey *75, and
Susan ’7 8 and joined by a challenge grant
from The National Endowment for the Hu­
manities.

16

T he Henry C. an d ]. A rcher Turner Professorship
o f Engineering was established with their con­
tributions and gifts from members o f the
Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the
devoted service and wise counsel o f Henry C.
Turner, Class o f 1893 and member o f the
Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer
Turner, Class o f 1905 and member o f the
Board o f Managers.
T he D aniel U nderhill Professorship o f M usic
was established in 1976 by a bequest from
Bertha Underhill to honor her husband, Class
o f 1894 and member o f the Board o f Manag­
ers.
T he Joseph W harton Professorship o f Political
Economy was endowed by a trust given to the
College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President
o f the Board o f Managers.
T he Isaiah V. W illiam son Professorship o f C ivil
and M echanical Engineering was endowed in
1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson.

Adm ission

Inquiries concerning admission and appliestions should be addressed to the Dean o f

Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania 19081.

GENERAL STATEMENT
In the selection o f students, the College seeks
those qualities o f character, social responsi­
bility, and intellectual capacity which it is
primarily concerned to develop. It seeks them,
not in isolation, but as essential elements in
the whole personality o f candidates for ad­
mission.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple
formula will be effective. The task is to choose
those who give promise o f distinction in the
quality o f their personal lives, in service to the
community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its
students on the basis o f their individual future
worth to society and o f their collective realiz­
ation o f the purpose o f the College.
It is the policy o f the College to have the
student body represent not only different
parts o f the United States but many foreign
countries, both public and private secondary
schools, and various economic, social, reli­
gious, and racial groups. The College is also
Concerned to include in each class sons and
daughters o f alumni and o f members o f the
Society o f Friends.
Admission to the freshman class is normally
based upon the satisfactory completion o f a
four-year secondary school program. Under
some circumstances, students who have virtu­

ally completed the normal four-year program
in three years will be considered for admis­
sion, provided they meet the competition of
other candidates in general maturity as well as
readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following
evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school prin­
cipal, headmaster, or guidance counselor,
and from two teachers.
3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and
in three Achievement Tests o f the College
Entrance Examination Board.
4. A brief essay (subject specified).
5. Reading and experience, both in school
and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in
school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and
strong intellectual interests. Other factors of
interest to the College include strength of
character, promise o f growth, initiative, seri­
ousness o f purpose, distinction in personal
and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of
social responsibility. The College values the
diversity which varied interests and back­
grounds can bring to the community.

PREPARATION
Swarthmore does not require a set plan o f
secondary school courses as preparation for
its program. The election o f specific subjects
is left to the student and school advisers. In
general, however, preparation should in­
clude:
1. Accurate and effective use o f the English
language in reading, writing, and speaking.
2. Comprehension and application o f the
principles o f mathematics.
3. The strongest possible command o f one or
two foreign languages. The College en­

courages students to study at least one
language for four years, if possible.
4. Substantial course work in (a) history and
social studies, (b) literature, art, and music,
(c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and
emphasis are acceptable although some
work in each o f the three groups is recom­
mended.
Those planning to major in engineering should
present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years o f mathematics including algebra, ge­
ometry, and trigonometry.

APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS
Application to the College may be submitted
through one o f three plans: Regular Admis­
sion, Fall Early Decision, or W inter Early
Decision. Applicants follow the same proce­
dures, submit the same supporting materials,
and are evaluated by the same criteria under
each plan.

Regular Admission

The Regular Admission plan is designed for
those candidates who wish to keep open
several different options for their undergradu­
ate education throughout the admissions pro­
cess. Applications under this plan will be
accepted at any time up to the February 1
deadline.

Any Early Decision candidate not accepted
through either the Fall or W inter will be
reconsidered without prejudice among the
Regular Admission candidates.

The two Early D ecision plans are designed for
candidates who have thoroughly and thought­
fully investigated Swarthmore and other col­
leges and found Swarthmore to be an un­
equivocal first choice. The W inter Early
Decision plan differs from the Fall Early
Decision plan only in recognizing that some
candidates may arrive at a final choice o f
college later than others. Early Decision can­
didates under either plan may file regular
applications at other colleges with the under­
standing that these applications will be with­
drawn upon admission to Swarthmore; how­
ever, one benefit o f the Early Decision plans
is the reduction o f cost, effort, and anxiety
inherent in multiple application procedures.
Application under any o f the three plans must
be accompanied by a non-refundable applica­
tion fee o f $ 30. Timetables for the three plans
are:

Fall Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

November 15
November 30
On or before
December 15

Winter Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate

January 1
January 15
O n or before
February 1

Closing date for applications
Final date for all
supporting materials
Notification o f candidate
Candidate’s reply date

February 1
February 15
O n or before
April 15
May 1

All applicants for first-year admission must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three
Achievement Tests given by the College En­
trance Examination Board. English Composi­
tion is required, and the other two Achieve­
ment Tests should be selected from two
different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one Achievement Test in Mathe­
matics.
Application to take these tests should be
made directly to the College Entrance Exami­
nation Board, Box 5 92, Princeton, New Jersey
08540. A bulletin o f information may be
obtained without charge from the Board. Stu­
dents who wish to be examined in any o f the
following western states, provinces, and Pa­
cific areas—Alaska, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington,
Wyoming, Alberta, British Columbia, Mani­
toba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and
all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan
— should address their inquiries and send
their applications to the College Entrance
Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, Cali­
fornia 94701. Application should be made to
the Board at least a month before the date on
which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required o f candidates
for scholarships. All applicants who would
like to be considered for any o f our scholar­
ships should complete their applications at
the earliest possible date. Information con­
cerning financial aid will be found on pages
22-33.

19

Adm ission

THE INTERVIEW
An admissions interview with a representative
o f the College is a recommended part o f the
application process. Applicants should take
the initiative in arranging for this interview.
Those who can reach Swarthmore with no
more than a half day’s trip are urged to make
an appointment to visit the College for this
purpose.* Other applicants should request a
meeting with an alumni representative in their
own area. Interviews with alumni representa-

tives take longer to arrange than interviews on
campus. Applicants must make alumni inter­
view arrangements well in advance o f the final
dates for receipt o f supporting materials.
Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter­
views can be made by writing the Office of
Admissions or calling 215-328-8300.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or
placement in particular courses if they have
taken college level courses and the Advanced
Placement Tests o f the College Entrance Ex­
amination Board. Decisions are made by the
departments concerned. Every effort is made
to place students in the most advanced courses
for which they are qualified.
Those freshmen who wish to have courses

taken at another college considered for either
advanced placement or credit must provide an
official transcript from the institution at­
tended as well as written work (papers, exami­
nations), syllabi, and reading lists in order
that the course work may be evaluated by the
department concerned. Such requests for
credit must be made within the freshman year
at Swarthmore.

APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER
The College welcomes well-qualified transfer
students. Applicants for transfer must have
had a good academic record in the institution
attended and must present full credentials for
both college and preparatory work, including
a statement o f honorable dismissal. They
must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given
by the College Entrance Examination Board if
this test has not been taken previously.

Four semesters o f study at Swarthmore Col­
lege constitute the minimum requirement for
a degree, two o f which must be those o f the
senior year. Applications for transfer must be
filed by April 15 o f the year in which entrance
is desired. Decisions on these applications are
announced by June T. Application for transfer
at mid-year must be received by November
15. Financial assistance is available for transfer
students.

See page 3 8 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons.

* Directions for reaching the College can be
found inside the back cover o f this catalogue.

20

Expenses

STUDENT CHARGES
Total charges for the 1987-88 academic year
(two semesters) are as follows:
Tuition
Room
Board
Student Activities Fee

$11,990
2,3 0 0
2,300
160
$16,750

These are the only charges billed by the
College. Students and their parents, however,
should plan for expenditures associated with
books, travel, and other personal items.
Students engaged in independent projects
away from the College for which regular
academic credit is anticipated are expected to
register in advance in the usual way and pay
normal tuition. If the student is away from the

College for a full semester, no charge for
room and board will be made; but, if a student
is away only for a part o f a semester the above
charges may be made on a pro rata basis.
The regular College tuition covers the normal
program o f four courses per term as well as
variations o f as many as five courses or as few
as three courses. Students who elect to carry
more than five courses incur a unit charge for
the additional course ($ 1 ,5 0 0 ) or half course
($ 7 5 0 ), although they may within the regular
tuition vary their programs to average as
many as five courses in the two semesters o f
any academic year. College policy does not
permit programs o f fewer than three courses
for degree candidates in their first eight se­
mesters o f enrollment.

PAYMENT POLICY
A deposit o f $100, due before enrollment for
each semester, is required o f all new and
continuing students. This is credited against
the College bill. Semester bills are mailed on
July 15 and December 15. Payment for the
first semester is due by August 10 and for the
second semester by January 11. A one percent
late fee will be assessed on payments received
after the due date.

Many parents have indicated a preference to
pay college charges on a monthly basis rather
than in two installments. For this reason,
Swarthmore offers the AMS Budget Plan,
which provides for payment in installments
without interest charges. Information on the
AM S Budget Plan is mailed to all parents in
April.

WITHDRAWAL POLICY
Total charges will be reduced for students
who, for reasons approved by the Dean, with­
draw on or after the first day o f classes.
Tuition, fees, and room charges will be re­
duced as follows:
Prior to the 2nd week o f classes
Prior to the 3rd week o f classes
Prior to the 4th week o f classes

80%
60%
40%

Prior to the 5th week o f classes
None thereafter.

20%

Board charges will be reduced by $ 5 0 for each
week the student is absent from the dining
room.
No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the
event o f withdrawal.

INQUIRIES
All correspondence regarding payment o f
student charges should be addressed to:

Margaret A. Thompson, Bursar.
215/328-8394

21

Financial Aid

The College strives to make it possible for all
students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless o f their financial circum­
stances, and to enable them to complete their
education when financial reversals take place.
Forty-nine percent o f the total student body
currently receives aid from the College. Most
financial aid awarded by the College is based
upon demonstrated financial need and is usu­
ally a combination o f scholarship, loan, and
student employment. The College is commit­
ted to meeting all demonstrated financial need.
A prospective student must apply for College
as well as outside assistance at the time o f
application for admission: admission and fi­
nancial aid decisions are, however, made sep­
arately. Instructions for obtaining and filing a
Financial Aid Form, the required aid applica­
tion, with the College Scholarship Service are
included on the admissions application. An
admitted student seeking aid must submit to
the Finanical Aid Office a photocopy o f the
parents’ 1987 federal income tax return (and
business returns if income or losses are de­
rived from parents’ involvements in corpora­
tions or partnerships). Financial assistance
will be offered if family resources are not
sufficient to meet College costs. The amount
a family is expected to contribute is deter­
mined by weighing the family’s income and
assets against such demands as taxes, living
expenses, medical expenses, and siblings’ tu­
ition expenses. It also includes the expectation
o f $ 9 0 0 -$ 1 ,1 0 0 from the student’s summer
earnings as well as a portion o f his or her per­
sonal savings and assets.
For 1987-88 the College bill, which includes
tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee
and the health insurance fee, will be $16,750.
This comprehensive fee covers not only the
usual student services — health, library, labo­
ratory fees, for example — but admission to
all social, cultural, and athletic events on

campus. The total budget figure against which
aid is computed is $17,950. This allows
$1,200 for books and personal expenses. A
travel allowance is added to the budget for
those who live beyond 100 miles from the
College.
In keeping with the policy o f basing financial
aid upon need, the College reviews each stu­
dent’s award annually. Mid-year each student
who has aid must submit a new financial aid
application for the next academic year. A
student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is
no longer demonstrated. Assistance is avail­
able only for the duration o f a normal-length
undergraduate program (8 semesters) and
while a student makes satisfactory academic
progress. These limitations are applied in our
consideration o f a sibling’s educational ex­
penses also. Students who choose to live off
campus may not receive College assistance in
excess o f their College bill, although the cost
o f living o ff campus will be recognized in the
calculation o f a student’s financial need and
outside sources o f aid may be used to help
meet off-campus living costs.
Students who have not previously received
financial aid may apply if special circumstan­
ces have arisen. A student who marries may
continue to apply for aid, but a contribution
from the parents is expected equal to the
contribution made were the student single.
Eligibility for federal aid funds is now limited
to those who are able to complete and submit
to us the Statement o f Registration Com­
pliance. The College has recently reaffirmed
its need-blind admission policy and the related
practice o f meeting the demonstrated financial
need o f all admitted or enrolled students by
action o f our Board. Additional funds have
been made available for those who are unable
to accept need-based federal aid because they
have not registered with the Selective Service.

SCHOLARSHIPS
For the academic year 1987-88 the College
awarded almost $ 5 ,5 0 0 ,0 0 0 in grants. About
one half o f that sum was provided through the
generosity o f alumni and friends by special
gifts and the endowed scholarships listed on

22

pp. 24-33. The Federal government also
makes Pell Grants and Supplemental Educa­
tional Opportunity Grants available. It is not
necessary to apply for a specific College schol­
arship; the College decides who is to receive

endowed scholarships and others are helped
from general scholarship funds. Although
some endowed scholarships are restricted by
locality, sex, religion or physical vigor, the

College’s system o f awarding aid makes it
possible to meet need without regard to these
restrictions. Financial need is a requirement for
a ll scholarships unless otherwise indicated.

LOAN FUNDS
Long-term, low-interest loan funds with gen­
erous repayment terms combine with Swarthmore’s program o f grants to enable the College
to meet the needs o f each student. Although
most offers o f support from the College in­
clude elements o f self-help (work and bor­
rowing opportunities), the College strives to
keep a student’s debt at a manageable level.
Aided students will be expected to meet a
portion o f their demonstrated need (from
$800 to about $ 2 ,0 0 0 ) through the Perkins
Loan (formerly NDSL), the Swarthmore Col­
lege Loan (SC L), or the Guaranteed Student
Loan (G SL ) Programs (the College will deter­
mine which source is appropriate for the
student). Each o f these programs allows the
borrower to delay repayment until after leav­
ing school, and each allows deferment o f the
debt if the borrower goes on to graduate
school. Up to 10 years may be taken to repay
Perkins, SCL, or GSL Loans. No separate
application is needed for the Perkins or SCL
loans since the College administers these
funds. GSL applications must be initiated by
the student with the lender, the student’s local
bank. Interest on these loans does not accrue
for an enrolled student although interest does
accrue on the unpaid balance once the student
is no longer in school.
Students whose families do not receive Col­
lege support may wish to borrow to help meet
College expenses. The PLUS, FamilyEd, and
SHARE loan programs are available for this
purpose.
Eligible parents may borrow up to $ 4 ,0 0 0 per
year through the PLUS Loan Program. Al­
though a 10-year repayment schedule is pos­
sible for the PLUS Loan, repayment must
begin soon after the lender (the student’s local
bank) disburses the funds. The PLUS Loan
currently carries a 12% interest rate.
FamilyEd Financing through Sallie Mae Inc.,
offers up to $ 10,000 per child each year to
credit-worthy parents in the following states:

CA, DE, DC, FL, GA, IL, MD, MA, MI, MO,
NJ, NY, OH, PA, and VA. The variable interest
rate is the 91-day Treasury Bill rate + 3.5%
(about 9.5% as o f 5/87), and parents may
take 10 years to repay. If parents borrow
$ 10,000 and if the interest rate is about 10%,
the monthly payment would be about $ 200.
The SHARE Loan is offered by Swarthmore
College through the Consortium on Financing
Higher Education, the Educational Research
Institute, and Nellie Mae— the New England
Student Loan Marketing Association. The
SHARE Loan program offers up to $15,000
per child each year to credit-worthy parents.
The variable-rate interest loan (9% as o f
4/ 87) may be repaid over a period o f 15 years
and borrowers may choose variable or equal
monthly payments. For example, those who
borrow $15,000 should expect to repay about
$160 each month and those who borrow
$60 ,0 0 0 should expect to repay about $ 6 6 0
each month over a 15-year period.
Students who would like more information
about these loan programs ahould read our
Financial Aid Brochure.
The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below:
T he C lass o f ig i6 Loan Fund
T he C lass o f 1920 Loan Fund
T he C lass o f 1936 Loan Fund
T he Class o f 1937 Loan Fund
T he Jay and Sandra Levine Loan Fund
T he John A. M iller Loan Fund
T he Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund
The Thatcher Family Loan Fund
The Ellis D. W illiam s Fund
The Swarthmore C ollege Student Loan Fund
T he Joseph W. C onard M em orial Fund, estab­
lished by friends o f the late Professor Conard,
provides short-term loans without interest to
meet student emergencies. Income earned by
The A lphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available
for this purpose.

23

Financial Aid

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Student employment on the Swarthmore cam­
pus is handled by the Student Employment
Office, which is under student direction. Jobs
are available in such areas as the dining hall,
library, departmental offices, and the post
office, and placements can be arranged when
students arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f
pay run from $3.75 to $4.25 per hour. Stu­
dents receiving financial aid are usually of­
fered the opportunity to earn up to $ 8 0 0
during the year and are given hiring priority,
but there are usually jobs available for others
who wish employment.
The Student Employment Office publicizes

local off-campus and temporary employment
opportunities. Students are generally able to
carry a moderate working schedule without
detriment to their academic performance.
For students who qualify under the federal
College Work-Study Program (most aided
students), off-campus placements in public or
private, non-profit agencies in the local or
Philadelphia area can be arranged through the
Financial Aid Office during the academic year
or nation-wide during the summer. Among
suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse­
ums, social service agencies and local, state or
federal government agencies.

Sw arthm ore C ollege
N ational Scholarships
On occasion Swarthmore College awards
four-year National Scholarships to the out­
standing men and women entering the fresh­
man class.
The awards are made to those candidates who,
in the opinion o f Committee on Admission,

rank highest in scholarship, leadership, char­
acter, and personality. The amount o f the
annual award varies from $3,000, the mini­
mum stipend, or enough to cover all expenses,
depending on the financial need o f the win­
ner.

O th er Scholarships
(Financial need is a requirement for a ll scholarships unless otherwise indicated.
N o separate application is needed.)
T he A etna L ife and Casualty Foundation Schol­
arship provides assistance to minority students
with financial need.
T he L isa P. A lbert Scholarship is awarded to a
young man or woman on the basis o f scholar­
ship and need with preference given to those
with a demonstrated interest in the humani­
ties.
The V ivian B. A llen Foundation provides schol­
arship aid to enable foreign students to attend
Swarthmore College, as part o f the Founda­
tion’s interest in the international exchange o f
students.
T he Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship, given
in memory o f this member o f the Class o f

24

1974 by Shing-meiP. Altm an’76,-is awarded,
on the recommendation o f the Department of
Art, to a junior who has a strong interest in
the studio arts. It is held during the senior
year.
T he Evenor Armington Scholarship is given each
year to a worthy student with financial need
in recognition o f the long-standing and affec­
tionate connection between the Armington
family and Swarthmore College.
T he Frank and Marie Aydelotte Scholarship is
awarded to a new student who shows promise
o f distinguished intellectual attainment based
upon sound character and effective personali­
ty. The award is made in honor o f Frank
Aydelotte, President o f the College from

1921-1940, and originator o f the Honors
program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie Osgood
Aydelotte, his wife.
T he W. Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was
established in 1982 in memory o f W. Herman
Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a
meritorious student who has financial need.
T he Philip H. Barley M em orial Scholarship,
established in memory o f Philip H. Barley,
’66, by his family and friends and the Class o f
1966, which he served as president, provides
financial assistance for a junior or senior who
has demonstrated outstanding leadership
qualities at Swarthmore.
T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are
awarded by the Department o f Music to stu­
dents at the College who show unusual prom­
ise as instrumentalists or vocalists and who
need help to pay for private instruction.
The Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’48 Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student who has broad
academic and extracurricular interests and
who shows promise o f developing these abili­
ties for the betterment o f society. This schol­
arship is based on need and is renewable for
three years.
T he B elville Scholarship has been endowed in
memory o f Robert Chambers Belville and
Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually
to an incoming student o f particular promise
and is renewable for his or her years at
Swarthmore.
T he Curtis B ok Scholarship was established in
the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor
o f the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary alum­
nus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is as­
signed annually to a junior or senior whose
qualities o f mind and character indicate a
potential for humanitarian service such as
Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have
wished to develop in young people. Students
in any field o f study, and from any part o f this
country or from abroad, are eligible. The
scholarship is renewable until graduation.
T he Edward S. Bower M em orial Scholarship,
established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower
in memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is
awarded annually to a man or woman student
who ranks high in scholarship, character, and
personality.

T he D aniel W alter Brenner M em orial Scholar­
ship, established by family and friends in
memory o f Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974,
is awarded to a senior majoring in biology
who is distinguished for scholarship and an
interest in plant ecology, or wildlife preserva­
tion, or animal behavior research. The recipi­
ent is chosen with the approval o f biology and
classics faculty.
T he John S. Brod ’34 Scholarship is awarded to
a deserving student on the basis o f merit and
financial need.
T he C hi O mega Scholarship provides an award
annually to a member o f the freshman class.
Preference is given to daughters or sons of
members o f the fraternity.
T he Eleanor Stabler C larke Scholarship, estab­
lished in her honor by Cornelia Clarke
Schmidt ’4 6 and W. Marshall Schmidt ’47, is
awarded to a worthy freshman student with
need. Preference is to be accorded to members
o f the Society o f Friends. The scholarship is
renewable through four years.
T he Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in
1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs,
Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a
junior or senior student majoring in some
branch o f the Classics. The recipient is desig­
nated by the Classics Department.
T he Charles A. Collins Scholarship Fund is
awarded every year to a deserving student
who is in need o f financial assistance, in
accordance with the donor’s will.
T he N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established
by his family and the Olin Mathieson Char­
itable Trust in memory o f N. Harvey Collisson
o f the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman
man or woman. Selection will place emphasis
on character, personality, and ability.
T he Stephanie Cooley ’70 Scholarship, estab­
lished in loving memory by her parents, is
awarded on the basis o f financial need to a
worthy student from Kifissia, Greece.
T he D avid S. Cowden Scholarship was estab­
lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class of
1942, who taught English Literature at Swarth­
more from 1949 until his death in May 1983.
It is awarded on the basis o f financial need.
T he Ellsworth F. Curtin M em orial Scholarship
was established by Margaretta Cope Curtin,

25

Financial Aid

Class o f 1918, in memory o f her husband,
Class o f 1916, to benefit an engineering stu­
dent with financial need.
T he M arion L. Dannenherg Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student with financial
need who ranks high in personality, character,
and scholarship. This endowment is in mem­
ory o f Mrs. Dannenberg who was mother and
grandmother o f six students who attended
Swarthmore.
The Edith Thatcher ’50 and C. Russell ’47
DeBurlo Scholarship is awarded to an incoming
freshman with need and merit and is renew­
able annually. It is the gift o f Edith and Russell
DeBurlo.
T he Francis W. D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory
o f Francis W. D ’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is
awarded to a freshman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality, and abili­
tyThe Robert K . Enders Scholarship is to be
awarded annually to a senior student who has
shown excellence in pursuit o f a major in a
biological topic, and especially one who shares
Dr. Enders’ concern for the value o f field
work.
The Philip Evans Scholarship is established in
fond memory o f a member o f the Class o f
1948 by his friend Jerome Kohlberg ’4 6 and
seeks to expand the diversity o f the Swarth­
more community by bringing to this campus
outstanding students with need, whether from
near or far. The scholarship is awarded to
members o f the freshman class and is renew­
able annually, and provides a summer oppor­
tunity grant which is awarded on the recom­
mendation o f the Dean.
T he Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Q uartet Schol­
arships, endowed by Frank W. Fetter ’20,
Robert Fetter ’53, Thomas Fetter ’56, and
Ellen Fetter Gille in memory o f Elizabeth P.
Fetter ’25, subsidize the private instrumental
lessons o f four top-notch student string play­
ers at the College. Interested applicants should
write to the Chairman o f the Department o f
Music and should plan to play an audition at
the College when coming for an interview.
T he Polly and Gerard Fountain Scholarship has
been established in their honor by Rosalind
Chang Whitehead ’5 8 in appreciation o f their

26

kindness and support during her college years.
It is awarded to a freshman with need and
merit, and is renewable through the senior
year.
T he Theodore and Elizabeth Friend Scholarship
is established as an expression o f respect and
appreciation by Board members and others
who have been associated with them in the
service o f Swarthmore College. The scholar­
ship will be awarded each year on the basis o f
need to a worthy student.
Friends o f M usic and D ance Summer Scholarships
provide stipends for attendance at summer
workshops in music and dance. Recipients are
selected by the Department o f Music and
Dance on the basis o f written proposals.
The Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships
subsidize the entire cost o f private instrumen­
tal or vocal lessons with the teacher o f their
choice for a limited number o f especially
gifted or advanced students. These scholar­
ships, which are awarded yearly to approxi­
mately 10 students, are determined through
competition as well as through interviews and
auditions.
T he Joyce M ertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman, and may be renewed
for each o f the following three undergraduate
years. The recipient is chosen on the basis o f
mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and
the potential to Contribute to the College and
the Community outside. The award was es­
tablished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’2 6 in
memory o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a
member o f the class o f 1951.
T he B arbara Entenberg Gim bel Scholarship Fund
was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg
Gimbel ’3 9 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S.
Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f need to a worthy student, with pref­
erence to a black candidate. ,
T he M ary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is
given to a woman student with financial need,
who ranks high in character, personality, and
scholarship. Preference is given to a member
o f the Society o f Friends.
T he Stella and C harles Guttman Foundation
Scholarships were established in 1964 by a
grant from the Foundation to provide scholar­
ships to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition

and fees for students who require financial
assistance. Preference is given to students o f
recognized ability who have completed two
academic years o f college and who are con­
templating graduate or professional study.
The scholarships are renewable for a second
year.
The M ason H aire Scholarship is given by his
wife, Vivian, in honor o f this member o f the
Class o f 1937, a distinguished psychologist
and sometime member o f the Swarthmore
College faculty. The scholarship is awarded to
a freshman with financial need who is distin­
guished for intellectual promise and leader­
ship. It is renewable through the senior year.
T he J. Philip Herrmann Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman on the basis o f merit
and need and is renewable annually to gradu­
ation. This award was established by Katha­
rine F. Herrmann ’ 14 and by Margaret Herr­
mann Ball ’2 4 in honor o f their father.
The A. Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his
family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class
o f 1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from
the Middle West. Preference is given to a pre­
medical student. Consideration is given to the
candidate’s character, demonstrated concern
for the welfare o f others, and participation in
team activities, as well as academic standing.
T he Rachel W. H illbom Scholarship was founded
by Anne Hillborn Philips o f the Class o f 1892
in memory o f her mother, with the stipulation
that the income shall go to a student in the
junior or senior class who is studying for
service in the international field. Preference is
given to a Friend or to one who intends to
contribute to world understanding through
diplomatic service, participation in some inter­
national government agency, the American
Friends Service Committee, or similar activi­
ties.
T he Betty Stem H offenberg Scholarship, estab­
lished in 1987 in honor o f this member o f the
Class o f 1943, is awarded to a junior or senior
with merit and need who shows unusual
promise, character, and intellectual strength.
Strong preference is given to a student major­
ing in history.
T he H adassah M. L. H olcom be Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman with financial need and
is renewable for three years at the discretion

o f the College. Preference will be given to
members o f the Society o f Friends.
The C arl R. Horten ’47 Scholarship was created
by the Ingersoll-Rand Company. Preference
in the awarding is given to students planning
to major in engineering or pre-law.
T he R ichard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro­
vides assistance to a student (or students) of
African descent.
T he Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by
the Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved
emeritus professor and dean, provides an
unrestricted scholarship to be awarded annu­
ally by the College.
T he Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P.
Hunter, Class o f 1948, one o f the first black
students to attend Swarthmore College, es­
tablished this fund through a bequest "to
provide scholarship aid to needy students.”
T he W illiam Y. Inouye ’44 Scholarship, estab­
lished in loving memory by his family, friends,
and colleagues in recognition o f his life o f
service as a physician, is awarded to a worthy
junior premedical student with need. The
scholarship is renewable in the senior year.
T he Aaron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded
annually to a young man o f the graduating
class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore Col­
lege.
T he George B. Jackson ’21 Scholarship has been
endowed by Gene Lang ’38 in honor o f the
man who guided him to Swarthmore. It is to
be awarded on the basis o f need and merit
with preference given to a student from the
New York metropolitan area.
T he H oward C ooper Johnson Scholarship, estab­
lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is
awarded on the basis o f all-around achieve­
ment to a male undergraduate who is a mem­
ber o f the Society o f Friends.
T he K appa K appa Gamma Scholarship provides
an award to a member o f the freshman class,
renewable each year. Preference is given to a
relative o f members o f the fraternity.
T he Kennedy Scholarship is given in honor o f
the parents and with thanks to the children o f

27

Financial Aid

Christopher and Jane Kennedy. The scholar­
ship is awarded on the basis o f need and merit
and is renewable through four years.
T he Florence and M elville Kershaw Scholarship
is endowed in their honor by their son Thom­
as A. Kershaw, Class o f 1960. It is awarded to
a freshman on the basis o f need and merit,
wjth preference to those intending to major in
engineering, and is renewable through the
senior year.
T he W illiam H. K istler ’43 Scholarship is en­
dowed in his memory by his wife, Suzanne,
and his friends and former classmates. It is
awarded to a needy and deserving student
majoring in engineering or economics.
T he Paul and Mary Jan e Kopsch Scholarship
Fund, established through a gift o f Paul J.
Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each
year to a junior premedical student(s) with
financial need. The scholarship is renewable
in the senior year.
T he W alter W. K rider Scholarship was estab­
lished by his wife and daughter for a young
man who ranks high in scholarship, character,
and personality.
T he L afore Scholarship is awarded in memory
o f John A. Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The
College in granting this scholarship gives pref­
erence to qualified candidates who are des­
cendants o f Amand and Margaret W hite La­
fore.
T he Laurence L afore ’38 Scholarship was estab­
lished in his memory in 1986 by family,
friends, classmates, and former students. Pro­
fessor Lafore, author o f numerous books and
essays, taught history at Swarthmore from
1945 until 1969. This scholarship is awarded
to a needy student showing unusual promise
and is renewable through four years.
T he B arbara Lang Scholarship is awarded to a
student in the junior class whose major is in
the arts, preferably in music, who ranks high
in scholarship and has financial need. It is
renewable in the senior year. This scholarship
was established by Eugene M. Lang ’3 8 in
honor o f his sister.
Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants. Awarded
each year to as many as five entering students.
Selection by a special committee on the basis
o f distinguished academic and extra-curricular

28

achievement and demonstrable interest in so­
cial change. Stipends are based on financial
need and take the form o f full grants up to the
amount o f total college charges. Each Lang
Scholar is also eligible for summer or aca­
demic year research or community service
support, while an undergraduate, up to a
maximum o f $ 7 ,5 0 0 and for a $ 2 ,7 0 0 fellow­
ship for graduate study. Projects, which must
be approved in advance by a faculty commit­
tee, are expected to facilitate social change in
a significant way. The program is made pos­
sible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38.
T he Ida and D aniel Lang Scholarship estab­
lished by their son, Eugene M. Lang o f the
Class o f 1938, provides financial assistance
for a man or woman who ranks high in
scholarship, character, and personality.
T he Stephen G irard Lax Scholarship, established
by family, friends and business associates o f
Stephen Lax *41, is awarded on the basis o f
financial need every two years to a student
entering the junior year and showing academic
distinction, leadership qualities, and definite
interest in a career in business.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by
Jacob T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at
Swarthmore College, was offered for the first
time in 1950. This scholarship is in honor o f
a former distinguished Professor o f Engineer­
ing and, therefore, students who plan to major
in engineering are given preference. An award
is made annually.
T he Christian R. and Mary F. Lindback Founda­
tion Scholarship is awarded to deserving stu­
dents from the States o f Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware, or Maryland.
T he Long Island Quarterly M eeting, N .Y., Schol­
arship, is awarded annually by a committee o f
that Quarterly Meeting.
T he D avid Laurent Low M em orial Scholarship,
established by Martin L. Low, Class o f 1940,
his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and
Kathy Low in memory o f their son and
brother, is awarded to a man or woman who
gives the great promise that David himself
did. The award assumes both need and aca­
demic excellence, and places emphasis, in
order, on qualities o f leadership, a concern
for others, character, and/or outstanding and
unusual promise. The scholarship is awarded

to a freshman and is renewable for the under­
graduate years.
T he Leland S. M acPhail, Jr. Scholarship, given
by M ajor League Baseball in recognition o f 48
years o f dedicated service by Leland S. Mac­
Phail, Jr. ’39, will be awarded annually to a
deserving student on the basis o f need and
merit.
T he D avid M andelbaum Scholarship is awarded
to a freshman student with financial need who
ranks high in scholarship and character, with
preference to residents o f the states o f Penn­
sylvania and New Jersey.
T he Dorothy Maynor Scholarship, established
by the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a
student from the Harlem School o f the Arts
in honor o f its founder. It provides a grant for
the full amount o f need and for music lessons.
The awardee will be nominated by the Harlem
School o f the Arts and selected by Swarthmore College on the basis o f all-around quali­
fications.
The Thom as B. M cCabe Achievem ent Awards,
established by Thomas B. McCabe ’ 15, are
awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware County, Penn­
sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In
making selections, the Committee places em­
phasis on ability, character, personality, and
service to school and community. These
awards provide a minimum annual grant o f
tuition, or a maximum to cover tuition, fees,
room and board, depending on need. Candi­
dates for the McCabe Awards must apply for
admission to the College by January 15.
T he C harlotte Goette '20 and W allace M. Mc­
Curdy Scholarship is awarded to a freshman on
the basis o f need and merit, and is renewable
annually. It has been endowed by Charlotte
McCurdy ’20.
The Peter Merit Scholarship is awarded to an
entering freshman outstanding in mental and
physical vigor, who shows promise o f spend­
ing these talents for the good o f the college
community and o f the larger community out­
side. The award was established in 1955 by
Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory
o f Peter Mertz, who was a member o f the class
o f 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate
years.
T he Jam es E. M iller Scholarship. Under the will

o f Arabella M. Miller, funds are available
annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents o f Nether Provi­
dence Township).
The Margaret MooTe Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships to foreign students with a prefer­
ence given to students o f South Asian origin.
T he Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship,
named in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f sm
alumna o f the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a
student whose past performance gives evi­
dence o f intellectual attainment, leadership,
and character, and who shows potential for
future intellectual growth, creativity, and
scholarship, and for being a contributor to the
College and ultimately to society.
T he Thom as S. ’30 and M arian Hamming N icely
’30 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman with
need who shows promise o f academic achieve­
ment, fine character, and athletic ability. Pref­
erence will be given to a person who has been
on the varsity tennis, squash, racquets, golf,
or swimming teams in high or preparatory
schools.
T he John H. Nixon Scholarship was established
by John H. Nixon, Class o f ’35, to assist Third
World students, especially those who plan to
return to their country o f origin.
T he H arriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar­
ship for a young woman who is a member o f
the Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly
Meeting).
T he Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in
1973 by Rogers Palmer o f the Class o f 1926,
are awarded to members o f the freshman class
who show promise o f leadership and who
have need o f financial assistance. The scholar­
ships are renewable for a total o f four years at
the discretion o f the College.
T he J. R oland Pennock Scholarships were estab­
lished by Ann and Guerin Todd ’3 8 in honor
o f J. Roland Pennock ’27, Richter Professor
Emeritus o f Political Science. Income from
this endowment is to be used to award four
scholarships on the basis o f merit and need,
preferably to one scholar in each class.
T he Cornelia Chapman and N icholas O . Pittenger Scholarship, established by family and
friends, is awarded to an incoming freshman
man or woman who ranks high in scholarship,

29

Financial Aid

character, and personality and who has need
for financial assistance.
The Anthony Beekm an Pool Scholarship. This
scholarship is awarded to an incoming freshman man o f promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class
o f 1959.
T he George G. and H elen G askill Rathje ’ i8
Scholarship is awarded to students with char­
acter, outstanding academic record, and fi­
nancial need.
The Raruey-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships
are given by Renoo Suvamsit ’47 in memory
o f his parents. They are given in alternate
years: the Raruey-Chandra Scholarship to a
woman for her senior year, and the Niyomsit
Scholarship to a man for his senior year, who
has high academic standing and real need for
financial aid. Preference is given to a candidate
who has divorced or deceased parents or a
deceased mother or father.
The Fred C . and Jessie M. Reynolds Scholarship
Fund, created through a testamentary gift o f
Jean Reynolds ’3 2, is awarded each year to a
worthy student based on need.
The Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established
by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his
wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a
woman distinguished for high scholarship,
character, personality, and physical vigor.
The A dele M ills Riley M em orial Scholarship,
founded by her husband, John R . Riley, was
awarded for the first time for the academic
year 1964-65. An annual award subject to
renewal is made to a deserving student, man
or woman. Selection stresses the candidate’s
capacity for significant development o f his or
her interests and talents during the college
years. Qualities o f intellectual promise as well
as potential for service are sought in making
this appointment.
T he Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by
his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts,
’ 12, is awarded annually to an incoming stu­
dent and is renewable for his or her years o f
study at Swarthmore.
The Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab­
lished during the College’s Centennial year by
the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson.
Mr. Robinson was for many years a member

30

o f the Swarthmore College faculty and
founder o f the Economics Discussion Group.
A member o f the junior or senior class who
has demonstrated interest and ability in the
study o f Economics is chosen for this award.
T he A lexis Rosenberg Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished by The Alexis Rosenberg Foundation,
provides aid for a freshman student. It is
awarded annually to a worthy student who
could not attend the College without such
assistance.
The Edith A . Runge Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge o f the
Class o f 1938, provides assistance annually to
students who have need o f financial aid.
T he D avid Barker Rushmore Scholarship, estab­
lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore,
Class o f 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rushmore Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a
worthy student who plans to major in Engi­
neering or Economics.
T he K atharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded
to a student with a primary interest in the arts
and the humanities, having special talents in
these fields. Students with other special inter­
ests, however, will not be excluded from
consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, o f the Class o f 1938, it is renewable
for the full period o f undergraduate study.
T he W illiam G. and M ary N. Serrill Honors
Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for
men, awarded to a candidate for admission to
the College, based upon the general plan o f
the Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be
given to men who are residents o f Abington
Township, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania.
The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by
his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, o f
the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students
interested in engineering and physical science.
The committee in making its selection con­
siders character, personality, and leadership.
T he Jo e and Terry Shane Scholarship, created in
honor o f Joe Shane ’25, who was Vice Presi­
dent o f Swarthmore College’s Alumni, Devel­
opment, and Public Relations from 19501972, and his wife, Terry, who assisted him in
countless ways in serving the College, was
established by their son, Larry Shane ’56, and

his wife, Marty Porter Shane ’5 7, in remem­
brance o f Joe and Terry’s warm friendship
with generations o f Swarthmore alumni. This
award is made to a freshman student on the
basis o f merit and need. It is renewable
through four years.
The C aroline Shero Scholarship was established
in 1982 on the occasion o f her retirement
from the College. It is awarded to a deserving
student with need.
T he Annie Shoem aker Scholarship is granted
annually to a young woman o f the graduating
class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook,
Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by
the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore Col­
lege.
T he Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in
loving memory by her daughter, Leah S.
Leeds o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annu­
ally to a woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
T he W illiam C. and B arbara Tipping Sieck
Scholarship is awarded annually to a student
showing distinction in academics, leadership
qualities, and extra-curricular activities, and
who indicates an interest in a career in busi­
ness.
The Nancy Baxter Skallerup Scholarship, estab­
lished by her husband and children, is awarded
to an incoming freshman with financial need.
It is renewable through four years.
T he W illiam W. Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund
established in 1981 by a member o f the Class
o f 1943 is awarded to a deserving student on
the basis o f merit and need.
T he W. W. Smith C haritable Trust provides
scholarships to students who qualify on the
basis o f need and merit.
The Cindy Solomon M em orial Scholarship is
awarded by preference to a young woman in
need o f financial assistance, and who has
special talent in poetry or other creative and
imaginative fields.
T he Babette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given
in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f
1933, is awarded to a student showing very
great promise as a creative writer (in any
literary form) who has need o f financial assis­

tance. The Department o f English determines
those eligible.
T he Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was estab­
lished in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell
’32, and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion.
It is awarded to a junior or senior with
financial need who has a special interest in law
or music.
T he C larence K . Streit Scholarship is awardedto
a student entering the junior or senior year
and majoring in history. Preference is given to
persons, outstanding in initiative and scholar­
ship, who demonstrate a particular interest in
American pre-Revolutionary War History.
This scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit,
author o f U nion Now: A Proposal For An A t­
lantic Federal Union o f the Free, whose seminal
ideas were made public in three Cooper Foun­
dation lectures at Swarthmore.
T he Jeanne D efrance Streit Scholarship has been
named for Jeanne Defrance Streit by her
daughter, Jeannette Defrance Streit Rohatyn
’46. It is awarded to a junior or senior major­
ing in French who has both need and merit.
T he K atharine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931,
Memorial Scholarship, established in 1980 is
awarded to a freshman student. The scholar­
ship is renewable for four years at the discre­
tion o f the College. Preference is given to a
resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula.
T he Newton E. Tarble Award, established by
Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is
granted to a freshman man who gives promise
o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char­
acter, and personality, and resides west o f the
Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in
the State o f Illinois.
T he Jonathan K. Taylor Scholarship, in accor­
dance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the
Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly
Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to
descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to
members o f the Baltimore Yearly Meeting o f
Friends; then to others.
The Phebe Anna T hom e Fund provides an
income for scholarships for students whose
previous work has demonstrated their ear­
nestness and ability. This gift includes a clause
o f preference to those students who are
members o f the New York Monthly Meeting

31

Financial Aid

o f Friends.

tion at Swarthmore College.

The Audrey Friedman Troy Scholarship, estab­
lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is
awarded to a freshman man or woman. The
scholarship is renewable through four years at
the discretion o f the College. In awarding the
scholarship, prime consideration is given to
the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit
from a Swarthmore education, and to be a
contributor to the College and ultimately to
society.

T he Roselynd Atherholt W ood ’23 Fund provides
a scholarship for a young man or woman with
financial need who is distinguished for intel­
lectual promise as well as potential for service.

The W illiam H illes W ard Scholarships, in mem­
ory o f William Hilles Ward o f the Class o f
1915, are awarded annually, preferably to
students who plan to major in science. The
committee in making its selection has regard
for candidates who are most deserving o f
financial assistance.
T he Stanley and Corinne W eithom Scholarship
Fund was established to provide financial as­
sistance on the basis o f need and merit.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship
is awarded annually by the Music Department
to a student o f music.
T he I. V. W illiam son Scholarship. Preference is
given to graduates o f Friends Central, George
School, New York Friends Seminary, Balti­
more Friends School, Wilmington Friends
School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends
Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends
School, and Brooklyn Friends School.
The Edward Clarkson W ilson Scholarship has
been established at Swarthmore by friends o f
Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly Prin­
cipal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It is
awarded each year to a former student o f the
Baltimore Friends School, who has been ap­
proved by the faculty o f the school, on the
basis o f high character and high standing in
scholarship.
T he Elmer L. W inkler Scholarship Fund, estab­
lished in 1980 by a member o f the class of
1952, is awarded annually to a deserving
student on the basis o f merit and need.
T he L etitia M. W oIverton Scholarship Fund,
given by Letitia M. Wolverton o f the Class o f
1913, provides scholarships for members of
the junior and senior classes who have proved
to be capable students and have need for
financial assistance to complete their educa­

32

T he M ichael M. and Zelma K . Wynn Scholarship
was established in 1983 by Kenneth R. Wynn
’73 in honor o f his mother and father. It is
awarded annually to a student on the basis o f
need and merit.
The income from each o f the following funds
is awarded at the discretion o f the College.
The Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Rebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
The Book and Key Scholarship Fund
T he Leon W illard Briggs Scholarship Fund
The Robert C. Brooks Scholarship Fund
T he Edna Pownall Buffington Scholarship
Fund
The C lass o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
The C lass o f 1914 Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1917 Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1925 Scholarship Fund
T he Class o f 1956 Scholarship Fund
T he Cochran M em orial Scholarship Fund
T he Sarah Antrim C ole Scholarship Fund
T he D elta Gamma Scholarship Fund
T he W illiam Dorsey Scholarship Fund
T he George Ellsler Scholarship Fund
T he J. H orace Ervien Scholarship Fund
T he H oward S. and Gertrude P. Evans
Scholarship Fund
T he Joseph E. Gillingham Fund
T he George K . and S allie K . Johnson
Scholarship Fund
T he K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship Fund
T he Jessie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship
Fund
The E. H ibberd Lawrence Scholarship Fund
The Thom as L. Leedom Scholarship Fund
The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund
T he Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship Fund
T he C lara B. M arshall Scholarship Fund
The Edward M artin Scholarship Fund
The H oward Osborn Scholarship Fund
The Susanna H aines ’80 and Beulah H aines
Parry Scholarship Fund
T he T. H. Dudley Perkins Scholarship Fund
The Mary C oates Preston Scholarship Fund
The D avid L. Price Scholarship
The Robert Pyle Scholarship Fund

The R eader’s Digest Foundation Endowed
Scholarship Fund
The M ark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund
The Frank Solomon M em orial Scholarship
Fund
The Mary Sprout Scholarship Fund
The H elen Squier Scholarship Fund
The W alter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund
The H elen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund
The Francis Holmes Strozier M em orial
Scholarship Fund

The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund
T he Titus Scholarships Fund
The D aniel U nderhill Scholarship Fund
The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship Fund
The Thom as H. W hite Scholarship Fund
T he Samuel W illets Scholarship Fund
T he Edward Clarkson W ilson and Elizabeth T.
W ibon Scholarship Fund
T he Mary W ood Scholarship Fund
T he Thom as W oodnutt Scholarship Fund

33

College Life

HOUSING
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
conducted on the assumption that the close
association o f students and instructors is an
important element in education. Most stu­
dents live in College dormitories, which in-

elude coeducational housing as well as single
sex dormitories and sections. Many members
o f the faculty live on or near the campus, and
are readily accessible to students.

Residence Halls
Twelve residence halls, ranging in capacity
from 21 to 235 students, offer a diversity o f
housing styles. These dormitories include:
Woolman House; Dana and Hallowell Halls,
which were opened in 1967; the upper floors
in the wings o f Parrish Hall; Wharton Hall,
named in honor o f its donor, Joseph Wharton,
at one time President o f the Board o f Man­
agers; Palmer, Pittinger, and Roberts Halls on
South Chester Road; one building on the
Mary Lyon School property; Worth Hall, the
gift o f William P. and J. Sharpies Worth, as a
memorial to their parents; W illets Hall, made
possible largely by a bequest from Phebe
Seaman, and named in honor o f her mother
and aunts; and Mertz Hall, the gift o f Harold
and Esther Mertz.
About eighty percent o f dormitory areas are
designated as coeducational housing either by
floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining
areas are reserved for single sex housing.
Dormitory sections may determine their own
visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation.
New students are assigned to rooms by the
Deans. Efforts are made to follow'the prefer­
ences indicated, and to accommodate special
needs, such as physical handicaps. Other stu­
dents choose their rooms in an order deter­
mined by lot or by invoking special options—
among these are block housing, allowing
friends to apply as a group for a section o f a
particular hall or dorm; and language hall
inclusion in which occupants are expected to
conduct conversations in a language other

than English to provide an immersion experi­
ence o f learning. There is also the opportunity
to reside at neighboring Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges in a cross-campus housing
exchange that proceeds on a matched one-forone basis. All students are expected to occupy
the rooms to which they are assigned or which
they have selected through the regular room
choosing process unless authorized by the
Deans to move. Permission must also be
obtained from the Deans to reside outside
college housing.
Resident Assistants, selected from the junior
and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the
dormitory sections.
Dormitories remain open during October and
Thanksgiving breaks but are closed to student
occupancy during Christmas and Spring vaca­
tions. Students enrolled for the fall semester
only are expected to vacate their dormitory
rooms within twenty-four hours after their
last scheduled examination. Freshmen, sopho­
mores, and juniors are expected to leave im­
mediately after their last examination in the
spring so that their rooms may be prepared
for use by Commencement visitors.
The insurance program for the College is
designed to provide protection for College
property and does not include the property o f
students or others. Students and their parents
are strongly urged to review their insurance
program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at
college.

Sharpies Dining Hall
All students living on campus are required to
subscribe to the College board plan for meals
in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The
board plan covers 19 meals a week. Although
an effort is made to meet the dietary needs o f
all students, not all special requirements can

be accommodated; permission to reside off
campus will be extended to any student not
able to participate in the board plan. The
dining hall is closed during the Christmas and
Spring vacations.

35

College Life

SOCIAL CENTERS
Tarble Social Center
Through the original generosity o f Newton E.
Tarble o f the Class o f 1913 and his widow,
Louise A. Tarble, the newly reconstructed
Tarble Social Center in Clothier Memorial
opened in April o f 1986. The facility includes
recreational areas, a snack bar, lounge, student

activities offices, and a multi-purpose perfor­
mance space as well as the bookstore. Under
the leadership o faD irecto ro f Student Activi­
ties and student co-directors, many major so­
cial activities (parties, concerts, plays, etc.) are
held in Tarble.

O ther Centers
T he A lice Paul Women’s Center, housed in
Sharpies I, was established to draw all women
o f the Swarthmore community together
through common concerns. The Center,
which serves faculty, students, faculty wives,
staff and alumnae, maintains a library o f
resource books, pamphlets and periodicals,
provides information, and sponsors a variety
o f programs, lectures, discussions and sym­
posia for all members o f the college commu­
nity about issues relating to women.
A B lack Cultural Center, located in the Caroline
Hadley Robinson House, provides a library
and facilities for various cultural activities o f
special interest to black students. The Center
and its program are guided by a director and

a committee o f black students, faculty, and
administrators. Programs planned by the Cen­
ter are open to all members o f the College
community.
There are three fraternities at Swarthmore;
Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa are affili­
ated with national organizations, while Phi
Omicron Psi is a local association. Fraternities
are adjuncts to the college social program and
maintain separate lodges on campus. The
lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda­
tions or eating facilities. New members are
pledged during late fall o f their first year at the
College. In recent years about ten per cent o f
the freshman men have decided to affiliate
with one o f the fraternities.

RELIGIOUS LIFE
Religious life at the College is a matter of
individual choice, as is consistent with Quaker
principles. The Society o f Friends is commit­
ted to the belief that religion is best expressed
in the quality o f everyday living. There are
accordingly no compulsory religious exer­
cises. Students are encouraged to attend the
churches o f their choice. Seven churches are
located in the borough o f Swarthmore; other
churches and synagogues may be found in the
nearby towns o f Morton, Media, Chester, and

Springfield. The Swarthmore Friends Meeting
House is located on the campus. Students are
cordially invited to attend its meeting for
worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups
with faculty cooperation exist for the study o f
the Bible and the exploration o f common
concerns o f religion. They include: The Chris­
tian Fellowship and Charitas, both Christian
groups; Young Friends, Ruach (Jewish Collec­
tive), Newman Club, and Ba’hai.

STUDENT SERVICES
Health Services
The Worth Health Center, a gift o f the Worth
family in memory o f William Penn Worth and

36

Caroline Hallowed Worth, houses offices for
the college physicians and nurses, outpatient

treatment facilities, offices o f the Psychologi­
cal Services director and staff, and rooms for
students who require in-patient care.
The college physicians hold office hours every
weekday at the College, where students may
consult them without charge. Students should
report any illness to the college physicians but
are free to go for treatment to another doctor
if they prefer to do so.
As a part o f the matriculation process each
student must submit a brief medical history
and health certificate prepared by the family
physician on a form supplied by the College.
Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes,
handicaps, severe allergies, or psychiatric dis­
turbances will be especially valuable to the
college Health Service in assisting each stu­
dent. All this information will be kept confi­
dential.
Each student is allowed ten days in-patient
care in the Health Center per term without
charge. After ten days, a charge o f $5.0 0 per
day is made. Students suffering from a com­
municable disease or from illness which makes

it necessary for them to remain in bed must
stay in the Health Center for the period of
their illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished
without cost, but a charge is made for special
medicines, certain immunization procedures
and laboratory tests, and transportation when
necessary to local hospitals.
The Health Center staff cooperates closely
with the Department o f Physical Education
and Athletics. Recommendations for limited
activity may be made for those students with
physical handicaps. In occasional cases a stu­
dent may be excused entirely from the require­
ments o f the Physical Education Department,
although adaptive programs are offered.
The medical facilities o f the College are avail­
able to students injured in athletic activities or
otherwise, but the College cannot assume
additional financial responsibility for medical
and surgical expenses arising from accidents.
Insurance coverage for all students participat­
ing in athletics, however, is included in the
mandatory health insurance package as is
supplementary coverage for all accident in­
juries.

Psychological Services
The program o f Psychological Services, which
is administered separately from Health Ser­
vices, is housed in the North wing o f Worth
Health Center. Services for students include
counseling and psychotherapy, after hours
emergency-on-call availability every day o f
the academic year, consultation and educa­
tional talks and workshops. The director and
staff are all part-time but provide regular
appointment times Monday through Friday.
Students may be referred to outside mental

health practitioners when long-term or highly
specialized services are needed.
The staff includes clinical psychologists and a
clinical social worker as well as a consulting
psychiatrist who is available on an as-needed
basis. Psychological Services participates in
training Resident Assistants and provides con­
sultation to staff and faculty. There is a strict
policy o f confidentiality.

Student Advising
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member
who acts as course adviser until this respon­
sibility falls to the chairman o f the student’s
major department at the end o f the sophomore
year. Requests for a change o f adviser should
be addressed to the Dean and will be freely
granted, subject only to equity in the number
o f advisees assigned to individual faculty
members.
The Deans hold overall responsibility for the

advising system. They are themselves available
to all students for advice on any academic or
personal matters, and for assistance with spe­
cial needs, such as those arising from physical
handicaps.
A consultant for testing and guidance is avail­
able to assist students with special problems
o f academic adjustment, study skills and read­
ing proficiency. In addition, aptitude and
interest tests may be given on request.

37

College Life

Career Planning and Placement
The Career Planning and Placement Office
helps students evaluate themselves and their
goals in order to plan future career and life
style alternatives. Individual counseling sessions and group workshops are conducted to
facilitate this planning.
The programs are open to students in all
classes and are developmental in nature. W ork'
shops are designed to help students expand
their career options through exploration o f
their values, skills, interests, abilities, and
experiences. A computerized interactive guid­
ance system, which provides an extensive
source o f career information, is available as
well.
Sophomore and junior students in particular
are encouraged to test options by participating
in the Extern Program. This program provides
on-site experience in a variety o f career fields
by pairing students with an alumnus/a to
work on a mutually planned task during one
or more weeks o f vacation. Career exploration
and experiential education is also encouraged
during summer internships and jobs, during a
semester or year off, and during the school
year. Assistance is provided in helping stu-

dents locate and secure appropriate jobs, in­
ternships, and volunteer opportunities, and
efforts are made to help students learn the
most they can from these experiences.
Additional help is provided through career
information panels, on-site field trips, work­
shops on topics such as resume writing and
cover letter writing, interviewing skills, and
job search techniques. The office cooperates
with the Alumni Office, the Alumni Associ­
ation, and the Parents Council to help put
students in touch with a wide network o f
people that can be o f assistance to them. The
Career Resources Library includes many pub­
lications concerning all stages o f the job search
process. The office hosts on-campus recruit­
ing by representatives from business, indus­
try, government, non-profit organizations,
and graduate and professional schools. No­
tices o f jo b vacancies are collected, posted,
and included in the office’s newsletter. Cre­
dential files are compiled for interested stu­
dents and alumni to be sent to prospective
employers and graduate admissions commit­
tees.

Academic Support
A program o f academic support includes in­
dividual tutorial services; special review sec­
tions attached to introductory courses in the
natural sciences; a mathematics lab; an expos­
itory writing workshop; and a pre-freshman
Summer Program for selected entering stu­
dents which is sponsored conjointly with

Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges. The Aca­
demic Support Program is overseen by the
Deans and a faculty committee in cooperation
with the academic departments. There are no
fees required for any o f these supportive
services.

Withdrawal and Readmission for Health Reasons
Students may withdraw voluntarily because
o f health problems. W here health problems
o f a physical or psychological nature substan­
tially interfere with a student’s academic per­
formance or safety, or the safety o f others, the
student may be withdrawn at the discretion o f
the College. The College reserves the right to
require withdrawal when, in the judgment o f
either the Director o f Health Services or the
Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s
functioning is impaired or in jeopardy.

A student who has withdrawn for health
reasons may apply for readmission. In the
case o f a mental health withdrawal, the College
will not, as a rule, accept applications for
readmission until a full semester (in addition
to the semester in which the student has with­
drawn) has passed.
A student applying to the College for readmission must provide evidence from his or
her physician or psychotherapist o f increased

ability to function academically or o f de­
creased hazard to health or safety. After such
evidence has been provided, the student will
ordinarily be required to be evaluated in
person by a physician employed by the Col­

lege Health Services and/or the Director of
Psychological Services, as appropriate. Re­
commendations for readmission are made to
the Dean o f the College, who makes the final
decision.

ALUMNI OFFICE AND PUBLICATIONS
Alumni Relations is the communication chan­
nel between the College and its alumni, en­
abling them to maintain an on-going relation­
ship with each other. Some o f the office’s
programs and activities include Alumni
Weekend in the spring, Homecoming Day in
the fall, Swarthmore Today, alumni gatherings
o ff campus all over the country, and alumni
travel tours. It also plans the annual Parents
Weekend/Student Arts Festival. The Alumni
Office hires students as events intern, voca­
tional intern, and intern for minority affairs
each year to help coordinate these various
programs. Students also work as staff for
most o f the campus events.
The Alumni Office also works closely with
the Rapport and Support Committee o f Stu­
dent Council, a liaison group which promotes
understanding between students and alumni
and supports the College in whatever ways
seem appropriate. The Alumni Office also
helps officers o f the senior class plan special

events. Every other year the Alumni Office
and the Office o f Career Planning and Place­
ment sponsor a Career Day at which students
meet alumni to exchange career and graduate
school information.
The Alumni Office gives staff support to the
Alumni Association, which celebrated its
100th anniversary in 1981-82, and to the
Alumni Council, the fifty-person elected
governing body o f the Alumni Association.
The Alumni Office gives staff support also to
the ten regional alumni organizations, called
Connections, in Philadelphia, New York, Bos­
ton, Washington, D.C., south Florida, Chi­
cago, Boulder, Los Angeles, San Francisco,
and Seattle.
There are 14,786 alumni: 7,681 men, 7,105
women, and 2,134 married to each other,
giving substance to the traditional appellation
for the College o f "Quaker Matchbox.” The
College defines an alumnus/a as anyone who
has completed one semester.

College Publications
All alumni, parents o f students, seniors, fac­
ulty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni
Bulletin free o f charge, and it is made available
to all students. Other complimentary publica-

tions sent to alumni, parents, and friends are
an annual engagement calendar, the President’s
and Treasurer’s Report, and the Garnet Letter.

PUBLIC RELATIONS
The Public Relations Office works with the
print and broadcasting media to provide news
and information about the College to its
various publics. It responds to requests from
the media for information on a variety of
subjects by calling on the resources and exper­
tise o f the faculty and professional staff. The
Public Relations Office prepares two publica­

tions: On Campus, a monthly schedule o f
activities at the College that are open to the
public, distributed on request to more than
2,0 0 0 households in the Philadelphia area,
and the W eekly News, a newsletter o f events
and announcements distributed to faculty,
staff, and students.

39

Student Com m unity

Student Conduct
Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should understand that they are ac­
cepting social and academic standards which,
while subject to periodic review, are essential
to the well-being o f the community. In gen­
eral, the life o f students should be governed
by good taste and accepted practice rather
than elaborate rules. Certain regulations, how­
ever, are o f particular importance and are
listed below.
1. The possession and use o f alcoholic bever­
ages on the campus is regulated by State law
and limited to those areas o f the campus
which are specified by the Student Council
and the Dean. The observance o f moderation
and decorum in respect to drink is a student
obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as
a serious offense.
2. The use or possession o f injurious drugs or
narcotics without the specific recommenda­
tion o f a physician and knowledge o f the
Deans subjects a student to possible suspen­
sion or expulsion.
3. The use or possession o f firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire­
crackers or other explosives are prohibited.
The setting o f fires outside o f restricted areas
is a serious offense, as is tampering with fire
alarms or fire prevention equipment.
4. The participation by any student in any

disruption or interference with the orderly
programs, functions, or conduct o f College
activities o f any kind is a serious offense.
5. Occupants o f residence halls are expected
to show consideration for other residents.
Students are held responsible for the behavior
o f visiting guests.
6 . No undergraduate may maintain an auto­
mobile while enrolled at the College without
the permission o f the Car Authorization Com­
mittee, a student-faculty group. This permis­
sion is not extended to freshmen. Day stu­
dents may use cars for commuting to College,
but special arrangements for stickers must be
made for campus parking. More detailed in­
formation may be obtained from the Office of
the Deans.
Penalties for violations o f College regulations
such as those listed above are set by judicial
committees or the Deans and may involve
suspensions or expulsion. Standing regula­
tions may be modified and new rules may be
added at any time upon notice to the student
body.
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose conduct it regards as
undesirable, and without assigning any further
reason therefor. Neither the College nor any
o f its officers shall be under any liability
whatsoever for such exclusion.

Judicial Bodies
There are two judicial committees with dis­
tinct jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Com­
mittee, elected by the entire student body, acts
on cases o f alleged violations o f students’
rules and campus regulations except as they
fall within the sphere o f the College Judiciary
Committee. The C ollege Judiciary Committee is

composed o f student, faculty, and adminis­
tration members. It has primary jurisdiction
over cases that may involve academic disho­
nesty. It also acts upon cases referred by or ap­
pealed from the Student Judiciary Committee.
A more complete description o f the judicial
system is available from the Office o f the Dean.

Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council
represents the entire undergraduate commu­
nity and is the chief body o f student govern­
ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordi­
nation o f student activities and the expression

40

o f student opinion.
Committees o f the Council include the Ap­
pointments Committee, which selects qualified
applicants for student positions on student/

faculty/administration committees, Board o f
Managers committees, and student commit'
tees; the Budget Committee, which regulates

distribution o f funds to student groups, and
the Elections Committee, which supervises
procedures in campus elections.

Social Committee
An extensive program o f social activities is
managed by the Social Committee, a repre­
sentative student committee. The program is
designed to appeal to a wide variety o f in­

terests and is open to all students. There is no
charge for Social Committee functions and
for most other campus events.

EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
In addition to the foregoing organizations,
Swarthmore students have an opportunity to
participate in a program o f extracurricular
activities wide enough to meet every kind o f
interest. There are dozens o f formal and in-

formal organizations.They vary as greatly as
the interests o f the students vary. The College
encourages students to participate in whatever
activities best fit their personal talents and
inclinations.

The Studio Arts Program
The Studio Arts Program, administered by
the Department o f Art, is an academic pro­
gram. The Department, however, encourages
that students organize and carry out indepen­
dent extracurricular activities with or without
the supervision o f its staff, and provides
assistance and advice as requested. There are

in existence at present the following studentorganized groups in art: Photography Club,
Student Art Association, Griffin, and Student
Life Drawing Class. The Griffin, in Parrish
Hall, and W ilcox Gallery, in Beardsley Hall,
often display student work.

Music
The Department o f Music administers and
staffs several performing organizations. The
C ollege Chorus, directed by Peter Gram Swing,
rehearses three hours per week. T he C ollege
Singers, a select small chorus drawn from the
membership o f the Chorus and conducted by
Ann McNamee, rehearses an additional two
hours per week. T he C ollege O rchestra re­
h earses twice a week. T he Cham ber O rchestra,
directed by James Freeman, gives two concerts
each semester; its rehearsals closely precede
the concerts and its members are drawn from
The College Orchestra. T he W ind Ensemble,
which rehearses one night weekly and gives
two major concerts each year in addition to
several outdoor performances, is under the
direction o f Gerald Levinson. T he Early Mu­
sic Ensemble, directed by Karen Myers, meets
each week and gives several concerts during

the year. More information about joining
these performing groups can be found on the
Department bulletin board on the upper level
o f Lang.
Instrumentalists and singers can also partici­
pate in the chamber music coaching program
coordinated by Dorothy Freeman. The O r­
chestra (Chamber Orchestra) and Chorus
(Singers) both require auditions for member­
ship. Several student chamber music concerts
(in which all interested students have an
opportunity to perform) are given each semes­
ter. These concerts also provide an opportu­
nity for student composers to have their
works performed. T he Swarthmore C ollege
String Q uartet, composed o f four top-notch
student string players who also serve as prin­
cipal players in the College Orchestra and

41

Student Com m unity

Chamber Orchestra, performs frequently at
the College and at other institutions.
The Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships
subsidize the entire cost o f private instrumen­
tal or vocal lessons for a limited number o f
especially gifted and advanced student musi­
cians with the teacher o f their choice. These
scholarships, which are awarded yearly to
approximately ten students, are determined
through a departmental screening process.
The Department each year sponsors a Concerto
Com petition, open to all Swarthmore College
students. Auditions for the competition are
normally held the first Thursday after winter
vacation. The winner performs later with the
Orchestra.Practice and performance facilities
in the Lang Music Building include sixteen

practice rooms (each with at least one piano),
a concert and a rehearsal hall (each with its
own concert grand), one organ, two harpsi­
chords, and an electronic studio. T he D aniel
U nderhill M usic Library has excellent collec­
tions o f scores, books, and records.
T he W illiam ] . Cooper Foundation presents a
distinguished group o f concerts each year on
the campus. The Music Department adminis­
ters a separate series o f public concerts.
T he Swarthmore M usic and D ance Festival takes
place on campus during three weeks o f the fall
semester. It presents concerts, master classes,
and symposia, focusing on contemporary
American works performed and discussed by
eminent artists.

Dance
The Swarthmore College Dancers perform
public concerts with works choreographed by
students, the dance faculty, and other profes­
sional choreographers.
Each year there are a series o f formal concerts
at the end o f each semester, as well as informal
performances throughout the year, including
a series o f exchange concerts with other area
colleges. Lecture demonstrations for public
schools and for organizations within the sur­
rounding communities are also a regular part
o f the yearly dance performance schedule.
For the past few years Swarthmore College
has been the recipient o f National Endowment
for the Arts grants which have enabled the
College, in conjunction with the William J.
Cooper Foundation, to bring outstanding

professional dance companies for short term
residencies.
These residencies typically last from one to
three weeks, and include master classes, lec­
tures, performances, and sometimes, the cre­
ation o f a new work by a guest artist for
student performers.
Each year the Swarthmore Music and Dance
Festival brings together guest artists, faculty
members, and students in a series o f perfor­
mances and symposia focused on specific
themes.
The Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics sponsors a coeducational perfor­
mance group in Folk Dance.

Drama
Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The Theatre.
He supervises the drama program, which in­
cludes course work, workshops with guest
directors, invited speakers, and a numberof
student-directed projects each semester. In­
terested students should consult the depart-

mental statement in English Literature.
Extra-curricular theatre is produced by Drama
Board. News o f try-outs and productions
appears on the Call Board in Parrish Hall, near
the telephones.

Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the
premise that any sports program must be

42

justified by the contributions which it can
make to the educational development o f the

individual student who chooses to participate.
In keeping with this fundamental policy,
Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and
extensive, offering every student a chance to
take part in a wide range o f sports. W ithin the
limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities, the
College feels that it is desirable to have as

many students as possible competing on its
intercollegiate or club teams, or in intramural
sports. Faculty members serve as advisers for
several o f the varsity athletic teams. They
work closely with the teams, attending prac­
tices and many o f the scheduled contests.

Interest Clubs
There are a great variety o f special interest
clubs, listed more fully in the Student H and­
book. Since the interests o f our students

change frequently, new clubs are often formed
by student groups.

Publications and Media
The Phoenix, the weekly College newspaper,
and W SRN , the campus radio station, are
both completely student-run organizations.
In addition, there are a variety o f other student

publications, including literary magazines,
newsletters, and an alternative magazine. The
current list can be found in the H andbook.

OUTREACH PROGRAMS
Swarthmore College Upward Bound
The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore
College, begun in 1964 and continued with
Federal support, is intended to provide simul­
taneously a valuable experience for Swarthmore students and a service to members o f
surrounding communities. It offers both a

six-week residential summer school in which
Swarthmore students may serve as counselors,
and a series o f activities during the academic
year in which Swarthmore students serve as
tutors. The program is administered by Edwin
A. Collins, Project Director.

Swarthmore College Volunteer Program
Swarthmore students may work as volunteers
or . paid Interns in community agencies that
provide a variety o f services including housing
rehabilitation, legal assistance, and counsel­
ing. The localities serviced include the nearby
City o f Chester, Delaware County, and Phila­
delphia.

The program was begun by students in 1983
and is now overseen by Cynthia Jetter, Coor­
dinator, and a committee o f faculty members,
alumni, and Chester community leaders.

Swarthmore Foundation
The Swarthmore Foundation is a small philan­
thropic body designed to be a distinctive part
o f Swarthmore College. Its mission is to pro­
mote an understanding and a sense o f social
responsibility within our students by enabling
them to become involved in effective charit-

able work. The Foundation operates under
the oversight o f the Dean o f the College and,
on a competitive basis, awards grants to stuents who wish to engage in charitable activity.
The awards are small, generally ranging from
$200 to $ 2,000 a year to a single beneficiary.

43

IV
E d u cational P rogram

A w ards and Prizes

Facu lty R egulations

Fellow ships

D egree R equirem ents

44

Educational Program

GENERAL STATEMENT
Swarthmore College offers the degree o f
Bachelor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor o f
Science. The latter is given only to students
who major in Engineering; the former, to
students in the Humanities, the Social Sci­
ences, and the Natural Sciences. Four years of
resident study are normally required for a
Bachelor’s degree (see page 60 ), but variation
in this term, particularly as a result o f Ad­
vanced Placement credit, is possible (see page

20).
The selection o f a program will depend upon
the student’s interests and vocational plans.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however,
is not primarily to provide vocational instruc­
tion, even though it provides the best founda­
tion for one’s future vocation. Its purpose is
to help students fulfill their responsibilities as
citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile
individuals. A liberal education is concerned
with the cultural inheritance o f the past, with
the cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aes­
thetic values, with the development o f analyti­
cal abilities. Intellectually it aims to enhance
resourcefulness, serious curiosity, openmindedness, perspective, logical coherence,
insight, discrimination.
One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s
curriculum (C ritique o f a C ollege, 1967) sug­
gested two principles for a liberal education.
"O ne is the principle o f Depth. To make the
most o f a liberal education, each student must
go far enough into some subjects to give him
a genuine mastery o f disciplinary skills, so
that he can use them to generate new dis­
coveries on his own__ _ He must go far
enough to grasp systematic connections within
a field, to see how fundamental principles
combine to make intelligible a range o f sub­
ordinate principles or phenomena___ The
other principle is that o f Diversity. To make
the most o f a liberal education, each student
must have enough breadth and variety in his
studies so that he can compare and contrast
different methods o f inquiry__ , and so that
he can have the experience o f making the
bright spark o f connection leap across wide
gaps. It is this breadth that gives point to the
two senses of'relevance’ that are fundamental
in liberal education
perception o f the rele­

vance o f one part o f learning to another, even
across the boundaries o f fields and subjects
(an d )
perception o f the relevance o f learn­
ing to the exigencies o f life— .’’ To these two
principles the study added that the curriculum
should aim to encourage resourcefulness and
self-reliance and develop the personal condi­
tions o f intellectual progress by placing sub­
stantial responsibility upon the student for
his or her education, amply allowing individ­
uality o f programs and requiring important
choices about the composition o f programs.
"W hat we are proposing,” the study con­
cluded, "is a curriculum that leans rather
sharply toward specialized diversity, and away
from uniform generality___ Our emphasis is
on serious encounters with special topics and
problems at a comparatively high level of
competence, and on student programs that
reflect individual constellations o f diversified
interests.”
Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re­
quires o f the student both a diversity of
intellectual experience sufficient to test and
develop different capacities and perspectives
and concentration on some field(s) sufficiendy intensive to develop a serious under­
standing o f problems and methods and a sense
o f the conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a
liberal education are reflected in requirements
for distribution and for the major.
During the first half o f their college program
all students are expected to satisfy some if not
all o f the distribution requirements, to choose
their major and minor subjects, and to prepare
for advanced work in these subjects by taking
certain prerequisites. The normal program
consists o f four courses each semester chosen
by the student in consultation with his or her
faculty advisor.
The program for upper class students affords
a choice between two methods o f study: the
External Examination (Honors) Program and
the Course program. Reading for Honors is
characteristically the more intensive, Course
work the more diversified. An Honors candi­
date concentrates on two or three fields
through a disciplinary major and minor or
focuses the program o f study in an interdisci-

45

Educational Program

plinary major or concentration; studies are
intensive and will occupy the equivalent of
three-fourths o f the student’s work during the
last two years. In addition to work taken as a
part o f the External Examination Program,
the students take other courses which provide
opportunities for further exploration. At the
close o f the senior year, the candidate’s exter­
nal examination program will be evaluated by
visiting examiners.
A student in the course program has wider
freedom o f election and normally takes four
courses or their equivalent in each o f the last
four semesters. All students must fulfill the
requirements for the major, and before the
end o f the senior year, students are required

to pass a comprehensive examination given by
the major department.
All students are admitted to seminars based
on their prior academic work.
The program for engineering students follows
a similar basic plan, with certain variations
which are explained on page 113. Courses
outside the technical fields are distributed
over all four years.
The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho­
mores are members o f the faculty appointed
by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the
advisors are the chairs o f their major depart­
ments or their representatives.

PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
The major goals o f the first two years o f a
Swarthmore education are to introduce stu­
dents to a broad range o f intellectual pursuits,
to equip them with the analytic and expressive
skills required to engage in those pursuits, and
to foster a critical stance towards learning and
knowing. The College distribution require­
ments are designed to aid students in achieving
these goals.
To meet the distribution requirements, a stu­
dent must take at least three credits in each o f
the three divisions o f the College and com­
plete at least 20 credits outside the major
before graduation. At least two credits in each
division must be in different departments and
must also be earned in courses designated as
Primary Distribution courses.
The three divisions o f the College are consti­
tuted as follows:
H umanities: Art, Classics (literature), English
Literature, M odem Languages and Litera­
tures, Music, Philosophy, Religion.
N atural Sciences and Engineering: Biology,
Chemistry, Computer Science, Engineering,
Mathematics, Physics and Astronomy.
Social Sciences: Classics (ancient history), Eco­
nomics, Education, History, Linguistics,
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and
Anthropology.
Courses which count for Primary Distribution

46

are to be designated in the departmental list­
ings. All six Primary Distribution courses
must be satisfied by courses taken at Swarth­
more and, with the exception o f literature
courses taught in a language other than En­
glish, will normally be completed before the
student enters the junior year. Extensions in
the time allowed to complete the remaining
Primary Distribution courses may be granted
by the Committee on Academic Requirements
to students who study for a semester or more
away from Swarthmore.
Any course in a division (with the exception
o f Music courses numbered 4 0 -49 and Dance
courses numbered 1-12 and 4 0 ) may be cho­
sen as the third Distribution course in that
division. Some courses may be designated as
qualifying for distribution (including Primary
Distribution) within more than one division.
One-credit courses so designated can be
counted in only one o f those divisions; multi­
credit courses so designated may be counted
for distribution in two or more divisions. A
course cross-listed between departments,
within or across divisions, will fulfill the dis­
tribution requirement only for the department
and division o f the professor who offers the
course.
Students who have been granted credit and
advanced placement by two departments in
the same division for work done prior to

matriculation at Swarthmore will be exempted
from one Primary Distribution requirement
in that division on the condition that they
take an additional course in one o f those
departments. They will be exempted from
both Primary Distribution requirements in
that division on the condition that they take
an additional course in each o f those depart­
ments. Students who enter Swarthmore with
four semesters remaining to complete their
degree will be exempted from the Primary
Distribution component o f the distribution
requirement.
It is most desirable that students include in
their programs some work in a foreign lan­
guage, beyond the basic language requirement
(see page 60 ). A student who intends to major
in one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or
engineering should take an appropriate mathe­
matics course in the freshman year. Students
intending to major in one o f the social sciences
should be aware o f the increasing importance
o f mathematical background for these sub­
jects.
In addition to the requirements listed above,

prerequisites must be completed for the work
o f the last two years in major and minor
subjects, and sufficient additional electives
must be taken to make up a full program,
bearing in mind the requirement that at least
20 credits must be taken outside the major
department. Early in the sophomore year, the
student should identify two or three subjects
as possible majors, paying particular attention
to departmental requirements and recom­
mendations.
W hile faculty advisors assist students in pre­
paring their academic programs, it is empha­
sized that students themselves are individually
responsible for planning and adhering to pro­
grams and for the completion o f graduation
requirements. Faculty advisors, department
chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans,
and the Registrar are available for information
and advice.
In the freshman and sophomore years all
students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. The
requirements are stated in full on page 59.

PROGRAMS FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The major goals o f the last two years o f a
Swarthmore education are to engage students
with a chosen field o f inquiry and to assist
them in assuming an independent role in
creating and synthesizing knowledge within it.
The breadth o f exposure, acquisition o f skills,
and development o f a critical stance during
the first two years prepare students to pursue
these goals. W ith the choice o f a major, the
focus shifts from scope to depth. Students
become involved for two years with a discreet
field o f inquiryand demonstrate their mastery
o f that field through the completion o f courses
within the major and courses taken outside
the major which serve to expand and deepen
the student’s perspective on the major.
All students are required to include sufficient

work in a single department or program (des­
ignated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equivalent
o f at least eight courses before graduation. In
the spring o f the sophomore year, each stu­
dent will, with the guidance o f his or her
advisor, prepare a reasoned plan o f study for
the last two years. This plan will be submitted
to the chair o f the student’s proposed major
as a part o f the application for a major.
Acceptance will be based on the student’s
record and an estimate o f his or her capacities
in the designated major. Students who fail to
secure approval o f a major cannot be admitted
to the junior class.
During the senior year a student may choose
to study in one o f two programs o f study
described below.

COURSE PROGRAM
Work in the Course program includes some
intensive study within a general area o f inter-

est. This work results in a departmental major
or a special major. To complete a departmental

47

Educational Program

major, a student must be accepted as a major,
and in addition to the standard eight courses
and comprehensive examination in the major
department, must fulfill specific departmental
requirements. The requirements for accep­
tance to departmental majors and for comple­
tion o f them are specified in this catalogue
under the respective departmental listings.
The latter are designated to ensure a compre­
hensive acquaintance with the field. A student
must accumulate twenty courses outside his
or her major, but there is no other limit on the
number o f courses that a student may take in
his or her major.
W ith departmental permission it is possible
for a student to plan a Special M ajor that
includes closely related work in one or more
departments outside the major department.
This work (up to four courses normally) is
part o f the major program for the comprehen­
sive examination; some o f it may consist o f a
thesis or other written research project(s)
designed to integrate the work across depart­
mental boundaries. In any case, the program
o f the Special M ajor is expected to be integral
in the sense that it specifies a field o f learning
(not necessarily conventional) or topic or
problems for sustained inquiry that crosses
departmental boundaries and can be treated
as a sub-field within the normal departmental

major. Special Majors consist o f at least 10
credits and normally o f no more than 12
credits. Occasionally, where regular depart­
mental requirements unduly constrain the
possibilities o f a Special Major, these require­
ments may be relaxed to a minimum o f six
courses in the primary department or by the
omission o f certain courses in that department
normally required for the sake o f breadth o f
experience o f the major field; but course
requirements central to systematic understand­
ing o f the major field will not be waived. By
extension, Special Majors may be formulated
as joint majors between two departments,
normally with at least five credits in each
department and 11 in both departments,
which, in such programs, collaborate in advis­
ing and in the comprehensive examination.
During the junior and senior years, Course
students are advised by the chairman o f the
major department (or a member o f the de­
partment designated by the chairman) whose
approval must be secured for the choice of
courses each semester.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree
with Distinction to students who have done
distinguished work in the Course program
and have achieved the grade average estab­
lished for this degree.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS)
The External Examination Program, initiated
in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and
modified most recently in 1987, is a distinc­
tive part o f Swarthmore’s educational life.
W hile the program is designedly flexible and
responsive to new needs, it has been charac­
terized from the beginning by three basic
elements, which taken together may be said to
be the essence o f the system.
(1 ) Reading for Honors involves a concentra­
tion o f the student’s attention upon a limited
field o f studies. Normally, the student pursues
only two subjects each semester, avoiding
fragmentation o f interests. Content o f studies
is correspondingly broader and deeper, per­
mitting a wide range o f reading and investiga­
tion and demanding o f the student correla­
tions o f an independent and searching nature.

48

(2 ) While Reading for Honors frees students
from periodic examination, it exposes their
thinking to continual scrutiny ffom both
classmates and instructors. Students prepare
for examination over their program at the
close o f the senior year. In these, the student
is expected to demonstrate competence in a
field o f knowledge rather than mere mastery
o f those facts and interpretations which the
instructor has presented. These examinations,
consisting o f a three-hour paper in each field,
are set by examiners from other institutions
who also come to the campus to conduct an
oral examination o f each student.
(3 ) Reading for Honors is customarily carried
on in seminars, in independent projects, or in
classes which have been approved as prepara­
tions for external examinations. Seminars

meet once a week, in many cases in the home
of the instructor, for sessions lasting three
hours or more. The exact technique o f the
seminar varies with the subject matter, but its
essence is a cooperative search for truth,
whether it be by papers, discussion, or labora­
tory experiment. Once a seminar in a desig­
nated subject has been taken, the student
must stand for the external examination as
part o f his or her Honors program.
An external examination program will be
based on the equivalent o f twelve units o f
work covering at least four fields chosen from
at least two departments. The program o f
study must contain at least three fields from
the student’s major department or be in a
faculty-approved interdisciplinary major or
concentration. The major department may
require that the minor field o f a four field
examination program be related to the three
fields in the major.
A student who sits for an external examination
in a field must do so based on one o f the
following forms o f preparation:
(1) Two units o f work consisting o f a twocredit seminar or its equivalent, or a twocredit thesis or individual research project.
(2) Three units o f work consisting o f a twocredit seminar or its equivalent plus a unit of
prerequisite work.
(3 ) One unit o f work if this work is related to
one or more o f the other fields in the student’s
external examination program. The examined
work will take the form o f a written essay
which will be the equivalent o f a one-credit
thesis. A student may include, at most, two
single-unit fields in the program for external
examination.
A candidate for admission to the external
examination program should, during the
spring semester o f the junior year, consult the
chair o f his or her prospective major and
minor departments or the chair o f an ap­
proved interdisciplinary concentration or
major in which the examination program is to
be focused, to work out his or her proposed
program for external examination. The appli­
cation for an external examination program
contains a specification o f i) which examina­
tion a student proposes to take, ii) how many
units each examination is to count for, and iii)

the form o f preparation for each examination.
This proposed program must be filed in the
office o f the Registrar, who will forward it to
the divisions concerned. Accceptance o f the
candidate by the division will be based on the
recommendation o f the major and minor
departments, concentrations or interdiscipli­
nary major. The recommendation o f the major
department or interdisciplinary program will
depend on the proposed program o f study
and the quality o f the student’s previous work
as indicated by grades received and upon the
student’s apparent capacity for assuming the
responsibility o f reading for honors. The
major department or interdisciplinary pro­
gram is responsible for the original plan of
work and for keeping in touch with the candi­
date’s progress from semester to semester.
The division is responsible for approval o f the
original program and o f any later changes in
that program.
For purposes o f the external examination
program, the structure o f divisions will be as
follows:
Humanities: Art, Classics, English Literature,
History, Linguistics (program), Mathematics,
M odem Languages, Music, Philosophy, Psy­
chology, Religion.
Social Sciences: Economics, Education, Engi­
neering, History, Linguistics (program), Mathe­
matics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psy­
chology, Sociology and Anthropology.
N atural Sciences and Engineering: Biology,
Chemistry, Computer Science (program), En­
gineering, Mathematics, Philosophy, Physics
and Astronomy, Psychology.
All seminar work will be followed by an
examination at the end o f the spring semester
o f the year in which the seminar is offered. For
seniors in the external examination program,
the external examination will constitute suffi­
cient examination for all seminars in their
plan of study. All other students who have
taken seminars will stand for an appropriate
examination set (when feasible) by external
examiners and read by a member o f the
Swarthmore faculty. I f such an exam is not
available, these students will stand for an
equivalent examination set and read by a
member o f the Swarthmore faculty.
Seniors who are awarded honors and juniors

49

Educational Program

who have been accepted into the external
examination program will have no grades
recorded on their transcript for any seminars
included in their plan o f study for honors
programs. Seniors who take courses within a
plan o f study for an external examination
program will be expected to meet all the
requirements for such courses except that o f
course examination, unless the instructor
deems it necessary that they take the examina­
tion. Normally, the external examination will
be sufficient examination for such courses.

At the end o f the senior year the reading o f the
examinations and the decision o f the degree of
Honors to be awarded the candidates is en­
tirely in the hands o f the visiting examiners.
Upon their recommendation, successful can­
didates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree
with Honors, with High Honors, or with
Highest Honors. W hen the work o f a candi­
date does not in the opinion o f the examiners
merit Honors o f any grade, Swarthmore fac­
ulty members review the student’s examina­
tion papers and assign grades.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM
Although the normal period o f uninterrupted
work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and Bache­
lor o f Science degrees is four years, graduation
in three years is freely permitted when a
student can take advantage o f Advanced Place­
ment credits, perhaps combining them with
extra work by special permission. W hen cir­
cumstances warrant, a student may lengthen
the continuous route to graduation to five
years by carrying fewer courses than the norm
o f four: this may be appropriate for students
who enter Swarthmore lacking some elements
o f the usual preparation for college, who are
physically handicapped, or who wish to free
time for activities relating to their curricular
work although not done for academic credit.
Such five-year programs are possible in Music
and Studio Arts for students who are tak-

ing instruction off campus or who wish to
pursue studio or instrumental work without
full credit but with instruction and critical
supervision; but such programs are possible
only on application to and selection by the
department concerned, which will look for
exceptional accomplishment or promise. In
all cases where it is proposed to reduce aca­
demic credit and lengthen the period before
graduation the College looks particularly to
personal circumstances and to careful advising
and necessarily charges the regular annual
tuition (see the provisions for overloads,
p. 21). Full-time leaves o f absence for a
semester or a year or more are freely permitted
and in some cases encouraged, subject also to
careful planning and academic advising.

NORMAL COURSE LOAD
Although normal progress toward the degree
o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is
made by eight semesters’ work o f four courses
or the equivalent each semester, students may
and frequently do vary this by programs o f
five courses or three courses if it is desirable
for them to do so. The object o f progress
toward the degree is not primarily, however,

the mere accumulation o f 32 credits. College
policy does not permit programs o f fewer
than three courses within the normal eight
semester enrollment. Programs o f more than
five courses or fewer than four courses require
special permission (see p. 21 on tuition and
p. 5 8 on registration).

FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION
W hile classes and seminars are the normal
curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty

regulations encourage other modes as well.
These include various forms o f individual

study, student-run courses, and a limited
amount o f "practical” or off-campus work.
The principal forms o f individual work are
attachments to courses, directed reading, and
tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach­
ments provides that a student may attach to an
existing course, with permission o f the in­
structor, a project o f additional reading, re­
search, and writing. If this attachment is taken
concurrently with the course it is normally
done for half credit. If it is taken in a later
semester (preferably the semester immediately
following), it may be done for either half or
full credit. This kind o f work can be done on
either a small-group or individual basis. It is
not possible in all courses, but it is in most,
including some introductory courses. For
freshmen and sophomores it is a way of
developing capacities for independent work,
and for Honors candidates it is an alternative
to seminars as a preparation for papers. Stu­
dents who decide before the middle o f the
semester to do a half-credit attachment may
commonly, with permission, withdraw from
a regular course and carry three and a half
credits in that term to be balanced by four and
a half credits in another term. Students may
do as many as two attachments each year.
Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but
the faculty role in the former is more biblio­
graphical than pedagogical, and, because they
require somewhat less faculty time, oppor­
tunities for directed reading are more frequent
in most departments than are opportunities
for tutorials. In both cases substantial written
work and/or written examinations are con­
sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir­
able that the work be more specialized or
more sharply focussed than is usually the case
in courses or seminars; the work may range
from a course o f reading to a specific research
project. Such work is available primarily to
juniors and seniors in accordance with their
curricular interests and as faculty time per­
mits.
The faculty regulation on student-run courses
permits a group o f students to propose a topic
to an instructor for half or single credit and to
run their own course with a reading list ap­
proved by the instructor and a final examina­
tion or equivalent administered by him or
her, but normally with no further involvement

o f faculty. In organizing such a course students
obtain provisional approval and agreement to
serve as course supervisor from a faculty
member by December 1st (for the spring
term) or May 1st (for the fall term) on the
basis o f an initial memorandum emphasizing
the principal subject matter to be studied, the
questions to be asked about it, the methods of
investigation, and providing a preliminary
bibliography. The course is then registered by
its organizers with the Provost, who has ad­
ministrative supervision o f such work, and
who may waive the foregoing deadlines to
recognize problems in the organization o f
such courses. The course supervisor consults
his or her department, and in the case o f an
interdepartmental course, any other depart­
ment concerned, whose representatives to­
gether with the Provost will decide whether to
approve the course. The supervisor also re­
views the course outline and bibliography and
qualifications and general eligibility o f stu­
dents proposing to participate in the course.
After a student-run course has been found
acceptable by the appropriate department (or
departments) and the Provost, the course
supervisor’s final approval is due ten days
before the term begins, following which a
revised reading list and class list are given
to the Librarian and the course title and class
list are filed with the Registrar. At the end of
the course the supervisor evaluates and grades
the students’ work in the usual way or arranges
for an outside examiner to do so.
Student-run courses may vary in format and
content. In particular, they may be provi­
sionally proposed for half credit to run in the
first half o f the semester, and at midterm, may
be either concluded or, if the participants and
course supervisor find the work profitable,
continued for the balance o f the term for full
credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may
be started after the beginning o f the semester
(up to midsemester) for half credit and then
be continued, on the same basis, into the
following term. O r they may be taken for half
credit over a full term. The role o f the course
supervisor may exceed that in planning and
evaluation outlined above and extend to occa­
sional or regular participation. The only es­
sentials, and the purpose o f the procedures,
are sufficient planning and organization o f the
course to facilitate focus and penetration. The

51

Educational Program

course planning and organization, both analytical and bibliographical, are also regarded
as important ends in themselves, to be em­
phasized in the review o f proposals before
approval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required
for graduation may be taken in student-run
courses.
Finally, as to applied or practical work, the
College may under faculty regulations grant
up to one course credit for practical work,
which may be done off campus, when it can
be shown to lend itself to intellectual analysis
and is likely to contribute to a student’s
progress in regular course work, and subject
to four conditions: ( 1 ) agreement o f an in­
structor to supervise the project; (2 ) sponsor­
ship by the instructor’s department, and in
the case o f an interdisciplinary project, any

other department concerned, whose repre­
sentatives together with the Provost will de­
cide whether to grant permission for the
applied or practical work before that work is
undertaken; (3 ) a basis for the project in some
prior course work; and (4 ) normally, the
examination o f pertinent literature and pro­
duction o f a written report as parts o f the
project. This option is intended to apply to
work in which direct experience o f the offcampus world or responsible applications of
academic learning or imaginative aspects of
the practice o f an art are the primary elements.
Because such work is likely to bear a loose
relation to organized instruction and the reg­
ular curriculum, the College limits academic
credit for it while recognizing its special im­
portance for some students’ programs.

INTERDISCIPLINARY WORK
The requirements o f the major typically leave
room for significant flexibility in students’
programs, both within and outside the major.
This may be used to pursue a variety o f
interests and to emphasize intellectual diver­
sity; it may also be used for the practical
integration o f individual programs around
interests or principles supplementing the
major. The College offers interdepartmental
majors in Medieval Studies, Literature, and
Linguistics-Psychology, and formal interdis­
ciplinary programs short o f the major in
Asian Studies, Black Studies, Computer Sci­
ence, International Relations, Public Policy,
Theater Studies, and Women’s Studies. The
programs in Education and in Linguistics
have departmental status as to staff. It should
be recognized that some departments are
themselves interdisciplinary in nature; that a
considerable number o f courses are crosslisted between departments; that each year
some courses are taught jointly by members
o f two or more departments; that departments
commonly recommend or require supporting

work for their majors in other departments;
and that students can organize their work into
personally selected concentrations in addition
to or as extensions o f their majors, particularly
in Special Majors. Such concentration is for­
mally provided in Black Studies, Asian Stud­
ies, International Relations, Public Policy,
and Women’s Studies. Many other opportuni­
ties exist informally—e.g., in comparative lit­
erature, in African studies, in American stud­
ies, in religion and sociology-anthropology, in
engineering and social sciences, in women’s
studies, in biochemistry, or in chemical phys­
ics. Students are encouraged to seek the advice
o f faculty members on such possibilities with
respect to their particular interests. In some
cases faculty members o f several departments
have planned and scheduled their course of­
ferings with some consultation so as to afford
a de facto concentration in addition to the
major, and students may wish to know and
take advantage o f these cases o f overlapping
faculty interests.

HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM
The function o f the health sciences advisory
program is twofold: to advise students inter-

52

ested in a career in the health sciences, and to
prepare letters o f recommendation for pro-

fessional schools to which students apply.
The letters are based on faculty evaluations
requested by the student, the student’s aca­
demic record and non-academic activities.
Students intending to enter a career in the
health sciences, especially those applying to
medical or dental schools, should plan their
academic programs carefully to meet the ne­
cessary requirements, as well as the general
College requirements. The following courses
are among the minimum requirements for stu­
dents entering medical or dental schools: Bi­
ology 1 , 2 (students who have earned ad­
vanced placement credit for Biology 1, 2
should take two other biology courses); Chem­
istry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 ; Physics 1 ,2 , or 3 ,4 ; Math
5 and one additional math course; and English
Literature, two semester courses. Students
should note the physics and math prerequi­
sites for Chemistry 36 and plan their sequence
of courses accordingly. In addition to the
minimal requirements, some medical schools
require and many recommend the following
courses: Cell Biology, Developmental Biology,
Genetics, and one year o f calculus. However,
the student should bear in mind that require­
ments change, and should remain in touch
with those professional schools in which he or
she is interested. The work o f the junior and
senior years may be completed in either the
Course or the Honors Program, and in any
major department o f the student’s choice.
However, professional schools in the health
sciences generally require a demonstrated pro­
ficiency in the basic sciences. All required
courses should therefore be taken on a graded

basis after the first semester o f the freshman
year.
Almost all medical schools require applicants
to take the New Medical College Admission
Test which is given in April and September
each year. It is recommended that students
take the test in the Spring o f the year that they
apply for admission to medical schools. The
Student M anual for the New MCAT should be
reviewed as early as practical and may be
purchased in the College bookstore. Swarthmore College is a testing center for the New
MCAT. Corollary tests, the Dental Aptitude
Test and the Veterinary Aptitude Test, are
often required by dental and veterinary
schools.
Specific requirements for each medical and
dental school along with much other useful
information are given in two publications
which are available in the College bookstore
or the Health Sciences Advisory Office: M edi­
cal School Admission Requirements and Admis­
sion Requirements o f American D ental Schools.
Catalogs for most medical and veterinary
schools are also on file in the Advisory Office.
The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodi­
cally with students interested in health careers
and is available to assist students in planning
their programs in cooperation with students’
own academic advisors. Further information
on opportunities, requirements and proce­
dures can be obtained from the Health Sci­
ences Advisor but it is the student’s respon­
sibility to make his or her intentions known
to the Advisor at the earliest possible date.

CREATIVE ARTS
Work in the creative arts is available both in
the curriculum o f certain departments and on
an extracurricular basis. Interested students
should consult the departmental statements

in Art, English Literature, and Music. A total
o f not more than five courses in the creative
arts may be counted toward the degrees of
Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor o f Science.

COOPERATION WITH NEIGHBORING INSTITUTIONS
With the approval o f their faculty advisor and
the Registrar, students may take a course
offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College
or the University o f Pennsylvania without the
payment o f extra tuition. Students are ex­

pected to know and abide by the academic
regulations o f the host institution. This ar­
rangement does not apply to the summer
sessions o f the University o f Pennsylvania and
Bryn Mawr College.

53

Educational Program

STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAMS
To provide variety and a broadened outlook
for interested students, the College has stu­
dent exchange arrangements with Brandeis
University, Harvey Mudd College, Howard
University, Middlebury College, Mills Col­
lege, Pomona College, Rice University, and
Tufts University. Selection is made by a com­
mittee o f the home institution from among
applicants who will be sophomores or juniors
at the time o f the exchange.

W ith each institution there is a limited and
matched number o f exchanges. Students settle
financially with the home institution, thus
retaining during the exchange any financial
aid for which they are eligible. Exchange
arrangements do not permit transfer of
participants to the institution with which the
exchange takes place.

EDUCATION ABROAD
The College recognizes the general educational
value o f travel and study abroad and cooper­
ates as far as possible in enabling interested
students to take advantage o f such opportuni­
ties. It distinguishes, however, between those
foreign study plans which may be taken for
credit as part o f a Swarthmore educational
program, and those which must be regarded as
supplementary. To be acceptable for credit,
foreign study must meet Swarthmore aca­
demic standards, and must form a coherent
part o f the student’s four-year plan o f study.
The External Examination (Honors) Program
in particular demands a concentration o f
study which is not easily adapted to the very
different educational systems o f foreign uni­
versities. Therefore, while some o f the pro­
grams listed below may normally be taken as
substitutes for a semester or a year o f work at
Swarthmore, each case is judged individually,
and the College may withhold its approval o f
a particular program, or may insist that the
program be carried out as an extra college
year.
Plans for study abroad must be approved in
advance by the Registrar and the chairmen o f
departments concerned, if credit is to be given
for courses taken. Students may be asked to
take examinations upon their return to the
College. Requests for credit must be made
within the academic year following return to
Swarthmore. Individual departments, such as
Art and Modern Languages and Literatures,
publish separate instructions for transfer o f
credits from other institutions. These are
available from the respective department of­
fices.

54

1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France,
inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students I
entering this program spend either one or two
semesters at the University o f Grenoble,
where their course o f study is the equivalent
o f one or two semesters at Swarthmore. This
program, under the auspices o f the Depart­
ment o f Modern Languages and Literatures, is
open to students from any department, but
especially those in the humanities and social
sciences. Should there be places available,
applications from students at other institu­
tions are accepted. The number o f participants
in limited to twenty-five.
Students are integrated into the academic life
at the University o f Grenoble through regular
courses, when their language competence allows, or through special courses for foreign
students. Individual programs are arranged to
suit the needs and competencies o f students.
Preparation o f External Examination papers
is possible in certain fields. The program is
designed primarily for juniors and second
semester sophomores, but seniors can be ac­
commodated in special cases.
A member o f the Department o f Modern
Languages and Literatures acts as resident
Director. The Director teaches a course or a
seminar, supervises the academic program
and the living arrangements o f the students,
and advises on all educational or personal
problems. A coordinator o f the program at
Swarthmore handles such matters as admis­
sions to the program (in consultation with the
Deans), financial aid, transfer o f academic
credit to departments within the College and

I
!
I
(
I
I
I
I

to institutions whose students participate in
the program. Applications for the fall semes­
ter must be submitted by March 15 and for
the spring semester by October 15.
2. A cadem ic Year in M adrid, Spain. This pro­
gram is administered by the Romance Lan­
guage Department o f Hamilton College, in
cooperation with faculty members o f W il­
liams, Mount Holyoke and Swarthmore Col­
leges. Students many enroll either for the full
academic year or for the fall semester only.
(Credit at Swarthmore must be obtained
through the departments concerned.) The
program attempts to take full advantage o f the
best facilities and teaching staff o f the Spanish
community, while adhering to the code o f
intellectual performance characteristic o f the
most demanding American institutions.
A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the
individual guidance provided students in nonacademic areas, especially in ( 1 ) the efforts
that are made to find homes well suited for
student lodging, and (2) the activities which
are planned to insure ample contact with
Spanish students.
The program is based in Madrid, where the
cultural, educational and geographic benefits
are optimum. Classrooms and office space are
located at the International Institute (Miguel
Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally
located, it houses a library eminently suited
for study and research, and it sponsors a series
of lectures, concerts and social activities.
The program is under the general guidance o f
a committee comprised o f members o f the
Hamilton College Department o f Romance
Languages, who, in rotation with professors
from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth­
more Colleges, serve also as directors-in-residence in Madrid.
Applications and further information are avail­
able from the Department o f Modern Lan­
guages and Literatures.
3. Su/arthmore-supported Programs o f Study
A broad. Swarthmore students may apply their
scholarship monies to the cost o f participating
in one o f the programs o f academic study
abroad listed below, subject to the student’s
acceptance to the program in question and the
customary regulations which apply to study
abroad as outlined above.

1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble
(France) for either semester or the entire
academic year (see above);
2) Hamilton College Academic Year in Ma­
drid (Spain) for the fall semester or the
entire academic year (see above);
3 ) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany,
either at the University o f Freiburg or the
University o f Munich (West Germany)
for the entire academic year;
4 ) Smith College Junior Year at the Univer­
sity o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the
entire academic year;
5 ) Great Lakes College Association Latin
America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co­
lombia) for either semester or the entire
academic year;
6 ) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical
Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester
or the entire academic year. (See also
announcement o f the Art Department,
p. 68, and o f the Classics Department,
p. 91 .)
7) Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris).
8) Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational
(ISLE) Program at the University o f Peradeniya for the fall (August-November)
semester.
9 ) China Educational Tours program (C ET)
in Beijing, the People’s Republic o f China.
Students who wish to apply scholarship funds
to the above programs should consult with
the Financial Aid officer o f the College.
4. Other Established Programs. Students who
wish to study abroad under formal academic
conditions but whose needs would not be met
by any o f the programs listed above may apply
to one o f the programs administered by other
American colleges and universities; for exam­
ple, those o f Oberlin College, with whose
Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai Univer­
sity the College is also affiliated, Smith Col­
lege, or Sweet Briar College. These are fullyear programs o f study at foreign universities,
under the supervision o f American college
personnel. Interested students should consult
the Associate Provost.
5. Direct Enrollment. Application may also be
made directly to foreign institutions for ad-

55

Educational Program

mission as a special student. This should be
done only after consultation with the Regis­
trar and the appropriate department head.
Care must be taken to assure in advance that
courses taken abroad will be acceptable for
Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities
severely limit the number o f students they
accept for short periods.
T he O lga Lam kert M emorial Fund. Income from
a fund established in 1979 by students o f Olga

56

Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarthmore
College from 1949 to 1956, is available to
students with demonstrated financial need
who wish to attend a Russian summer school
program in this country or either the Lenin­
grad or Moscow semester programs in the
U SSR . Awards based on merit and financial
need will be made on the recommendation of
the Russian section o f the Department of
Modern Languages and Literatures.

Faculty Regulations

ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES
Registration to take a course for credit implies
regular attendance at classes, unless a student
specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for
exercising this option are set forth below.
W ith this exception, students are responsible
for regular attendance. Faculty members will
report to the Dean the name o f any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion
impairing the student’s work. The number o f
cuts allowed in a given course is not specified,
a fact which places a heavy responsibility on
all students to make sure that their work is not
suffering as a result o f absences. Since fresh­
men must exercise particular care in this
respect, and since the Faculty recognizes its
greater responsibility toward freshmen in the
matter o f class attendance, it is expected that
freshmen, especially, will attend all classes.

A student may obtain credit for a course
without attending class meetings by reading
the material prescribed by a syllabus and
taking a final examination, under the follow­
ing conditions:

W hen illness necessitates absence from
classes, the student should report at once to
the Health Center.

4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the
Registrar exactly as if the student had attended
classes normally.

1) The student must signify intent to do so at
the time o f registration, having obtained the
instructor’s approval in advance.
2) If after such registration the student wishes
to resume normal class attendance, the in­
structor’s approval must be obtained.
3 ) The student may be required to perform
such work, in addition to the final examina­
tion, as the instructor deems necessary for
adequate evaluation o f his or her perfor­
mance.

GRADES
Instructors report to the Dean’s and Regis­
trar’s offices at intervals during the year upon
the work o f students in courses. Informal
reports during the semester take the form o f
comments on unsatisfactory work. A t the end
o f each semester formal grades are given in
each course under the letter system, by which
A means excellent work, B good work, C
satisfactory work, D passing but below the
average required for graduation, and NC (no
credit) for uncompleted or unsatisfactory
work. Letter grades are qualified by pluses
and minuses. W signifies that the student has
been permitted to withdraw from the course
by the Committee on Academic Require­
ments. X designates a condition; this means
that a student has done unsatisfactory work in
the first half o f a year course, but by creditable
work during the second half may earn a
passing grade for the full course and thereby
remove the condition. R is used to designate
an auditor or to indicate cases in which the
work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated
because o f deficiencies in English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete

with respect to specific assignments or exam­
inations. The Faculty has voted that a stu­
dent’s final grade in a course should incorpo­
rate a zero for any part o f the course not
completed by the date o f the final examina­
tion, or the end o f the examination period.
However, if circumstances beyond the stu­
dent’s control preclude the completion o f the
work by this date, a grade o f Incom plete (Inc.)
may be assigned with the permission o f the
Registrar. In such cases incomplete work must
normally be made up and graded and the final
grade recorded within five weeks after the
start o f the following term. Except by special
permission o f the Registrar (on consultation
with the Committee on Academic Require­
ments) all grades o f Inc. still outstanding after
that date will be replaced on the student’s
permanent record by NC (no credit). Waiver
o f this provision by special permission shall in
no case extend beyond one year from the time
the Inc. grade was incurred.
The only grades recorded on students’ records
for courses taken during their first semester o f
the freshman year are CR (credit) and N C (no

57

Faculty Regulations

credit). In the balance o f their work at Swarthmore, students may select up to four courses
for Credit/No Credit by informing the Regis­
trar’s Office within the first two weeks o f the
term in which the course is taken, except that
repeated courses may not be taken Credit/No
Credit. For freshmen and sophomores CR
will be recorded for work that would earn a
grade o f D or higher; for juniors and seniors
the minimum equivalent letter grade for CR
will be C. Instructors are asked to provide the
student and the faculty adviser with evaluation
o f the student’s Credit/No Credit work. The
evaluation for first-semester freshmen in­
cludes a letter-grade equivalent; for other

students the evaluation may be either a lettergrade equivalent, or a comment. Such evalua­
tions are not a part o f the student’s grade
record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first
semester freshmen courses only, may be pro­
vided to other institutions if requested by the
student and absolutely required by the other
institution.
Reports o f grades are sent to students at the end
o f each semester. They are not routinely sent
to parents or guardians, but such information
may be released when students request it.
A C (2 .0 ) average is required in the courses
counted for graduation.

REGISTRATION
All students are required to register and enroll
at the time specified in official announcements
and to file programs o f courses or seminars
approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are
imposed for late or incomplete registration or
enrollment.
A regular student is expected to take the
prescribed number o f courses in each semes­
ter. If more than five or fewer than four
courses seem desirable, the faculty advisor
should be consulted and a petition filed with
the Committee on Academic Requirements.

Applications involving late entrance into a
course must be received within the first two
weeks o f the semester. Applications involving
withdrawal from a course must be received
not later than the middle o f the semester, or
the mid-point o f the course if it meets for only
one-half a semester.
A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning
students prior to their enrollment in both the
spring and fall semesters. This deposit is
applied to charges for the semester, and is not
refundable.

EXAMINATIONS
Any student who is absent from an examina­
tion, announcement o f which was made in
advance, shall be given an examination at
another hour only by special arrangement
with the instructor in charge o f the course.

No examination in absentia shall be permitted.
This rule shall be interpreted to mean that
instructors shall give examinations only at the
College and under direct departmental super­
vision.

ACADEMIC HONESTY
Members o f an academic community have an
unequivocal responsibility to present as the
result o f their own work only that which is
truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examina­
tions or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is
a most serious offense, and one which strikes
at the foundations o f academic life.

58

The responsibility o f the Faculty in this area is
three-fold: to explain the nature o f the problem
to those they teach (the Faculty’s statement
concerning plagiarism may be found in The
Student H andbook), to minimize temptation,
and to report any case o f cheating to the Dean
for action by the College Judiciary Committee.

The College Judiciary Committee will consider
the case, determine guilt, and recommend a
penalty to the President. The order o f magni­
tude o f the penalty should reflect the serious­
ness o f the transgression. It is the opinion o f
the Faculty that for the first offense failure in

the course and, as appropriate, suspension for
a semester or deprivation o f the degree in that
year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the
penalty should normally be expulsion. A full
description o f College judicial procedure may
be obtained from the office o f the Dean.

STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE
Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted
provided the request for leave is received by
the date o f enrollment and the student is in
good standing. If a student has not enrolled
and has not arranged for a leave o f absence for
the subsequent semester, it is assumed that he

or she is withdrawing. Such students must
apply to the Dean for re-admission in order to
return to College after an interval. The pur­
pose o f this policy is to assist the College in
planning its enrollments.

SUMMER SCHOOL WORK
Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col­
lege credit for work at a summer school are
required to obtain the approval o f the chair­
man o f the Swarthmore department con­
cerned before doing the work. Prior approval
is not automatic: it depends upon adequate
information about the content and instruction
o f the work to be undertaken. Validation o f
the work for credit depends upon evaluation
o f the materials o f the course including sylla­
bus, reading lists, written papers, and exami-

nations by the Swarthmore department con­
cerned after the work has been done. Valida­
tion may include an examination, written or
oral, administered at Swarthmore. An official
transcript from the summer school must be
presented to the Office o f the Registrar before
the work can be validated for credit. Requests
for credit must be made within the academic
year following the term in which the course is
taken. One course credit at Swarthmore is
regarded as equivalent to 4 semester hours.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION
In the freshman and sophomore years all non­
veteran students not excused for medical rea­
sons are required to complete a four quarter
(two semester) program in physical education.
All students must pass a survival swimming
test or take up to one quarter o f swimming

instruction. (See the departmental statement
o f the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled
their Physical Education requirement will not
be allowed to enter their junior year.

EXCLUSION FROM COLLEGE
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose academic standing it
regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning

any further reason therefor; and neither the
College nor any o f its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.

WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION FOR HEALTH REASONS
(see p. 38)

59

Degree Requirem ents

BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f
Science is conferred upon students who have
met the following requirements for gradua­
tion. The candidate must have:
1. Completed thirty-two courses or their
equivalent.
2. An average grade o f C in the courses
counted for graduation.*
3. Complied with the distribution require­
ments and have completed at least twenty
credits outside the major. (See pages 46-47.)
4. The foreign language requirement, having
either: a) passed at least three years’ study o f
one foreign language while in high school; or,
b ) achieved a score o f 6 0 0 or its equivalent in
a foreign language on a standard achievement

test; or, c) passed one year o f a foreign lan­
guage while at Swarthmore.
5. Met the requirements in the major and
supporting fields during the last two years.
6. Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive ex­
aminations in his or her major field, or met
the standards set by visiting examiners for a
degree with Honors.
7. Completed four semesters o f study at
Swarthmore College, two o f which have been
those o f the senior year.
8. Completed the physical education require­
ment set forth on page 42 and in statements
o f the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.
9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all
equipment and library books.

MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master o f
Science may be conferred subject to the fol­
lowing requirements:
Only students who have completed the work
for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinc­
tion, either at Swarthmore or at another insti­
tution o f satisfactory standing, shall be ad­
mitted as candidates for the Master’s degree at
Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program
setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued
shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments con­
cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If ac­
cepted by the Committee, the candidate’s
name shall be reported to the faculty at or
before the first faculty meeting o f the year in
which the candidate is to begin work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree
shall include the equivalent o f a full year’s
work o f graduate character. This work may be
* " A n average o f C ” is interpreted for this
purpose as being a numerical average o f at
least 2.0 ( A +, A = 4.0, A— 3.67, B+ = 3.33,
B = 3 .0 , B - = 2 .6 7 , C + = 2 .3 3 , C = 2 .0 ,
C - = 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D - « 0.67).

60

done in courses, seminars, reading courses,
regular conferences with members o f the
faculty, or research. The work may be done in
one department or in two related depart­
ments.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be
required to pass an examination conducted by
the department or departments in which the
work was done. The candidate shall be ex­
amined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable, ex­
ceptions may be made by the Curriculum
Committee. The department or departments
concerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the
outside examiners, together with the reports
o f the student’s resident instructors, shall
make recommendations to the faculty for the
award o f the degree.
A t the option o f the department or depart­
ments concerned, a thesis may be required as
part o f the work for the degree.

Grades o f Credit/No Credit and grades on the
record for work not taken at Swarthmore
College are not included in computing this
average.

A candidate for the Master’s degree will be
expected to show before admission to candi­
dacy a competence in those languages deemed
by his or her department or departments most
essential for the field o f research. Detailed
language requirements will be indicated in the

announcements o f departments which admit
candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are
candidates for the Master’s degree is $11,990.

61

A w a rd s and P rize s

The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year
to the man o f the graduating class who is
outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and
contributions to the College community.
T he O ak L e a f Award is made by the Faculty
each year to the woman o f the graduating class
who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship,
and contributions to the College community.
The M cC abe Engineering Award, founded by
Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each
year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a
committee o f the faculty o f the Department o f
Engineering.
T he F lack Achievem ent Award, presented by
the Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders
is Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class o f
1938, is made to a deserving student who,
during the first two years at Swarthmore
College, has demonstrated a good record o f
achievements in both academic and extracurricular activities while showing leadership
potential as a constructive member o f the
College. The donor hopes these awards will go
to students o f demonstrated achievement and
high potential who are dedicated to the basic
principles o f American democracy and o f
academic freedom. The awards are not related
to need.
T he Academ y o f Am erican Poets awards $100
each year for the prize poem (or group o f
poems) submitted in a competition under the
direction o f the Department o f English Litera­
ture.
T he Adam s Prize o f $100 is awarded each year
by the Department o f Economics for the best
paper submitted in quantitative economics.
The Stanley Adam son Prize in Chemistry is
endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson
’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson.
It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded
Junior majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry
who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives
most promise o f excellence and dedication in
the field.
The Jonathan Leigh Altman Summer Grant, given
in memory o f this member o f the Class o f
1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded
by the Department o f Art to a junior who has
strong interest and potential in the studio arts.

62

It provides up to $ 2,0 0 0 to support purpose­
ful work in the studio arts during the summer
between the junior and senior years.
American C hem ical Society Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department
o f Chemistry to have the best performance in
chemistry and overall academic achievement.
American Institute o f Chemists Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department
o f Chemistry to have the second best record
in chemistry and overall academic perfor­
mance.
The Boyd Barnard Award is awarded annually
to one or more students, selected by the
Department o f Music, in recognition o f mu­
sical excellence and achievement.
T he Jam es H. Batton ’72 Award, endowed in his
memory by G. Isaac Stanley ’73 and Ava
Harris Stanley, M .D. ’72, is awarded for the
personal growth or career development o f a
minority student with financial need.
T he Paul H. B eik Prize in History o f $100 to be
awarded each May for the best thesis or
extended paper on an historical subject by a
History major during the previous academic
year.
The B lack Alumni Prize is awarded annually to
honor the sophomore or junior minority stu­
dent who has shown exemplary academic
performance and community service.
The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand
Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth­
more from 1925 to 1945, has been established
by David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The
award o f $100 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion o f the Depart­
ment, submits the best essay on any philo­
sophical topic.
The Sophie and W illiam Bramson Prize is
awarded annually to an outstanding student
majoring in sociology and anthropology. The
prize recognizes the excellence o f the senior
thesis, in either the course or external exami­
nations program, as well as the excellence of
the student’s entire career in the department.
The Bramson prize is given in memory o f the
parents o f Leon Bramson, founding chairman
o f Swarthmore’s sociology-anthropology de­
partment, and it carries a cash stipend.

T he H einrich W. Brinkmann M athem atics Prize,
honoring Heinrich Brinkmann, Professor o f
Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by
his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th
birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be
presented annually to a Course student and
Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the
Mathematics Department, have demonstrated
excellence in Mathematics.
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship, founded
by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her grand­
parents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is
awarded to the member o f the Junior Class
who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholar­
ship, character, and influence.

o f English and Chairman o f the Department
o f English Literature. They are awarded to the
two students who in the opinion o f the De­
partment submit the best critical essays on
any topic in the field o f literature.
T he Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion o f $150,
donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class o f
1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes,
Professor o f History o f Religion and Philoso­
phy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is
awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f
the Department o f Religion, submits the best
essay on any topic in the field o f religion.

The A lice L. Crossley Prize in Asian Studies of
$100 is awarded to the student who, in the
opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee,
submits the best essay on any topic in Asian
Studies.

The Kwink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by
the campus managerial organization known as
the Society o f Kwink, is presented by the
faculty o f the Department o f Physical Educa­
tion and Athletics to the senior man who best
exemplifies the Society’s five principles: Ser­
vice, Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sports­
manship.

The Rod D owdle ’82 Achievement Award in
tennis is given annually to the male varsity
tennis player who best exhibits qualities of
perseverance and strong personal effort to
achieve a meaningful personal or team goal.

The Leo M. Leva M em orial Prize, established
by his family and friends, is awarded by the
Biology Department to a graduating senior
whose major is Biology and whose work in the
field shows unusual promise.

T he Robert K . Enders Field Research Award is
given to a junior or senior student showing
great promise in biological field research, to
support a field research project proposed to
the Department o f Biology, either in collabo­
ration with a faculty member or as an inde­
pendent project under the supervision o f the
faculty. A cash stipend is given to cover the
essential costs o f the project.

The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking
Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income
for a poetry reading contest as well as funds
for visiting poets and writers.

T he Dorothy D itter Gondos Award, bequeathed
by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife,
Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a
student o f Swarthmore College who, in the
opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the
best paper on the subject dealing with a
literature o f a foreign language. The prize o f
about $100 is awarded in the spring semester.
Awarding o f the prize will be under the direc­
tion o f the Literature Committee.
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered
for die best original poem or for a translation
from any language.
The Philip M. Hicks Prizes are endowed by
friends o f Philip M. Hicks, former Professor

The Lois M orrell Poetry Award, given by her
parents in memory o f Lois Morrell o f the
Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion o f the faculty, submits the best origi­
nal poem in the annual competition for the
award. The award o f $100 is made in the
spring o f the year.
The A. Edward Newton Library Prize o f $50,
endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make
permanent the Library Prize first established
by W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that
undergraduate who, in the opinion o f the
Committee o f Award, shows the best and
most intelligently chosen collection o f books
upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid
not merely upon the size o f the collection but
also upon the skill with which the books are
selected and upon the owner’s knowledge o f
their subject-matter.
T he May E. Parry M em orial Award, donated by

63

A w a rd s and P rize s

the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member,
is presented by the faculty o f the Department
o f Physical Education and Athletics to the
senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsman­
ship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable
contribution to Swarthmore College.
The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by
the Dean on the recommendation o f the edi­
tors o f The Phoenix at the end o f each staff
academic year to a member o f T he Phoenix for
excellence in journalism. The prize was estab­
lished by the directors o f The Drew Pearson
Foundation in memory o f Drew Pearson,
Class o f 1919.
The D avid A . Peele ’50 Sportsmanship Award is
made to a tennis player after submission o f a
written essay. It is endowed by Marla Hamil­
ton Peele in memory o f her husband’s love and
advocacy o f tennis and carries a cash stipend.
T he John W. Perdue M em orial Prize, established
in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student
o f the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the
Department o f Engineering to the outstanding
student entering the junior class with a major
in engineering.
The W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund,
established in 1927, in addition to providing
funds for the collection o f recorded literature
described on page 1 1 , sponsors awards for the
best student short stories, and is a major
source o f funds for campus appearances by
poets and writers.
Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay is an award
for a paper on politics or public policy written
during the junior or senior year. The paper
may be in satisfaction o f a course, a seminar,

or an independent project, including a thesis.
The paper is nominated by a faculty member
and judged by a committee o f the Department
o f Political Science to be o f outstanding merit
based upon originality, power o f analysis and
written exposition, and depth o f understand­
ing o f goals as well as technique.
T he Rosita S am off Prize for Playwriting is
awarded for the best full-length or one-act
play as judged by external reviewers in a com­
petition conducted by the Department o f
English Literature.
The Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize Pur­
chase Fund permits the Art Department to
purchase for the College one or two o f the
most outstanding student works from the
year’s student art exhibitions.
The H ally Jo Stein Award, endowed in her
memory by her brother Craig Edward Stein
’78, is given to an outstanding student who in
the view o f the Dance faculty best exemplifies
Hally Jo ’s dedication to the ideals o f dance. Itcarries a cash stipend.
T he Peter Gram Swing Prize o f $1,000 is
awarded each year at commencement to an
outstanding student whose plans for graduate
study in music indicate special promise and
need. The endowment for the prize was estab­
lished in the name o f Ruth Cross Barnard ’19.
T he M elvin B. Troy Award o f $ 2 5 0 is given each
year for the best, most insightful paper in
Music or Dance, or composition or choreog­
raphy by a student, judged by the Department
o f Music and Dance. The prize was established
by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy,
Class o f 1948.

FACULTY AWARD
The F lack Faculty Award is given for excellence
in teaching and promise in scholarly activity
to a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to
help meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave
devoted to research and self-improvement.
This award acknowledges the particularly
strong link that exists at Swarthmore between

64

teaching and original scholarly work. The
award itself is to be made by the President
upon the recommendation o f the Provost and
the candidate’s academic department. This
award is made possible by an endowment
established by James M. Flack and Hertha
Eisenmenger Flack ’38.

Fellow ships

Three fellowships (the Leedom , Lippincott,
and Lockw ood Fellowships—see below) are
awarded annually by the Faculty, and two
fellowships (the Mott and Tyson Fellowships—
see below) are awarded by the Somerville
Literary Society, to seniors or graduates o f the
College for the pursuit o f advanced work.
These awards are made on recommendation
of the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes
for a proposed program o f study which has
the approval o f the Faculty. Applications
must be in the hands o f the Committee by
March 31. The Committee considers appli­
cants for all o f these fellowships for which
they are eligible and makes recommendations
which overall do not discriminate on the basis
o f sex. These fellowships are:
The H annah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by
the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by
Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875,
in memory o f his father.
The John Lockw ood Memorial Fellowship,
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory o f her brother,
John Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor
that the fellowship be awarded to a member
o f the Society o f Friends.
The Lucretia Mott Fellow ship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society and sustained by
the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It
is awarded each year to a woman senior who
is to pursue advanced study in an institution
approved by the Committee.
The M artha E. Tyson Fellow ship, founded by
the Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and
sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore
alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman
senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen­
tary or secondary school work. The recipient
of the award is to pursue a course o f study in
an institution approved by the Committee.
Other fellowships are awarded under the con­
ditions described below:
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellow ship, established to
honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs,
is awarded at the discretion o f the Classics
Department to a student majoring in Classics
for study in Greece or Italy.
The General Electric Foundation Graduate Fellow­

ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for
the first year o f graduate work, is intended to
encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an
academic career. The recipient, who must be
a United States citizen or permanent resident,
will receive the amount necessary to cover
tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for
study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or
Computer Science at another institution in
the United States. The precise amount o f each
fellowship will be based on the costs and
policies o f the university and department
chosen for graduate work.
Phi Beta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore
Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon o f Penn­
sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate
study to a senior who has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a pro­
gram o f advanced study in some branch o f the
liberal arts.
The Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow­
ship. All Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars who
have completed their Opportunity Project
(see Financial Aid) and who have academic
achievement at Swarthmore sufficient to earn
Distinction or Honors may apply for these
fellowships. Applicants should submit to the
Committee on Fellowships and Prizes a plan
o f graduate study with high potential for
service to society. This fellowship is made
possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38.
T he Thom as B. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne M otley
M cCabe M em orial Fellowship. This Fellowship,
awarded annually to a graduate o f the College,
provides a grant toward the first year o f study
at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and
Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time resi­
dents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and Mr.
McCabe received the M.B.A. from Harvard
and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting
the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships
and Prizes follows the standards that deter­
mine the McCabe Achievement Awards, giv­
ing special consideration to applicants who
have demonstrated superior qualities o f lead­
ership. Young alumni and graduating seniors
are eligible to apply.
The J. Roland Pennock U ndergraduate Fellow­
ship in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, en­
dowed by friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennock at his retirement in 1976 and in
recognition o f his many years o f distinguished

65

Fellow ships

teaching o f Political Science at Swarthmore,
provides a grant for as much as $ 2 ,5 0 0 to
support a substantial research project (which
could include inquiry through responsible
participation) in public affairs. The Fellow­

ship, for Swarthmore undergraduates, would
normally be held off-campus during the
summer. Preference is given to applicants
from the Junior Class.

FACULTY FELLOWSHIPS
The Mary Albertson Faculty Fellowship was
endowed by an anonymous gift from two of
her former students, under a challenge grant
issued by the National Endowment for the
Humanities. It will provide an annual award
o f a semester’s leave at full pay, to support
research and writing by members o f the hu­
manities faculty. Mary Albertson joined the
Swarthmore faculty in 1927 and served as
chairman o f the history department from
1942 until her retirement in 1963. She died in
May, 1986.
T he George Becker Faculty Fellowship was en­
dowed by Ramon Posel ’50 under a challenge
from the National Endowment for the Hu­
manities, in honor o f this former member o f
the English department and its chairman from
1953-70. The fellowship will provide a semes­
ter o f leave at full pay for a member o f the
humanities faculty to do research and write,
in the fields o f art history, Classics, English
literature, history, linguistics, modern lan­
guages, music, philosophy, or religion, but
with preference to members o f the department
o f English literature.
T he Brand B Ianshard Faculty Fellow ship is an
endowed Faculty fellowship in the humanities
established in the name o f philosopher and
former faculty member Brand Blanshard. Blanshard taught philosophy at Swarthmore from
1925 to 1944. The Fellowship will provide a
semester leave at full pay for a member o f the
humanities faculty to do research and to
write. Upon recommendation o f the Selection
Committee, there may be a small additional
grant for travel and project expenses. Any

66

humanities faculty member eligible for leave
may apply. Fellows will prepare a paper about
the work o f their leave year and present it
publicly to the College and wider community.
The Blanshard Fellowship is made possible by
an anonymous donor who was Blanshard’s
student at Swarthmore, and a challenge grant
from the National Endowment for the Hu­
manities.
T he Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is de­
signed to enhance the educational program of
Swarthmore College by contributing to faculty
development, by promoting original or in­
novative scholarly achievement o f faculty
members, and by encouraging the use o f such
achievements to stimulate intellectual ex­
change among scholars. The Fellowship will
provide financial support for faculty leaves
through a grant o f about one half the recipi­
ent’s salary during the grant year. Upon rec­
ommendation o f the Selection Committee,
there may be a small additional grant for
travel and project expenses and for library
book purchases. The Selection Committee
shall consist o f the Provost, three Divisional
Chairmen, and three others selected by the
President, o f whom at least two must be
Swarthmore alumni. Any faculty member eli­
gible for leave may apply, and up to four may
be chosen. Fellows will be expected to prepare
a paper or papers resulting from the work o f
their leave year, presented publicly for the
College and wider community. The Selection
Committee may support wholly or in part the
cost o f publishing any o f these papers. These
fellowships are made possible by an endow­
ment established by Eugene M. Lang ’38.

C ou rses o f In stru ction
The course (semester course) is the unit o f
credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually
given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two
courses. A few courses are given for half­
course credit.
Courses are numbered as follows:
1 to 10 — introductory courses
11 to 9 9 — other courses (Some o f these
courses are not open to fresh­
men and sophomores.)
100 to 199 — seminars for Honors candidates
and graduate students.

Year courses, the number o f which are joined
by a hyphen (e.g., 1- 2) must be continued for
the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only, nor is credit given for
the first semester if the student fails the
second semester.
Although the course listings in this catalogue
cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are
intended to facilitate planning by representing
probable offerings over a two-year period.
Those courses actually offered each semester
are listed in the schedule o f classes available
before enrollment for that semester.

67

A rt

T. K A O RI K IT A O , Professor o f Art History
M IC H A E L W. C O T H R E N , Associate Professor o f Art History and Chair
C O N S T A N C E C A IN H U N G E R F O R D , Associate Professor o f Art History1
B R IA N A . M E U N IE R , Associate Professor o f Studio Arts
R A N D A L L L . E X O N , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts
J O Y C E J . N A G A T A , Assistant Professor (part-time)
D IA N E M . O ’ D O N O G H U E , Assistant Professor o f Art History

The Department o f Art offers historical, criti­
cal, and practical instruction in the visual arts.
Courses in art history consider questions
having to do with the forms, traditions, mean­
ing, and historical context o f works o f art and
architecture; studio arts courses explore prob­
lems o f methods, processes, and personal
resources which arise in the actual creation o f
objects in various media.
W ilcox G allery: The Florence W ilcox Art Gal­
lery, located in Room 303, Beardsley Hall,
provides seven to nine exhibitions a year,
which are an integral part o f the Studio Arts
Program. The works o f nationally known
artists as well as those o f younger artists, in
various media, are exhibited in group and
one-person shows. Randall Exon is in charge
o f the Gallery.
H eilm an Artist: Each year the Department o f
Art selects an artist to visit the College to

serve as a visiting artist and critic under the
Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Program.
The work o f the invited artist is exhibited in
the W ilcox Art Gallery in Beardsley Hall; he
or she gives critiques in the studios and also
meets and talks with students, both majors
and non-majors, on an informal basis.
Lee Frank Lecture: See p. 14.
Benjamin West Lecture: See p. 14.
Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship: See p. 24.
Jonathan Leigh Altman Summer Grant: See p. 62.
Study A broad: Swarthmore is one o f the insti­
tutions sponsoring the Intercollegiate Center
for Classical Studies in Rome, which provides
facilities also for the study o f Art History. Art
majors, recommended by the Department,
are eligible to study at the Cener during their
junior year, for one semester or two.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites: ARTH 1 or 2 is the prerequisite
for all other art history courses in the Depart­
ment, unless otherwise noted. It is strongly
recommended that the appropriate segment
o f Introduction be taken before an advanced
course in a particular subject. STU A 1 is the
usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it
may be waived by presenting a portfolio. All
majors and minors must take ARTH 1 and 2;
in addition, majors in the External Examina­
tion and Course Programs alike must take one
studio course. It is strongly recommended
that these requirements be fulfilled before the
junior year. Students are also advised that

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.

68

graduate work in art history requires a reading
knowledge o f at least German and French.
Course Majors in Art History: The program
consists o f at least eight courses in Art History
(including ARTH 1 and 2), plus one Studio
Arts course and Theory and Methodology
(ARTH 97, required for graduation). The
comprehensive consists o f a lengthy examina­
tion, in preparation for which students are
required ( 1 ) to study a group o f carefully
chosen works o f art and (2) to prepare a list
o f essay questions on broad topics. The
Course major in Art History is required to

take at least one course (at Swarthmore) from
each o f the four core groups: (a) Ancient and
Medieval Art—courses 1 2 ,1 3 ,1 5 ,1 6 , and 17;
(b) Renaissance and Baroque Art—courses
2 3 ,2 6 , and 28; and (c) Modern Art—courses
3 0 (only if preceded by A R T H 1 or 2 ), 3 2 ,3 5 ,
and 37; and (d) Non-Western Art—courses
29, 44, 45, 47, and 49. Course majors may
take Seminars with the consent o f the instruc­
tor; these also fulfill core requirements.
Course M ajors in Art: The combined program
o f the Course M ajor in Art consists o f a mini­
mum o f five courses in Art History, including
ARTH 1 and 2, and at least one course in a
period before 1800; and five courses in Studio
Arts including courses in drawing, another

2-D medium, and a 3-D medium. The com­
prehensive consists o f a Senior Exhibition
and Catalog, prepared during Senior Work­
shop (STU A 3 0 ) during the Fall semester o f
the senior year.
M ajors and M inors in The External Examination
Program: In addition to ARTH 1 and 2 (and
one studio course for majors), art history
majors in the External Examination Program
should take four seminars in the Department;
minors should take two. A corresponding
course with an attachment may be substituted
for a seminar if that seminar will not be
offered during the period o f the student’s
preparation for External Examinations.

A rt H istory
1. Introduction to A r t H is to ry , I.

12 . G re e k A r t.

An archaeological, historical, and critical intro­
duction to art and architecture from prehis­
toric times to the fourteenth century in Africa,
Asia, Europe, and the Islamic world. Two lec­
tures and one conference section per week.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Cothren and O ’Donoghue.

The art, architecture and archaeology o f an­
cient Greece from the Minoan period through
the Hellenistic age.
Not offered 1987-88.

2. Introduction to A r t H is to ry , II.

I

A survey o f art and architecture in Africa,
Asia, Europe, the Islamic world, and the
United States from the fourteenth century to
the present. ARTH 1 is not required for
ARTH 2, but is strongly recommended. Two
lectures and one conference section per week.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Hungerford, Kitao, and
O ’Donoghue.

7 . Film : A r t and H is to ry .
Introduction to the study o f film, primarily as
visual and narrative art; analytical discussion
o f the elements o f film as a medium, art,
literature, technology, and industry, with ex­
amples o f selected classics (Blue Angel, Citizen
Kane, and Rules o f the Game) in the first half,
followed by a historical survey from the silent
days to Godard and Bergman. Screening, lec­
tures, and critical papers.
No prerequisite.
Spring semester. Kitao.

13 . Rom an A r t
A survey o f the art o f the Italian peninsula
before the ascendancy o f the Roman im­
perium and the subsequent spread o f Roman
art throughout the empire to the establish­
ment o f tetrarchic rule at the end o f the third
century. Special attention will be given to the
relationship between the social order and
artistic production.
N ot offered 1987-88. Cothren.

15 . Ea rly C h ristia n and B y za n tin e A r t
An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris­
tian form o f artistic expression from the
heritage o f late antique art, followed by a sur­
vey o f its international development through
the sixth century and its progression in the
Byzantine empire centered in Constantinople
until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman
Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to
architecture, its monumental mosaic and
fresco decoration, manuscript illumination,
iconic devotional images, and the small-scale
arts o f ivory carving, metalwork, and enamels.
Not offered 1987-88. Cothren.

69

A rt

16 . E a rly M e d ie va l A r t in th e W est.
A survey o f the art and architecture o f West­
ern Europe from the migration o f the bar­
barian tribes through the establishment o f a
mature Romanesque style in the twelfth cen­
tury. The political implications o f the Carolingian revival o f the classical heritage, monasticism and art, the Book o f Kells and Celtic
tradition, apocalyptic anxiety around the year
1000, and Romanesque sculpture as ecclesias­
tical propaganda.
Not offered 1987-88. Cothren.

1 7 . Goth ic A r t
The course will emphasize the formation o f
Gothic art around the year 1140 and its
development and codification in France dur­
ing the thirteenth century. Topics will include
the role o f Abbot Suger’s Neoplatonism in the
establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic, Saint
Louis’ "court style” as a statement o f political
ideology, the inspiration for and effectiveness
o f structural systems in Gothic architecture,
and Gothic humanism around the year 1200.
Architecture, sculpture, stained glass, and
manuscript illustration will be considered.
Spring semester. Cothren.

2 3 . Re m b ran d t and H is T im e s .
Study o f Rembrandt’s art, especially toward
the understanding o f the nature o f picture
making. Works in painting, drawing, and etch­
ing are examined. Topics considered include
Holland’s mercantile and Protestant milieu,
Rembrandt’s relation to Italy, his Dutch con­
temporaries, the development o f the genres,
the print as a medium, the loose style, optics
and painting, popular imagery, and, above all,
the general questions concerning portraiture,
self-portraiture, theatricality, realism, narra­
tive art, landscape, marketing, and the late
style.
Fall semester. Kitao.

26 . M ichelangelo and H is T im e s .
Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and
artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento
predecessors and High Renaissance contem­
poraries. Topics include classicism, art as
problem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea
o f the canon in art, the rise o f art criticism,
and Mannerism.
Not offered 1987-88. Kitao.

2 8 . Baroque A r t
European art o f the 17th century. Special

70

problems considered include: the impact o f
the Catholic Reformation on art and artists,
the question o f reality and illusion, the nature
o f allegory and propaganda in art, the rise o f
academies and the art market, and the spread
o f the Baroque style through the Low Coun­
tries, France, and Spain. Artists considered
include Caravaggio, Bernini, Velazquez, Pous­
sin, Rubens, and Rembrandt.
Not offered 1987-88. Kitao.

29 . A r ts o f A fric a .
A historical survey, this course explores A fri­
can political, religious, and social systems of
different epochs through the visual arts. The
purpose is to define the role o f art in a
traditional African context. Topics include
arts o f leadership, arts o f divination, funerary
arts, rites o f passage, and masquerade as total
art. Emphasis is placed on the relationship
between social structure, artistic expression,
and symbolic thought. Also considered are
the role o f the artist in African society, the
aesthetic values o f different cultures, canons
o f form, and stylistic change.
Spring semester. O ’Donoghue.

30. M od ern A rc h ite c tu re .
Architecture in Europe and the United States
1750 to the present. The prerequisite is
waived for students in Engineering.
Not offered 1987-88.

3 2 . n ine te en th C e n tu ry A r t
Developments in European painting and sculp­
ture from the late 18th century through the
Post-Impressionist generation o f Cezanne, van
Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant social, political,
economic, and cultural contexts are consid­
ered.
Spring semester. Hungerford.

35. T w e n tie th C e n tu ry A r t.
Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impres­
sionists to the present, considered in the
context o f relevant social, political, economic,
and cultural factors. The course focuses on art
in Western Europe through the outbreak of
World War II and then turns to developments
in the United States beginning c. 1940.
Not offered 1987-88. Hungerford.

3 7 . A m e ric a n A r t.
Painting and sculpture in the United States
from the Colonial Period to the present, with
special attention to the relationship between

developments in American art and those in
Western European art.
Not offered 1987-88. Hungerford.

4 4 . Th e A r t o f A s ia n R u le rs: Im age and
Ideology.
A historical analysis o f the creation and use of
art within various Asian state structures.
Material discussed includes the ritual and
funerary objects o f China’s early kings, as well
as the art produced for India’s Mughal emper­
ors and the Japanese shogun. Issues are also
considered in the context o f the modern
Asian state, with particular attention to the
role o f visual culture during China’s Maoist
era.
Not offered 1987-88. O ’Donoghue.

45 . Iss u e s in Chinese A r t and
A rc h a e o lo g y .
An introduction to China’s artistic traditions
from their origins in the localized cultures o f
the Neolithic period to the founding o f the
People’s Republic. Principal emphasis is on
objects and the reconstruction, using excava­
tion reports and historical and literary texts,
o f the conditions surrounding their produc­
tion.
Not offered 1987-88. O ’Donoghue.

4 7 . A r ts o f Ja p a n .
This course is intended to introduce the arts
o f Japan from ca. 6 0 0 0 BCE through the
present era. Topics will include the arts of
Shinto and Buddhism, architecture, ceramics,
painting, sculpture, and printmaking, as well
as the traditional crafts and decorative arts.
Strong emphasis will be placed on viewing art
in relation to its larger historical context.
Fall semester. O ’Donoghue.

49. C olloquium on Isla m ic Painting.
After a brief introduction to the nature o f
Islamic art, this course surveys the historical
evolution o f Islamic painting from A.D. 691
to A.D. 1548. Emphasis is on the development
o f a narrative tradition for the illustration o f
Persian poetic and historical texts from the
14th to the 16th centuries, culminating in a
detailed study o f the lavish Shahnam a o f Shah
Tahmasp, a project which occupied the most
important painters o f the period (c. 1522-35).
O ffered occasionally. Cothren.

52. M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t and
Lite ra tu re , 18 70 -19 3 0 .
(Also listed as English 85 .) An interdiscipli­
nary study o f the origins, ideology, and devel­
opment o f modernism and anti-modernism in
American culture between 1870 and 1930,
using approaches from the fields ofarthistory,
American studies, and literary criticism. Ar­
tists include Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Ashcan school, the " 2 9 1 ” group, Hopper, and
Wood; writers include James, Wilkins Free­
man, Crane, Fitzgerald, William Carlos W il­
liams, and Nathanael West.
Prerequisites: one introductory course in En­
glish and one in Art History.
Not offered 1987-88. Hungerford and Schmidt.

5 5 . Philadelphia: A rc h ite c tu ra l
H e rita g e .
Introduction to the history and criticism o f
architecture and planning, covering American
and European Architecture o f the last 300
years with focus on Philadelphia; special em­
phasis on Philadelphia’s relation to the Europe
o f Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian Lon­
don, Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago
School, Art Nouveaux, the International Style
and Post-Modernism, with topics on the rise
o f professionalism, historicism and new tech­
nology, modernism and the classical canon,
and historic preservation. Papers and projects,
and walking tours o f Philadelphia.
Fall semester. Kitao.

5 6 . Rom e’s Le g a c y .
History o f architecture and urban planning
focusing on the classical tradition in the cities
and buddings in the major cities o f Europe.
The topics for discussion include the Classical
Order; the castrum and the axial plan; the
agora, the forum, and the piazza; Italian hill
towns; scientific methods; the aesthetics of
regularity; the ideal church and the ideal city;
the palazzo and the villa; fortifications; streets
and vistas; Baroque Rome; the rhetoric o f the
facade; and town houses and town planning.
Not offered 1987-88. Kitao.

7 4 . H is to ry o f P h o to g ra p h y.
Origins and development o f photography as a
form o f artistic expression and cultural com­
munication, with emphasis on the 19th and
early 20th centuries.
Not offered 1987-88. Hungerford.

71

A rt

7 5 . Cinem a a s Iconic D is c o u rs e .
Study o f the cinema as visual and narrative
art, with emphasis on the close examination
o f the nature o f the medium and its represen­
tational capacity, especially as exposed in
semiotic approaches; reading o f basic film
theories in the first half, followed by discus­
sions in depth o f selected "difficult” films in
conjunction with more recent critical writings.
Screening, lectures, discussions, critical pa­
pers, and film-editing exercises.
Prerequisite o f ARTH 7; or ARTH 1 or 2;
class limited to twelve.
Not offered 1987-88. Kitao.

8 0. Yankee In ge nu ity: Te ch no lo g y,
D e sign , and M a te ria l C ulture.
Discussion o f machine-made objects as cul­
tural artifacts. The course examines industrial
technology in American design in relation to
the history o f material culture, focusing on
selected design, large and small, extending
from household appliances to mass transit,
and considers such topics as the theory o f
design and craftsmanship, tools and machines,
standardization, electricity and electronics,
the cult o f speed and efficiency, the computer
world, and observations on the "history of
things.”
Not offered 1987-88. Kitao.

85. A rc h ite c tu ra l T h e o ry : Design,
T h o u g h t, and C ulture.
Topics discussed include functionalism, classi­
cism, theory o f structure and decoration;
buildings as objects and environmental con­

structs; architecture in relation to urban plan­
ning and systems design; architecture and
behavioral sciences; architecture as meta­
language; architectural semiotics; architecture
in relation to history and culture. Readings
cover Sullivan, Viollet-le-Duc, Ruskin, Al­
berti, and Vitruvius as well as more recent
theories by Lynch, Alexander, NorbergSchulz, Venturi, Eco, and Tafuri.
Instructor’s consent.
O ffered occasionally. Kitao.

95. S p e cial Topic: Visual S e m io tics .
Theory o f signs as applied to artifacts and
visual phenomena, including clothing, ges­
tures, art and architecture, everyday objects,
and advertising.
O ffered occasionally. Kitao.

96. D irecte d Reading.
Staff.

9 7 . T h e o ry and M eth o do log y.
This one-credit seminar, which is required for
all course majors in art history and is normally
taken in the senior year, focuses on the process
o f art historical inquiry. Non-majors are ad­
mitted only with the permission o f the in­
structor.
Spring semester. Cothren.

99. S e n io r T h e s is .
Contingent on departmental approval, a twocredit thesis may be written in the fall semester
o f the senior year. For Course majors in Art
History only.
Fall semester. Staff.

SEMINARS
Seminars are open to all majors with the con­
sent o f the instructor; for students preparing
for External Examination an appropriate
course with an attachment may be substituted
for a seminar in the event that seminar is not
offered during the two years in which the
student is eligible to take seminars.

13 2. Nin eteen th C e n tu ry A r t.
Spring semester. Hungerford.

135. T w e n tie th C e n tu ry A r t.
Not offered 1987-88. Hungerford.

14 6 . C hinese A r t
Spring semester. O ’Donoghue.

14 9 . Isla m ic Painting.
1 1 7 . Gothic A r t
Spring semester 1989. Cothren.

Not offered 1987-88. Cothren.

19 1. Special Topics.
Staff.

126 . M ichelangelo.

195. T h e s is .

F all semester. Kitao.

Staff.

72

S tudio A rts
Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in
two three-hour sessions; all courses are for
full course credit unless otherwise noted.
Studio Arts courses are subject to the Col­
lege’s limit on Creative Arts courses (see
p. 53). Studio Art I is the usual prerequisite
for studio arts courses; it may be waived by
presenting a portfolio.

1 . Introduction to Studio A r ts .
Explorations in the visual description and
construction o f objects and ideas; problems
in drawing, color, and three-dimensional
form. Attention will be given both to the
theoretical aspects o f the work and to the
development of studio techniques.
Each semester. Exon and Meunier.

2 . C e ram ic S c u lp tu re .
This class examines the concepts o f form and
mass in three-dimensional structures. Clay is
the primary medium. Students should have a
familiarity with hand-forming methods in
clay, basic two- and three-dimensional classwork, or consent o f instructor.
Spring semester. Nagata.

3. D ra w in g .
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f space, light and form. A
course for all levels of ability. Weekly outside
drawing problems and a final project.
N ot offered 1987-88. Exon.

4 . S cu lp tu re .
This course will cover a wide range o f sculp­
tural concepts and techniques, from tradi­
tional to contemporary. These techniques
will include; clay modeling, casting, multimedia assemblage, and wood construction.
Fall semester. Meunier.

6 . Ph o tog rap h y.
Introduction to the technical processes and
visual and theoretical concepts o f photog­
raphy, both as a unique medium and as it
relates to other forms o f non-photographic
composition.
Each semester. Meunier.

7 . C e ra m ic s II.
Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing
and firing (raku, low-fire, stoneware and some
porcelain).
Prerequisite: STUA 5 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Nagata.

8 . Painting.
Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure
and o f the complex nature o f color—how it
can define surface, space, light, temperature
and mood.
Fall semester. Exon.

10. Life D ra w in g .
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f the human form in
nature and in art. Although the course centers
on drawing from the model, many other
natural forms are utilized in order fully to
establish a student’s appreciation o f the visual
world.
Spring semester. Exon.

14 . A d va n c e d S c u lp tu re .
Not offered 1987-88. Meunier.

15 . A d va n c e d C e ra m ic s .
Tutorial in ceramics; special emphasis on per­
sonal development in explorative glazing;
decorative techniques with slips, colors, tex­
tures; and understanding o f firing processes.
Admission by consent o f the instructor.
Each semester. Nagata.

16 . A d va n ce d Ph o tog rap h y.
Not offered 1987-88. Meunier.

5 . C e ram ic s I.

18 . A d va n c e d Painting.

Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to hand­
building and wheel techniques, and artisticuse o f these techniques.
Fall semester. Nagata.

Spring semester. Exon.

20 . Special S tu d ie s.
Staff.

73

A rt

30. S e n io r W o rksh o p .
A course designed to strengthen critical, the­
oretical, and practical skills on an advanced
level. Critiques by the resident faculty and
visiting artists, as well as group critiques with
all members o f the workshop, will guide and
assess the development o f the students’ indi­
vidual directed practice in a chosen field.
Assigned readings and scheduled discussions

will initiate the writing o f the catalogue for the
senior exhibition. (This course is required of
senior art majors; non-majors will be admitted
only by permission o f the instructor.)
Fall semesters. Staff.

4 0 . S e n io r T h e s is .
Staff.

Asian Studies

Coordinator: L IL L IA N M . LI
Committee: G e ra ld Le vin so n (Music)
Kenneth Lu k (Modern Languages and Literatures)
Diane O ’ Donoghue (Art)
Donald S w e a r e r (Religion)
L a r r y W estphal (Economics)
T y re n e W hite (Political Science)

The Asian Studies Program provides an oppor­
tunity for students to become familiar with
the traditions and cultures o f East, South, and
Southeast Asia. By fulfilling the requirements
indicated below students may graduate with a
Concentration in Asian Studies in addition to
a regular major. A concentration may focus
on East, South, or Southeast Asia. Alterna­
tively, it may apply the approaches o f one or
two disciplines to more than one o f these
areas. The concentration is open to majors in
all departments.

Finally, in the senior year each student must
either write a major research paper on a topic
approved by the Asian Studies Committee
followed by an oral examination administered
by the Committee, or take a comprehensive
examination administered by the Committee
on the program he or she has set out. A thesis
or major paper written for another depart­
ment may, with the approval o f the Commit­
tee, and with an oral examination adminis­
tered by the Committee, be substituted for
this requirement.

A student intending to concentrate in Asian
Studies should submit a program proposal for
approval by the Asian Studies faculty by the
end o f the Sophomore year. The proposal
should be the result o f discussion with a
member o f the Asian Studies faculty drawn,
whenever possible, from the student’s major
department. It will explain what the student
intends to undertake and how the Asian
Studies Concentration will relate to his or her
departmental major. Insofar as possible the
courses or seminars required for the major
and those for the Concentration should be
chosen in a way that will comprise a well
integrated and focussed program.

Courses and seminars presently offered
that count toward fulfillment o f the Asian
Studies Concentration:

Each concentration must include at least five
Asian Studies credits. At least three o f them
must be outside the major department and
must be chosen from at least two other de­
partments. In order to provide students with
a common experience, a shared basis for
identification and discussion, and a basic
preparation for continuing study in the Asian
area, each candidate in addition will normally
be required to include in his or her program
two o f the following courses: History 9
(Chinese Civilization), History 72 (The His­
tory, Religion, and Culture o f Japan), Religion
10 (Religions o f India), Religion 11 (The
History, Religion, and Culture o f Japan).

D e p a rtm e n t o f A r t
44. Image and Ideology: The Art o f Asian
Rulers
45. Issues in Chinese Art and Archaeology
47. Arts o f Japan
146. Chinese Art

D e p a rtm e n t o f H is to ry
9. Chinese Civilization
72. The History, Religion, and Culture o f
Japan
74. Modern China
75. Modem Japan
144. Modern China

D e p a rtm e n t o f M od ern Lan g u ag es
1B-2B Introduction to Mandarin Chinese
3B, 4B Second-year Mandarin Chinese
11. Third-year Chinese
12. Advanced Chinese
15. The Chinese Language
16. Chinese Literature in Translation
93. Directed Reading
One credit o f first-year Chinese and one credit o f
second-year Chinese may be counted toward the
concentration. A ll w ork at the third-year level or
above may be counted.

Asia n Studies

D e pa rtm e n t o f M u s ic
8. Music o f the Orient

D e pa rtm e n t o f Political S cience
19.
20.
40.
107.

Comparative Communist Politics
Politics o f China
The Vietnam War
Comparative Communist Politics

D e pa rtm e n t o f Religion
8. The Religions o f India
11. The History, Religion, and Culture o f
Japan
103. Asian Religious Thought
104. Buddhism Southeast Asia

A s ia n S tu die s
93. Directed Reading
96. Concentration Paper
Other courses and seminars which include
Asian materials (see departmental listings for
year offered):

D e p a rtm e n t o f Ec on o m ics
11.
31.
106.
109.

Economic Development
Comparative Economic Systems
Comparative Economic Systems
Economic Development

D e p a rtm e n t o f Religion
13. Comparative Religious Mysticism
29. Religious Belief and Moral Action

D e p a rtm e n t o f S o c io lo g y and
A n th ro p o lo g y
30. Religion as a Cultural Institution
107. Religion as a Cultural Institution

In planning their programs, students may
wish to consult one o f the following Asian
Studies faculty members: Diane O ’Donoghue
(A rt), T. Kaori Kitao (A rt), Gerald Levinson
(Music), Lillian M. Li (History), Kenneth C.
Luk (Modern Languages), Steven I. Piker (So­
ciology-Anthropology), Donald K. Swearer
(Religion), Larry Westphal (Economics), or
Tyrene W hite (Political Science).
Students concentrating in Asian Studies should
be aware o f the opportunities which exist
outside o f Swarthmore for Asian language
and Asian area studies: cross-registration at
Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and the University o f
Pennsylvania during the regular academic
year; study at institutes such as the Middlebury College Summer Language School during
the summer; and overseas programs in India,
Sri Lanka, Japan, Hongkong, the People’s
Republic o f China, and the Republic o f China
(Taiwan). Overseas programs will normally
be undertaken during the junior year and
presuppose work in Asian Studies. Students
who are interested in participating should
plan well in advance so that they can take the
necessary prior work as well as fulfill their
other academic obligations while at Swarth­
more. Work done abroad, as well as Asian
languages studied outside o f Swarthmore, may
(with the provisions stated for Chinese lan­
guage above) be counted toward the concen­
tration.

Astro n o m y

J O H N L G A U S T A D , Professor
W U L F F D. H E IN T Z , Professor

See P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y for major
requirements and full descriptions o f courses.

1.

In tro d u cto ry A s tro n o m y .

5 ,6 .
9.

G e n eral A s tro n o m y I, II.
In troduction to M e te o ro lo g y.

2 1 ,2 2 . Th e o re tica l A s tro p h y s ic s I, II.
23 .

M eth o ds o f Ob se rvatio n al
A s tro n o m y .

5 1. Celestial M ec h a n ics.
52. C on ce pts o f the C o s m o s.
55. P la n e ta ry S cie nce .
56. C o s m o lo g y.
59.

Positional A s tro n o m y .

6 1. C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y
and A s tro p h y s ic s .
93. D irecte d Reading.
94. R e se a rch P r o je c t

77

Biology

J O H N B . J E N K IN S , Professor
R O B ER T E . S A V A G E, Professor
T IM O T H Y C . W IL L IA M S , Professor and Chair3
J O N A T H A N C O P E L A N D , Associate Professor
G R EG O R Y L F L O R A N T , Associate Professor
S C O T T F. G IL B E R T Associate Professor3
N A N C Y V. H A M L E T T , Associate Professor
M A R K JA C O B S , Associate Professor
B A R B A R A Y. S TEW A R T, Associate Professor and Associate Chair
JA C O B W E IN ER , Associate Professor
R A C H E L A . M E R Z , Assistant Professor
K A R E N C R A W FO R D , Instructor
T ED D R . G O U N D IE , Lecturer
G LO R IA U . R O S E N , Assistant
J A C K T R U T E N , Writing Consultant

The student may be introduced to biology by
enrolling in Biology 1 and Biology 2. Either
course may be taken first. A diversity o f
intermediate and advanced courses, some o f­
fered in alternate years, affords the student
the opportunity o f building a broad biological
background while concentrating, if desired, in
some specialized areas such as cellular and
molecular biology, or organismal and popula­

tion biology. Intermediate courses are num­
bered 10-50; courses numbered beyond 50
are advanced. A special major in biochemistry
is offered in cooperation with the Department
o f Chemistry (cf. Chem istry). A special major
in psychobiology is offered in cooperation
with the Department o f Psychology (cf. Psy­
chology).

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students electing a Course major in Biology
should include the following supporting sub­
jects in addition to the minimum o f eight
courses composing the major, introductory
chemistry, at least one semester o f organic
chemistry, and two semesters o f college mathe­
matics. One semester o f statistics (Math 2 ) is
strongly recommended. These courses should
be completed before the senior year. Intro­
ductory physics is strongly recommended,
and is prerequisite to some departmental of­
ferings. Further, it should be noted that medi­
cal schools and graduate schools in biology

require introductory physics and four semes­
ters o f chemistry for admission.
Students majoring in Biology must take at
least one course or seminar in each o f the
following three groups: I, cell and molecular
biology (i.e., 20, 2 1 ,3 2 ,3 4 ,3 8 , 58, 7 5 ,1 5 1 ,
153, 156, 174); II, organismal biology (i.e.,
12, 29, 31, 36, 37, 73, 152, 157, 162, 166,
178); III, populational biology (i.e., 17, 25,
2 6 ,3 9 ,5 0 ,1 6 0 ,1 6 8 ,1 7 0 ,1 7 1 ) .
Biology course majors are expected to take at
least one seminar in Biology.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Qualified students may prepare for External
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

Examinations in the areas o f Virology, Micro-

bial Ecology, Plant Ecology, Animal Physiolo­
gy, Behavioral Ecology, Orientation and Sen­
sory Systems, Developmental Biology, Human
Genetics, Biomechanics, Cell Biology, Plant
Physiology, and Research in Biology. Infor­
mation on courses and seminars that consti­
tute preparation for each External Examina­
tion is given in the Biology Majors’ Handbook
distributed to all majors and available in the
Department office. Admission to the External
Examination Program is based on academic
record (average o f B or better in the natural
sciences) and completion o f prerequisites for
the courses or seminars used in preparation
for external examination. Departmental re­
quirements in chemistry and mathematics
must also be fulfilled.

Enrollment limited to 24.
Spring semester. Florant.

1 7 . S ys te m a tic B o ta n y.
Principles and methods o f plant systematics
approached through the classification and
identification o f the major families o f vascular
plants. Emphasis is upon the flora o f the
northeastern United States. The course is open
to biology majors and interested non-majors.
Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips
per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instruc­
tor.
Enrollment limited to 16.
Alternate years, spring semester. Weiner.

20 . G e n etics.

An introductory study o f phenomena funda­
mental to living systems illustrated by exam­
ples drawn from the fields o f microbiology,
cell biology, genetics, and developmental bi­
ology. Emphasis is upon the means by which
biologists have attempted to elucidate these
phenomena rather than upon a survey of them.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 125.
Primary Distribution Course.
Fall semester. Staff.

An examination o f the transmission, struc­
ture, and function o f the genetic material. The
course content includes the establishment o f
Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri­
tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the iden­
tification, structure, and replication o f the
genetic material; gene function; bacterial ayd
viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene
activity.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Enrollment limited to 34.
Fall semester. Jenkins.

2 . O rg an lsm a l and Population B io lo g y.

2 1 . Cell Bio lo g y.

An introduction to the study o f whole organ­
isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals.
Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the
morphology and physiology o f organisms,
their development, behavior, ecology, and
evolution.
One laboratory period per week.
Enrollment limited to 125.
Primary Distribution Course.
Spring semester. Staff.

A study o f the ultrastructure and function o f
cell components, cell division, biosynthesis o f
macromolecules, and intermediary metabo­
lism. Laboratory exercises are designed to
illustrate the variety o f approaches to findings
in cell biology.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 32.
Spring semester. Savage.

12 . Th e V e rte b ra te s.

25 . A n im a l B e h a vio r.

A consideration o f the anatomy o f vertebrate
classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc­
ture and function o f particular vertebrate
organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises
include dissection, physiological demonstra­
tions, films, an introduction to basic histolo­
gy, and when possible, radiographic presenta­
tions.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.

An introduction to the biological study o f
animal behavior in field and laboratory. Both
vertebrate and invertebrate animals are co­
vered and emphasis is placed on the evolu­
tionary importance o f social behavior (Ethol­
ogy and Behavioral Ecology) and the physi­
ological mechanisms that mediate behavior
(Neurobiology and Behavior). Laboratory
experience includes field trips, individual re­
search projects, and electrophysiological re-

1 . C ellu la r and M o le cu lar Bio lo g y.

'79

Biology

cording from nerve cells.
One laboratory or field period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2; Math 2 recom­
mended.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years. Williams.

present a major report on a selected area of
contemporary research in any area o f molecu­
lar biology.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 18.
Not offered 1987-88.

26 . Ad a p tatio n a l P la n t A n a to m y .

3 4. Im m unology.

An examination o f the anatomical adaptations
o f vascular plants to environmental factors,
principally light, water, temperature, and
biotic factors. Topics include the adaptive
anatomy/morphology o f hydrophytes, xerophytes, epiphytes, arctic and alpine plants,
insectivorous plants, and plants’ flowers,
fruits, and seeds.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1, 2.
Enrollment limited to 20.
A lternate years, spring semester. Jacobs.

A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha­
nisms by which vertebrates recognize and
destroy material foreign to their bodies. Spe­
cial attention will be given to the cellular
interactions leading to immunocompetency
and to the strategies whereby certain micro­
organisms, tumors, and fetal cells avoid im­
mune detection.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1 and 2; 2 0 or 21 recom­
mended.
Enrollment limited to 32.
A lternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.

29. N e u ro p h ysio lo g y.
Properties o f nerve, muscle, synapse, neuronal
networks, and intact nervous systems in in­
vertebrates and vertebrates. Sensory process­
ing, developmental specificity, and learning
will also be discussed. The laboratory will
provide students experience with a number o f
preparations demonstrating functional aspects
o f the activity o f nerve cells.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 30.
Fall semester. Copeland.

3 1. En d o crin o log y.
This sophomore/junior level course will
cover the endocrine system in moderate detail.
Each o f the major endocrine glands will be
discussed with regard to histology, structure,
and function. Students will be asked to write
papers on specific endocrine topics or partic­
ipate in on-going endocrine research in the
department (Laboratory Projects).
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2; 12, 21, or 32
recommended.
Enrollment limited to 24.
A lternate years, fa ll semester. Florant.

32. M em b ra n e M o le c u la r Bio lo g y.
An examination o f the structure and function
o f biological membranes. Topics include
structural organization, lipid metabolism, en­
ergy transduction, transport systems, and
mechanisms for the recognition and control
o f cellular activity. Students are required to

80

36. In ve rte b ra te Z o o lo g y .
The evolution and adaptive biology o f ¡’-'ver­
tebrate animals. Consideration is given to
adaptive morphology, phylogeny, ecology,
and physiology o f invertebrates.
One laboratory period per week. Field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
A lternate years, fa ll semester. Merz.

3 7 . P la n t P h y s io lo g y .
A study o f the principal physiological pro­
cesses o f higher plants, including photosyn­
thesis, gas exchange, water and nutrient trans­
port, mineral metabolism, plant hormone
action, and environmental responses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 ,2 , and Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 20.
Fall semester. Jacobs.

38. M ic ro b io lo g y.
Biology o f microorganisms with an emphasis
on aspects unique to prokaryotes. Topics
include microbial cell structure, metabolism,
physiology, genetics, and ecology. Laboratory
exercises include techniques for detecting,
isolating, cultivating, quantifying, and identi­
fying bacteria.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall semester. Hamlett.

39. Ec o lo g y.
The scientific study o f the relationships that
determine the distribution and abundance of
organisms. Topics covered include interac­
tions between organisms and their environ­
ments, population dynamics, species interac­
tions, community ecology, and nutrient cycles.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Fall semester. Weiner.

50. M arin e B iology.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including
discussions o f physiological and structural
adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and
microorganisms.
One laboratory period per week; several allday field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Enrollment limited to 24.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Merz.

7 5 . C ell-C e ll In teractions and
Regeneration.
This course is designed to present an overview
of cell-cell interactions in regenerating inver­
tebrate and vertebrate systems. Similarities
between regenerating and embryonic systems
with respect to cell movement, differentiation,
and pattern formation make this system a
powerful tool for the study o f developmental
biology. Laboratory will include the study of
development and regeneration in a variety of
organisms in both normal and experimentally
manipulated conditions.
Prerequisites: Biology 21 or 52, or permission
o f the instructor.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Fall semester. Crawford.

93. Directed Reading.

I

58. Biological C h e m is try.

W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f directed reading in an
area o f biology not included in the curriculum,
or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses.
Fall or spring semester. Staff.

I

Cross-listed with Chemistry 58. (cf. Chemistry).

9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t

7 3 . B e se a rch in A n im a l Orientation
and M ig ra tio n .
I
I
I

An investigation o f the long distance movements o f animals, the sensory systems that
guide those movements and the physiological
mechanisms that stimulate and support mi­
gration. Laboratory consists o f field observa­
tions and original research projects. The
course is conducted in seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 25 or permission
of the instructor. Physics and Math 2 are
I recommended.
I Enrollment limited to 12.
I Not offered 1987-88.

W ith the permission o f the Department,
qualified students may elect to pursue a re­
search program.
Fall or spring semester. Stewart, Staff.

9 7 . S e n io r Evo lu tio n S e m in a r.
A consideration o f evolution from the per­
spectives o f several biological subdisciplines.
Participation in the evolution seminar is re­
quired o f all Biology majors. For course stu­
dents, this satisfies the comprehensive exam­
ination requirement. Students are not re­
quired to enroll in Biology 97 while par­
ticipating in the seminar. Graded Credit/No
Credit. The course does not count as a course
for the major.

SEMINARS
151. C ells in C ulture.
The biology o f plant and animal cells' as
revealed through studies on eukaryotic cells
in cuituro. Seminar discussions focus on cell
surfaces, growth, locomotion, transforma­
tion, and on somatic cell hybridization studies.
In the laboratory, techniques o f animal and
plant cell culture are introduced. Students

then undertake independent investigative proj­
ects.
Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc­
tor.
One credit.
Fall semester. Savage.

81

Biology

15 2. D evelopm ental Bio lo g y.
An integration o f molecular and organismal
aspects o f animal development. Topics include
fertilization and embryonic cleavage, the for­
mation o f representative organs, cell migra­
tion, developmental genetics, pattern forma­
tion, and the roles o f the cell surface in
development. Laboratory exercises investigate
the developmental anatomy o f selected organ­
isms in normal and manipulated conditions,
and molecular aspects o f differential gene
expression.
One laboratory per week; seminar format.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 0 or 21.
One credit.
Not offered 1987-88.

153. V iro lo g y.
A study o f viruses with emphasis on their
molecular biology. Topics include techniques
for studying and cultivating viruses, virus
structure and replication, the interactions o f
viruses and their hosts, and properties of
selected groups o f viruses. Laboratory exer­
cises use bacteriophage to demonstrate tech­
niques for studying viruses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or 38. Biology 20
recommended.
One credit.
Alternate years, spring semester. Hamlett.

156. H um an G e n etics.
An examination o f human inheritance pat­
terns using techniques o f genetic analysis that
are appropriate to humans. Research into the
structure, function, organization, and regula­
tion o f the human genome will be discussed,
along with applications o f current research.
Laboratory project.
Prerequisites: Biology 20 or permission o f the
instructor.
One credit.
Spring semester. Jenkins.

1 5 7 . A n im a l P h ysio lo g y.
A comparison o f major physiological systems
among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardiovas­
cular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous
systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also
placed on physiological control processes in­
volved in the various adaptations to unusual
environments. Laboratory exercises include
investigation o f physiological responses to

82

different stimuli in various species, including
humans.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 12; Physics 2 or 4
recommended.
One credit.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Florant.

160. Be h a vio ra l Ec o lo g y.
The study o f the evolution o f behavior as an
adaptation to an environment. Topics include,
but are not limited to, environmental factors
affecting social structure, optimal foraging
strategies, mating systems, coevolution and
sex roles. Topics covered will vary depending
on student interest but usually include a
consideration o f primate social systems and
their relevance to human evolution.
Prerequisites: Biology 25 or 39. Students with
preparation outside biology should seek per­
mission o f the instructor.
Two credits.
Enrollment limited to 12.
Not offered 1987-88.

16 2. B iom ech anics.
This course is designed to introduce biologists
to engineering theory and techniques for ap­
plication to the study o f the design o f organ­
isms. The basic principles o f solid and fluid
mechanics will be explored as they apply to
the morphology, ecology, and evolution of
plants and animals. Lectures, discussions of
recent papers, and laboratory and field experi­
ments will be held.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and one other
biology course, or permission o f the instruc­
tor.
One credit.
Alternate years, spring semester. Merz.

16 6. C on trol o f Pla nt D e v e lo p m e n t
An examination o f cellular, intercellular, and
environmental control mechanisms operating
in plant growth and development. An area o f
primary interest will be the role and action o f
plant hormones, both as agents o f internal
control and as mediators o f external factors.
Particular examples will be studied in depth,
with an emphasis upon critical evaluation o f
original research literature.
One seminar meeting each week and continu­
ing laboratory projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.

One credit.
Spring semester. Jacobs.

168. M icro b ial Ec o lo g y.
A study o f the interrelationships o f microor­
ganisms and their environment with emphasis
on the biological, biochemical, and physio­
logical elements affecting microbial popula­
tions and communities.
Seminar format and investigative laboratory
projects.
Prerequisite: Biology 38.
One credit.
Alternate years, spring semester. Hamlett.

170 . P la n t Ec o lo g y.
The study o f plant individuals, populations
and communities in their relationships with
their physical and biological environments.
Areas developed include climatology, soil sci­
ence, plant population biology, competition,
herbivory, and plant communities. Labora­
tory and field work emphasize hypothesis
formation and the collection, analysis, and
interpretation o f data.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
All Saturdays during the first half o f the
semester must be reserved for field work.
Prerequisites: Concurrent or previous enroll­
ment in Biology 3 9 and consent o f instructor.
One credit.
Alternate years, fa ll semester. Weiner.

tions o f the fossil record. Laboratory experi­
ence will include field trips to collect fossils,
exploration o f museum collections, and stu­
dent projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2 and one other
Biology course.
One credit.
Alternate years, spring semester. Merz.

1 7 4 . Developm ental G e n etics.
An investigation o f the various mechanisms
governing eukaryotic gene expression con­
centrating on gene activity in early develop­
ment and on specific cases o f differential gene
expression.
Seminar format.
Prerequisite: Biology 2 1 ,5 2 , or permission of
instructor.
One credit.
A lternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.

1 7 8 . N eu ro b io log y and B e h a vio r.

1 7 1 . Pale obio lo gy.

A consideration o f the mechanisms under­
lying animal behavior. Areas o f primary inter­
est are simple systems, neuroethology, sen­
sory physiology, and animal communication.
Material is presented in both lecture and
seminar format.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 12, 25, 29, or permis­
sion o f the instructor; Physics recommended.
One credit.
Spring semester. Copeland.

This seminar format course will provide stu­
dents with a familiarity with the fossil record
and an understanding o f the techniques and
theories used by paleontologists. Current
issues in paleontology will be examined, in­
cluding mass extinctions, rates o f speciation,
and ecological and physiological interpreta­

A research project for students who partici­
pate in the External Examination program in
Biology. Students minoring in Biology may
elect to present a research thesis as part o f
their external examination program.
One or two credits.

180 . T h e s is .

83

Black Studies

Coordinators: P E T E R S C H M ID T (fall)
A S M A R O M L E G E S S E (spring)
Committee:

T H O M P S O N B R A D L E Y (Russian)
C H A R L E S J A M E S (English Literature)
M A R J O R IE M U R P H Y (History)
S T E V E N P IK E R (Sociology and Anthropology)
J E R O M E H . W O OD , J R . (History)

The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is
( 1 ) to introduce students to the history, cul­
ture, society, and political and economic con­
ditions o f Black people in Africa, the Ameri­
cas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2) to
explore new approaches—in perspectives,
analyses and interdisciplinary techniques—
appropriate to the study o f the Black experi­
ence.
Students in any department may add a Con­
centration in Black Studies to their depart­
mental major by fulfilling the requirements
stated below. Applications for admission to
the Concentration should be made in the
spring semester o f the sophomore year to the
Coordinator o f the Program. All programs
must be approved by the Committee on Black
Studies.
All Concentrators in Black Studies are re­
quired to take History 7, as early as feasible,
and Black Studies 91, ordinarily in the last
semester o f the senior year. They must take a
minimum o f five courses in Black Studies.
These must include at least three courses
(which may include Black Studies 9 1 ) outside
the departmental major, from at least two
departments other than the major.
Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black
Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit
tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in
any one year) or a seminar (if there are four
or more students), with all senior Concentra­
tors participating. The topics selected for
reading, class discussions, and the writing of
seminar papers will be drawn from represen­
tative works in Black Studies from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives and will depend
on the interests and backgrounds o f the par­
ticipants. The tutorial or seminar will nor­
mally be taken in the spring semester o f the
senior year, and will culminate in a compre­
hensive examination administered by the

84

Black Studies Committee.
Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration
are listed below. Courses o f independent
study, special attachments on subjects relevant to Black Studies, and courses offered by
visiting faculty (those courses not regularly
listed in the College Bulletin) may, at the
discretion o f the Black Studies Committee, be
included in the Program. Students who wish
to pursue these possibilities should consult
with the appropriate department and with the
Black Studies Committee.

Ec on o m ics 16 . W om en and M in o rities
in the Ec o n o m y.
Ec on o m ics 26 . S o cial Ec o n o m ics .
English Lite ra tu re 5 9 . Th e Black
A m e ric a n W rite r.
English Lite ra tu re 60. Th e
C o n te m p o ra ry B la ck W rite r o f the
United S ta te s .
English Lite ra tu re 7 6 . T h e Black
A fric a n W rite r.
English Lite ra tu re 1 2 1 . M od ern
B la ck Fictio n .
H is to ry 7 . Th e H is to ry o f the
A fric a n A m e ric a n People.
H is to ry 8 . A fric a .
H is to ry 53. B lack C ulture and
B lack C on sc io u sn e ss.
H is to ry 56. E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s .
H is to ry 58. T h e W orld o f D u B o is,
R o g e rs , and Diop.
H is to ry 63. S outh A fric a .
H is to ry 66. Topics in La tin A m e ric a n
H is to ry .

I
I
I
|
[

H is to ry 6 7 . Th e A fric a n in Latin
A m e ric a .
H is to ry 140. M od ern A fric a .
H is to ry 1 4 1 . S outh A fric a .
Political S cie n ce 2 1 . Po litics o f A fric a .
Political S cie n ce 4 4 . R a ce , Eth n ic ity,
and Public P o lic y.

S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 2 7 . A fr o A m e ric a n C ulture and S o c ie ty .
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 36. Peoples
and C ultures o f A fric a .
B lack S tu die s 9 1. Special Topics in
B lack S tu die s (se n io r th e s is).

Chem istry

Y U N -T I C H E N , Cornell Visiting Professor3
J A M E S H . H A M M O N S , Professor
R O B ER T F. P A S T E R N A C K , Professor and Chair
P E T E R t T H O M P S O N , Professor
J U D IT H G . VOET, Associate Professor
J E F F R E Y A . C H A R O N N A T , Assistant Professor3
S C O T T 0 . H IL L , Assistant Professor
T H O M A S A . S T E P H E N S O N , Assistant Professor
R O B ER T 0 . F IS H E R , Lecturer
U R S U L A M . D A VIS, Assistant
V IR G IN IA M . IN D IV ER O , Assistant
M A R G A R E T M . L E H M A N , Assistant

The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to
provide sound training in the fundamental
principles and basic techniques o f the science

and to provide interested students with the
opportunity for advanced work in the main
subdisciplines o f modem chemistry.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The normal route for entrance to the advanced
level program is to take Chemistry 10 fol­
lowed by 22, 32, and 36. Students with
especially strong pre-college background in
chemistry are advised to begin with Chemistry
10H or Chemistry 22. Such students will nor­
mally be asked to take a placement examina­
tion. Students seeking Advanced Placement
credit may also be required to take this exami­
nation. Consult with the Department Chair.
The minimum requirement for a major in
Chemistry is nine courses in the Department.
These must include Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 ,
4 4 ,4 5 , and three additional courses, o f which
a minimum o f two must have a laboratory. At
least one o f these courses should be selected
from Chemistry 52 or 57. Chemistry 9 4 or 9 6
may substitute for the second laboratory
course. Students should note the Mathematics
and Physics prerequisites for Chemistry 36,
44, and 45. Those considering a major in
Chlmistry are strongly urged to complete
these prerequisites by the end o f the Sopho­
more year.
Those students planning professional work in

3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.
5 Spring semester, 1988.

86

Chemistry should include in their programs a
fourth semester o f mathematics and at least
two additional courses in chemistry. Those
wishing to obtain a degree accredited by the
American Chemical Society should include
both Chemistry 106b and either Chemistry
52 or 57 in their programs. ACS accreditation
is useful for those who intend to pursue a
career in chemical industry. Further, profi­
ciency in reading scientific German, Russian,
or French is an asset to the practicing chemist.
Students desiring teacher certification in chem­
istry must complete Biology 1, 2 in addition
to the Chemistry major program. All candi­
dates for teacher certification are required to
assist in the instruction o f the laboratory o f an
introductory chemistry course on one after­
noon per week for two semesters.
Research opportunities with individual staff
members are available through Chemistry 94,
96, and 180. Majors are encouraged to consult
the staff about current research problems
under investigation.
In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem­

istry and Physics provide for a Special Major
in Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special
Major, page 48 ), which offers students the
opportunity to gain strong background in the

study o f chemical processes from a micro­
scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested
students should consult the Chairs o f both
departments.

BIOCHEMISTRY SPECIAL MAJOR
In collaboration with the Department o f Bi­
ology, the Department o f Chemistry also
offers a Special Major in Biochemistry, which
provides the student with the opportunity to
gain a strong background in chemistry with
special emphasis on the application o f chemis­
try to biochemical and molecular biological
problems. The requirements include Chemis­
try 22, 32, 36, 44, 4 5 ,5 8 , and 108b; Biology

21 or 38, 53 or 74, and one other Biology
course chosen with the assistance o f the bio­
chemistry advisor. Students should note the
Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, and Biology
prerequisites for these courses. Research op­
portunities are available in both Biology and
Chemistry Departments. Interested students
should consult the Chairs o f the two depart­
ments.

EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Students preparing for the External Examination Program in Chemistry should complete
Chemistry 10, 22, 32, and 36, two years o f
college mathematics, and two semesters o f
physics by the end o f the sophomore year. All
Chemistry majors are further required to
complete Chemistry 4 4 and 45; except under
truly extraordinary circumstances, this re­
quirement must be met during the junior year.
Preparation for papers consists o f combinations o f courses and seminars in organic,
inorganic, physical, and biological chemistry.
A research thesis (180) must be included as
one o f the papers for majors in Chemistry.
Interested students should consult with the
Chair o f the Department.

1. M ole cu les and Life .
This course deals with the biological chemistry o f nutrition. Emphasis is placed on the
major pathways for the metabolism o f fats,
carbohydrates, and proteins. Other topics
may include the molecular basis o f metabolic
diseases and o f drug action.
One laboratory period every second week.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Voet.

10. G en eral C h e m is try.
A study o f the central concepts and basic
principles o f chemistry; the interpretation o f
chemical properties and reactions on the basis

co f equilibrium constants, oxidation poten­
tials,
free energies, thermochemistry; atomic
t
structure;
bonding and molecular structure;
s
trates and mechanisms o f chemical reactions.
(One laboratory period weekly.
IPrimary distribution course.
IFall semester. Pasternack and Staff.

10 H . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: General
IC h e m is try.
A
‘ half-credit seminar format course for fresh­
men with Advanced Placement (or equivalent
■
departmental
exam) chemistry credit. Topics
<
will
be selected from the traditional General
1
*Chemistry curriculum, but will be discussed
in
1 greater detail and with a higher degree o f
mathematical rigor. The application o f mod­
'
em
instrumental methods to problems in
(
thermodynamics,
chemical kinetics, and mo­
|
lecular structure will be emphasized in class­
room discussion and laboratory demonstra­
(tions. Some familiarity with elementary cal­
culus concepts will be assumed. One threehour meeting weekly.
Fall semester. Stephenson.
<
2 2 . O rg an ic C h e m is try I.
An introduction to the chemistry o f some o f
the
1 more important classes o f organic com­
pounds;
nomenclature, structure, physical
]
and spectroscopic properties, methods o f

87

C hem istry

preparation and reactions o f aliphatic and
aromatic hydrocarbons, halides and several
types of monofunctional oxygen compounds,
with an emphasis on ionic reaction medianisms.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 10.
Spring semester. Hammons.

structure, valence bond and molecular orbital
theory, symmetry and group theory, spec­
troscopy, statistical mechanics, and reaction
rates.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 0 ,3 6 , Mathematics
18, Physics 4 (or 8).
Spring semester. Stephenson.

3 2 . O rgan ic C h e m is try II.
A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with empha­
sis on more advanced aspects o f the chemistry
o f monofunctional and polyfunctional organic
compounds, multi-step methods o f synthesis,
and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22.
Fall semester. Hill.

36. Inorganic C h e m is try.
A study o f the main group elements, acid-base
reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec­
trochemistry, and an introduction to transi­
tion metal chemistry. Laboratory will empha­
size the preparation and analysis o f inorganic
compounds.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6 ,
and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 8).
Spring semester. Chen and Pasternack.

4 4 . P h ysic a l C h e m is try I.
An introduction to some basic concepts of
physical chemistry including states o f matter,
kinetic theory o f gases, laws o f thermodynam­
ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions,
and solid state structure.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 0 ,3 6 , Mathematics
18, Physics 4 (or 8).
Fall semester. Thompson.

45. P h ysic a l C h e m is try II.
An introduction to some basic physical chem­
istry concepts at the atomic and molecular
level including particles and waves, elemen­
tary quantum theory, atomic and molecular

5 2. O rg an ic S tru c tu re D eterm in ation .
Classroom and laboratory study o f the prin­
ciples and techniques involved in the elucida­
tion o f the structures o f organic compounds.
Emphasis is placed on the correlation o f struc­
ture and properties o f organic molecules and
on the theoretical principles underlying vari­
ous chemical and spectroscopic methods of
identification and structure determination.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22, 32.
Spring semester. Hill.

5 7 . In stru m e n ta l C hem ical A n a ly s is .
A study o f the principles and techniques of
modern instrumental analysis in chemistry.
Elementary electronics with emphasis on digi­
tal logic and computer applications o f data
collection and control in chemical analysis are
studied.
One four-hour laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 4 4 and concurrent
enrollment in Chemistry 45.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88.

58. Biological C h e m is try.
An introduction to the chemistry o f living
systems: protein conformation, principles of
biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme
mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­
mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32, 3 6 and Biology
1 (Biology 21 or 3 8 recommended).
Spring semester. Voet.

SEMINARS
The following single credit seminars may be
taken for credit towards a degree in Course or
combined with single credit courses to prepare
for Papers in the External Examination Pro­

88

gram.
Prerequisites: The preferred background for
students enrolled in any seminar is prior or

concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 10, 22,
32, 36, 44, and 45. W hen circumstances
warrant it, students will be permitted to enroll
in Chemistry 102b, 103b, or 108b without
satisfying the physical chemistry prerequisite,
and students will be permitted to enroll in
Chemistry 104b or 105b without satisfying
the organic chemistry prerequisite. However,
such students will be expected to do the extra
reading required for them to participate fully
in the discussions. Students wishing to enroll in
a seminar without first completing two semesters
each o f Physical Chemistry and Organic Chem­
istry must consult with the instructor.

10 2b. O rgan ic Reaction M ec ha n ism s
S e m in a r.
This course deals with the structures and
mechanisms o f reaction o f organic com­
pounds. Structural topics include bonding
theory, stability, and stereochemistry. Polar,
free-radical, pericydic, and photochemical
reactions are studied. Mechanistic discussions
emphasize methods o f investigation and the
interpretation o f experimental results from
the primary literature.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Fall semester. Hammons.

103b. O rg an ic S yn th e s is S e m in a r.
Modern organic synthetic methodology will
be studied, with an emphasis on carboncarbon bond formation, control o f relative
stereochemistry, and asymmetric synthesis.
The utility o f these techniques will be illus­
trated by various total syntheses o f biologi­
cally important natural products.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring semester.
Not offered 1987-88.

10 4b. T h e rm o d y n a m ic s and S ta tistical
M echan ics S e m in a r.
Topics to be studied will be selected from

more advanced aspects o f thermodynamics
and statistical mechanics including interac­
tions in the gaseous and liquid states, the
theory o f solutions, and chemical reaction
dynamics.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring semester. Thompson.

105b. Quantum C h e m is try S e m in a r.
Advanced consideration o f topics in quantum
chemistry including the harmonic oscillator,
angular momentum, time-independent and
time-dependent perturbation theory, the vari­
ation method, electron spin, and the elec­
tronic structure o f atoms and molecules.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi­
site: Mathematics 16A (or 16).
Fall semester. Stephenson.

106b. Inorganic C h e m is try S e m in a r.
The study o f topics to be selected from appli­
cations o f symmetry and group theory; transi­
tion metal chemistry; bonding; reaction mech­
anisms; spectroscopy; organometallic chemis­
try; bioinorganic chemistry; and solid state
chemistry.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring semester. Pasternack.

108b. Biological C h e m is try S e m in a r.
Selected topics in a few important areas of
current biochemistry, such as enzyme struc­
ture and function, spectroscopic methods,
receptor biochemistry, mechanisms o f trans­
criptional and translational control in proka­
ryotes and eukaryotes, chromosomal organi­
zation in eukaryotes, immunochemistry, and
membrane-associated phenomena.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi­
site: Chemistry 58. Prior or concurrent en­
rollment in Biology 20 or 21 is recommended.
Fall semester. Voet.

STUDENT RESEARCH
All students who enroll in one or more re­
search course during the academic year are
required to attend weekly colloquium meet­
ings and to present the results o f their work
during the spring semester.

9 4. Re se a rch P r o je c t
This course provides the opportunity for
qualified students to participate in research
with individual staff members. Periodic group
meetings o f all participants will allow inter-

89

Chem istry

change o f ideas on research plans, progress,
and results. Students who propose to take this
course should consult with the staff during
the preceding semester concerning problem
areas under study. This course may be elected
more than once.
E ach semester. Staff.

96. Re se a rch T h e s is .
Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be
provided with an option o f writing a senior
research thesis in lieu o f taking comprehensive
examinations. Students must apply for the
thesis option by the beginning o f the second
semester o f the junior year and are strongly
urged to participate in on-campus research
during the summer between their junior and
senior years. The student will form an ad­
visory committee to consist o f (but not be
limited to) two members o f the Chemistry
Department, one o f whom is to act as the
student’s research mentor. Whereas the de­
tails o f the research thesis program will be
determined by the committee and the student,
certain minimum requirements must be met

by all students selecting this option:
i) A minimum o f two credits o f Chemistry
9 6 to be taken during the last three semes­
ters o f the student’s residence at Swarthmore.
ii) A minimum o f eight Chemistry courses
other than Chem. 9 4 and/or Chemistry
96.
iii) A thesis based upon the student’s research
activity to be submitted prior to the last
week o f classes o f the final semester.
Guidelines for the preparation o f the
thesis will be provided to the student.
Each semester. Staff.

180. Re se a rch T h e s is .
An opportunity for students in the External
Examination program to participate in re­
search with individual staff members. The
thesis topic must be chosen in consultation
with some member o f the staff and approved
early in the semester preceding the one in
which the work is to be done.
Each semester. Staff.

Classics

H E L E N F. N O R T H , Professor and Chairman3
M A R T IN O S T W A LD , Professor
G ILB ER T P. R O S E , Professor and Acting Chairman
B A R B A R A B U R R E L L , Assistant Professor
W IL L IA M N . T U R P IN , Assistant Professor

The Department o f Classics offers instruction
in the various fields which constitute the
study o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses
numbered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the
Greek and Latin languages and literatures.
Courses numbered from 21 onwards presup­
pose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin
languages and are open (except for 42 and 44)
without prerequisite to all students; they deal
with the history, mythology, religion, archae­
ology, and other aspects o f the ancient world
and include the study o f classical literature in
translation.
Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri­
can Academy in Rome and the American
School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its

students have the privileges accorded to un­
dergraduates from contributing institutions
(use o f the library at both schools and consul­
tation with the staff). Swarthmore is also one
o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercol­
legiate Center for Classical Studies in Rome,
which provides facilities for the study o f
Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History.
Classics majors, recommended by the Depart­
ment, are eligible to study at the Center,
usually during their junior year, either for one
semester or for two. Students o f the classics
are eligible for the Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship
and the Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see
pp. 25 and 6 5 ).

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be
offered as a major subject either in the Course
Program or in the External Examination Pro­
gram, and as a minor subject in the latter
Program.
A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the
External Examination (Honors) Program or
in the Course Program should complete dur­
ing the first two years either Intermediate
Greek or Intermediate Latin.
In the Honors Program, a student majoring in
Greek is also expected to study Latin through
the intermediate level and a student majoring
in Latin is expected to study Greek through
the intermediate level before graduation.
Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in
the Honors Program should complete during
the first two years either Intermediate Greek
or Intermediate Latin.

A major in Greek or Latin in the Course
Program will consist o f the equivalent o f at
least 8 courses in the appropriate language
above the introductory level.
Students majoring in either the Honors Pro­
gram or the Course Program are required to
take for at least one semester a course in prose
composition (Greek 9, 10, or Latin 9 , 10).
In the Honors program, three or four papers
constitute a major in Greek or in Latin.
Normally all or all but one o f these will be
prepared for by seminars. Either Directed
Reading in a field in which a seminar is not
given (course 93 ), a thesis, or a course supple­
mented by additional independent work (i.e.,
an "attachment” ) may be used to prepare for
the remaining paper. A minimum o f two
papers constitutes a minor in Greek or in
Latin, at least one o f which must be prepared
for by a seminar.

3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

91

Classics

An Honors major in Ancient History will
consist o f (1 ) Classics 42, with attachment,
(2 ) Classics 44, with attachment, and (3 )
either or both o f the following: Greek 113,
Latin 102 (or 105). The prerequisite for Clas­
sics 42 is Classics 21 or 31; the prerequisite
for Classics 4 4 is Classics 32. For Greek 113
the prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate
Greek, for Latin 102 (or 105), one year of
Intermediate Latin.

A minor in Ancient History will normally
consist o f ( 1 ) and ( 2) above, with the specified
prerequisites.
A major in Ancient History in the Course
Program will consist o f (1 ) Classics 31 or 21,
(2 ) Classics 32, (3 ) Classics 42, with attach­
ment, (4 ) Classics 44, with attachment, and
either or both o f the following: Greek 113,
Latin 102 (or 105).

G reek
1 -2 . In ten sive F irs t-y e a r G re e k .
Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge of
Ancient Greek grammar sufficient to equip
the student to begin reading after one semes­
ter. It meets four days per week and carries 1V4
credits. Greek 2 (spring) is an introduction to
Greek literature. A major work o f the Classi­
cal period is read, usually a dialogue o f Plato.
It meets four days per week and carries VA
credits.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Year course. Rose.

9 ,1 0 . G re e k P ro s e C om p o sitio n .
Course meets one hour a week. A requirement
for majors, this course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
H alf course, one semester each year. Hot offered
1987-88. Staff.

1 1 . In term e diate G re e k Reading.
The main reading is Plato’s Apology.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Burrell.

12 . H o m e r.
Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey

are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem
is read in translation.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Ostwald.

19 . C o m p a ra tive G ra m m a r o f G re e k
and La tin .
(See listing under Linguistics 55, Dept, of
Linguistics.)

9 1. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

9 3. D irecte d Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only
to advanced students and may be taken only
with the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

95. A tta c h m e n t
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 50 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

L atin
1 -2 . In ten sive F irs t-y e a r La tin .
An intensive course which introduces Latin
grammar and vocabulary and emphasizes the
reading o f Latin texts from the outset. Read­
ings are based on original Roman authors at
a relatively early point and introduce impor-

92

tant aspects o f Roman culture and Latin litera­
ture.
The course meets four times a week and
carries 1 Vi credits each semester.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Year course. Turpin.

9 ,1 0 . La tin P ro s e C om position .
The development o f Latin prose style is stud­
ied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and exten­
sive translation o f English into Latin. A re­
quirement for majors, it is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate
level or above. The course meets one hour a
week.
H alf course. Turpin.

1 1 . Introduction to Rom an P o e try .
After a brief review o f grammar, students will
read and discuss major lyric and epic poets,
such as Catullus, Virgil, Horace, and Ovid.
This intermediate course is normally taken by
those who have had Latin in high school or
have completed Latin 2.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Rose.

12 . In term ediate La tin : C ic e ro .
An oration and selected letters. This course is
designed to introduce students to a great
historical and literary figure o f the Roman
Republic. It combines a study o f his major
political and literary achievements with a
careful analysis o f his prose style.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Staff.

13 . Lite ra tu re o f th e A u g u s ta n A g e .
The elegiac poetry o f Propertius and Ovid.
Consideration will be given to the importance
o f genre and imitation, the function o f humor,
the relation to the moral program o f Augus­

tus, and later responses to this literature
(particularly Marlowe and Ezra Pound).
Prerequisite: Latin 11, Advanced Placement
or equivalent.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Turpin.

14 . M ed ia e val La tin .
Works chosen from the principal types of
mediaeval Latin literature (including religious
and secular poetry, history and chronicles,
saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and roman­
ces) are studied in this course.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Staff.

9 1 . Sp e cial Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehen­
sive examinations.
Spring semester. Staff.

9 3. D irecte d Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only
to advanced students and may be taken only
with the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

95. A tta c h m e n t
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 50 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

A n cien t H isto ry and C ivilization
2 1. A n c ie n t G re e ce .
Greek thought, literature, and history from
the Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon
the interrelationships between the intellectual
currents and the social, econpmic, and po­
litical systems. Readings (in translation) in­
clude Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek
tragedy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures
and one discussion session per week. Satisfies
prerequisite requirement for Classics 42, for
a major or minor in Ancient History, and for
advanced courses in the Department o f His­
tory. Counts as part o f a major in History.
Primary distribution course ( 1 credit, Humani­
ties, 1 credit, Social Sciences).

Fall semester. Not offered 1987-88. Burrell, Rose.

3 1 . H is to ry o f G re e c e .
The course is devoted to the study o f the
political and social history o f the Greek states
to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. Spe­
cial attention is given to the 6th and 5th
centuries B.C. Considerable reading is done
in the primary sources in translation. Satisfies
same prerequisite requirements as Classics 21.
Primary distribution course, Social Sciences.
Fall semester. Ostwald.

32. Th e Rom an Republic and
A u g u s tu s .
A study o f Rome from its foundation through

93

Classics

the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14).
The following subjects will be considered in
detail: (1 ) The evolution o f the republican
constitution, (2 ) Rome’s wars o f expansion,
(3 ) The accompanying changes in Roman
Society and economy, (4 ) The Roman Revo­
lution, (5 ) The Augustan Principate.
Students will read the pertinent original sour­
ces in translation as well as a selection o f
modern viewpoints. There is no prerequisite.
Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics
44, for a major or minor in Ancient History,
and for advanced courses in the Department
o f History. Counts as part o f a major in His­
tory.
Primary distribution course, Social Sciences.
Spring semester. Turpin.

33. G re e k Lite ra tu re in Tra nsla tion .
The works studied in this course range in time
from Homer to Plato and Aristotle and in­
clude selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and
elegiac, and dramatic poetry, history, and
philosophy. Lectures on the historical and
cultural context supplement class discussion.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Rose.

35. La tin Lite ra tu re in T r a n s la tio n C la ssical and M e d ia e va l.
The works studied in this course range in time
from the age o f the Roman Republic to the
twelfth century after Christ. They include the
major authors o f the classical period, St.
Jerome and St. Augustine from the Latin
Fathers, and from the Middle Ages, Boethius,
Prudentius, the chief figures o f the Carolingian Renaissance, and the writers o f Mediaeval
Latin hymns and secular poetry.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1987-88. North.

3 6 . C la ssical M yth o lo g y in Lite ra tu re
and A r t
A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek
and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s
Odyssey to the M etam orphoses o f Ovid and
Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works
o f art inspired by mythical figures and cycles,
but also to ancient sites connected with diem.
Given in alternate years.
Fall semester. Not offered 1987-88. North.

3 7 . Topics in G re e k and R o m an Religion.
A study o f selected issues basic to the under­
standing o f religion in ancient society: the

94

gods, representative cults, festivals and rituals,
beliefs about the afterlife, types o f sacrifice,
oracles and prophecy, the interaction o f phi­
losophy and religion, and the social context o f
early Christianity. There are no prerequisites.
Readings are in translation. Cross-listed as
Religion 37.
Fall semester. Not offered 1987-88. North.

38. Th e A p o sto lic A g e .
(See listing under Religion 16, Dept, o f Reli­
gion).

4 2 . G re e ce in the Fifth C en tu ry R .C .
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f
primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the
end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special em­
phasis is placed on the political, social, and
economic institutions o f the Athenian de­
mocracy and on the problems o f the Delian
League, both internal and in its relation to the
Greek and non-Greek world. W ith an attach­
ment Classics 42 prepares for an honors paper
in Ancient History. It counts toward a major
in History.
The course is normally given in alternate
years.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. Ostwald.

4 4 . Th e E a rly Rom an Em p ire .
A detailed study, using primary sources, o f
the political, economic, social, and cultural
history o f the Roman world from the fall o f
the Republic through the Antonine Age (50
B.C.-A .D. 192). W ith an attachment Classics
4 4 prepares for an honors paper in Ancient
History. It counts toward a major in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Turpin.

4 5 . G re e k Political T h e o ry .
A study o f Greek political concepts and insti­
tutions as a background to the political
thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle,
on which the major attention o f this course is
focused.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Ostwald.

5 1 . A n In troduction to A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course focuses on the discipline o f ar­
chaeology and its place in the wider fields o f
the humanities and social sciences. Among
the topics covered will be field techniques,
methods o f dating, analysis o f archaeological

data and problems o f interpretation.
This course fulfills requirements in the Social
Science distribution group, and is cross-listed
as Sociology and Anthropology 51.
Fail semester. Burrell.

52. Introduction to G re e k
A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course traces the development o f Greek
civilization as documented by archaeology,
and includes data ranging from monumental
art and architecture to coins and potsherds.
There is special emphasis on such important
sites as Knossos, Mycenae, Delphi, Olympia,
and Athens. There are no prerequisites.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88. Burrell.

53. Introduction to Rom an
A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course focuses on the monuments and
material remains o f the ancient city o f Rome.
Its chief aim is to trace Rome’s growth from
a village o f huts on the Tiber River to the
capital and showplace o f a great empire, while
also observing the interaction between Roman
society and the urban framework which the
Romans built to accommodate, symbolize,
and glorify that society. There are no prereq­
uisites.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Burrell.

54. Th e A r t and S cie n ce o f
A n c ie n t C oin s.
W ith the assistance o f actual coins from the
Swarthmore collections, students learn nu­
mismatic techniques and how to apply them

to problems o f history, economy, and stylistic
development. They are also encouraged to
choose a special topic to present in class.
Because o f the difficulties in presenting such
small objects, enrollment will be limited to 10.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88. Burrell.

8 2. Th e A n c ie n t Th e a tre .
A representative selection o f Greek and
Roman drama, both tragedy and comedy, will
be read in translation, together with the Poetics
o f Aristotle, and there will be a study o f
ancient dramatic production and the physical
remains o f Greek and Roman theatres.
Given in alternate years.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88. North.'

9 1. Special Topics.
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual
seniors in preparation for their comprehen­
sive examination in Ancient History.
Spring semester. Staff.

93. D irecte d Reading.
A program o f independent work under the
supervision o f the instructor. It is open only
to advanced students and may be taken only
with the consent o f the Department chairman.
Staff.

95. A tta c h m e n t
Additional, independent work attached to ftn
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 50 (Formats o f Instruction).
Staff.

SEMINARS
10 2. T h e A g e o f N e ro .

105. T h e A g e o f C ic e ro .

This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin
authors writing about the reign o f Nero (Taci­
tus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value o f the
works as historical evidence and their literary
merits will be considered.
Fall semester. Burrell.

This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s
speeches, letters, and philosophical works in
the context o f the history and thought o f the
final years o f the Republic. In addition, works
o f Sallust and Caesar wilfbe studied for their
historical evidence and their differing prose
styles.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Turpin.

103. La tin Ep ic.
This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the
following: Lucretius’ De Rerum N atura, Vir­
gil’s Aeneid, Ovid’s Metamorphoses.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Rose.

1 0 7 . H o ra c e : L y r ic and H e xa m e te r
P o e try .
The seminar emphasizes the O des and Epopes

95

Classics

and their place in the tradition o f Greek and
Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to
the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars
Poetica, and to their importance for the history
o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is
made to grasp the totality of Horace’s achieve­
ment in the context o f the Augustan Age.
Spring semester. Turpin.

the development o f Greek epic.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88. North.

113 . G re e k H isto ria n s.
This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodo­
tus and Thucydides, both as examples of
Greek historiography and as sources for
Greek history.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Turpin.

l i t . G re e k Ph ilo so p h ers.

1 1 4 . G re e k D ram a.

This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of
Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the
pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle
and the Hellenistic schools. The orientation
o f the seminar is primarily philosophical,
although the literary merits o f the Greek
philosophers receive consideration.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Ostwald.

The whole body of extant Greek tragedies and
comedies is studied, with a careful reading in
the original language o f one play by each of
the major dramatists.
Spring semester. Rose.

1 1 2 . G re e k Ep ic.
This seminar will study primarily Homer’s
Odyssey. Selections from Hesiod and Apollo­
nius will also be read, with some attention to

115 . G re e k Elegiac and L y ric P o e try .
The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and
lyric is studied, with attention to the political
and social background, and to the relation of
these literary types to epic and dramatic po­
etry.
Fall semester. Ostwald.

Com puter Science

C H A R L E S F. K E L E M E N , Professor and Program Director3 9
DAVID S A U N D E R S , Associate Professor3
4
M A R G A R E T C H R IS T E N S E N , Assistant Professor and Acting Director
Committee: T h o m a s R la c kb u m (English)
NelSOn M acke n (Engineering)
J . Ed w a rd S ke a th (Mathematics)

a stu dent to be appointed

Computer Science is the study o f algorithms
and the issues involved in implementing them.
This includes the study o f computer systems,
methods to specify algorithms (for people
and computer systems), and the formulation
o f theories and models to aid in the under­
standing and analysis o f the properties o f al­
gorithms, computing systems, and their inter­
relationship.
The Computer Science Program is designed to
provide students with a flexible set o f offerings
in computing that can be tailored to satisfy
interests in various areas and at several levels
o f depth. All the courses emphasize the un­
derlying, fundamental concepts o f computer
science, treating today’s languages and systems
as current examples o f the underlying concepts.

Students from any discipline who are inter­
ested in an introduction to computer science
should take CS 15: Introduction to Computer
Science. For a deeper, more formal introduc­
tion, they should continue with Math 9: Dis­
crete Mathematics, and CS 35: Fundamental
Structures o f Computer Science. Students
with sufficient previous experience in com­
puter science may skip CS 15 by passing a
placement exam. The concentration in com­
puter science is designed for students who
desire a coherent introduction to the core
topics in the field. Students completing the
concentration will possess a number o f intel­
lectual skills useful in many disciplines.

CONCENTRATION IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
The concentration in computer science can be
combined with any major in the college. It will
provide students with a well-rounded back­
ground in computer science sufficient to allow
them to develop significant, creative applica­
tions in their major area o f interest and to
keep up with the rapid changes in the field of
computer science. Students interested in a
Concentration in Computer Science should
submit a concentration proposal for approval
by the Computer Science Committee by the
end o f their sophomore year. Both the stu­
dent’s major advisor and the Director o f the
Computer Science Program should be con­
sulted when writing such a proposal. W hile
some flexibility is possible, the requirements

for the concentration in computer science will
usually consist o f six courses selected as fol­
lows:
Each of: CS 15: Introduction to Computer
Science; Math 9: Discrete Mathematics; CS 35:
Fundamental Structures o f Computer Sci­
ence.
Two of: Engin 22: Computer Organization;
CS 41: Data Structures and Algorithms; CS
43: Foundations o f Programming Language
Design; CS 46: Theory o f Computation.
One of: the remaining courses from the cate­
gory above (i.e., CS 4 1 ,4 3 ,4 6 , or Engin 2 2 );
Engin 25: Laboratory Computer Applica-

3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.
4 Fall semester, 1987.
9 Joint appointment with mathematics.

97

Com puter Science

tions; CS 40: Computer Graphics; CS 56:
Foundations o f Concurrent Programming and
Operating System Design; CS 63: Artificial
Intelligence; Math 67: Numerical Methods;
Math 73: Mathematical Algorithms; CS 75:
Principles o f Compiler Design and Construc­
tion; CS 91: Special Topics in Computer
Science; CS 93: Directed Reading or Project.
Note: In certain cases, especially well-prepared
Engineering students may be permitted to
substitute Engin 11 and Math 16 for CS 15

and Math 9.
A comprehensive experience is also required.
This requirement may be satisfied by com­
pleting a senior paper and/or project. W ith
the approval o f appropriate committees, such
a project may be used to satisfy more that,
onecomprehensive requirement. For example,
appropriate Engineering 9 0 projects may be
used to satisfy the comprehensive require­
ments for both an Engineering major and a
Computer Science concentration.

SPECIAL MAJORS
Students desiring to integrate computer sci­
ence with another discipline or with several
disciplines in a more formal manner are en­
couraged to develop a Special Major combin­
ing computer science and the other area(s).
Such Special Majors are subject to the appro­
val o f both the student’s major department
and the Computer Science Committee and
should be developed in consultation with the
director o f the computer science program and

the chairman o f the other department in­
volved. These consultations should be carried
out as early in the student’s program as pos­
sible. While considerable flexibility is poss­
ible, in most cases the computer science part
o f such a Special Major will have the same
requirements as the concentration except that
the senior paper and/or project will be taken
for one or two credits.

MINORS FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATION
For students electing to take a minor in Com­
puter Science under the external examination
requirements, the Computer Science Com-

mittee may, in some cases, approve certain
combinations o f two computer science courses
to constitute a two-credit paper.

GRADUATE STUDY
Students interested in graduate study in Com­
puter Science will be well prepared by major­
ing in Mathematics or Engineering and com­
pleting selected Computer Science courses.
The choice o f the appropriate major and
computing courses will depend on the stu­
dent’s interests and should be made in consul­
tation with the director o f the Computer
Science Program. Other majors are also rea-

sonable for students with special interests. For
example, a major in Linguistics or Psychology
might be appropriate for a student interested
in artificial intelligence. In such cases, students
should consult as early as possible with the
director o f the program in order to be sure of
taking the mathematics and computing courses
necessary to be prepared for graduate work in
Computer Science.

COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES
(Courses numbered above 4 0 will be offered
in alternate years.)

98

15 . In troduction to C om p u te r S cie nce .
This course is an introduction to computer

science for students from all disciplines. The
major emphasis o f the course is on problem
solving and algorithm development. Students
are introduced to the Pascal programming
language and gain proficiency in it by writing
programs to solve a number o f illustrative
problems. Students are also informally intro­
duced to many topics in computer science
including: hardware organization; system soft­
ware; programming style and documentation;
program testing and verification; fundamental
data structures such as arrays, records, and
linked lists; basic algorithms for searching and
sorting; analysis o f algorithms; computability;
and artificial intelligence.
Prerequisite: Some computing experience such
as Computing from the User’s End (Physics
2) or its equivalent.
Frequently offered as a primary distribution
course.
Each semester. Staff.

35. Fundam ental S tru c tu re s o f
C om pute r S cie nce .
This course completes the broad introduction
to computer science begun in CS 15 and
provides a general background for further
study in the field. Topics to be covered in­
clude: data structures (linked lists, trees, etc.)
and algorithms, organization o f computer sys­
tems and assembly language programming, an
introduction to the theory o f computation
and formal languages, and alternative pro­
gramming languages. A brief survey o f areas
o f research interest in computer science will
also be presented. Students will be expected
to complete a number o f programming pro­
jects illustrating the concepts presented.
Prerequisites: CS 15 and Math 9. In some
cases, with the permission o f the instructor,
Engin 11 and Math 16 can be substituted.
Each semester. Christensen.

40. C om p u te r G ra p h ics.
Cross-listed with Physics 4 0 (cf. Physics).

rithms and their associated data structures.
Topics to be covered include: abstract data
types, arrays, pointers, linked lists, stacks,
queues, trees (including balanced trees),
graphs, searching and sorting, and algorithms
and data structures appropriate for external
storage media like magnetic disks and tapes.
The impact o f several models o f parallel com­
putation on the design o f algorithms and data
structures will be presented. Students will be
expected to complete several programming
projects in the course.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Alternate years. Next offered fa ll 1988.

4 3 . Foundations o f Prog ram m in g
Language Design.
A study o f the organization and structure of
modern programming languages with an em­
phasis on semantic issues. Topics include:
specifying syntax and semantics, conventional
and abstract data types, control structures,
procedural languages, functional languages,
other classes o f languages, program correct­
ness, concurrency and synchronization, lan­
guage design and evaluation, implementation
issues.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
A lternate years. Fall semester.
B. David Saunders

46. T h e o ry o f C om putation.
The study o f various models o f computation
leading to a characterization o f the kinds o f
problems that can and cannot be solved by a
computer and, for those problems that can be
solved, a means o f classifying them with re­
spect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics
to be covered include: formal languages and
finite state devices, Turing machines and other
models o f computation, computability, and
complexity.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
A lternate years. Spring semester. Staff.

4 1. Data S tru c tu re s and A lg o rith m s .

56. C o n cu rre n t P ro g ra m m in g and
Operating S y s te m Design.

This course is a continuation o f the study o f
the basic data structures and algorithms found
to be useful in many diverse areas. This study
was begun informally in CS 15 and continued
in CS 35. The approach here is more formal
both with respect to the correctness o f the
algorithms and with respect to the time and
space resources required for the various algo­

This course introduces the issues involved in
programming and synchronizing several pro­
cesses that will run concurrently. It also pre­
sents the concepts found to be important in
the design o f modern operating systems. A
small operating system will be designed in the
course and students will have the opportunity
to modify the design and implement the op-

99

Com puter Science

erating system using appropriate high level
tools. Topics to be covered include: specifica­
tion o f concurrency, synchronization and com­
munication primitives, monitors, memory
mangement (including virtual memory), sched­
uling, process management, and file systems.
A brief survey o f concurrent programming
languages and current operating systems will
be presented.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
A lternate years beginning fa ll semester 1989.

6 3. A rtific ia l Intelligence.
This course will emphasize many o f the basic
abstractions and algorithms found to be useful
in the field o f Artificial Intelligence. Topics
will include: production systems; search strate­
gies including heuristic searching and applica­
tions to game playing; the predicate calculus
and automated reasoning including applica­
tions to robot planning and expert systems; an
introduction to some o f the computational
approaches to knowledge representation,
natural language understanding, and learning.
W hile the emphasis o f the course will be on
ideas and algorithms, students will be exposed
to the programming languages LISP and
PROLOG and expected to implement several
Artificial Intelligence programs in these lan­
guages.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
A lternate years. Next offered spring 1989.

100

7 5 . P rin cip le s o f C om p ile r Design
and C on stru ctio n.
This course presents an introduction to the
design and construction o f language transla­
tors for procedure oriented programming
languages. Topics include: formal grammars,
lexical analysis and finite automata, syntax
analysis and pushdown automata, LL and LR
parsing, semantic analysis and table handling,
error detection and recovery, code generation
and optimization, compiler writing tools. There
will be an ongoing programming project that
will culminate in a compiler for a small but
not trivial programming language.
Prerequisite: CS 35 and permission o f the
instructor.
Alternate years. Next offered fa ll 1988.

9 1 . Special Topics in C om p u te r S cie nce .
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and only offered when staff
interests and availability make it practicable
to do so.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.

93. Directed Reading a n d /o r
Re se a rch Pro je c t.
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f reading and/or a proj­
ect in an area o f computer science.

Econom ies

R O B IN S O N G . H O L L IS T E R , J R ., Professor and Chair
FR ED ER IC L P R Y O R , Professor (part-time)
B E R N A R D S A F F R A N , Professor
F. M . S C H E R E R , Professor
L A R R Y W E S T P H A L , Professor
S T E P H E N S . G O LU B , Associate Professor
M A R K K U P E R B E R G , Associate Professor
E L L E N M A G E N H E IM , Assistant Professor
L E A H S M IT H , Lecturer«
J A C K T O P IO L , Visiting Lecturer3
The courses in economics have three main
goals: ( 1 ) to provide insight into the processes
and accompanying institutions through which
productive activity is organized; (2) to develop
a set o f tools for analyzing economic processes
and institutions; and (3) to build a foundation
for reaching informed judgments on issues of
public policy.
Economics 1-2 or its equivalent is a prerequi­
site to all other work in the Department. Both
semesters must be successfully completed for
credit to be obtained.
All majors in economics must take Economics
4 (Statistics for Economists) or its equivalent
such as Mathematics 13 or 23 (Mathematics
1-2 does not meet the requirement). The
Statistics for Economists course focuses
mainly upon the application o f statistical tools
to economic problems; the Mathematics De­
partment statistics courses emphasize the prop­
erties o f statistical estimators.
In order to read the literature in economics
critically, a knowledge o f elementary calculus
is extremely helpful. We strongly recommend
that students take Mathematics 5 and 6 (dif­
ferential and integral calculus) or equivalent.
Math 16 and 18 are useful for persons intend­
ing to focus on more technical aspects of
economics.
Students contemplating careers in interna­
tional economics or business are also strongly

advised to have a mastery o f at least one
modern foreign language.
To graduate as a major in course, students
must have at least eight credits in economics,
must meet the statistics requirement, and
must pass the comprehensive examination
given in the Spring semester o f their senior
year. To be prepared for the comprehensive,
course students must complete Economics 20
and Economics 59 before the second semester
o f their senior year.
For students who wish to seek secondary
teaching certification in the social sciences
there are two normal routes. One o f these is
through a major in the social sciences, plus
four to six semesters o f courses in other social
sciences. Students majoring in history, politi­
cal science, and sociology-anthropology are
required to take at least four courses outside
their major; students majoring in economics
and psychology are required to take six. The
other route to certification is by taking at least
twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f
which six must normally be in one discipline
and at least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or nonWestem subject matter are required.

1 -2 . In troduction to Ec o n o m ics .
This course is designed both to afford the

general student a comprehensive survey and

4 Fall semester, 1987.
5 Spring semester, 1988.

101

Econom ics

to provide students doing further work with
a foundation on which to build.
The first semester course describes the organi­
zation o f the economic system and analyzes
the allocation o f resources and the distribu­
tion o f income.
Fall semester.
The second semester course deals with the
problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone­
tary and fiscal policy, the determination o f
national income, and international economic
relations. Some or all sections will count for
primary distribution credit.
Spring semester.
Students will be able to take Economics 2 as
a primary distribution course. Those wishing
to do so must inform the department in the
Fall semester o f their intention.
Students must take Economics 2 to receive
credit for Economics 1. Only Economics 2
will count for primary distribution credit.

3. Acc ou n tin g
The purpose o f this course is to equip the
student with the rudiments o f accounting
needed for advanced work in business finance,
banking, taxation, and public regulation.
(This course does not satisfy the distribution
requirements.)
Spring semester. Topiol.

4 . S ta tis tic s fo r Ec o n o m ists.
The primary focus o f this course is on the
understanding o f how simple and multiple
regression can be used to estimate magnitudes
in economic relationships, e.g., elasticities,
and tests o f hypotheses about these magni­
tudes. The course also covers elements o f
probability, sampling distributions, and deci­
sion theory. No mathematics prerequisite ex­
cept high school algebra. An introduction to
selected elements o f calculus and linear alge­
bra used for quantitative methods in econom­
ics is contained in the course. As this course
will include problem solving using the com­
puter, students taking it must also take Eco­
nomics 5 (unless they have taken or are taking
the equivalent course in other disciplines).
F all semester. Hollister.

5 . Com puting fro m th e U s e r’s
Poin t o f V ie w .
(Also listed as Physics 2 .) This will be offered

102

as a Vi credit workshop. Participants will
attend the lectures given under Physics 2 and
one weekly workshop applying computing
procedures directly to problems o f economic
analysis. Computing topics introduced are:
text and file creation and editing, runoff,
graphics, simple programming techniques,
statistical packages, bibliographic search, and
data base handling. Vi unit.
Fall semester. Hollister.

1 1 . Ec on o m ic D e v e lo p m e n t
A survey o f development economics covering
both the principal theories o f economic de­
velopment and the dominant issues o f public
policy. W ithin a perspective that emphasizes
the role o f technological change, particular
emphasis is given to agricultural and industrial
development, to interactions among sectors,
and to international trade and capital flows
(including foreign aid). Students write two
short papers, one to compare two countries
having dissimilar development experiences
and the other to examine a key issue o f their
choice in some depth.
Spring semester. Westphal.

12 . Ec o n o m e tric s.
A survey o f fundamental econometric meth­
ods emphasizing application. Some empirical
work will be required.
Prerequisite: Economics 4.
Fall semester. Hollister.

14 . C u rre n t Iss u e s in Econ om ic P o lic y .
For students who have taken Economics 1 and
2 and would like to see further applications of
these principles to issues o f current economic
policy. Topics will be drawn from both micro
and macro in the areas o f budget and tax
policy, stabilization policy, energy policy, in­
ternational economics policy, industrial pol­
icy. Specific issues might include natural gas
deregulation, tax reforms, U S international
competitiveness, the international debt crisis,
the budget deficit dilemma, the choice o f an
exchange rate regime, and the monetary/fiscal
policy mix.
N ot offered 1987-88.

15 . In ve s tm e n ts.
This course will deal with the operation of
financial markets from three different per­
spectives. First, from the viewpoint o f the
individual investor, investment alternatives

and strategies will be studied, with special
emphasis on the stock market. The second
perspective will be that o f a business enter­
prise. Key topics here are the capital budgeting
decision and alternative sources o f capital.
Third, from a public policy viewpoint certain
issues concerning the link between financial
markets and resource allocation will be stud­
ied. Two specific issues in this category are (1)
the connection between the stock market and
capital formation, (2 ) housing and financial
markets.
Spring semester. Magenheim.

16 . W om en and M in o ritie s in
th e Ec o n o m y.
This course will explore the experience of
women and minorities in the U S economy,
using a variety o f analytical and institutional
approaches. Topics will include: historical
context, labor force participation decisions,
economic theories o f the labor market,
explanations o f differences in wages (dis­
crimination, human capital, occupational
segregation), and macroeconomic issues (un­
employment, income distribution, and govern­
ment taxation and transfer programs as they
relate to women and minorities). Students
will analyze differences among groups in the
economy using SPSSX routines. No prior
knowledge o f SPSSX is assumed. (Crosslisted with Black Studies, Women’s Studies).
Not offered 1987-88.

18. M o n e y , Banking, and the Ec o n o m y.
This course will examine the behavior of
financial markets and their connection to real
economic activity, using a combination o f
analytical and institutional perspectives.
Among the topics to be considered are (1 ) the
structure o f U .S. financial markets: the
bankng system, the bond and stock markets,
etc.; (2 ) the Federal Reserve System and the
conduct o f monetary policy; (3 ) monetarism;
(4 ) interest rates, monetary policy, and infla­
tion; (5 ) rationality and irrationality in finan­
cial markets; (6 ) international financial rela­
tions; the Eurodollar market, the foreign
exchange market, and international lending.
Fall semester. Golub.

19 . Ec on o m ics o f the En viro n m e n t and
N atu ra l R e so u rce s.
M icro and macroeconomic theory applied to
problems o f the environment and natural

resources. Long run implications o f resource
use for economic growth, evaluation o f alter­
native uses o f natural environment and
methods o f pollution control. Government
response to situations involving externalities,
public goods and common property re­
sources. Case studies o f air pollution, recrea­
tion versus mineral or fuel development on
public lands, the fishing industry and offshore
petroleum development.
Not offered 1987-88.

20. Ec on o m ic T h e o ry .
Provides a thorough grounding in intermedi­
ate-level microeconomics, both theory and
application. The standard topics are covered
(order indicates sequence): behavior o f the
consumer and the firm, product market struc­
ture and performance, factor markets and
income distribution, general equilibrium and
welfare analysis, public economics. Students
do extensive problem solving to facilitate the
learning o f theory and to see practical appli­
cations.
Fall semester. Westphal.

2 2 . Pu blic Fina nc e.
This course focuses on government expendi­
ture, tax, and debt policy. A major part o f the
course is devoted to an analysis o f current
policy issues in their institutional and theo­
retical contexts. The course will be o f most
interest to students with an interest in eco­
nomic policy and its interaction with politics.
Spring semester. Saffran.

2 4 . Th e Ec o n o m ics o f In d u s try .
Through a series o f case studies, the strategic
responses o f firms and industries to their
market and policy environments are analyzed.
Emphasis is on the pricing, technological in­
novation, and marketing behavior o f firms
and on such government policy instruments
as import restrictions, price controls and sub­
sidies, antitrust, and patent policy.
Fall semester. Scherer.

25 . La b o r Ec o n o m ics .
This course will address the functioning of
labor markets and how they are affected by
institutions, social attitudes, and changing
structure o f the national and international
economy. Among the topics dealt with are:
the causes and effects o f the changing supply
o f labor by women, youth, older persons; the

103

Econom ics

changing role o f unions; the determinants o f
levels o f employment and unemployment; the
determinants o f wage levels and wage differen­
tials; extent and effects o f discrimination; the
role o f education and training; how govern­
ment regulations and training and employ­
ment programs have and should affect labor
markets. Some contrasts are drawn between
U .S. and European experience and between
labor problems in developed and developing
countries.
Spring semester. Hollister.

26 . S ocial Ec o n o m ics .
The extent, consequences, and causes o f pov­
erty and economic inequality; an appraisal o f
reforms in income support programs, medical
care, education, housing, and rural and ghetto
development; the economics o f discrimina­
tion.
Not offered 1987-88.

porary international economic problems;
tariffs and non-tariff barriers, common
markets, multinational corporations, interna­
tional oil, gold, inflation, and the future o f the
international monetary system.
Spring semester. Golub.

3 1 . C o m p a ra tive Econ om ic S y s te m s .
This course focuses on the methods by which
different economic systems can be analyzed.
Considerable attention is paid to the structure
and performance o f nations with different
economic systems and on the origins o f se­
lected economic institutions. Particular em­
phasis is placed on the study o f the Soviet
Union, China, and Yugoslavia. Methods o f
drawing inferences using the comparative
method are explored.
Fall semester. Pryor.

4 1 . U rb a n Ec on o m ics.

This course analyzes the logic and effective­
ness o f various regulatory instruments by
which the government seeks to affect the
structure and performance o f major indus­
tries. The principal topics will be antitrust
policy, economic regulation o f natural monop­
oly industries, regulation and deregulation o f
industries blending monopoly and competi­
tive elements, and the "social” regulation o f
pollution, occupational safety, and consumer
information.
Not offered 1987-88;

This course analyzes the structure and evolu­
tion o f urban economies in the United States.
It takes the representative American city as
the primary unit o f analysis and shows how it
has evolved through time as a result o f the
interaction o f socioeconomic forces, techno­
logical change, and public policy. The role of
government in this process is examined in
depth, with emphasis on the policy areas of
housing, land use control, transportation, and
public finance. Particular attention will be
paid throughout the course to the historical
experience o f Philadelphia.
Not offered 1987-88.

28 . Technological Change and
Ec on o m ic G ro w th

4 2 . H ealth P o lic y.

2 7 . G o ve rn m e n t Regulation o f In d u s try.

An exploration o f how technological change
affects economic growth, with emphasis on
such institutions as academic science and
industrial research and development. Covers
production function analysis, induced inno­
vation, the patent system, government R&.D
program conduct, and macrodynamic phe­
nomena.
Spring semester. Scherer.

30. Th e International Ec o n o m y.
The course consists o f a brief introduction to
the historical development and institutional
structure o f the international economy and an
introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­
cial policy, and balance o f payments adjust­
ment. These tools are used to analyze contem­

104

(Also listed as Political Science 4 2 .) Analysis
o f government policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions
and resource allocation, and major alterna­
tives for action. Central topics are the organi­
zation o f health care delivery (roles and views
o f physicians, nurses, administrators, patients
and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state,
and local governments, quasi-public authori­
ties, and interest groups; technical and politi­
cal aspects o f health insurance alternatives;
health manpower (medical and nursing
schools, para-professionals); biomedical re­
search programs. Students wishing to take
this course should consult in advance with the
instructors. Prior work in at least two o f the
following will be helpful: Economics 1-2, 4,

26; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1;
Engineering 4, 32.
Not offered 1987-88.

48. Ec o n o m ic s , Ju s tic e , and L a w .
The purpose o f this course is to explore the
premises behind the use o f utilitarian con­
structs in the analysis o f public policy issues.
In particular, the appropriateness o f the grow­
ing utilization o f economic methodology will
be examined through an intensive study of
issues in law and distributive justice. The
necessary background in welfare economics
will be developed as needed.
Fall semester. Kuperberg.

49 . A m e ric a n Ec on o m ic H is to ry .
Survey o f American economic development
from the colonial settlement to the New Deal.
Explores the transition from a colonial sys­
tem, based on agricultural exports within the
mercantile system, to an advanced, industrial­
ized economy supported by a vast internal
market. Emphasis on i) the role o f agriculture
in the process o f economic development, in
particular a comparative analysis o f the plan­
tation system o f the South and the system o f
family farming in the North, ii) the changing
industrial structure after the Civil War as a
consequence of the growth o f the large-scale,
vertically integrated corporation, and iii) the
political and social bases o f economic devel­
opment, with particular attention to the Ameri­
can Revolution, the Civil War, the new Deal
and the evolution o f the legal system, and the
political responses to industrialization.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6 ,
or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1987-88.

50. W estern Ec on o m ic H is to ry .
This course examines the evolution o f the
economy from prehistory to our own time. It
surveys demographic, agricultural, industrial,
commercial, technological, and organizational
developments; and it uses economic analysis
to explore their interconnections.
Not offered 1987-88.

5 7 . O pe ratio n s R e se a rch .
(Also listed as Engineering 57.) The principles
of operations research as applicable to defin­
ing optimum solutions o f engineering and

financial problems as an aid to managerial
decision making. Probability and probability
distributions, reliability, random number
simulation, queuing theory, linear program­
ming, dynamic programming, allocation and
transportation theory. The working principles
o f engineering economy are introduced and
combined with operations research topics.
Normally for junior and senior students.
Fall semester. McGarity.

59. M acro eco n o m ic T h e o ry and
S ta b iliza tio n P o lic y.
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition of aggregate output, employ­
ment, prices and interest rates. Analysis of
conflicting views o f the relationship between
inflation and unemployment and o f the proper
role o f government stabilization policy.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.

6 7 . S o cial In su rance and W elfare
P o lic y .
(Also listed as Political Science 67 .) The
principal American policies and programs
dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and
economic insecurity, and the prospects and
options for reform in this field. Topics in­
clude: Social Security, national health insur­
ance, unemployment compensation, and wel­
fare reform. The various public objectives
and methods o f income support and related
social services, as well as certain contextual or
alternative programs and regulatory policies.
Conceptions o f "welfare” ; economic, social,
political, and administrative or professional
considerations in policy; historical and com­
parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or
double-credit seminar for students in the
Public Policy Concentration and open for
single credit to others who have taken appro­
priate Public Policy prerequisites, or who
have received permission o f the instructors.
Not offered 1987-88.

7 3 . H is to ry o f Ec on o m ic T h o u g h t
An examination o f classical political economy
(Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis
on the origins o f economic analysis in the
tradition o f political theory and the structure
and development o f classical thought.
Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or permission
o f the instructor.
Not offered 1987-88.

105

Econom ies

9 1. Political Ec o n o m y o f
M acro e co n o m ic P o lic y .
(Also listed as Political Science 6 9 .) Focus on
the congressional and administrative pro­
cesses by which macroeconomic policy is
formulated, approved, and implemented.
Not offered 1987-88.

93. Directed Reading.
W ith the consent o f a supervising instructor,
individual or group study in fields o f interest
not covered by regular course offerings.
Fall or spring. Staff.

SEMINARS
10 1. Pu blic Fina nc e.

105. International Ec on o m ics.

This seminar focuses on the analysis o f gov­
ernment expenditure, tax, and debt policy.
Spring semester. Safffan.

Theory and policy o f international economic
relations. The theory o f international trade
and balance o f payments adjustment. Com­
mercial policy o f tariffs and non-tariff bar­
riers. Common markets, customs unions, and
regional economic integration. Multinational
enterprise and economic imperialism. The
world monetary system, international infla­
tion, and the international economics o f oil.
Spring semester. Golub.

10 2. M acro e co n o m ic T h e o ry
and S ta b iliza tio n P o lic y .
(formerly Economic Stability and Growth)
The theory o f the determination o f the level
and composition o f aggregate output, em­
ployment, prices and interest rates. Analysis
o f conflicting views o f the relationship be­
tween inflation and unemployment and o f the
proper role o f government stabilization pol­
icy. Special topics include microfoundations
o f macroeconomics and economic growth.
Spring semester. Kuperberg.

103. Ec on o m ic T h e o ry .
This seminar provides the theoretical back­
ground for the more advanced economic the­
ory seminars. Both microeconomics (8 weeks)
and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are covered.
Fall and spring semester. Safffan.

10 4. T h e o ry and M od els fo r
P o lic y A n a ly s is .
Provides in-depth appreciation o f modern
economic theory. Useful as "prep” course for
advanced studies in economics, but designed
for anyone wanting greater understanding o f
theory and o f uses in policy and descriptive
analyses. Topics: a) computable general equi­
librium models which emphasize allocative
efficiency—for evaluation tax/trade and dis­
tributional issues; b ) evolutionary models
which focus on long-run dynamics—for un­
derstanding sources o f economic growth and
causes o f economic backwardness.
Prerequisites: Econ 103 (can be waived on
professor’s approval).
Spring semester. Westphal.

106

106. C o m p a ra tive Ec on o m ic S y s te m s .
This seminar focuses on the methods by
which economic systems can be analyzed.
Considerable attention is paid to the structure
and performance o f nations with particular
economic systems. Special case studies are
made o f the U .S.S.R ., China, and Yugoslavia;
briefer case studies are madç o f several capi­
talist economies o f Western Europe. Causal
forces underlying the origins and development
o f particular economic institutions are also
discussed. The seminar also covers questions
o f convergence o f important economic insti­
tutions, influences o f ideology on the opera­
tion o f the system, and forces underlying
changes in both capitalist, market and social­
ist, centrally administered economies.
Fall semester. Pryor.

1 0 7 . La b o r and S ocial Ec o n o m ics .
Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor
and labor markets; education, medical care,
housing, discrimination. Determinants of wages
and income inequality, government policies
with respect to labor relations, health, educa­
tion, and welfare.
Spring semester. Hollister.

108. Ec o n o m e tric s.
Econometric theory and empirical studies.
An empirical research paper is required.

Prerequisites: Mathematics 6 and Economics
103.
Fall semester. Hollister.

and Quesnay) to Keynes. Permission o f in­
structor required.
Not offered 1987-88.

109. Econ om ic D e ve lo p m e n t

115 . Ec on o m ic H is to ry .

A survey o f the principal issues in economic
development. Topic coverage is similar to that
in Econ 11. More emphasis is given here to the
theoretical underpinnings o f distinct ap­
proaches to isolating and understanding the
"stylized facts” and to formulating prescrip­
tions for enhanced development performance.
Students write several short papers surveying
opposing original contributions to the identi­
fication and analysis o f selected issues. A
longer paper analyzing one country’s contem­
porary development experience is also re­
quired.
Fall semester. Westphal.

This seminar surveys demographic, agricul­
tural, industrial, commercial, and organiza­
tional developments in the Western economy
from prehistory to our own time. Special
attention is devoted to topics exemplifying
the methodological contributions o f the "new
economic history.”
Not offered 1987-88.

1 1 1 . in dustria l O rg a n iza tio n and
Public P o lic y .
Applications o f theoretical and empirical anal­
ysis to major issues in industrial economics:
optimality and the price system; theories of
the firm; market structure; the causes o f mar­
ket failure and alternative policy responses.
Fall semester. Scherer.

1 1 4 . H is to ry o f Ec on o m ic T h o u g h t
A survey o f the development o f economic
science from post-Mercantilist writers (Steuart

1 16 . In ve s tm e n ts.
Key issues in investments and finance are
analyzed using theoretical and empirical tools.
Among the topics to be covered are develop­
ment o f optimal portfolios; domestic, inter­
national, and real estate investment; the firm’s
capital budgeting and financing decisions; the
dividend controversy; mergers and acquisi­
tions; and public policy issues including hos­
tile takeovers and insider trading.
Spring semester. Magenheim.

180. T h e s is .
W ith the consent o f a supervising instructor,
honors majors may undertake a senior thesis
for double credit.
Fall and spring semesters. Staff.

107

Education

EV A F. T R A V E R S , Associate Professor and Program Director
K . A N N R E N N IN G E R , Assistant Professor34
L IS A S M U L Y A N , Assistant Professor
U S H A B A L A M O R E , Lecturer
A N N M O R G A N , Lecturer3

The Program in Education has three purposes:
to expose students to issues in education from
a variety o f disciplinary perspectives, to pro­
vide a range o f field experiences for students
who wish to explore their aptitude and interest
in teaching, counseling or research in an edu­
cational setting, and to prepare students to be
certified for entry into public school teaching.
Courses in the Program in Education are
intended to be integral to the College’s aca­
demic offerings. The Program’s most impor­
tant goal is to help students learn to think
critically and creatively about the process o f
education and the place o f education in soci­
ety. To this end, both its introductory and
upper level courses necessarily draw on the
distinctive approaches o f Psychology, Sociol­
ogy, Anthropology, Political Science, Philos­
ophy, and History. Because students major in
one o f the traditional disciplines, courses in
Education offer both an opportunity to apply

the particular skills o f one’s chosen field to a
new domain and interaction with other stu­
dents whose disciplinary approaches may dif­
fer significantly from their own.
A competency-based program for preparing
secondary teachers is offered for students
who seek public school certification from the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania. Compe­
tency is judged by an interdisciplinary com­
mittee o f the faculty whose members have
established criteria for certification in Biology,
Chemistry, English, French, German, Mathe­
matics, Spanish, and Social Studies. Individ­
ual programs are developed in conjunction
with departmental representatives and mem­
bers o f the Education staff. There is no major
in Education. All students seeking certifica­
tion must meet Swarthmore College’s general
requirements for course distribution and a
major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students planning to seek secondary certifica­
tion should take Introduction to Education,
Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year
and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a
double credit course) and Curriculum and
Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than
the Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In
addition, they must complete the following
sequence o f courses:
■ Educational Psychology, Educ. 21
■ Child Development, Psychology 3 9; Child
Development and Social Policy, Educ. 66;
or Adolescence, Educ. 23
M An additional course from the following:

3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.
4 Fall semester, 1987.

108

a. Adolescence, Educ. 23
b. Counseling: Principles and Practices,
Educ. 25
c. Women and Education, Educ. 31
d. Cultural Transmission: Education in
Cross-cultural Perspective, Educ. 42
e. Education and Society, Educ. 47
f. Political Socialization and Schools,
Educ. 64
g. Child Development and Social Policy,
Educ. 66
h. Urban Education, Educ. 68
i. Special Topics, Educ. 91
Students preparing for certification must at­
tain at least a grade point average o f C in

courses in their major field o f certification
and a grade o f C + or better in Introduction to
Education in order to undertake Practice
Teaching. In addition, students must be rec­
ommended by their major department and by
their cooperating teacher in Introduction to
Education. Placement o f students in schools
for Practice Teaching is contingent on success­
ful interviews with members o f the Education
Program staff and appropriate secondary
school personnel.

14 . Introduction to Education.
A survey o f issues in education within an
interdisciplinary framework. In addition to
considering the impact o f individuals such as
Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course will
explore some major economic, historical, and
sociological questions in American education
and discuss alternative policies and programs.
The course will give students an opportunity
to determine their own interest in preparing
to teach, as well as furnish them with first­
hand experience in current elementary and
secondary school practice. Field work is re­
quired.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Staff.

16. P ra c tic e Teaching.
Supervised teaching in either secondary or
elementary schools. Double credit. Students
seeking secondary certification must take Ed­
ucation 17 concurrently. (Single credit prac­
tice teaching may be arranged for individuals
not seeking secondary certification.)
Each semester. Staff.

1 7 . C urriculu m and M eth o ds S e m in a r.
This course will consider theoretical and ap­
plied issues related to effective classroom
instruction. It must be taken concurrently
with Educ. 16 for students planning to be
certified and may not be taken without taking
Educ. 16.
Each semester. Staff.

2 1. Educational P s yc h o lo g y.
(Also listed as Psychology 21 .) This course
provides a representataive sampling o f general
psychological theories which have special rele­
vance to sound pedagogical practice. The first
part o f the course serves as an introduction to

Swarthmore College is not authorized by the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania to certify
elementary teachers. However, students tak­
ing courses in the Education Program have an
opportunity to concentrate their field work in
an elementary setting and may do practice
teaching for credit in an elementary school.
Placements for students who do not desire
certification are also available in a variety of
special education or counseling settings.

theory; the second part considers issues such
as: motivation, intelligence, creativity, main­
streaming, etc. Students will also be involved
in field research which through use o f a multi­
method approach addresses topics o f concern
to local schools.
Fall semester. Balamore.

2 3 . Ado le sce n ce .
(Also listed as Psychology 23.) A develop­
mental perspective is employed to examine
salient characteristics o f adolescence. The goal
is to obtain a theoretical understanding of
adolescence and an overview o f major re­
search. During the first part o f the term,
various aspects o f individual development
(e.g., cognitive, affective, physiological, etc.)
will be addressed. The second part o f the
semester will focus on the adolescent’s adap­
tation in major contexts (e.g., family, peer
group, school, etc.).
Spring semester. Smulyan.

25 . Counseling: Prin cip le s and
P ra c tic e .
(Also listed as Psychology 22 .) An introduc­
tory course focusing on theories, techniques,
and issues in school and agency counseling.
Field work, guest lectures, role playing, and
analysis o f case studies will provide practical
information and experience. Recommended
for students considering graduate programs in
educational counseling or those planning to
teach or do youth work in an agency setting.
Enrollment limited.
Fall semester. Vanni.

3 1. W om en and Ed ucation .
This course uses historical, psychological,
and social frameworks to examine the roles
women take in the educational process. Areas

109

Education

to be explored include the feminization o f the
teaching profession; equity in educational
programs, curriculum, and materials; sex dif­
ferences in student-teacher interaction and
student achievement; and current programs
designed to meet the needs o f all students and
teachers. Students in the course will draw on
their own experience as well as field work in
relating the theories examined to educational
practice.
Not offered 1987-88.

42. C ultural Tra n s m issio n : Education
in C ro s s -C u ltu ra l P e rs p e c tive .
(Also listed as Sociology and Anthropology
42.)T h e purpose o f this course is to com­
municate a transcultural and comparative per­
spective on the educative process in our own
and other societies. Awareness o f the socio­
cultural influences on education-relevant be­
havior will be a major focus. Coverage ranges
from case studies o f technologically primitive
(but symbolically complex) non-Western cul­
tures to complex industrial societies. Al­
though specific attention is given to schooling
in the culturally pluralistic United States,
students taking the course will be exposed to
more than 20 different cultures. The develop­
ment o f a partial cultural theory o f education
considered as cultural transmission is one o f
the main objectives o f the course.
Fail semester. Borish.

4 7 . Ed ucation and S o c ie ty .
(Also listed as Sociology and Anthropology
4 7 .) The course will explore the social and
cultural functions and consequences o f formal
and informal education in both Western and
non-Western societies. Modes o f intended
and unintended socialization within the school
and outside will be examined. A range o f
factors which can promote or inhibit learning
will be explored and linked to educational
performance. Topics include: school as an
agent o f social mobility and its relationship
with the community; the school as a social
system and the dynamics o f classroom life;
and the behavorial and academic outcomes o f
curricular innovation. Students will be re­
quired to conduct weekly field work in an
educational setting.
Not offered 1987-88.

110

6 4 . Political S o c ia liza tio n and S ch o ols.
(Also listed as Political Science 6 4 .) This
course will consider models used to explain
the development o f political concepts, atti­
tudes, and behavior from the period o f early
childhood through young adulthood. The in­
terrelated but often inconsistent influences
o f family, school, peers, media, and critical
events in the sociopolitical system will be
examined. Special emphasis will be given to
the role o f education, including formal and
informal messages o f schooling. Material from
nonwestern societies suh as China and Nica­
ragua will provide cross-cultural perspectives
on the political socialization process. Field
research will be required.
Not offered 1987-88. Travers.

66. Child D e velop m ent and
S o cial P o lic y.
Issues relating to social policy (e.g., main­
streaming, child care) will be explored in a
seminar format. Case studies will be employed
to provide a socio-historical context for un­
derstanding both ways in which research and
policy have interacted in the past and the
methodological problems such intersections
pose. This course is designed to provide stu­
dents with a realistic understanding o f the
process o f policy formation and their roles as
potential contributors to this process.
Prerequisites: Child Development, Introduc­
tion to Education, or Educational Psychology.
Limited enrollment.
Not offered 1987-88. Renninger.

68. U rb a n Education.
(Also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68.)
This course will focus on topics o f particular
significance to urban educators and policy
makers, including desegregation, compensa­
tory education, curricular innovation, com­
munity control, bilingual education, and stan­
dardized testing. The special problems and
challenges faced by urban schools in meeting
the needs o f individuals and groups in a
pluralistic society will be examined using the
approaches o f psychology, sociology, anthro­
pology, and political science. Current issues
will also be viewed in historical perspective.
Field work is required.
Spring semester. Travers.

9 1. Special Topics.
With the permission o f the instructor, quali­
fied students may choose to pursue a topic o f
special interest, which for thorough investiga­

tion will usually require field work as well as
research.
Each semester. Staff.

Engineering

DAVID L B O W LER , Professor2
H . S E A R L D U N N , Professor
N E L S O N A . M A C K E N , Professor and Chairman
A R T H U R E . M c G A R IT Y , Associate Professor
FR ED ER IC K L . O R T H LIE B , Associate Professor
S T E P H E N M . P LA T T , Assistant Professor1
FA R U Q M . A . S ID D IQ U I, Assistant Professor
ER IK C H E E V E R , Instructor
L Y N N E A . M O L T E R , Instructor

The professional practice o f engineering re­
quires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and mathematical meth­
ods to the solution o f technical problems o f
ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role
o f engineering in our society demands that the
engineer recognize and take into account the
economic and social factors that bear upon all
important technical problems. The successful
engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough
understanding o f social and economic forces,
and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural
and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our
program supports these needs by offering the
student the opportunity to acquire a broad
technical and liberal education. The structure
o f the Department’s curriculum permits engi­
neering majors to take almost forty percent o f
their course work at the College in the hu­
manities and social sciences. W ith careful
planning it is possible for a student to acquire
a double major with two degrees, the Bachelor
o f Science in Engineering and the Bachelor of
Arts in a second academic area in a four-year

course o f study.
The Department’s physical facilities include a
wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­
tion and individual student projects in the
areas o f electronics, system control, com­
munications, instrumentation, strength of
materials, solid and structural mechanics,
fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, soil me­
chanics, and environmental diagnostics. Sup­
porting these laboratories is a wide range of
modern measurement equipment with the
capability o f on-line data acquisition and pro­
cess control via microcomputers. A computer
laboratory with high resolution color and
black-and-white graphics capability is also
part o f our facilities. An excellent shop for
both metal- and woodworking is available for
student use.
The overall plan leading to the degree of
Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineer­
ing is accredited by the Engineering Accredi­
tation Commission o f the Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology.

C ourses A v a ila b le to N on -M ajors
Students interested in computer engineering
may wish to consider The Digital World (21),
Digital Systems (2 2 ), Computer Architecture
(2 3 ), or Laboratory Computer Applications
(2 5 ). Although Mechanics (6 ) is primarily for
prospective majors, other interested students,
particularly those interested in preparing for
a career in architecture, are encouraged to
enroll. Problems in Technology (3 ,4 ) is de­
signed chiefly for students not contemplating
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.

112

further work in engineering or the natural
sciences. Operations Research (5 7 ), Solar
Energy Systems (3 5 ), Water Quality and Pol­
lution Control (6 3 ), and Environmental Sys­
tems (66) will also appeal to many students
majoring in other departments. Students ma­
joring in the physical sciences or mathematics
may also enroll in advanced engineering
courses.
Students may minor in the External Examina-

tion (Honors) Program in the Engineering
Department by taking appropriately related
advanced engineering courses as preparation
for external examinations. Generally the ad­
vanced engineering courses require one or
more introductory courses as prerequisites.
Program fo r E ngineering M ajors
The general departmental requirements fall
into three categories: successful completion
o f at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii)
four courses in the sciences which must in­
clude Physics 3 and 4 (taken in the freshman
year) and Chemistry 10 (or a more advanced
chemistry course), and (iii) four courses in
mathematics, including Math 5 and 6 (to be
taken in the freshman year), Math 18, and
Math 16A or Math 30 (normally taken in the
sophomore year). The unspecified science
course in category (ii) may be chosen to com­
plement the student’s overall program of
study. Certain science courses are not accept­
able. Students should consult their faculty
advisors on this issue.
W ithin the Department, the following core
courses are required o f all students: Mechanics,
Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experi­
mentation for Engineering Design, Thermofluid Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The
first four courses are normally taken in the
freshman and sophomore years: Mechanics in
the second semester o f the freshman year,
Physical Systems Analysis I in the first semes­
ter o f the sophomore year, and the remaining
two in the second semester o f the sophomore
year. In special circumstances, however, stu­
dents with adequate preparation in mathe­
matics and physics can begin the engineering
curriculum as late as the second semester of
the sophomore year and still complete all of
the core requirements and elective work in
the Department. Thermofluid Mechanics is
normally taken in the fall o f the junior year,
and Engineering Design, the culminating ex­
perience for engineering majors, is taken in
the second semester o f the senior year. '
In consultation with his or her advisor, each
student constructs a program o f advanced
work in the Department. These programs,
normally consisting o f six courses, are sub­
mitted to the Department when the student
formally applies for a major in engineering

during the spring semester o f the sophomore
year.
The program that constitutes the student’s
elected courses may or may not conform
closely to the traditional areas o f engineering
specialization, e.g., electrical or mechanical.
For non-traditional plans for advanced work,
the Department requires a coherent program
that, in its judgment, meets the student’s edu­
cational objectives.
Observe that the following courses cannot be
counted in the minimum number o f twelve
engineering courses required of each major:
Problems in Technology I, II, Values and
Ethics in Science and Technology, and Envi­
ronmental Policy.
Suggested elective program plans include:
(1 ) General electrical engineering: Electronic
Circuit Analysis and Design I and II,
Electromagnetic Theory, Communica­
tion Systems, and Control Theory and
Design. Students having an interest in
digital systems might replace one or more
o f these courses with The Digital World,
Digital Systems, Computer Architecture,
or Laboratory Computer Applications.
(2 ) General computer engineering: The Digi­
tal World, Digital Systems, Computer
Architecture, and Laboratory Computer
Applications. Students with an interest in
computer hardware may include Elec­
tronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and
II, or Control Theory and Design.
(3 ) General mechanical engineering: Mechan­
ics o f Solids, Engineering Materials, Fluid
Mechanics, Heat Transfer, Thermal En­
ergy Conversion, Solar Energy Systems,
and Control Theory and Design.
(4) General civil engineering: basic prepara­
tion includes Mechanics o f Solids, Struc­
tural Theory and Design I, Soil and Rock
Mechanics, and Water Quality and Pollultion Control. Additional courses in­
clude Operations Research and Environ­
mental Systems for those interested in
the environment or urban planning, or
Structural Theory and Design II for those
interested in architecture or construction.
Other recommended courses include
Solar Energy Systems, Fluid Mechanics,
or Engineering Materials.

113

Engineering

ENGINEERING
3 ,4 . P ro b le m s in Technology I and II.
Designed primarily for those not planning to
major in science or engineering, this course is
intended to provide some depth o f under­
standing o f technology and its impact by
examining in each semester a particular tech­
nology. Technical considerations underlying
policy issues will be stressed. Examples of
semester topics are: aspects o f the energy
problem, satellite communications, managing
environmental hazards, and developments in
data processing. A strong background in high
school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo­
ratory. Credit may be given for either semes­
ter, or both.
E3 is a primary distribution course.

thermal and fluid systems. Transfer function
and matrix descriptions o f compound sys­
tems, the eigenvalue problem and state space
techniques. Mechanical systems in two and
three dimensions, energy methods, coupled
modes o f motion. Transition from many de­
gree o f freedom systems to continuous sys­
tems; the Fourier integral with applications to
wave motion.
Laboratory sessions include modeling with
electrical and electro-mechanical devices, an
independent project, and an introduction to
numerical and graphical methods o f dynamic
system analysis through the use o f microcom­
puters.
Credit may be given for either semester, or
both.

6. M ec h a n ics.
Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics.
Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies
including stress-strain relations, beam, tor­
sion, and stress transformations. Laboratory
work is related to experiments on deformable
bodies, and includes a four-week FORTRAN
77 workshop.
Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent.
Spring semester.

1 1 ,1 2 . P h ysic a l S y s te m s A n a ly s is I
and II.
These courses are devoted to the study of
physical phenomena which may be repre­
sented to a good degree o f approximation by
a linear, lumped-parameter model. E l l (fall
semester) is oriented mainly toward electrical
devices and the development o f mathematical
techniques for the analysis o f their linear
behavior. E12 (spring semester) is more con­
cerned with mechanical, thermal, and fluid
systems, but emphasis throughout both courses
will be placed upon the unity resulting from
the common mathematical representation and
analysis o f diverse physical systems. The con­
tent o f E l l is: Behavior o f electrical circuits;
natural and forced transient response, steadystate harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active
devices, operational amplifiers, and their use
in circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier
series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con­
cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consid­
erations. E12 will be devoted to: multi-degree
o f freedom mechanical, electromechanical,

114

14 . Exp e rim e n ta tio n fo r Engineering
Design.
Theories o f experimentation and measure­
ment are presented and are related to engi­
neering design and research projects. Lectures
present probability theory and its applications
in experimentation. Topics include random
variables, probability distributions, measure­
ment errors, random noise, system reliability,
statistical analysis o f experiments and simu­
lated experiments, and decision making with
experimental results. The laboratory sessions
treat the analysis o f measurement systems,
involve the experimental determination o f
measurement system parameters, and include
an introduction to the use o f computers for
data acquisition and process control.
Prerequisites: E l l and E12 (taken concur­
rently).
Spring semester.

2 1 . Th e Digital W orld.
The transmission and processing o f informa­
tion by electrical means is more and more
being done in digital form. Our everyday
experience is, however, with analog forms. In
this course we will look into the reasons for
this shift o f emphasis and into the operation
o f digital systems. Among the subjects to be
considered will be the nature o f analog and
digital information, conversion from one form
to the other, the binary number system, the
design o f combinational circuits and applica­
tions such as compact disk audio systems and

hand calculators. Students will have practical
experience with digital hardware. No pre­
requisites, but students should feel comfort­
able thinking logically about quantitative phe­
nomena.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester.

22. Digital S y s te m s .
This course continues the development of
work with digital systems begun in E21. The
emphasis will be on the analysis and design of
sequential systems, both synchronous and
asynchronous. Problems o f timing will be
considered. The organization o f simple digital
computers will be introduced and both hard­
ware and, as time permits, microcode imple­
mentations will be studied. Includes labora­
tory.
Prerequisite: E21, or permission o f the in­
structor.
Spring semester.

23. C om p u te r A rc h ite c tu re .
A survey o f techniques o f modern computer
design and their implementation. Techniques
such as cache, parallel processing, pipelining,
distributed processing, and instruction set
optimization will be discussed. Practical de­
signs including supermicro families (80386,
6 8 0 2 0 ), RISC-machines, microprogrammed
machines, supercomputers (Cray) and highly
parallel machines (Hypercube, connection
machine) are considered, as well as their
implications for operating systems, compiler
design, artificial intelligence, and general prob­
lem solving. Includes design laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 22 or CS 35.
Fall semester. Not offered 1987-88.

25. La b o ra to ry C om p u te r Ap p lica tio n s.
This course surveys the utilization o f comput­
ing equipment in the laboratory environment.
Basic instrument interfacing methods (serial,
parallel, A/D, D/A) and measurement tech­
niques (analog signals such as temperature
and pressure, position, etc.), signal condition­
ing, real-time processing, and digital tech­
niques o f experiment control are discussed.
The laboratory portion o f this course allows
experimentation with each o f these ap­
proaches. This course is o f interest to anyone
who wishes to use a computer to automate a
laboratory.

Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor.
Fall semester. Not offered 1987-88.

3 4. Values and Eth ic s in Scie nce and
Technology
(Also listed as Philosophy 34). The course
deals with topics such as the following: histori­
cal and current attitudes toward technology;
the nature o f ethics; origins and impact of
professional ethics (chiefly in the engineering
professions); ethical dilemmas faced by engi­
neers and scientists; values in the technologi­
cal society; forecasting and assessment of
technological growth; how policy decisions
about technology are made; the role o f per­
sonal ethics o f the engineer or scientist.
Open to all who have, or will have concur­
rently, completed the science distribution re­
quirement.
Spring semester. O ffered when dem and and
staffing permit.

35. S o la r En e rg y S y s te m s .
Fundamental principles in the analysis and
design o f systems which collect, store, and use
the direct and indirect forms o f solar energy.
Examples o f current solar technology are used
as illustrations. Stochastic and deterministic
mathematical models are used to describe the
performance o f components and systems.
Cost functions are developed for use in eco­
nomic assessments. Techniques for system
optimization are discussed. Includes labora­
tory.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6; Physics 3, 4.
Fall semester, alternate years. N ot offered 1987-

88.
4 1 . Th erm o flu id M ec h a n ics.
Introduction to macroscopic thermodynam­
ics; first and second laws, properties o f pure
substances, applications using system and
control volume formulation. Introduction to
fluid mechanics; development o f conservation
theorems, hydrostatics, dynamics o f one-di­
mensional fluid motion with and without
friction. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent
background).
Fall semester.

5 7 . O p e ratio n s R e se a rch .
(Also listed as Economics 57). An introduc­
tion to methods o f mathematical modeling
and systems analysis for solving complex mul-

115

Engineering

tivariable problems. The simplex method for
solving linear constrained optimization prob­
lems is developed by extending concepts from
elementary linear algebra. Techniques for solv­
ing network-flow transportation problems are
included. The branch-and-bound method for
solving integer optimization problems is in­
troduced. Elementary probability concepts
are used to develop methods for decision
making under risk and uncertainty. Project
scheduling by the critical path method is in­
cluded. Case study presentations and a project
are used to acquaint students with practical
aspects o f implementing Operations Research.
This course may precede or follow Math 64
(Mathematical Programming) for a strong in­
troduction to the theory and practice o f
optimization.
Prerequisite: Familiarity with elementary linear
algebra (often, high school algebra is suffi­
cient).
Fall semester.

58. C on trol T h e o ry and Design.
An introduction to the control o f engineering
systems. Analysis and design o f linear control
systems using root locus and frequency re­
sponse techniques. Over-driven operation o f
first- and second-order controlled systems.
Digital control techniques, including analysis
o f A/D and D/A converters, digital filters,
and numerical control algorithms. Laboratory
includes design o f both analog and digital
controllers.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester.

59. M ec ha n ics o f S o lid s .
This course deals with the internal stresses
and changes o f form when forces act on solid
bodies. State o f stress and strain, strength
theories, stability, deflections, and photoelasticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent.
Fall semester.

60. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and Design I.
An introduction to the fundamental principles
o f structural mechanics. Statically deter­
minate analysis o f frames and trusses. Ap­
proximate analysis o f indeterminate struc­
tures. Virtual work principles. Elements of
design o f steel and concrete structural mem­
bers. Includes laboratory.

116

Prerequisite: E 59, or permission o f instruc­
tor.
Spring semester.

6 1. S o il and R ock M e c h a n ics: T h e o ry
and Design.
Principles o f soil and rock mechanics. Topics
include soil and rock formation, soil mineral­
ogy, soil types, compaction, soil hydraulics,
consolidation, stresses in soil masses, slope
stability, and bearing capacity. These topics
are applied to engineering design problems.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 59 or equivalent.
Fall semester; alternate years. Not offered 1987-

88.
6 2. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and Design II.
Advanced structural analysis. Classical and
matrix methods o f analysis. Digital computer
applications. Design o f steel and concrete
structures. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E60.
Fall semester; alternate years.

63. W ater Q u a lity and Pollution
C on tro l.
An introduction to elements o f water quality
management and treatment o f wastewaters.
Measurement o f water quality indicators.
Analysis o f wastewater treatment processes.
Sewage treatment plant design. Computer
modeling o f the effects o f waste discharge on
rivers and estuaries. Environmental impact
assessment. Laboratory and field studies of
local water quality problems.
Prerequisite: Completion o f the distribution
requirement in the Division o f Natural Sci­
ences and Engineering.
Fall semester; alternate years.

66. En viro n m e n ta l S y s te m s .
This course applies methods o f mathematical
modeling and systems analysis to problems in
the fields o f Water Resources, Urban Plan­
ning, and Public Health. Techniques o f optim­
ization including linear and integer program­
ming are used as frameworks for modeling
such problems. Dynamic systems simulation
methods are also employed. The laboratory
section is devoted to case studies in computerbased solutions to realistic problems using
microcomputers and Apollo graphics work­
stations.

Prerequisite: E 57, or equivalent.
Spring semester; alternate years. N ot offered 1987-

88.

Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent; Mathematics
18.
Fall semester.

68. En viro n m e n ta l P o lic y .

7 8 . Com m unication S y s te m s .

(Also listed as Political Science 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects
require an understanding o f environmental
processes, including natural and technological
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f instructor. Operations Research
and/or Statistics are recommended as prereq­
uisites.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88. (Does not
satisfy distribution requirement.)

Theory and design principles o f analog and
digital electronic communications. Such top­
ics as information theory, coding, analog and
digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, fil­
tering, and data transmission will be treated.
Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and
practical limitations and functional design.
Application will be made to a variety of
practical systems such as television relay,
facsimile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data
communications. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester, alternate years.

7 1 . D is cre te T im e S y s te m s .

8 1. Th e rm a l En e rg y C o n ve rsio n .

Review o f mathematical methods and system
models for linear continuous time systems.
Introduction to difference equations and dis­
crete-time transform theory; the Z-transform
and Fourier representation o f sequences; fast
Fourier transform algorithms. Discrete-time
transfer functions and filter design techniques.
Extensive use o f computer simulation for
analysis and design in the laboratory.
Prerequisite: E12.
O ffered when dem and and staffing permit.

Development and application o f the principles
o f thermal energy analysis to energy conver­
sion systems. Brief examination o f world en­
ergy supplies. Review o f the principles o f the
first and second laws o f thermodynamics.
Development o f the concepts o f availability,
reacting and non-reacting mixtures, chemical
and nuclear reactions. Applications investi­
gated include: Rankine cycles, gas turbines,
internal combustion engines, heat pumps,
and solar energy systems. Includes labora­
tory.
Prerequisite: E 41.
Spring semester; alternate years.

7 3 ,7 4 . Ele c tro n ic C irc u it A n a ly s is and
Design I and II.
This course begins with an introduction to the
physics o f semiconductor devices and modern
device technology. The remainder o f the year
is devoted to the study o f analog and digital
circuits and includes an introduction to digital
logic design. Circuits employing both bipolar
and field effect devices are considered. Use of
the circuit simulation program SPICE is em­
phasized. Laboratory work is oriented toward
design problems.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a pre­
requisite for E74.

7 5 . Ele ctro m a g n etic T h e o ry .
Engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equa­
tions. Macroscopic field treatment o f mag­
netic, dielectric and conducting materials.
Forces, motion, and energy storage. Field
basis o f circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves;
wave-guides, transmission lines, and antennas.
Includes laboratory.

8 2. Engineering M a te ria ls .
Study o f the physical structure and properties
o f a wide variety o f engineering materials, and
the processes by which they are transformed
into useful products. The course includes
analysis o f material microstructures, macro­
scopic physical properties, and in-service per­
formance with regard to mechanical, thermal,
electrical, and chemical factors. Metals, plas­
tics, concrete, wood, fiber-reinforced and
structural composites are considered, both
with regard to industrial processing and prop­
erty modification and to materials selection in
engineering design. Laboratory work includes
exercises in property testing and material
selection, field trips to materials-processing
plants, and a substantial individual project.
Prerequisite: E 59 (may be taken concurrendy)
or permission o f instructor.
Fall semester; alternate years.

117

Engineering

8 3. Fluid M ec h a n ics.
Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case of
continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid
flow systems. Relevant equations for the con­
servation o f mass, momentum, and energy are
derived. These are then applied to the study
o f flows o f inviscid and viscous, incompress­
ible and compressible fluids. Includes labora­
tory.
Prerequisites: E 41.
Spring semester; alternate years. Not offered 1987-

88.
8 4 . H e a t T ra n s fe r.
A basic introduction to the physical phe­
nomena involved in heat transfer. Analytical
techniques are presented together with em­
pirical results to develop tools for solving
problems in heat transfer by conduction,
forced and free convection, and radiation.
Numerical techniques are discussed for the
solution o f conduction problems. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14.
Fail semester; alternate years.

90. Engineering Design.
This project-oriented course serves as a cul­
minating exercise for all Engineering majors.

Under the guidance o f a faculty member,
students investigate a problem o f their choice
in an area o f interest to them. In some cases,
group projects are possible. A t the end o f the
semester students prepare a written report
and make an oral presentation.
Spring semester.

9 1. Special To p ics.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and offered only when staff
interests and availability make it practicable
to do so.

93. Directed Reading o r P r o je c t
W ith the permission o f the Department and
a faculty member who is willing to supervise
it, qualified students may do special work
with either theoretical, experimental, or design emphasis in areas not covered by the
regular courses.

96. T h e s is.
W ith approval, a student may undertake a
thesis project as a part o f his or her program
in the senior year. The student is expected to
submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem
before the start o f the semester in which the
thesis project is carried out.

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Exami­
nations in the following areas to be prepared
for by the combinations o f courses indicated.

Ele ctro n ics

W a ter R e so u rc e s Engineering

Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II

Environmental Systems
Water Quality and Pollution Control

Digital S y s te m s
The Digital World
Digital Systems or Laboratory Computer
Applications

S tru c tu ra l M echan ics
Mechanics o f Solids
Structural Theory and Design

C om m u nication s

M ec ha n ics o f M a te ria ls

Electromagnetic Theory
Communication Systems

Mechanics o f Solids
Engineering Materials

En e rg y C o n ve rsio n
Heat Transfer
Thermal Energy Conversion

118

I

English Literature

T H O M A S H . B L A C K B U R N , Professor
L E E D EV IN , Professor and Director o f The Theatre
C H A R L E S L J A M E S , Professor
H A R O L D P A G LIA R O , Professor and Chair
S U S A N S N Y D E R , Professor
P H ILIP M . W E IN S T E IN , Professor’
C R A IG W IL L IA M S O N , Profesor
M A R K G R E EN B E R G , Visiting Associate Professor4
T H O M A S P. L E F F , Associate Professor and Technical Director o f The Theatre3
P E T E R J . S C H M ID T , Associate Professor2
N A T H A L IE F. A N D E R S O N , Assistant Professor
A B B E B L U M , Assistant Professor3
M A R K B R EIT EN B E R G , Assistant Professor
L A U R IE L A N G B A U E R , Assistant Professor
E L S IE M IC H IE , Assistant Professor
C A R O L S IN G L E Y , Visiting Assistant Professor
A N D R E A S U N U N U , Visiting Assistant Professor
M IC H A E L D U R K A N , College Librarian, Lecturer
M A R C E L C H E R R Y , Lecturer
A B IG A IL A D A M S , Visiting Lecturer
C A R L A B E LV E R , Visiting Lecturer4
J A M E S F. P Y N E , J R ., Visiting Lecturer5

This Department offers courses in English
literature, American literature, theatre, some
foreign literatures in translation, and critical
theory. The departmental curriculum includes
the intensive study o f works o f major writers,
major periods o f literary history, and the
development o f literary types; it also provides

experience in several critical approaches to
literature and play production and explores
certain theoretical considerations implicit in
literary study, such as the problematics o f
canon formation and the impact o f gender on
the creation and reception o f literary works.

ENGLISH LITERATURE
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Any introductory course— English 2 through
15—is the prerequisite for all other courses in
literature. (Exempted from this prerequisite
are seniors; and juniors who have taken a
course in literature, including literature in
translation, offered by Modem Languages
and Literatures or by Classics—these courses
are numbered 11 or higher in the College
Bulletin. Also exempted are students who
2
3
4
5

wish to take only studio courses.) Introduc­
tory courses are characterized by syllabi with
less reading than in advanced courses, by
frequent short papers, and by considerable
attention to class discussion; they are viewed
by the Department as particularly appropriate
for freshmen; they are Primary Distribution
Courses. Enrollment will be limited to 25
students per course; priority is given to ftesh-

Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
Absent on leave, 1987-88.
Fall semester, 1987.
Spring semester, 1988.

119

English Literature

men and sophomores. Students will not nor­
mally take a second introductory course. Only
one such course may be counted towards the
major. The minimum requirement for admis­
sion as a major or as a minor in English is two
semester-courses in the Department. (Stu­
dents with AP scores o f 4-5 in English Litera­
ture and/or English Composition receive
credit toward graduation. This credit, when it
is for work in English Literature, may count
as well toward distribution and major require­
ments.)
Students considering a major in English are
strongly urged to take one or two additional
courses during the sophomore year. Majors
and prospective majors should consult a mem­
ber o f the English Department for information
about courses in other departments comple­
mentary to their work in English; work in
foreign languages is especially recommended.
Students who plan to do graduate work, to
follow a course o f professional training, or to
seek teacher certification in English, should
see a member o f the Department for early help
in planning their programs, as should students
who plan to include work in English literature
in a program with a major in Literature,
Women’s Studies, or Medieval Studies. Stu­
dents planning to qualify for teacher certifica­
tion in English are reminded that work in
American literature and in linguistics or the
history o f the English language is required in
addition to other requirements o f the major.
Major in the Course Program: The work o f a
major in Course consists o f a minimum o f
eight semester courses in the Department,
including one in Shakespeare, at least two
other courses in literature written before 1830
(such courses are marked with a *), and one
course featuring critical theory (such courses
are marked with a ** ). The Comprehensive
Examination, taken at the beginning o f the
spring semester o f the senior year, will be
based on a list o f major authors. This list will
be available to majors and prospective majors
at least three semesters before the date o f the
exam itself.
Major in the External Exam ination (Honors)
Program: Majors in the Honors Program must
prepare three or four papers in the Depart­
ment, two o f which must be on subjects
covered in seminars in Group 1 or on other

120

early material decided upon after consultation
with the Department. Majors must also take
a course or seminar that features critical the­
ory (such courses and seminars are marked by
Minor in the External Exam ination (H onors)
Program: Minors are ordinarily required to
prepare two papers in the Department.
For the C lass o f 1991 and classes thereafter:
Major in the External Exam ination (Honors)
Program: Majors in English who seek a degree
with Honors will in the spring o f their junior
year propose for external examination a pro­
gram consisting o f 4-6 fields, chosen from this
and one or more minor departments. These
fields will usually be based upon 12 units of
work; some o f this work will have been com­
pleted before entry into the Program. (For a
general description o f the college-wide Exter­
nal Examination Program, see pp. 4 8 o f the
catalogue.)
O f the 4-6 fields, at least three (constituting
not less than 6 units o f credit) must be chosen
from those offered by this department. Majors
will apportion their work so as to complete 4
credits in literature written before 1830, by
means o f seminar and perhaps course work as
well; in addition they must take a course or
seminar that features critical theory. (Courses
and seminars in literature written before 1830
are marked with a *; those that feature critical
theory are marked with a * * .)
Minor in the External Exam ination (H onors)
Program: Minors will normally prepare two
fields from among those offered by this de­
partment.
Students interested in pursuing Honors within
a faculty approved interdisciplinary major or
concentration that draws on advanced English
courses or seminars should see the Chair for
early help in planning their programs.

1 A . Ex p o s ito ry W riting (W orksh op ).
Individual and group work as intensive prepa­
ration for further work and with applications
to a variety o f fields. For students to whom
the course is recommended. Does not meet
the distribution requirements. May be taken
in more than one semester, but for a maximum
o f one and one half credits.
Each semester. Cherry.

I B . English fo r Fore ign S tu d e n ts.

5 . M od els o f D e v e lo p m e n t

Individual and group work on an advanced
level for students with non-English back­
grounds. Does not meet distribution require­
ments.
Each semester.

This course will be concerned with models of
male and female development, both psycho­
logical and social, in English literature. We’ll
begin by reading some o f Freud’s case studies,
then consider a tragedy and comedy by
Shakespeare, some 19th- and 20th-Century
novels o f development written by both men
and women, and the poetry o f Wordsworth,
Adrienne Rich, and Sylvia Plath.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Michie.

I C . Th e W riting P ro c e s s .
This course combines study o f theories of
composition and the teaching o f writing with
supervised experience applying the skills de­
rived from that study in paper comments and
conferences. Enrollment limited to students
selected as Writing Associates.
Fall semester. Blackburn.

2. S cience and the L ite ra ry
Im agination.
An introduction to the critical reading of
literature, using texts (in prose and verse from
the 16th century to the present) which are
concerned with or reflect the impact o f science
and scientific thinking on individual and so­
ciety.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1987-88. Blackburn.

3. C ritical A s s u m p tio n s .
W ith what assumptions do we approach lit­
erature? How do they determine the sense we
make o f it? In this course, we will discover and
refine our own assumptions by identifying
some general critical approaches to literature.
We will read short stories and tales, poetry, a
novel, and film side by side with classic critical
responses. Our emphasis will be on exploring
as well as engaging in the basic principles o f
literary analysis.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Langbauer.

4 . Th e O u tsid e r.
Critical reading o f texts from the Renaissance
to the 1970s, with focus on the self/other
division and its problematics. We will explore
contradictory pulls toward separation and
merger in erotic and religious relationships as
well as the dislocations and transformations
generated by encounters with alien cultures,
the natural world, and the unacknowledged
parts o f the psyche itself. Writers will include
Shakespeare, Marvell, Charlotte Bronte, Con­
rad, Achebe, and Atwood.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1987-88. Snyder.

6. Rites o f P a ssag e .
The course will focus on various rites of
passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial
changes in the human psyche, as they are
consciously depicted or unconsciously re­
flected in different literary modes, and will
examine the shared literary experience itself
as ritual process. Topics will include innocence
and experience, transition and stasis, commu­
nity and liminality, and the mediation o f the
sacred and the profane. Major authors will
include Blake, Shakespeare, Conrad, and Law­
rence.
Primary distribution course.
N ot offered 1987-88. Williamson.

7 . C om e d y.
A study o f the form and function o f comedy
in works by Shakespeare, Austen, Byron,
Gogol, Welty, Mclnemey, Beckett, and others.
Primary distribution course.
N ot offered 1987-88. Schmidt.

8. Th e Iron ic S p ir it
This course focuses on the way the ironic
mode—both verbal and philosophical—ac­
commodates responses to fundamental con­
tradictions and paradoxes. Authors include
Shakespeare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickin­
son, Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison,
and selected poetry.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. James.

9 . Fo u r S e c u la r W rite rs o f the S p ir it
A study o f iconoclastic authors— Blake,
George Eliot, Shaw, and Lawrence—whose
works attack orthodox ways and offer moral
alternatives as necessary to human well-being.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Pagliaro.

121

English Literature

10 . W a ys o f S eeing.
i Perspectives o f writers and readers in a variety
o f literary contexts. This course will examine
point o f view, frames o f reference, modes of
perception: how authors "tell all the truth but
tell it slant.” We will consider how cultural
beliefs are propagated and changed by visual
and verbal devices. Works by Shakespeare,
Herbert, Le Quin, Bierce, Dickinson, Brown­
ing, Ellison, Woolf, Pinter.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1987-88. Blum.

1 1 . Ruin and Re-begettin g.
An introduction to the artists, who, through
skillful geometry and the power o f the word,
counter fragmentation, chaos, or oblivion.
Our study o f the imagery o f ruin and re­
begetting will include works by the Pearl-poet,
Shakespeare, Donne, Herbert, Melville, Eliot,
and Woolf.
Primary distribution course.
F all semester. Sununu.

12 . Th e O th e r: L ite ra ry Re p re se n tatio ns
o f G e n d e r, C u ltu re , and Pla ce .
A culture may shape and understand itself by
constructing an Other: certain ideas, charac­
teristics and places which negate or contradict
"acceptable” forms o f social order. By such
representations the Other serves to define and
authorize what is understood as "natural” and
"norm al” in a given culture. In this course we
will consider this complex process as it oper­
ates in representations o f women, ethnicity,
and imaginal or real locations. Readings by
some o f the following: Euripides, Shakes­
peare, Swift, Defoe, Stein, Forster, Conrad,
Woolf, Rich, Wittig, Miller, and Hurston.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Breitenberg.

13 . S tu d ie s in Lite ra tu re o f
the Fan tastic.
Working from a foundation in the psychologi­
cal theories o f Freud and Jung, this course
examines a variety o f works which posit an
alternative reality, confront characters and
readers with psychological darkness, or other­
wise explore the possibilities o f fantasy.
Among texts we will consider are Sir Gawain
and the Green Knight, Shakespeare’s T he Tem­
pest, Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein, poems o f
W .B. Yeats, and Marquez’ One Hundred Years
o f Solitude.

122

Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1987-88. N. Anderson.

14 . Lite ra tu re o f C onscience.
Are poets our "unacknowledged legislators,”
as Shelley believed? W hat power does art
wield against tyranny and injustice? This
course examines various literary attempts to
inflluence public opinion and policy—from
Shakespeare’s R ichard 11 to Margaret At­
wood’s Bodily Harm— in order to explore the
issue o f political effectiveness.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.

15 . Engaging P a irs .
Major writers from selected periods. Malefemale pairings allow us to compare how men
and women work with or against American
literary themes and conventions to reflect a
set o f distinctive values, psychology, and sub­
jectivity. Possible pairings; Bradstreet-Taylor,
Fuller-Emerson, Hawthorne-Stowe, Dickin­
son-Whitman, Jewett-Twain, Wharton-Dreiser, H.D.-Eliot, O ’Neill-Hansberry, HurstonWright, Hemingway-Stein, Mailer-Didion.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Singley.

16 . S u rv e y o f English Lite ra tu re , I .*
An historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Beou/ulf to Milton.
Fall semester. Williamson.

1 7 . S u rv e y o f English Lite ra tu re , II.
An historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.

1 8 ,1 9 . A n Introduction to A m e ric a n
C ulture.
This team-taught course will offer an interdis­
ciplinary American Studies approach to the
diversity, contradictions, unity, and evolution
o f culture in the United States from the
Puritans to the present. Authors to be read
include Jefferson, Melville, Stowe, Thoreau,
Twain, Crane, Wharton, Cather, Ellison,
Faulkner, and Alice Walker, but the syllabus
will also include writers who are not tradi­
tionally thought to be part o f the "canon” o f
American literature. Non-literary materials
will also be studied, including town plans, art
and architecture, Alms, television, and music.
Thus the course will offer a blend o f works
from women as well as men, blacks as well as

whites, and popular culture as well as "high”
culture. The course is conceived as a twocredit, year-long course, but students may
also take it just for one semester in either the
Fall or the Spring for one credit.
Not offered 1987-88. James, Schmidt, and Wein­
stein.

20. Introduction to Old English:
Lan gu age , Lite ra tu re , and C u ltu re .*
The course will be an introduction to Old
English language, literature, and culture with
an emphasis upon elegiac and heroic poetry.
Initially, two days a week will be devoted to
learning the language and to reading selected
prose passages. One day a week will be spent
on a cultural topic such as history, art, archi­
tecture, religion, or Germanic traditions. The
latter part o f the course will be devoted
entirely to the study o f Old English poetry.
W ith the permission o f the instructor this
course may be taken without the usual pre­
requisite course; however, it may not serve in
the place o f a prerequisite for other advanced
courses.
Not offered 1987-88. Williamson.

2 1. C h a u c e r.*
Reading in Middle English o f most o f Chau­
cer’s major poetry with emphasis on The
Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The
course attempts to place the poetry in a
variety o f critical and cultural contexts—both
medieval and modern—which help to illumi­
nate Chaucer’s art.
Not offered 1987-88. Williamson.

phonology, morphology, syntax, and seman­
tics—from Old English through Middle and
Early Modern to present day. The work will
be primarily linguistic, though literary texts
will be used as examples throughout. The
course is given as an occasional spring term
tutorial to highly motivated students who
want to study the various English languages
and are willing to do a good bit o f work in the
traditional linguistic workbook format. Stu­
dents who are interested should see the in­
structor during the fall term to discuss the
possibility o f the tutorial. This course may be
taken without the usual prerequisite course;
however, it may not serve in the place o f a
prerequisite for other advanced courses.
Williamson.

2 4 . P ilg rim , D re a m e r, M y s tic , K n ig h t*
A study o f medieval and Renaissance works
that confront, comically or tragically, the
tension between aspiration and vulnerability.
Readings will include selections from Chau­
cer’s Canterbury Tales, Pearl, Sir Gawain and
the Green Knight, Julian o f Norwich’s Revela­
tions, Malory’s M orte D ’ArthuT, and Spenser’s
Faerie Queene.
Fall semester. Sununu.

25 . S h a k e s p e a re .*
Shakespeare’s poetic and dramatic achieve­
ments in A Midsummer N ight’s D ream, Richard
11, 1 Henry IV, Hamlet, Othello, King Lear,
M acbeth, Antony and C leopatra, The W inter’s
T ale, and The Tempest.
Fall semester. Sununu.

2 2 . M ed ie va l En glish L ite r a tu r e .*

26 . R e n aissan ce P o e try .*

The course is a survey o f English literature,
primarily poetry, from the 8th through the
15th century. Readings will include: Old
English riddles, elegies, and charms, Beowulf,
several o f Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales and Troi­
lus and Criseyde, selected mystery plays, Every­
man, Sir Gaivain and the Green Knight, Pearl,
portions o f Piers Plowman, and Malory’s
LeMorte d ’Arthur. Selected lyrics and Canter­
bury Tales will be read in Middle English; other
works in translation or modernized forms. No
previous knowledge o f Middle English is re­
quired.
Not offered 1987-88. Williamson.

Lyric and narrative poetry o f the Elizabethan
age and early 17th century.
Not offered 1987-88. Snyder.

23. H is to ry o f th e English Lan g u ag e .
A study o f English in its various aspects—

2 7 . T u d o r-S tu a rt D ra m a .*
Development o f the English drama in the
sixteenth and seventeenth ceuturies.
Spring semester. Blackburn.

28 . M ilto n .*
Study o f Milton’s poetry with particular em­
phasis on Paradise Lost.
Not offered 1987-88. Blackburn.

29 . “ W h at Th ou L o v e s t Well R e m a ins.”
Love’s riddles, sacred and profane, analyzed
and reexamined in four groups o f works from
the fourteenth through the seventeenth cen-

123

English Literatu re

turies: Boccaccio’s II Filostrato, Chaucer’s Troilus and C riseyde, and Shakespeare’s Troilus and
C ressida; Shakespeare’s Antony and C leopatra
and Dryden’s A ll For Love; Sidney’s Certain
Sonnets and A strophel and Stella, Shakespeare’s
Sonnets and Donne’s Songs and Sonnets;
Donne’s Holy Sonnets and Herbert’s T he Tem­
p le. In our comparative study o f sources and
analogues, we shall explore the ways in which
choices o f genre, structure, and language de­
termine meaning as writers convey the au­
thenticity o f an experience that encompasses
loyalty and betrayal, aspiration and renuncia­
tion.
Spring semester. Sununu.

35. Eig h te en th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re .*
A study o f selected English prose and poetry
from 1660-1800, with some special attention
given to works that attempt to find order and
stability in the face o f social, religious, and
emotional doubt. Authors to be read include
Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Aspects o f
Hobbes, Natural Supernaturalists, Graveyard
poets, and others will also be considered,
chiefly as background.
N ot offered 1987-88. Pagliaro.

36. English N o v e l, I .*
A consideration o f fiction from the 18th Cen­
tury to the Victorian period.
N ot offered 1987-88. Langbauer.

38. R o m a n tic P o e try .*
A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with
attention given to the ideas as well as to the
form and structure o f their works.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.

40 . Questioning the Tradition.
This course will consider the process o f canon
formation by examining the works o f major
and minor nineteenth-century English nov­
elists, their contemporaries’ reviews o f them,
and current theoretical debates. We will focus
on the ways that issues o f gender and class
influence tradition. Writers include Bronte,
Gaskell, Collins, Braddon, Dickens, Trollope,
and Gissing.
Not offered 1987-88. Langbauer.

4 1 . Em inen ce and Decadence:
Th e V icto ria n P o e ts.
A study o f the poetry o f Tennyson, Robert
and Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Arnold, Mere­

124

dith, the Rossettis, Wilde, and others, with
particular attention to each artist’s response
to the stresses o f the era.
N ot offered 1987-88. N. Anderson.

4 2 . English N o v e l, il.
A consideration o f English fiction since 1850.
N ot offered 1987-88.

4 3 . S tu d ie s in English Fictio n .
This course will study developments in fiction
(mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot,
and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce. Syllabi
vary from year to year, but the focus remains
on ideological premises and aesthetic practices
as these alter in the transition from Victorian
to Modern culture.
Not offered 1987-88. Weinstein.

4 5 . M od ern B ritish P o e try .
A consideration o f the major British poets
from Hardy to Ted Hughes, with particular
attention given to each poet’s individual
response to the circumstances o f modern life.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.

46 . Introduction to A n g lo -Iris h
Lite ra tu re .
This course will cover the background to the
modern literature through such topics as epic
literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the
Irish storyteller, and will include readings
from The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as
from Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey,
Kavanagh, Heaney, and others.
Spring semester. Durkan.

4 7 . Th e N o v e l and S o cial Change.
This course will explore the relation o f the
Victorian novel to its extra-literary contexts.
Focussing on a series o f controversial contem­
porary topics like the factory system, political
representation, the position o f women, the
role o f the family, we will read non-literary
texts (essays, pamphlets, sermons, some writ­
ings from Marx) that deal directly with these
issues, selections from some less well-known
literary texts (the Condition o f England nov­
els, the seamstress narratives) that give us
fictional representations o f the same issues,
and the works o f canonical authors like
Charles Dickens, George Eliot, and Charlotte
Bronte, where issues are present but in less
direct, less foregrounded form. In all cases, we
will be asking how the social, the political, and
the economic are represented in the text.

Fall semester. Michie.

48. A m e ric a n R e a lis m , N a tu ra lis m , and
M od ern ism .
Fiction and poetry o f the late nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. We begin with realism’s
roots in romanticism and end with its evolu­
tion into modernism and postmodernism.
Through the literature and selected theoretical
readings we will work to define realism, nat­
uralism, and modernism and to understand
the movements as particular ways o f seeing,
knowing, and prepresenting the world. Read­
ings will be drawn from Jewett, Freeman,
Melville, Wharton, James, Howells, Crane,
Dreiser, Eliot, Cather, Anderson, Heming­
way, H .D ., Stein, Frost, Didion, Pynchon.
Spring semester. Singley.

49. Beyond th e Pa le : Readings in the
A m e ric a n Gothic.
A study o f the gothic tradition through the
fiction and poetry o f key American writers,
with emphasis on the relationship o f the
gothic to mainstream American literary
themes and conventions. We will give special
attention to the thrillers, supernatural tales,
and gothic representations o f women writers,
in order to discover similarities and differ­
ences in men’s and women’s depictions of
fear, repression, and the unknown. Readings
include C. B. Brown, Irving, Poe, Hawthorne,
Alcott, Freeman, Jewett, James, Wharton,
Gilman, Faulkner, and O ’Connor.
Spring semester. Singley.

nation. Authors will include Langston Hughes,
Jean Tommer, Countee Cullen, Zora Neale
Hurston, Claude McKay, and James Weldon
Johnson; but the course will consider expres­
sions o f art and music as well as fiction and
poetry and will include a field trip to Harlem.
Spring semester. James.

5 3 . C o m te m p o ra ry W om en’s P o e try .
We shall examine the great variety o f poetic
styles and stances employed by women writing
in the United States today. Among the poets
we may consider are: Muriel Rukeyser, Gwen­
dolyn Brooks, Adrienne Rich, Denise Levertov, Sylvia Plath, Audre Lorde, June Broumas,
and Carolyn Forche.
Fall semester. N. Anderson.

5 4 . S tu d ie s in A m e ric a n Fictio n .
An introduction to the development o f the
American short story from the early nine­
teenth century to the present, including work
by Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Wilkins,
Freeman, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, O ’Connor,
Welty, Barthelme, and Pynchon.
Not offered 1987-88. Schmidt.

55. M od ern A m e ric a n P o e try .
Selected poems and prose by Williams, H. D.
Pound, Stevens, Moore, and others.
Not offered 1987-88. Schmidt.

56. P e rs o n a l/P o litic a l: P o e tic s .**

This course examines several important at­
tempts by American writers o f fiction to
redefine the tragic experience in modern terms
and consistent with the way scientific method,
deistic faith, and biological discoveries con­
verged in their imaginations. Writers will
include Kate Chopin, Stephen Crane, Theo­
dore Dreiser, W. D. Howells, Jack London,
Frank Norris, Edith Wharton, and Richard
Wright.
Not offered 1987-88. James.

How does a poetics that denies the significance
o f authorial intention and political activism
come to terms with the practice o f consciously
ideological art? In what ways does that practice
require the articulation o f a new poetics? This
inquiry into the nature o f the poetic will
consider Lacanian conceptions o f metaphor
and metonymy, feminist deployments o f psy­
choanalytic theory, and the Marxist recon­
siderations o f culture prompted by Raymond
Williams, to examine a variety o f poetry, with
special attention to the conflations o f personal
experience and vehemence found in feminist
and black poetry o f the 1970s and 1980s.
Spring semester. N. Anderson.

52. T h e H a rle m R e n aissan ce .

5 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry A m e ric a n P ro s e .

This examination o f the "New Negro” in the
"Jazz Age” will focus on the optimism and
innovation that highlighted Afro-American
culture during the decade o f the 1920s and
proved to be generative for New York and the

An examination o f the myriad regional ac­
cents, aims, and styles—from documentary
realism to symbolic fantasy—which distin­
guish American prose since World War II.
Not offered 1987-88. Schmidt.

5 1. Fic tio n s o f A m e ric a n N a tu ra lis m .

125

English Literature

5 8. Th e A m e ric a n A u to b io g ra p h y.
This course examines—through the genre of
autobiography—the American tendency to dis­
cover, assert, and recreate the Self. The range
o f authors is meant to suggest possible pairings
o f interrelated black and white works and
includes Benjamin Franklin, Frederick Doug­
lass, Henry Adams, Jane Addams, Gertrude
Stein, Richard Wright, Zora Hurston, Norman
Mailer, Maya Angelou, and Malcolm. X.
Fall semester. James.

59. T h e B la ck A m e ric a n W rite r.
This survey o f prose fiction and poetry pays
particular attention to the way the AfroAmerican author engages the modes o f the
pastoral and "antipastoral” as thesis and an­
titheses. Writers include Charles Chesnutt,
Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston, Sterling Brown,
Richard Wright, Gwendolyn Brooks, and
James Baldwin.
Not offered 1987-88. James.

60. Th e C o n te m p o ra ry B lack W rite r o f
th e United S ta te s .
An examination o f the way history, myth, and
blues (as oral form) are transformed into
metaphor, ritual, and m otif by contemporary
Afro-Americans. Writers discussed will in­
clude Baldwin, Baraka, David Bradley, Paula
Marshall, Toni Morrison, Alice Walker, John
Wideman, and selected poetry.
Not offered 1987-88. James.

6 1. A m e ric a n D ra m a .
A survey o f the development o f American
dramatic literature from the 1860s to the
present. Special attention is given to the role
o f indiginous values as well as to the great
American myths o f the cowboy, Hollywood,
and the urban jungle as they have been articu­
lated in theatrical terms.
Not offered 1987-88. Leff.

credit are granted at the discretion o f the
instructor. (Studio course)
Fall semester. Schmidt.

66. Fictio n W rite rs ’ W o rksh o p .
The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories
submitted by students. It meets once a week
for three hours. In addition to receiving prac­
tical help from fellow writers, students have
an opportunity to articulate and explore the­
oretical aspects o f fiction writing. Students
should submit one story for admission, at a
time announced during the fall semester. Ad­
mission and credit are granted at the discretion
o f the instructor. (Studio course.)
Spring semester.

69. Colloquium : S h a k e s p e a re .
Desire, death, and domestication o f love in
Shakespeare’s middle and late plays. Intensive
study o f M easure for M easure, O thello, The
W inter’s Tale, King Lear, Pericles, Coriolanus,
Antony and C leopatra, The Tempest with special
attention to genre study. Students may be
admitted to English 6 9 without having taken
English 25.
Not offered 1987-88. Blum.

7 0 . R e n aissan ce C om p arative
L ite r a tu r e .*
(See CEL 70 .) Humanism and "CounterRenaissance” developments in major writings
o f Renaissance Europe: Erasmus, More, Rabe­
lais, Petrarch, Gaspara Stampa, Ariosto, Mar­
guerite de Navarre, St. John o f the Cross, and
Cervantes (all studied in translation).
Not offered 1987-88. Snyder.

7 2 . P ro u s t, J o y c e , and Fau lkn e r.

65. P o e try W o rksh o p .

Selections from Proust’s Remembrance o f
Things Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and
Ulysses entire, and selected Faulkner novels.
Emphasis on the ideological and formal tenets
o f modernism.
Not offered 1987-88. Weinstein.

A class, limited to twelve, in which students
write, read, translate, and talk about poetry.
We will emphasize the discovery and develop­
ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic
voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic con­
cerns, within the context o f contempory po­
etics. Students should submit 3-5 pages o f
poetry for admission, at a time announced
during fall semester. The workshop will meet
once a week for three hours. Admission and

An intensive comparative study. Readings
will include A Portrait o f the Artist as a Young
Man, Ulysses, and substantial portions o f A la
Recherche du temps perdu. Proust readings and
lectures will be conducted in French. Crosslisted as French 75, this course counts toward
concentration in either English or French. It
will explore the role o f the artist; the modern­
ist sense o f character; narrative experiments

126

7 3 . P ro u s t and J o y c e .

with plot, style, and point o f view; the mean­
ings o f time and memory.
Prerequisites: French 12 and an introductory
English course (or their equivalents).
Not offered 1987-88. Weinstein and Roza.

7 4 a . M od ern D ram a I: Ibsen to
A v a n t G a rd e .
A study o f the major dramatists from the turn
o f the century to the rise o f the avant garde.
Playwrights will include Ibsen, Chekhov,
Strindberg, Shaw, Pirandello, Brecht, O ’Neill,
Genet, Beckett, and Pinter. Theoretical read­
ings will include Stanislavsky, Nietzsche,
Freud, Brecht, and Artaud. There will be
occasional labs for working on scenes with
professional actors and for viewing film ver­
sions o f the plays. (Crosslisted CEL 74a.)
Not offered 1987-88. Williamson.

74 b . M od ern D ram a II: A v a n t Garde
and C o n te m p o ra ry.
A study o f a broad range o f recent dramatic
writing. Particular emphasis on experimental
and radical theatre movements in England,
Germany, Poland, and the United States.
Authors include: Beckett, Bond, Stoppard,
Handke, Kroetz, Witkiewicz, Rozewicz, She­
pard, and Foreman. (Crosslisted CEL 74b.)
Spring semester. Williamson.

7 5 . M o d e rn P o e try .
A consideration o f the various manifestations
of modernism in English Language poetry on
either side o f the Atlantic. We will trace the
careers o f the High Modernists Yeats, Law­
rence, Pound, and Eliot; weigh the American
experiments o f Stein, Stevens, Williams, and
Marianne Moore; review the impact o f Imagism and the Harlem Literary Renaissance;
examine brief and extended poetic responses
to some o f the radical uncertainties engen­
dered by early twentieth-century history.
Not offered 1987-88. N. Anderson.

7 6 . Th e B la ck A fric a n W rite r.
This study gives particular attention to the
way black African writers portray Africa
emerging from the age o f myth—where the
conceptualization o f time shaped and was
shaped by a traditional way o f life—into a
conception o f time as we know it in our
industrialized culture. Readings will be chosen
from works written in English and in transla­
tion, including Achebe, Armah, Ngugi, Sem-

bene, Senghor, and Soyinka.
Not offered 1987-88. James.

7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p arative Fictio n .
This course will explore the relationships
between desire and the law, as well as the
social construction o f identity, in a range o f
19th- and 20th-century novels. Writers will
include Dickens, Dostoevsky, Flaubert, Tol­
stoy, Kafka, and Faulkner. (Crosslisted as
CEL 79.)
Spring semester. Michie.

80. S a tire .
This examination o f satire as a literary genre
focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em­
phasis is placed on distinguishing between
two main conceptions o f satire and, therefore,
two different types o f satirists. Selections are
chosen from Horace and Juvenal, Shake­
speare, Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Twain, Huxley,
Ishmael Reed, and Nathanael West.
Not offered 1987-88. James.

8 2. B e p re sen tatio ns o f W om en’s
Id e n tity .**
(Crosslisted as Psychology 52 .) A study o f the
ways in which psychology, literature, and
literary theory illuminate women’s identity
and self-expression. By examining such mate­
rial as psychological case studies, fairy tales,
poetry and fiction by male and female authors,
psychological theory and literary criticism,
we will identify some o f the ways in which
women have been represented in our culture,
the consequences o f this representation, and
possibilities for expanding self-awareness and
creativity.
Prerequisite: an introductory course in En­
glish.
Not offered 1987-88. Blum and Marecek.

8 4. Folk lore and Folklife S tu d ie s.
(See History 84 .)
Spring semester. Morgan.

85. M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t
and Lite ra tu re , 18 70 -19 3 0 .
An interdisciplinary study o f the origins, ide­
ology, and development o f modernism and
anti-modernism in American culture between
1870 and 1930 using approaches from the
fields o f art history, American studies, and
literary criticism. Artists considered include
Eakins, Homer, Cassatt, the Ashcan school,
the '2 9 1 ’ group, Hopper, and Wood; writers

127

English Literature

include James, Wilkins Freeman, Crane, Fitz­
gerald, William Carlos Williams, and Natha­
nael West.
Prerequisites: introductory courses in both
art history and English literature. Permission
o f one o f the instructors is required. (Crosslisted Art 52 .)
Not offered 1987-88. Schmidt and Hungerford.

8 7 . Film and Lite ra tu re Colloquium .
The colloquium will focus each year on one or
more o f the following topics: the work o f a
director or group o f directors, the possibilities
o f a particular film genre, the issues o f critical
interest common to both film and literature.
Films will be chosen with an eye to their
interest to students o f literature. Some may be
based on fiction or drama; others may share
formal concerns with a literary text. The topic
for this year is unreliable narration in film
with an emphasis on the ways in which film
may be used to mirror various mental states
from daydream to nightmare. Films will in­
clude Rashomon, W ild Strawberries, and Provi­
dence. The alternative slants o f fiction/film
combinations will include the Clockwork
Oranges o f Burgess and Kubrick and the Dark
Hearts o f Conrad and Coppola.
Not offered 1987-88. Williamson.

90. Colloquium : T h e o ry o f C o m e d y .**
An advanced study o f the form and function
o f comedy using a broad range o f comic works
and theories o f comedy from the Greeks to
the present. Films and other forms o f comedy
in popular culture (including Hollywood
comedies and comic strips) will be studied as
well as classic literary works by Shakespeare,
Chekhov, and others. Limited enrollment.
Fall semester. Schmidt.

9 1. Fe m in ist L ite r a ry C ritic is m .**
W hat is feminism? W hat is its relation to
literary criticism? In this course, we will ex­
plore the role o f politics (needing, as we go
along, to define that term, too) in answering
those questions, examining the ways that femi­
nism exposes as political those very spheres—
such as even our very identities—that have
traditionally seemed exempt, if not opposed,
to politics. Readings in current feminist liter­
ary criticism and theory.
Spring semester. Langbauer.

128

9 2. T h e o ry o f th e N o v e l.**
This course focuses on the novel to explore
issues o f literary theory. We will begin by
considering some o f the elements o f the po­
etics o f the novel— character, plot, point of
view, and so on. We will use the technical
meaning o f these terms (how the novel works)
as a way into contemporary critical debates
about what the novel means, as well as debates
about meaning and interpretation themselves:
our focus on character, for example, will lead
us into questions about the construction of
identity and its relation to representation.
Readings will include nineteenth-century
English novels, and current literary criticism
and theory.
Fall semester. Langbauer.

96. Directed Reading.
Students who plan directed reading must con­
sult with the appropriate instructor and sub­
mit a prospectus to the Department by way of
application for such work before the begin­
ning o f the semester during which the study is
actually done. Deadlines for the receipt of
written applications are the second Monday
in November and the first Monday in April.
Normally limited to juniors and seniors.

9 7 . Independent S tu d y .
Students who plan an independent study must
consult with the appropriate instructor and
submit a prospectus to the Department by
way o f application for such work before the
beginning o f the semester during which the
study is actually done. Deadlines for the re­
ceipt o f written applications are the second
Monday in November and the first Monday in
April. Normally limited to juniors and seniors.
Staff.

9 8 ,9 9 . S e n io r E s s a y , S e n io r T h e s is .
In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course
majors in the Department may pursue a liter­
ary project (English 9 8 ) o f their own choos­
ing. The major part o f the semester is devoted
to preparing an essay (or essays) under the
supervision o f a member o f the Department.
A brief prospectus for the project must be
submitted for approval by the Department in
April o f the junior year. Before submitting
this prospectus, Course majors should consult
with the Department Chairman and with the
Department member who might supervise the
project.

The project, culminating in an essay (or essays) o f 20-25 pages, will be completed in
December o f the senior year. Students who do
well on this project and wish to develop it into

a comprehensive thesis will take English 9 9 in
the spring semester. The work on the thesis
will normally deepen or expand work com­
pleted during the fall.

SEMINARS: ENGLISH LITERATURE
G roup I

10 1. S h a k e s p e a re .
Study o f Shakespeare as dramatist and poet.
The emphasis is on the major plays, with a
more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the
canon. Students are advised to read through
all the plays before entering the seminar.
Each semester. Blackburn, Snyder, Breitenberg.

10 2. C ha u ce r and M ed ie va l Lite ra tu re .
A survey o f English literature, primarily po­
etry, from the 8th through the 15th century
with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will
include Beow ulf and other selected Old En­
glish poems, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight,
Chaucer’s Troilus and Criseyde and a major
portion o f The Canterbury Tales, Piers Plowman,
Pearl, Everyman, selected mystery plays, and
portions o f Malory’s LeMorte d ’Arthur. Back­
ground readings will include selections from
Andreas Capellanus and Boethius. Works in
Chaucerian dialect will be read in Middle
English; other works will be read in translation
or in modernized versions. Modern analogies
such as Gardner’s Grendel and Bergman’s
Seventh Seal are occasionally included. This
seminar may be open to advanced course
students with a special interest in the period
and to majors in Medieval Studies.
Spring semester. Williamson.

104. M ilto n .
Study o f Milton’s works with special emphasis

on Paradise Lost.
Fall semester. Blackburn.

105. T u d o r-S tu a rt D ra m a .
The development o f English drama from me­
dieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy and
comedy.
Not offered 1987-88. Blackburn.

10 6. Re n aissan ce Ep ic .
The two major English epics o f the period,
Spenser’s Faerie Q ueene and Milton’s Paradise
Lost, considered in the context o f the work o f
each poet and in relation to two antecedents,
Virgil’s A eneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem D elivered.
N ot offered 1987-88. Snyder.

108. Re n aissan ce P o e try .
Poetic modes and preoccupations o f the En­
glish Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney,
Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and
Marvell.
Spring semester. Snyder.

10 9. Eig h te e n th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re .
Examination o f the literary forms and critical
values o f the age, with special attention given
to the works o f Dryden, Swift, Pope, and
Johnson.
N ot offered 1987-88. Pagliaro.

110 . Rom an tic P o e try .
Examination o f the poetry o f Blake, Words­
worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
Fall semester. Pagliaro, Greenberg.

G roup II

113 . T h e En glish N o v e l.
Studies in English fiction from the eighteenth
century to the present.
Fall semester. Langbauer.

115 . M o d e rn C o m p a ra tive Lite ra tu re .
Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville

to the present. Fall and Spring reading lists
will be different.
Spring semester. Michie.

1 1 6 . A m e ric a n L ite r a tu r e .**
A study o f central writers o f the American
Renaissance, 1820-1865: Emerson, Haw-

129

English Literature

thorne, Margaret Fuller, Thoreau, Melville,
Walt Whitman, and Emily Dickinson. As well
as closely reading selected texts, we will place
these authors within a broad, interdisciplinary
context, incorporating recent work by Ameri­
can studies scholars, including contemporary
feminist historians, and Michael Foucault.
Special emphasis will be given to the revolu­
tionary aesthetic and social implications o f
Transcendentalism for views o f religion, na­
ture, language, industrialism, and the "wom­
an’s sphere” in society during the American
Renaissance.
Fall semester. Schmidt, Singley.

1 1 7 . Film and Lite ra tu re .
The seminar will concentrate on films o f
special interest to students o f literature. Some
o f the films may be based on literary works
(such as Coppola’s adaptation o f Heart o f
D arkness or Kubrick’s A Clockw ork Orange),
or show a more general literary influence
(such as Strindberg’s influence on Bergman);
others may raise questions o f critical interest
relevant to both film and literature (such as
Resnais’s use o f an unreliable author-narrator
in Providence). Topics will include the use o f
subjective point o f view or camera, narrative
and cinematic framing devices, ways o f build­
ing a character, film and feminism, and com­
parative treatments o f a common myth. Direc­
tors may include Bergman, Bunel, Coppola,
Herzog, Kubrick, Lynch, and Resnais.
Spring semester 1989. Williamson.

118 . M od ern P o e try .
A study o f the poetry and critical prose o f
Yeats, Eliot, and Stevens in an effort to define
their differences and to assess their influence
on later poets and theorists.
Spring semester. N. Anderson.

119 . M od ern D r a m a .**
A survey o f dramatic literature from Ibsen to
the present. Texts will be examined both as
scripts for living theatre and as literary and
cultural documents. Viewing live productions

and film or video versions will be a part o f the
seminar. Secondary readings on dramatic the­
ory, criticism, and intellectual history relevant
to the plays under discussion will be assigned
each week.
Fall semester. Williamson.

120 . T h e o ry o f C ritic is m .**
A course designed to provide a working knowl­
edge o f the major schools o f contemporary
criticism.
Spring semester. Langbauer.

1 2 1 . M od ern B la ck Fictio n .
A study o f the evolving literary interrelation­
ship o f the United States, Africa, and the
West Indies since World War II. The seminar
examines a unity o f themes arising out o f
shared experiences and heritages and includes
work by Chinua Achebe, Toni Morrison,
James Baldwin, George Lamming, Richard
Wright, Paule Marshall, and Wole Soyinka.
Spring semester. James.

180. Th e s is .
A major in the Honors Program may elect to
write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
The student must select a topic and submit a
plan for Department approval no later than
the end o f the junior year. Normally, the
student writes the thesis, under the direction
o f a member o f the Department, during the
fall o f the senior year.
Staff.

183. Independent S tu d y.
Students may prepare for an Honors Exami­
nation in a field or major figure comparable in
literary significance to those offered in the
regular seminars. Independent study projects
must be approved by the Department and
supervised by a Department member. Dead­
lines for the receipt o f written applications are
the second Monday in November and the first
Monday in April.
Staff.

THEATRE STUDIES
The Theatre Studies major uses the study and
performance o f dramatic art as one part o f a
liberal arts education. It is intended to be o f
broad benefit regardless o f a student’s profes­

130

sional intentions. It is cross-disciplinary and
makes a clear distinction between dramatic
literature and performance. Studies in dra­
matic literature begin with the written play-

script and may include work in departments
o f English Literature, Modem Languages and
Literatures, and Classics. Studies in perfor­
mance begin with the theatrical event and may
include work in theatre history, theory, de­
sign, acting, production, and directing.
The Theatre studies major emphasises process
rather than public performance. Beginning
and intermediate acting classes address the
problems o f "behaving as if the given circum­

stances were real” without actually perform­
ing for the general public. Final projects for
these courses are typically presented "in
house.” All practice o f public performance
takes place in advanced acting technique
classes which carry prerequisites and are
supervised by working theatre professionals.
Because actors do much o f their work in
public, all classes in acting and directing are
open to visitors.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Introduction to Theatre (Theatre 1) is the
prerequisite for all other courses in perfor­
mance studies. (This prerequisite does not
apply to seniors, nor is it required o f those
who wish only to take studio courses.) The
introductory course is designed to acquaint
the student with the principal elements of
theatre study including dramatic analysis, the­
ory, design, and acting. The work o f the
course includes reading, discussion, practical
exercises, and short papers. The course may
count toward the major. The minimum re­
quirement for admission to a major or a
minor in Theatre Studies is Theatre 1 and one
additional course from either dramatic litera­
ture or performance studies.
Students considering a major in Theatre Studies
are strongly urged to take one or two addi­
tional courses during the sophomore year.
Majors and prospective majors should consult
a member o f the Theatre Studies faculty for
information about courses in other depart­
ments complementary to their work in the­
atre. The study o f theatre and dramatic litera­
ture in foreign languages and cultural contexts
is strongly recommended. Students who plan
to do graduate work or to follow a course o f
professional training should see a member o f
the faculty for early help in planning their
programs.
Major in the Course Program: The course major
in Theatre Studies requires ten credits of
work in dramatic literature and performance
studies as follows: a) dramatic literature: at
least four credits including Shakespeare.
Work should also include at least one credit
in the modern period and one besides Shake­
speare covering material written before Ibsen.

Dramatic literature courses may include work
from English Literature, Modern Languages
and Literatures, and Classics. Students with
the requisite language skills are urged to do
the work in the original language; b ) perfor­
mance studies: at least four credits including
Performance Theory, Introduction to Design,
and two studio credits; c) the senior compre­
hensive examination will be given in two
parts: i) a three-hour exam based on a reading
list o f plays and critical works drawn from
English Literature, Modem Languages and
Literatures, and Classics. This list is given to
students when they are accepted into the
major; ii) a take-home essay describing solu­
tions to artistic and critical problems. A senior
essay or project (Theatre 9 5, 9 6 ) is optional;
interested students should consult with the
appropriate advisor in the spring o f the junior
year. Applications for internships and special
projects should be made as far in advance as
possible.
Major in the External Examination (H onors)
Program: The honors major requires six or
eight credits including Shakespeare Seminar
and Senior Project in preparation for three or
four papers. Seminars in dramatic literature
carry a prerequisite o f at least one upper level
English course. Senior Project will be evalu­
ated in performance as well as by paper. The
minor requires four credits in preparation for
two papers. One o f the papers for the minor
would normally be Senior Project.
W ith respect to the twenty course rule,
courses in dramatic literature in English Lit­
erature, Classics, and Modern Languages and
Literatures will count as part o f the major;
courses in non-dramatic literature will not.

131

English Literature

Dramatic Literature Courses:

English 1 0 1. S h a k e s p e a re .

English 25 . S h a k e s p e a re .

En g lish 105. T u d o r and S tu a rt D ra m a .

En glish 2 7 . Tu d o r and S tu a rt D ra m a .

English 1 19 . M od ern D ra m a .

English 6 1. A m e ric a n D ra m a .

Fre n c h 10 2. Le T h é â tre C lassiqu e .

En glish 69. Colloquium in S h a k e s p e a re .

G e rm an 108. Deutsche Lite ra tu r
nach 1950.

English 7 4 a . M od ern D ram a I.
English 7 4 b . M od ern D ram a II.
C E L 7 4 a . M od ern D ram a I.

R u ssian 109. C h e k h ov.
G re e k 1 1 4 . G re e k D ra m a .

C E L 7 4 b . M od ern D ram a II.

1 . In troduction to the Th e a tre .

Fre nc h 4 3 . Le T h é â tre .

C la s s ic s 8 2. T h e A n c ie n t Th e a tre .

This course includes sections on dramaturgy,
theatre space, and acting. Theatre profes­
sionals from New York and Philadelphia meet
with the class as possible. Several short papers.
Readings drawn from among: Chekhov, Ibsen,
Pinter, Aristotle, Brecht, Bentley, Artaud,
Wilde, Appia, Shaw, Langer, Shank. This
course is the prerequisite for advanced per­
formance studies courses (see list above), and
may serve as prerequisite for the dramatic
literature courses (not seminars) listed on this
page. One credit.
Fall semester. Adams, Belver, Devin.

Performance Studies Courses:

2 A . Techniques o f A c tin g : W o rk on
th e S e lf.

Fre nc h 7 0 . Th é â tre M o d e rn e .
B e rm an 5 2. Das Deutsche D ra m a .
G e rm an 60. Goethe’s Faust
G e rm an 83. K a fk a and D r e c h t
S pan ish 40. El Teatro del Renaciem ento
y del S igio de O ro .
S pan ish 7 5 . Teatro H isp á n ico a m e rica n o C on tem poráneo.

T h e a tre 1 . In troduction to T h e a tre .
T h e a tre 2 . Techniques o f A c tin g .
T h e a tre 3 . Prod uctio n W o rksh o p .
T h e a tre 5 . S cene S tu d y .
Th e a tre 13 . Th e a tre H is to ry .
T h e a tre 14 . In troduction to Design.
T h e a tre 15 . A d va n c e d Design.
T h e a tre 16 . P la y Directin g.
T h e a tre 1 7 . P la yw rig h tin g W o rksh o p .
T h e a tre 18 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry .
T h e a tre 2 3 . En se m ble I.
T h e a tre 2 4 . En se m ble II.
T h e a tre 9 3. D irecte d Reading.
T h e a tre 9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r Es s a y .

Honors Seminars:
T h e a tre 1 1 1 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry .
T h e a tre 180. S e n io r P r o je c t

132

This is the basic acting course, the prerequisite
for all others. Vocal and physical warm-up;
relaxation; concentration; ensemble; sense
and affective memory; non-ordinary reality.
This class meets four hours a week. Studio
course; one credit.
No prerequisite.
Spring semester. Devin.

2 8 . Techniques o f Actin g
(in te n sive se ctio n ).
Same as above, but this section meets for two
hours, four nights a week. Recommended
strongly for students who plan to major in
Theatre Studies. Studio course; one credit.
No prerequisite.
Spring semester. Devin.

3 . Prod u ctio n W o rksh o p .
This course focuses upon and seeks to resolve
specific production problems (scenery, light­
ing, audio, costuming, production manage­
ment). Theatre 1 is not required as a prereq­
uisite. May be repeated once for credit. Studio
course; one-half credit.
Spring semester. Pyne.

5 . S cene S tu d y .

1 7 . P la y w ritin g W orksh op .

An acting studio for intermediate and ad­
vanced students who choose their own proj­
ects and work on them with the instructor’s
help. Six professional actors from the Young
Company at People’s Light study in this
course. They are scene partners for Swarthmore students. The class may be repeated for
credit. Studio course; one-half credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 23.
Fall semester. Devin.

Projects in playwriting. Discussion o f playscripts supported by reading and analysis o f
appropriate models. Admission at the discre­
tion o f the instructor. Studio course; one
credit.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Devin.

13 . T h e a tre H is to ry .
The study o f selected periods o f theatre from
a historical perspective. Emphasis on the man­
ifestation o f philosophical, political, and
moral conditions in dramatic performance;
consideration as well o f the problematics
o f reading older texts within contemporary
frames o f performance. (Readings: Nicoll,
Nagle, R. Gilman, P. Arnott, G. W. Knight,
Pepys, V. Turner.)
Not offered 1987-88. Leff.

14 . Introduction to Design.
The study o f theoretical and historical foun­
dations for contemporary theatrical design.
Practical application o f design principles in
projects and exercises. (Readings: Appia,
Craig, Braun, F. L. Wright, K. Burke, Bachelard, Giedion.)
Fall semester. Staff.

15. A d va n c e d Design.
Extensive projects in support o f the Ensemble
classes; application o f design principles to
specific problems o f period style, theatre
architecture, and the collaborative process.
(Readings: Tuan, Klee, G. Stein, Venturi, V.
Turner, Barthes, Giedion.)
Not offered 1987-88. Leff.

16 . P la y D irectin g.
Principles and techniques o f making works of
dramatic art from playscripts. Play selection
and analysis; physical production; rehearsal
procedures, especially improvisation and en­
semble technique. This class treats the direc­
tor as an artist who discovers the work o f
dramatic art through the interaction o f playscript, design, and rehearsal. One credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 1, Theatre 2.
Spring semester. Devin.

18 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry .
A study o f the development and evolution o f
theories o f performance as they apply to
theatre and related arts. Authors will include
Aristotle, Diderot, Nietzsche, Artaud, Grotowski, Roland Barthes.
Not offered 1987-88. Leff.

2 3 . Ensem ble I: W o rk on the P la y s c rip t
Acting techniques applied to scene and play
analysis, beginning with simple, realistic ma­
terial and moving to Shakespeare; given cir­
cumstances; character biography; objectives;
physical behavior, tasks, action; vocal and
physical warm-up; relaxation, concentration,
and body awareness. This class meets for two
hours, four nights a week. Studio course; one
credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 2.
Fall semester. Devin.

2 4 . En se m ble II: W o rk w ith an Au die nce .
This class rehearses a full-length play for
public performance. This year the play is
Spring Awakening by Frank Wedekind, in a
new translation by Jon Franzen, Swarthmore
’81. Using ensemble rehearsal methods with
emphasis on improvisation, the company will
prepare its own version o f the play, including
an audience as a part o f given circumstances.
Guests will attend class at various points in
the rehearsal schedule as part o f preparation
for performance. Studio course; one credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 23.
Spring semester. Adams, Pyne.

93. Directed Reading.
9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r P r o je c t
An essay or production project prepared
under the supervision o f an appropriate fac­
ulty member. A prospectus must be submitted
for approval in April o f the junior year.
Before submitting the prospectus, majors
should consult with the Director and with the

133

English Literature

faculty member who might supervise the proj ect. A one-credit project will normally be
completed in the fall o f the senior year. The

fall work may serve as preparation for a larger
project to be completed in the spring.
Staff.

H isto ry

M A R G A R E T A N D E R S O N , Professor2
3
R O R ER T C . R A N N IS T E R , Professor3
L IL L IA N M . L I, Professor
K A T H R Y N L M O R G A N , Professor
J E R O M E H . W O O D , J R ., Professor
H A R R IS O N M . W R IG H T, Professor
R O R ER T S . D U P L E S S IS , Associate Professor and Chairman
S T E P H E N P. R E N S C H , Assistant Professor
M A R JO R IE M U R P H Y , Assistant Professor
A N D R EW M . V E R N E R , Assistant Professor
N O E L 0 . C A R Y , Instructor

COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
The Department o f History offers a range of
courses o f value to all students, from surveys
to more specialized courses focusing on a
specific period, theme, or subfield. All courses
attempt to give students a sense of the past, an
acquaintance with the social, cultural, and
institutional developments that have pro­
duced the world o f today, and an understand­
ing o f the nature o f history as a discipline. The
courses emphasize less the accumulation of
data than the investigation, from various
points o f view, o f those ideas and institu­
tions—political, religious, social, and eco­
nomic—by which people have endeavored to
order their world.
Surveys are designed to serve the needs of
students who seek a general education in the
field, as well as to provide preparation for a
range o f upper-level courses. Freshman semi­
nars explore particular issues or periods in

depth. Although these entry-level courses
vary somewhat in approach, they normally
consider major issues o f interpretation, the
analysis o f primary sources, and historical
methodology.
Prerequisites: Surveys (numbered one through
nine) are open to all students without prereq­
uisites. Freshman seminars are open only to
freshmen on the same basis. Upper-level
courses are generally open to all students who
have taken a survey in the same area, or who
have Advanced Placement scores o f 3 -5 , or by
permission o f the instructor based on work in
fields related to the subject o f the course.
Exceptions are courses "n o t open to fresh­
men” or where specific prerequisites are
stated. For courses not clearly in the area o f
one o f the surveys, please consult the instruc­
tor.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR
Prerequisites: The prerequisite for admission
to the Department as a major in the Course or
External Examination (Honors) Program or
as a minor in the Honors program is normally
at least two History courses taken at Swarthmore and a satisfactory standard o f work in all
courses. At least one o f these history courses
should be taken within the History Depart­

ment, and preferably two for admission to
Honors. Ideally preparation o f the major
should include at least one survey, and either
a freshman seminar or upper-level course.
Students who intend to continue their studies
after graduation should bear in mind that a
reading knowledge o f one or two foreign
languages (particularly French and German)

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

135

H isto ry

is now generally assumed for admission to
graduate school.
M ajor in the Course Program: The work o f the
major in course consists o f at least eight (and
no more than twelve) semester courses in the
department, chosen so as to fulfill the follow­
ing requirements:
(a) Course majors must fulfill certain depart­
mental distribution requirements. For
purposes o f distribution the Department
has divided its courses into four groups:
(1 ) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modern
Europe through the 18th century; (2 )
Modern Europe (19th-20th centuries);
(3 ) the United States; and (4 ) Africa,
Asia, and Latin America. Course majors
must take at least one course from each o f
these areas. Beyond that, majors are en­
couraged to concentrate informally in
topics or areas o f special interest to them.
(b ) Course majors must write either a thesis
(for which they will receive academic
credit) or a research paper and compre­
hensive examination. (1 ) Thesis. Students
who wish to take advantage o f this option
must submit a proposal for department

approval by May 1 o f their junior year
and will be expected to complete the
thesis (by taking History 9 2 ) during the
fall o f their senior year. A brief oral
examination will be based on the thesis.
(2 ) Research paper and comprehensive
examination. Students choosing this op­
tion must, during their junior or senior
years, take at least one upper-level course
in which a substantial research paper is
required. Courses particularly suitable
for meeting this requirement are marked
with an asterisk (* ). The comprehensive
examination, to be given early in the
spring semester o f the senior year, will
include both written and oral sections.
Major and minor in the External Exam ination
(Honors) Program: Candidates for Honors may
elect history as a major or a minor in the
Division o f Humanities, in the Division o f the
Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional pro­
grams. Majors in the Honors Program may
take either three or four seminars in the
Department. Minors in the Honors Program
are ordinarily expected to take at least two
seminars.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND ATTACHMENT OPTIONS
A dvanced Placem ent. The Department will
automatically grant one semester’s credit for
incoming students who have achieved a score
o f 4 or 5 in Advanced Placement history tests.
This credit may be counted toward the num­
ber o f courses required for graduation. It may
be used in partial fulfillment o f the college
distribution requirements. For majors, it may
serve as partial fulfillment o f the departmental
distribution requirements listed above. Grades
o f 3 may serve as prerequisite for advanced
courses in history in the same area (European
or American) as the Advanced Placement
course.
Language Attachm ent. Certain designated
courses offer the option o f a foreign language
attachment, normally for one-half credit. Per­
mission to take this option will be granted to
any student whose reading facility promises
the profitable use o f historical sources in the
foreign language. Arrangements for this op­

136

tion should be made with the instructor at the
time o f registration.

1. M ed ie va l Eu ro p e .
A survey o f medieval culture and institutions
from the third to the fifteenth century. Topics
will include the lingering sunset o f the ancient
world, the rise o f the barbarian North, and the
emergence o f a distinctively European civili­
zation in the central and late Middle Ages.
Primary sources will be stressed.
Fall semester. Bensch.

2 . Ea rly M od ern Eu ro p e .
From the late Middle Ages to the mid-eight­
eenth century, focusing on intellectual move­
ments, varieties o f state formation, and eco­
nomic and social change.
Not offered 1987-88.

3 A . M od ern Eu ro p e .
A topical survey from the Old Regime to the
Cold War, with emphasis on the political,

institutional, economic, and social forces that
have shaped modern Europe. Topics include
Enlightenment and religion, revolutions and
reform movements, industrialization and the
rise o f the modern nation-states, imperialism,
and world war.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Cary and Wright.

3 B. M od ern Eu ropean S o c ie ty and
C ulture.

Asia, Europe, and America, prior to the re­
birth and expansion o f Europe. The struggles
o f black men and women for liberation in the
United States are seen as an "exciting chapter
in the history o f humanity.” Topics include:
blacks in science, black nationalism, black
Muslims, black Jews, Pan Africanism, revolu­
tionary Pan Africanism and the Black Power
idea.
Fall semester. Morgan.

A topical survey from the Enlightenment and
French Revolution to World War II, focusing
on intellectual movements, changing social
realities, reformist and revolutionary political
action. Once-weekly discussions to emphasize
primary sources.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Verner.

8 . A fric a .

4 . La tin A m e ric a .

An historical introduction to various aspects
o f traditional Chinese civilization and cul­
ture— language, literature, philosophy, art,
imperial and bureaucratic institutions. The
impact o f Chinese civilization on other parts
o f Asia will be examined briefly.
Spring semester. Li.

The development o f the Latin American area
from preconquest times to the present. Em­
phasis is on the political, economic, and social
development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argen­
tina, and on recent attempts at radical trans­
formation.
O ptional Language Attachm ent: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Spring semester. Wood.

5. Th e United S ta te s to 1 8 7 7 .
The colonial experience and the emergence of
an American social order; Revolution and
Constitution; the "first” and "second” party
systems; humanitarianism and social control
in the antebellum reform; slavery, the Civil
War, and Reconstruction.
Fall semester. Bannister.

6. The United S ta te s sin ce 1 8 7 7 .
Industrialism and the American social order;
the welfare state from the Square Deal to the
Great Society; world power and its problems;
the 1960s and its legacy.
Spring semester. Staff.

7 . Th e H is to ry o f th e A fric a n A m e ric a n
People.
This course is a topical survey o f the historical
legacy o f the African American people. It
begins with ancient black Egypt prior to the
immigration o f non-indigenous Africans to
the Nile Valley. It studies the connection o f
ancient Egyptian culture with the rest o f
Africa, and the impact o f African culture on

A survey o f African history, with an emphasis
on tropical Africa in modern times; the de­
velopment o f African nationalism and the
achievement o f independence; and on differ­
ing perspectives on the African past.
Spring semester. Wright.

9 . C hinese C iv iliza tio n .

1 0 A . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Fa m ily ,
K in s h ip , and M a rria g e in
M e d ie va l Eu ro p e .
Through a productive exchange with social
anthropologists, historians have begun to re­
consider medieval institutions and social struc­
ture in terms o f marital and blood ties. The
seminar will explore the dimensions o f kin­
ship, the place o f women, and the evolution
o f marriage in order to gain a new understand­
ing o f medieval law, government, and social
classes. Open to freshmen only. Preference
will be given to freshmen entering with an
Advanced Placement score o f 3 or better in
European history.
Spring semester. Bensch.

10 8 . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e T h ird
Reich and the H o lo ca u st.
An intensive examination o f the origins, ide­
ology, and operations o f the Nazi regime, its
extension across Europe, and responses o f
victims and collaborators. Open to freshmen
only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference
given to freshmen entering with an Advanced
Placement score o f 3 or better in European
History.

137

H isto ry

O ptional Language Attachm ent: German.
Not offered 1987-88. Anderson.

IO C . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r:
Th e T w e n tie s in A m e ric a .
An examination o f some major themes in
20th-century American history as evidenced
in the careers o f leading personalities and in
dramatic events o f the 1920s. Topics will
range from politics and religion to literature
and popular culture. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with an Advanced Place­
ment score o f 3 or better in American history.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1987-88. Bannister.

IO D . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e Cold
W ar Era .
A focused examination o f the origins and
persistence o f the cold war from the globali­
zation o f containment to the pressure o f do­
mestic conflict. Topics include: the Eisenhower-Dulles years, Kennedy’s Crisis Man­
agement, LBJ and Vietnam, Nixon/Kissinger’s
Detente, Truman’s Decisions to Drop the
Bomb and subsequent nuclear policy deci­
sions. Open to freshmen only. Enrollment
limited to ten. Preference given to freshmen
entering with an Advanced Placement score of
3 or better in American history.
N ot offered 1987-88. Murphy.

1 0 L Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e In vasio n o f
A m e ric a .
A study o f pre-Columbian America and a
comparative analysis o f interactions between
Indians and Europeans in colonial Spanish
and British America. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with an Advanced Place­
ment score o f 3 or better in American history.
Fall semester. Wood.

10F. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: B la ck and
W hite: S outh A fric a and
th e U nited S ta te s .
A comparative historical study o f apartheid in
South Africa and racism in the U .S., examin­
ing their origins, natures, and the degrees to
which they are alike. Open to freshmen only.
Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to
freshmen entering with an Advanced Place­
ment score o f 3 or better in either American
or European history.
Fall semester. Wright.

138

C la s s ic s 2 1 . A n c ie n t G re e ce .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Not offered 1987-88.

C la ss ic s 3 1 . H is to ry o f G re e ce .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Fall semester. Ostwald.

C la s s ic s 3 2. Th e Rom an Republic
and A u g u s tu s.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Spring semester. Turpin.

C la ss ic s 4 2 . G re e ce in th e Fifth
C e n tu ry B .C .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
Spring semester. Ostwald.

C la s s ic s 4 4 . Th e E a rly Rom an Em p ire .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
N ot offered 1987-88.

1 1 . Th e B a rb a ria n N o rth .
N ot offered 1987-88. Bensch.

14 . La te M e d ie va l S p iritu a lity .
N ot offered 1987-88. Bensch.

15. M ed ie va l T o w n s .
In order to establish the historical legitimacy
o f liberalism and capitalism, nineteenth cen­
tury thinkers believed that, by cracking the
mold o f feudalism and establishing demo­
cratic, egalitarian regimes, medieval towns
laid the foundations o f modern Europe. The
course will consider the validity o f this prop­
osition from recent work on urban social
organization, commercial techniques, and rit­
ual expressions o f the urban community.
Spring semester. Bensch.

1 7 . Th e M ed ie va l M e d ite rra n e a n .
N ot offered 1987-88. Bensch.

*1 9 . Th e R e n aissan ce .
The emergence o f a new culture in the citystates o f Italy between the fourteenth and
early sixteenth centuries, studied in relation
to the political, economic and social context.
Emphasis on cultural developments including
humanism, art, historiography, and political
thought.
Fall semester. DuPlessis.

*2 3 . Tu d o r and S tu a rt England.
The transformation o f England in the six­
teenth and seventeenth centuries, from the
Reformation to the Glorious Revolution.
Topics include the Tudor polity, political re­

volt and the emergence o f parliamentary mon­
archy, the recasting o f the social structure, the
rise o f a capitalist economy, and the course of
religious conflict and change.
Spring semester. DuPlessis.

2 4 . Th e R ise o f C apitalism .
Thé transition from agrarian feudalism to
industrial capitalism in Europe from the four­
teenth to the nineteenth centuries. Emphasis
on varying patterns o f agrarian transforma­
tion, restructuring o f industrial production,
expansion o f the market, class formation,
economic thought and ideology. Analysis o f
theories about the origins o f capitalism and
industrialization. Some discussion o f devel­
opment in Eastern Europe, but most attention
is given to Western Europe, particularly Eng­
land and France.
Not offered 1987-88. DuPlessis.

*2 5 . W om en, S o c ie ty and Change in
M od ern Eu ro p e .
A topical study o f European women from the
later Middle Ages to the twentieth century.
Issues to be considered include working
women in preindustrial and industrial econo­
mies, family life, sexuality and reproduction,
women’s collective action, the rise o f femi­
nism.
Not offered 1987-88. DuPlessis.

*2 9 . V icto ria n England.
England from the 1830’s to the end o f the
nineteenth century. Topics will include landed
and industrial society, the poor and reform;
piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic
and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation
and Empire; and representative figures o f the
age.
Not offered 1987-88. Anderson.

3 1. Eu ro p e B e tw e e n the
S u p e rp o w e rs , 19 45 -p re se n t.
Topics include: the end o f European hege­
mony in the world, the change from a multi­
polar to a bipolar international system, deNazification, the Cold War, the "economic
miracle,” the resurgence o f parliamentary de­
mocracy, de-colonization, European integra­
tion, command technology (the bomb, the
race for space), de-Stalinization, the Berlin
crises, the Brezhnev Doctrine, Ostpolitik and
detente, the Green movement.
Fall semester. Cary.

32. Eu ro p e o f th e D ic ta to rs ,
19 14 -19 4 5 .
The assault o f radical politics, left and right,
on the social and political fabric o f Europe;
the interaction o f domestic and international
conflict; the crisis o f industrial capitalism;
nationalism, militarism, racism; the first ef­
fective experiments in the use o f ideology,
technology, and terror as means o f social
control.
O ptional Language Attachment: German.
Not offered 1987-88. Anderson.

33. Th e Eu ropean L e f t
Leftist movements and ideologies in the nine­
teenth and twentieth centuries from preMarxian socialism to post-Leninist commu­
nism. Topics include the changing nature o f
social protest, the transformation from cor­
porate to class society, "utopian and scien­
tific” Marxism, anarchism, trade unionism
and electoral politics, class consciousness and
mass action, war and revolution, the responsi­
bilities and alienation o f power.
Not offered 1987-88. Verner.

3 4 . R e vo lu tio n a ry Fra n c e .
The transformation o f France from the ancien
regime to the 1848 revolution: the crisis o f old
regime state and social structure, Enlighten­
ment thought and the revolution o f 1789,
Sans-Culottism, revolutionary war and ter­
ror, Napoleon, restoration and reaction, 1830
and the July Monarchy.
Spring semester. Verner.

3 5 . C u ltu re and P o litic s o f M od ern
Fra n c e .
An examination o f nation, citizen, and class
from the July Monarchy to the Fifth Republic.
Topics include the revolution o f 1848, middle
classes and bourgeois culture, rise o f the
working class, Bonapartism and Commune,
Republican synthesis and stability, radicals
and the church, anti-Semitism, polarization
and disintegration, World War II— collabora­
tion and resistance, rebirth o f the republic
and end o f empire, Gaullism.
Not offered 1987-88. Verner.

36. M o d e rn G e rm a n y : Fro m B is m a rc k
to B r a n d t
Late to unify, late to industrialize, and late to
acquire democratic institutions, Germany had
to cope with all three processes at once, with

139

H isto ry

serious consequences for the European inter­
national system. Topics include the German
Confederation, the revolution o f 1848, the
Bismarckian unification, the development o f
imperial Germany, the first world war, the
revolution o f 1918, the Weimar Republic, the
Third Reich, and the "tw o Germanies” o f the
Cold War Era.
Spring semester. Cary.

3 7 . M ed ie va l and Im p erial R u ssia .
From the ninth century origins o f Kievan Rus
to Russia’s emergence as the Gendarme o f
Europe in the nineteenth century. Topics in­
clude the Mongol yoke, the evolution of
Tsarist autocracy since Ivan the Terrible, slav­
ery and serfdom, the relationship between the
Orthodox church and the state, Westerniza­
tion, the origins o f the intelligentsia, and the
disintegration o f the Petrine service class sys­
tem.
Spring semester. Verner.

3 8. R e vo lu tio n a ry and S o v ie t Russia .
A century o f continuity and change from
Alexander II to Brezhnev. Topics include bu­
reaucratic reform and reaction in the auto­
cratic state, the intelligentsia tradition, Rus­
sian Marxism and the revolutionary move­
ment, the transformation o f an agrarian
economy, the dilemma o f Russian liberalism,
the revolutions o f 1905 and 1917, Leninism
versus Stalinism, de-Stalinization.
Not offered 1987-88. Verner.

M l . Th e A m e ric a n C olonies.
The foundations o f American civilization,
1607-1763. Topics treated include: the devel­
opment o f representative government; denominationalism and religious toleration; the
emergence o f a new social structure; racism
and ethnic relations; and England’s imperial
policy.
Spring semester. Wood.

M 2 . Th e A m e ric a n R evolution .
The conflict between intensive self-govern­
ment in the colonies and English ideas and
projects for empire; the revolt against colonial
status and the elaboration o f a "republican”
ethos and "republican” institutions, 17631789.
Not offered 1987-88. Wood.

140

43. Je ffe rs o n ia n is m and the
A m e ric a n Exp e rie n c e .
An interdisciplinary course which focuses
intensively on contrasts between the Jeffer­
sonian view o f man and America and other
perspectives in American politics, constitu­
tional law, social theory, religion, literature,
and architecture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: History 5 ,6 or equivalent,or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1987-88. Wood.

4 4 . A m e ric a in the P ro g re s s iv e Era ,
18 9 6 -19 2 0 .
Modernization, social control, and the rise of
the corporate state. Topics include the control
o f industry, scientific management, socialism
and the social settlements, Jim Crow, eugenics
and birth control, the women’s movement,
social science and the rise o f the "expert,”
advertising and the roots o f consumerism.
Not offered 1987-88. Bannister.

4 5 . T h e United S ta te s S ince 1945.
The Cold War and McCarthyism; domestic
politics from Truman to Reagan; suburbaniza­
tion, technological change and mass society;
the New Left and the counterculture; Civil
Rights and Black Power; women’s liberation;
Watergate and the Imperial Presidency; Viet­
nam; revival on the Right.
Spring semester. Murphy.

46 . Topics in A m e ric a n Intellectual
H is to ry .
Selected themes, varying from year to year.
Not open to freshmen.
Not offered 1987-88. Bannister.

4 9 . In troduction to A m e ric a n
Diplom atic H is to ry .
A chronological approach to diplomatic his­
tory in the modern world with emphasis upon
the emergence o f the U .S. as a world power.
In the period from 1789 to the fall o f Saigon,
we will examine conflicting historical inter­
pretations o f foreign policy; influences of
internal politics, culture, and technology in
the making o f foreign policy; military and
strategic thought, international conflict, and
the issues o f non-involvement and interven­
tion in a progressively interdependent world.
N ot offered 1987-88. Murphy.

53. B la ck C ulture and B lack
C on sc io u sn e ss.
Exploration into the relationship between
black culture and black consciousness with
emphasis placed on twentieth century Africa
and America. Limited enrollment. Readings
and student reports form the core materials
for the course. Learning through discussions
only. Seminar format.
Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or
permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Morgan.

in general and the contributions o f Africa to
world civilizations in particular. First, the
ideas o f W .E.B. DuBois; second, research on
sex and race in writings o f J. A. Rogers; third,
African origins o f civilization in writings o f
C. A. Diop.
Prerequisite: Introductory history course or
the permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1987-88. Morgan.

*6 3 . S outh A fric a .

Women in American society from the colonial
period to the present, with emphasis on the
changing nature o f work and the separation of
spheres, the rise o f feminism, and the resis­
tance to women’s rights. Not open to fresh­
men.
Fall semester. Murphy.

A survey o f South African history with an
emphasis on Black-White relations and on the
development o f contemporary problems.
Topics include early African-European rela­
tions; the impact o f large-scale diamond and
gold mining; the role o f African nationalism;
the origins and nature o f apartheid; recent
events.
No prerequisite. Not open to freshmen.
Fall semester. Wright.

56. E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s .

*6 6 . Topics in La tin A m e ric a n H is to ry .

An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as
reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis
is placed on the relationship o f the narratives
to the understanding o f the black experience
in the United States.
Prerequisite: History 5, 6, 7, or 8, or the
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1987-88. Morgan.

Thematic as well as regional and national
approaches varying from year to year.
Prerequisite: History 4 or the permission of
the instructor.
O ptional Language Attachm ent: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Not offered 1987-88. Wood.

* 5 7 . O ral H is to ry .

The history o f black people in French, Portu­
guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emanci­
pation, the contemporary scene. Special at­
tention will be given to the impact o f African
civilization on Latin countries, as well as to
comparative analysis o f the experience of
blacks in that region and in the United States.
O ptional Language Attachm ent: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Not offered 1987-88. Wood.

5 4. W om en, S o c ie ty , and Po litics.

By examining the living past this course seeks
to emphasize the relevance o f history to mod­
ern life with special emphasis on American
subject matter. Students will be taught the
skills requisite for the completion o f an origi­
nal research project that involves the collec­
tion, classification, and analysis o f data se­
lected from both written and oral sources.
General discussion topics include folk reli­
gion, the role o f the family, local and personal
history, and old ways in the new world. Some
work will be done o ff campus. Limited enroll­
ment.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or permis­
sion o f instructor.
Fall semester. Morgan.

*5 8 . T h e W orld o f D u B o is, R o g e rs,
and Biop.
This course deals with the impact o f the
writings o f three black twentieth century in­
tellectuals on our knowledge of world history

6 7 . Th e A fric a n in La tin A m e ric a .

68. Food and Fam in e: P a s t and P r e s e n t
The production, distribution, and consump­
tion o f food have affected the relationship of
peoples to their natural and social environ­
ments. This course will consider how different
societies have fed their populations, how the
current world food problem differs from his­
torical subsistence crises, and how food affects
economic development and international re­
lations.
Prerequisite: prior work in History or permis­
sion o f the instructor.

141

H isto ry

Not open to freshmen.
Spring semester. Li.

7 2 . T h e H is to ry , Religion, and
C ulture o f Ja p a n .
(Also listed as Religion 11). This course
explores the historical dynamics o f the reli­
gion and culture o f Japan from its origins to
the early nineteenth century. It emphasizes
the interaction between indigenous Japanese
cultural patterns and foreign, dominandy Chi­
nese, influences in the context o f political and
social changes over the centuries.
Recommended for those planning a concen­
tration in Asian Studies.
Primary distribution course.
Fail semester. Li and Swearer.

* 7 4 . M o d e rn China.
The history o f China since the early nine­
teenth century. Topics include the impact o f
the West, reform and revolution, nationalism,
and the development o f the communist move­
ment.
No prerequisite.
Fall semester. Li.

* 7 5 . M o d e rn Ja p a n .
The transformation o f Japan into a modern
nation-state, from the early nineteenth cen­
tury until the present.
No prerequisite.
Not offered 1987-88. Li.

7 8 . T h e Fo rm a tio n o f th e Isla m ic
Near Ea s t
An introduction to the history o f the Near
East from the seventh to the early fifteenth
century. Emphasis will be placed on the life o f
Muhammed, the Arab conquests, the rise o f
the caliphate, and the articulation o f Islamic
values during an age o f political disintegration
and nomadic invasion.
F all semester. Bensch.

8 1. T h e N a tu re o f H is to ry .
Readings and discussion centering on the
nature o f historical writing, on the relation­
ship o f historians to their times and cultural
environments, and on historical method and
its limitations. Readings include a broad range

142

o f historians and o f historical issues.
Limited enrollment. Open to majors and,
with the permission o f the instructor, to non­
majors.
Spring semester. Wright.

8 4. Folk lore and Folklife S tu d ie s.
(Also listed as English 8 4 .) An introduction
to the major forms o f folklore and selected
forms o f folklife materials. The course in­
cludes the study o f myth, legend, folktales,
proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts
including folk music. It explores superstition,
witchcraft, magic, and popular beliefs; and
considers the function o f folklore in highly
industrialized modern societies as well as in
traditional ones.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera­
ture.
Spring semester. Morgan.

8 7 . H is to ry Th ro u g h Fo lk lo re and
Lite ra tu re .
A comparative analysis o f folklore and liter­
ature. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes
toward life among selected cultural groups in
the twentieth century, primarily but not ex­
clusively in the United States. Themes include
great traditions in American Indian thought,
loneliness and friendship, love and death,
vocation and avocation, life after death, and
the resurgence o f the occult in United States
popular culture. Limited enrollment. Learning
through discussion only.
Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or
permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Morgan.

9 2. T h e s is .
A single credit thesis, available to all majors,
on a topic approved by the Department by
May 1 o f the preceding spring.
Fall semester. Members o f the Department.

93. D irecte d Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the student not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. The consent o f the
chairman and o f the instructor is required.
History 9 3 may be taken for one-half credit as
History 93A .
Members o f the Department.

SEMINARS
The following seminars are offered by the
Department, when possible, to juniors and
seniors who are preparing to be examined for
a degree with Honors. They may be taken
without regard to chronological order. Some
preliminary reading or other preparation may
be required for seminars on subjects in which
no work has previously been done.

1 1 1 . M ed ie va l Eu ro p e .
An historiographical exploration o f selected
topics in the material foundations and ideo­
logical expressions o f medieval Europe from
the barbarian invasions through the thirteenth
century.
Spring semester. Bensch.

116 . Th e R e n aissan ce .
Topics in the development o f the Renaissance
state, society and culture in Italian communes
between the fourteenth and sixteenth cen­
turies. Issues addressed include forms o f po­
litical and economic organization, varieties of
humanism, political theory, changing histori­
cal consciousness, art and society. Much at­
tention is devoted to historiography.
Fall semester, 1988. DuPlessis.

1 1 7 . Europe in th e 16th and 17th
C en turies.
State, society and economy in continental
Western Europe from the sixteenth to the
mid-eighteenth centuries, with "emphasis on
France, Spain, and the Netherlands. Focus on
the disparate patterns o f state formation, eco­
nomic development and social change; the
relations between economic and political trans­
formation; political thought and ideology.
Considerable attention will be given to com­
parisons among states, the transition to capi­
talism, the crisis o f the seventeenth century,
the origins and functions o f absolutism.
Spring semester. DuPlessis.

119 . Ea rly M o d e rn European
Intellectual and C ultural H is to ry .
European thought and culture in its social
context. Topics include the theology, appeal
and institutionalization o f the magisterial, radi­
cal and counter Reformations; rationalism
and pessimism; popular mentalities and witch­
craft; intellectual and educational institutions;
printing, literacy, and the diffusion o f learn­

ing. Attention will be given to conceptual and
methodological issues in the study o f cultural
history.
Not offered 1987-88. DuPlessis.

12 2 . R e vo lu tio n a ry Eu ro p e 175 0 to 18 70 .
Selected topics in the social, economic, and
political history o f France, England, and Ger­
many from the ancien régim e to German uni­
fication. Special emphasis on the origins and
nature o f the French Revolutions, the Indus­
trial Revolution in England and its conse­
quences, class structure and conflict, German
nationalism, and the failure o f liberalism.
Fall semester. Verner.

124 . En gland, 18 15 -19 14 .
The adjustments o f an aristocratic society to
the impact o f industrialization. Topics include:
the nature o f the English aristocracy; the
origins and impact o f the industrial revolu­
tion; popular radicalism and the development
o f a working class consciousness; philosophic
radicalism and the origins o f the welfare state;
the rise o f modern political parties and modes
o f politics; Gladstone and Disraeli; religious
revival, respectability, and Victorian morality;
imperialism; Fabianism, feminism, and tradeunionism; the problem o f Ireland and the
growth o f Irish nationalism.
Fall semester. Cary.

125 . Fa s c is t Eu ro p e .
A comparative study o f the social, intellectual,
and historical origins and development of
Mussolini’s Italy, Franco’s Spain, and Hitler’s
Germany. Some attention will also be given to
the Arrow Cross and Iron Guard movements
o f Horthy’s Hungary and King Carol’s Roma­
nia. Theories o f Fascism will be examined.
Spring semester. Cary.

128 . Ru ssian Em p ire In the 19th
and 20th C en tu ries.
From Emancipation to de-Stalinization. Sali­
ent themes in Russian and Soviet history
including autocratic politics and bureaucratic
reform, the role o f social groups such as the
intelligentsia, nobility, peasantry, and work­
ers, problems o f economic development,
revolutionary theory and practice, Leninist
and Stalinist alternatives o f the Soviet system.
Spring semester. Verner.

143

H isto ry

130. E a rly A m e ric a n H is to ry .
Political, economic, social, and cultural as­
pects o f the period from the explorations to
the early National era.
Not offered 1987-88. Wood.

13 2. A m e ric a n Political H is to ry .
Parties, public policy, and constitutional
issues from 1787 to 1960 in their social,
economic, and cultural context. Topics in­
clude the shaping o f the constitution; "repub­
licanism,” "democracy,” and the first and
second party systems; slavery, the Civil War
and the constitution; the social bases o f cam­
paign styles and strategies; the emergence o f
the regulatory-welfare state; experts, interest
groups, and the decline o f voter participation;
the making o f the modern presidency.
Fall semester. Bannister.

13 4. A m e ric a n D iplom atic H is to ry .
The emergence o f the United States as a world
power, with emphasis on expansionism, na­
tional interest, and global mission.
Fall semester. Murphy.

disseminated.
Fall semester. Bannister.

14 0 . M od ern A fric a .
Studies in sub-Saharan African history with
emphasis on the period since 1800. Topics
include the impact o f the slave trade and its
end; the European partition and African re­
sponses; different colonial systems; the rise
and nature o f African nationalism and inde­
pendence movements; independent Africa.
Individual case studies include Ghana, Niger­
ia, Senegal, Zaire, Kenya, Tanzania, Zim­
babwe.
Spring semester. Wright.

1 4 1 . S outh A fric a .
South Africa from the seventeenth century to
the present, with special emphasis on the
interrelatedness o f racism and capitalism since
the 1870s; on the rise and nature o f apartheid
and o f African nationalism; and on general
interpretative issues concerning South Afri­
can history.
Fall semester. Wright.

135. A m e ric a n S o cial H is to ry .

1 4 4 . M od ern China.

The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth
and twentieth century America. Topics in­
clude fertility, mortality, and migration; in­
dustrialization and the family; slavery and its
aftermath; mechanization and changing pat­
terns o f work; social mobility, urbanization
and suburbanization; gender, class, and eth­
nicity.
Spring semester. Murphy.

China from the late eighteenth century to the
present. Topics include: social and intellectual
currents in the late imperial era; Western
imperialism; rebellions, reforms, and revolu­
tion; political and social transformation in the
People’s Republic o f China.
Fall semester. Li.

13 6. A m e ric a n Intellectual H is to ry .
Political, social, and literary culture in the
United States from the late eighteenth century
through World War I. Topics include “ Re­
publicanism” in the 1780s; liberalism,
democracy, and the ideologies o f early capi­
talism; the "feminization” o f culture; the
Genteel Tradition and the scientific ideal; and
the emergence o f "modernism.” Special at­
tention is given to the social and institutional
context in which ideas are generated and

144

148. La tin A m e ric a .
Selected topics in Latin American history.
Not offered 1987-88. Wood.

180. T h e s is .
W ith the permission o f the Department,
Honors candidates may write a thesis for
either single or double course credit. Double­
credit theses will normally be written in the
fall semester of the senior year for submission
as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors
candidates wishing to write a thesis for single
(non-Honors) credit should elect History 92.

International Relations

Coordinator: R A Y M O N D F. H O P K IN S

Students who plan to enter upon a career in
some field o f international affairs may wish to
graduate with a concentration in international
relations. Such students should include in
their programs, during the first two years,
introductory courses in economics, history,
and political science and should complete the
intermediate course in one or more modern
languages.

listed below may be incorporated in the pro­
grams o f students who do their major work in
economics, history, political science, or mod­
ern language.
Concentrators are required to have satisfac­
torily completed eight or more course units
from among those listed below, including all
those listed in Group I, one or more in Group
II, and one or more in Group III.

Advanced courses selected from the groups

G roup I

Political Scie nce 4 .
International Politics

Political Scie nce 14 , or
Political Scie nce 105.

Ec on o m ics 30 or
Ec on o m ics 105.
The International Economy

American Foreign Policy

G roup 11

H is to ry 4.

H is to ry 7 5 .

Latin America

Modern Japan

H is to ry 8.

H is to ry 125.

Africa

Fascist Europe

H is to ry 3 1.

H is to ry 128.

Europe Between the Superpowers,
1945-Present

Russian Empire

H is to ry 36.

American Diplomatic History

H is to ry 134.

Modern Germany

H is to ry 140.

H is to ry 38.

Modern Africa

Revolutionary and Soviet Russia

H is to ry 14 4 .

H is to ry 49.

Modern China

Introduction to American Diplomatic History

H is to ry 148.

H is to ry 7 4 .

Latin America

Modem China

G roup III

Econ o m ics 1 1 .

Ec on o m ics 106.

Economic Development

Comparative Economic Systems

Econom ics 3 1.

Ec on o m ics 109.

Comparative Economic Systems

Economic Development

145

International Relations

Political S cie nce 3.

Political S cie nce 1 0 7.

Comparative Politics

Comparative Communist Politics

Political S cie n ce 18.

Political S cie nce 108.

Political Development

Comparative Politics: Europe

Political S cie nce 19.

Political S cie nce 109.

Comparative Communist Politics

Comparative Politics: Africa and the
Third World

Political S cie nce 20.
Politics o f China

Political S cie nce 110 .

Political S cie nce 2 1.

Comparative Politics: Latin America

Politics o f Africa

In planning the concentration students should
consult with the coordinator. Where appro­
priate, work taken abroad is encouraged and
may be counted toward the concentration
requirements. Students standing for external
examination for a degree with honors must
take examinations in four subjects taken for
the concentration, normally including inter­
national politics, American foreign policy,
and international economics. Students in the
course program will take a special compre­
hensive examination program worked out
with their major department, concentration
coordinator, and the student. The compre­
hensive exam will normally follow the format
used by the major department.

Political S cie n ce 22.
Latin American Politics

Political S cie nce 4 1.
Defense Policy

Political S cie nce 43.
Food Policy: National and
International Issues

Political S cie n ce 55.
Modern Political Theory

Political Scie nce 58.
International Political Theory

Political Scie nce 104.
International Politics

146

Linguistics

D O N N A J O N A P O L I, Professor and Program Director
RO G ER W O O D A R D , Assistant Professor
S U S A N G . W IL L IA M S O N , Social Sciences Librarian
Committee: Hugh La c e y (Philosophy)
Kenneth Lu k (Chinese)
S te v e n P ik e r (Sociology/Anthropology)
G ilb e rt Rose (Classics)
C raig W illiam so n (English)
Linguistics is the study o f language. On the
most general level it deals with the internal
structure o f languages, the history o f their
development and the role they play in influ­
encing the entire spectrum o f human activity.
Linguistics attempts to arrive at an adequate
description o f the phonological, syntactic,
and semantic components o f language, differ­
entiating those elements which are generic to
all languages from those which are particular
to any given language or family o f languages.
H istorical linguistics looks at the evolution o f
these components over time. Sociolinguistics
centers on the link between language and the
social context in which it is spoken; mathemati­
cal linguistics on the formal analysis o f lin­
guistic structures; and psycholinguistics on the
interplay between language and the processes
o f perception and cognition. Futhermore, lin­
guistic variables influence interaction at the
individual and societal levels, play a central
role in shaping the form and meaning o f
literary expression and constitute a significant
area o f philosophical inquiry. Special majors
bridging linguistics with individual foreign
languages, the humanities or the social scien­
ces are encouraged for Course students. All
such programs are designed on an individual
basis to suit the interests o f the student, but
it is highly recommended that Linguistics 108
or 114 be included at some point in the course
sequence.
The Honors Major o f Linguistics consists o f
a minimum o f three external examination
preparations. Honors candidates in addition
are required to include Linguistics 108 or 114
in their programs and to have developed
competence in at least one foreign language
beyond the intermediate level through an
advanced course or an introductory literature
course. All Honors Linguistics majors are
encouraged as well to write a thesis in their

senior year and to organize their prior course
and seminar work so that they will be prepared
to begin this project in the fall o f their senior
year.

1 . Lan g u ag e —A n Introduction.
An introduction to linguistics. The focus o f
the first portion o f the course will be upon
analysis o f the phonological, morphological,
syntactic, and semantic components o f human
language utilizing contemporary linguistic
methodology. The remainder o f the course
will be concerned with an examination o f
linguistics in its broader context. Topics in­
vestigated will include psychology and lan­
guage, sociolinguistics, and language change.
Fall semester. Napoli.

15 . Th e C hinese Language.
(See Chinese 15.)

20 . H is to ry o f th e Fre nc h Lan g u ag e.
(See French 20 .)

2 3 . H is to ry o f the English Lan g u ag e.
(See English 23 .)

25 . Lan g u ag e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .
An investigation o f the influence o f cultural
context and social variables on verbal com­
munication. We will discuss theories o f lan­
guage acquisition and language change in light
o f cross-linguistic and cross-cultural evidence.
The course includes readings from the three
major fields o f language and culture studies:
ethnography o f communication, sociolinguis­
tics, and sociology o f language. Language pro­
jects in the community are included.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of
the instructor. (Crosslisted as Sociology/An­
thropology 25 .)
Not offered 1987-88. Williamson.

26 . Language and M eaning.
(See Philosophy 26 .)

147

Linguistics

30. Lin g u istic s and the Hum an
S c ie n c e s.
An investigation o f structuralist thought in
linguistics, psychology, sociology/anthropolo­
gy, literary criticism, and philosophy. The
first half o f the course will focus upon
(1 ) Saussure’s Course in G eneral Linguistics
with attention given to a comparison o f some
o f Saussure’s ideas with those o f Freud and
Durkheim, and (2 ) structuralism in postSaussurean linguistics. The remainder o f the
course will be concerned with the relationship
between structural linguistics and the human
sciences. The ideas o f Piaget, Lévi-Strauss,
Barthes, and others will be discussed.
Not offered 1987-88. Woodard.

their interrelationships, and the examination
o f processes o f linguistic change on all levels,
phonological, morphological, syntactic, and
semantic.
Woodard.

5 5 . C o m p a ra tive G ra m m a r o f
G re e k and La tin .
A historical-comparative investigation o f the
phonology, morphology and syntax o f Greek
and Latin in light o f their development from
the common parent language o f Proto-IndoEuropean. (Cross-listed as Greek 19.)
Prerequisite: One year o f Greek and one year
o f Latin.
Fall semester. Woodard.

5 7 . S a n s k rit I.
3 4. P s yc h o lo g y o f Lan g u ag e.
An exploration into the ways in which the
syntactic, sound, and meaning elements o f
language are represented in the mind and into
the effects these psycholinguistic structures
may have on the way we think, with special
emphasis on an attempt to interpret philo­
sophical and sociological (including feminist)
views in terms o f psychological theory and
research and on cross-cultural perspectives.
Other related topics may include language
development, animal and computer commu­
nication, language and the brain, second lan­
guage learning, and sexism and the politics o f
language. (Cross-listed as Psychology 34.)
Spring semester.

35. H is to ry o f Lin g u istic s.
An examination o f linguistic study from an­
cient times to the present. Among those topics
which will be emphasized are the Indian,
Greek, and Roman grammarians, grammatical
study in the Medieval period, the Port Royal
grammarians, and the Neogrammarians. In­
cluded in the course will be the reading and
discussion o f linguistic works from various
periods as well as recent articles on the history
o f linguistic study.
Not offered 1987-88. Woodard.

5 2. H isto ric a l and C o m p a ra tive
Lin g u is tic s .
An introduction to historical linguistics: the
reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages,
the establishment o f language families and

148

An introduction to the script and grammar of
the ancient Indie language o f Sanskrit with
translation o f selections from various works
including the M ahd-bhdrata, the H itopadeqa
and the Kathd-sarit-sdgara.
Fall semester. Woodard.

58. S a n s k rit II.
A continuation o f Linguistics 57 with trans­
lation o f selections from various classical and
Vedic texts.
Spring semester. Woodard.

60. Language and th e Brain .
An investigation o f selected topics in neuro­
linguistics. Areas o f inquiry will include evo­
lution o f the brain and language, brain later­
alization, brain injury and language loss and
speech errors.
Not offered 1987-88.

9 3. D irecte d Reading o r R e se a rch .
Students may conduct a reading or research
program in consultation with the instructor
(permission o f the instructor required).
E ach semester. Staff.

9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r P a p e r.
Both semesters. Staff.
Other courses o f particular interest to stu­
dents o f Linguistics:

C h in e s e 18 -2 R . In troduction to
M an d a rin C hinese.
Ru ssia n 16 . H is to ry o f th e Russian
Lan g u ag e.

SEMINARS
104. N a tu re and C u ltu re: C on ve rg e n t
P e rs p e c tive s.

1 1 0 . In do -Eu ro p e an and the
In d o -Eu ro p e an s.

(See Sociology/Anthropology 104.)

An investigation o f the Indo-European lan­
guage family, the grammar o f the recon­
structed parent language Proto-Indo-Euro­
pean, and the culture o f the speakers o f the
parentlangauge.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or 52 or 55 or
permission o f the instructor.
Woodard.

108. S yn ta c tic T h e o ry .
A comparison o f models o f linguistic descrip­
tion with emphasis on recent developments in
syntax and semantics.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission o f
the instructor.
Not offered 1987-88.

109. S yn ta c tic A rgu m e n tatio n .
An overview o f Government and Binding
Theory with special attention to developing
argumentation skills.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of
the instructor.
Fall semester. Napoli.

114 .

A d va n c e d Topics in Lin g u istic s.

Not offered 1987-88.

116 . Language and M eaning.
(See Philosophy 116.)

180. T h e s is
Each semester. Staff.

149

Literature

Coordinator: T H O M P S O N B R A D LE Y

The Literature major is administered by a Lit­
erature Committee representing the Depart­
ments o f Classics, English Literature, and
Modern Languages and Literatures. The basic
requirement for a major in Literature is work
in two or more literatures in the original
language. A student who intends to major in
Literature will submit to the Literature Com­
mittee a proposed program o f integrated work
which sets forth the courses or seminars to be
taken and the principle o f coherence upon
which the selection is based. The Committee
will review the proposal and advise the stu­
dent. Subject to the requirement o f serious
study o f at least two literatures in the original
language, one o f which may be English, work
in translation is encouraged, especially as it
consists o f thematic or comparative courses.
In lieu o f a regular course, the Literature
Committee will consider proposals for an
individual or cooperative project, for one or
more research papers written as course at­
tachments, or for the substitution o f a thesis
for course credit when these projects have as
their purpose either the integration o f work
within the major or the relating o f work out­
side the major to some portion o f the major.
For a m ajor in the Course Program the require­
ments are as follow s:
1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more
literature departments, including a substantial
concentration o f work—normally not fewer
than five courses—in one o f the departments.
Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics
and Modem Languages and Literatures are
counted as constituents o f the Literature major.
O f English courses numbered 2 through 10,
only one may be counted for the major.

The courses and seminars that compose the
Literature major’s formal field will naturally
differ with each major. Attention is called,
however, to the following comparative offer­
ings presently listed in the Catalogue:

2. A senior essay planned early in the first
semester o f the senior year. The senior essay
counts for at least one credit, usually for two
credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable
scope or intensiveness in which a theme or
result o f the student’s individual program of
work is developed. In some cases the Com­
mittee may require that the essay be written in
whole or in part in a language other than
English.
3. A comprehensive examination taken in the
second semester o f the senior year.
For a major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program the requirements are as follow s:
Not fewer than five papers in Literature,
including at least three in one department and
significant work done in a foreign language,
ancient or modern. Literature majors in the
Honors Program are encouraged to include in
their program a thesis with the purpose of
integrating the work o f the major in accor­
dance with the principle o f coherence on
which the program is based.
Literature Majors in Course will meet with
members o f the Literature Committee before
the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess
informally the student’s progress under his or
her proposal o f study.
Majors in Course or in the External Examina­
tion Program are asked to submit to the
Coordinator a prospectus o f their thesis no
later than two weeks after the beginning o f the
student’s senior year.
Prospective majors in Literature are urged to
make their plans early so as to acquire the
necessary linguistic competence by the junior
year.

S A L 50. C o n te m p o ra ry S p an ish A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re .
En g lish 7 0 . R e n aissan ce C o m p arative
Lite ra tu re .

C E L 13 . M ed ie va l C om p arative
Lite ra tu re .

En g lish 7 2 . P ro u s t, J o y c e , Fa u lkn e r.

C E L 14 . M od ern Eu rop ean Lite ra tu re .

En g lish 7 3 ./ F re n c h 7 5 . P r o u s t/ Jo y c e .

150

English 7 4 a . M o d e m D ram a I: Ibsen to
A v a n t G a rd e .
English 7 4 b . M o d e m D ram a II: A v a n t
Garde and C o n te m p o ra ry.

English 7 6 . Th e D lack A fric a n W rite r.
English 115 . M od ern C o m p arative
Lite ra tu re .

151

M athem atics

J A M E S W. E N G L A N D , Professor and Provost6
G U D M U N D R . IV E R S E N , Professor o f Statistics and Acting Chairman (fall)
C H A R L E S F. K E L E M E N , Professor o f Computer Science and Mathematics12
3
E U G E N E A . K L O T Z , Professor
S T E P H E N R . M A U R E R , Professor2
DAVID R O S E N , Professor Emeritus4
J . ED W AR D S K E A T H , Professor and Chairman1
C H A R L E S M . G R IN S T E A D , Associate Professor
H E L E N E S H A P IR O , Associate Professor
M A R G A R E T C H R IS T E N S E N , Assistant Professor o f Computer Science
T H E R E S E L A N G E R , Assistant Professor
D O N H . S H IM A M O T O , Assistant Professor
People study mathematics for several rea­
sons—some like it, some need it as a tool, and
some simply because they think they should.
The Mathematics Department aims to provide
a selection o f courses to meet varying needs—
to offer a program which will both enable
students to develop a firm foundation in the
basic areas o f pure mathematics and to see
mathematical methods used to precisely de­
fine and solve problems arising in the physical
and social sciences and in operations research.
Mathematics has grown enormously in recent
years, developing an increasing number o f
specialities and being used in a tremendous
variety o f applications. However, all mathe­
matical endeavor is based upon logical argu­
ment, abstraction, precise expression, and an
analytical approach to problem solving. Ide­
ally, the study o f mathematics develops the
ability to reason logically from hypothesis to
conclusion, to analyze and solve quantitative
problems, and to express one’s thoughts
clearly and precisely. Hopefully, studying
mathematics will also foster an appreciation
for the beauty and power o f its methods,
abstract approach, and rigorous logical struc­
ture.
First Year Courses: Mathematics courses avail­
able to first semester freshmen with normal
high school preparation include Math 2 (Sta­
tistical Methods), Math 3 (Basic Mathemat­

1
2
3
4
6

Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
Absent on leave, 1987-88.
Fall semester, 1987.
O n administrative assignment, 1987-88.

152

ics), Math 5 (Calculus I), Math 7 (Introduc­
tion to Computer Science), and Math 9
(Discrete Mathematics). In the second semes­
ter, Math 1 (Statistical Thinking), Math 4
(Calculus Concepts), Math 7 (Introduction
to Computer Science), and Math 9 (Discrete
Mathematics) are available, again with only
normal high school preparation. Math 1, Math
7, and Math 9 are Primary Distribution
Courses. Students with some calculus back­
ground from high school may take Mathemat­
ics 6 by passing the departmental Calculus I
placement exam, Mathematics 16 by passing
the departmental Calculus II placement exam,
or Mathematics 16H by passing the depart­
mental Calculus II placement exam and re­
ceiving departmental approval. All freshmen
planning to enroll in Mathematics 3, 5, 6, 9,
16, or 16H at some time are required to take
the appropriate departmental placement
exams given during freshmen orientation.
Advanced. Placem ent Policy: Advanced place­
ment credit in Mathematics, that is, Swarthmore College credit in mathematics for work
done before a student enters Swarthmore, is
subject to the following regulations: 1) One
course credit will be given for a score o f 4 or
5 on the AB or BC Advanced Placement Test,
or a passing score on the Departmental Calcu­
lus I Placement Exam administered during
freshman orientation week. 2 ) Two course

credits will be given for a passing score on the
Departmental Calculus II Placement Exam
administered during freshman orientation
week. Students can obtain a maximum o f two
credits under items 1 and 2. 3 ) Advanced
Placement credit will only be given to entering
students at the beginning o f their first semester
at Swarthmore.
Computer Science: The Computer Science Pro­
gram at Swarthmore works in close coopera­
tion with the Engineering and Mathematics
Departments to offer a broad spectrum o f
courses that may lead to a Concentration in
Computer Science. For details refer to the
Computer Science Program portion o f this
bulletin.
Secondary Teaching C ertification: Whether or
not one majors in Mathematics, the courses
required as part o f the accreditation process
for teaching mathematics at the secondary
level are: a) three semesters o f calculus (Math
5, 6 , 18); b ) one semester o f linear algebra
(Math 16 or 16A); c) at least one o f discrete
mathematics (Math 9 ) or computer science
(Math 7); d) geometry (Math 45 ); e) one
semester o f modern pure or applied algebra
(Math 37, 48, or 49 ); f) one semester of
statistics or probability (Math 23 or 4 1). For
further information about certification re­
quirements, consult the Education Depart­
ment (see page 108 o f this catalog).
Statistics: Students who do not know calculus
can take Math 1 or 2. Math 1 is a primary
distribution course intended to show how
statistics is used to help obtain an understand­
ing o f the world around us. Math 2 is a more
practical course for students who expect to
use statistics in their own work. Students who
know calculus should take Math 23 instead o f
Math 2. Both Math 2 and 23 lead to Math 57
on multivariate statistical analysis. Students
with a strong background in mathematics can
take the more theoretical Math 53 and con­
tinue with the one-credit seminar Math 111.
Math 53 and Math 111 can be combined into
a paper for the External Examination Pro­
gram.
Requirements for a m ajor in Mathematics: The
normal preparation for a major in mathemat­
ics is to have obtained credit by the end o f the
sophomore year for at least 4 o f the following
5 courses: Calculus I (Math 5), Calculus II

(Math 6 ), Discrete Mathematics (Math 9),
Linear Algebra (Math 16 or 16 A or 16H) and
Several Variable Calculus (Math 18 or 18H).
In any event, Math 16 and Math 18 must be
completed by the first semester o f the junior
year. (Incoming students may obtain credit
for Math 5 through the Advanced Placement
Calculus test or they may obtain credit for
Math 5 and/or Math 6 through the depart­
ment placement exams administered during
orientation week.)
Students apply for a major in the middle of
the second semester o f the sophomore year.
As indicated above, potential majors by this
time should normally either have credit for or
be signed up for a total o f at least 4 o f Math
5, 6, 9, 16, 18. In addition, to be accepted as
a mathematics major in the course program a
candidate should have a grade point average in
mathematics courses to date o f at least C +.
This should include at least one grade at the
B level. Marginal applicants may be deferred
pending successful work in courses to be
designated by the department. Requirements
for acceptance as a mathematics major in the
External Examination Program are more strin­
gent and include a grade point average in
Mathematics courses o f B + or better. Poten­
tial math majors may want to consider includ­
ing in the sophomore year a course that
emphasizes theory and provides an oppor­
tunity for writing proofs. Interested students
should discuss the advisability o f this and
alternatives for doing so with the department
chair at an early date.
By graduation a mathematics major must have
at least 10 credits in mathematics courses; at
most 5 o f the credits counted in the 10 may
be for courses numbered under 25. Further­
more, every m ajor must take the "core analy­
sis” course, Introduction to Real Analysis
(Math 47), and the "core algebra” course,
Introduction to Modern Algebra (Math 49).
Math 47 and Math 4 9 will be offered every fall
semester. At least one o f these courses should
be taken no later than the fall semester o f the
junior year. Finally, course majors must also
pass Math 97, the Senior Conference. Prog­
ress o f majors will be reviewed at the end of
each semester. Students not making satisfac­
tory progress may be dropped from the major.
Double majors are reminded that they must

153

M athem atics

be in good standing with the department at the
outset o f their final semester.
A mathematics major in the External Exami­
nation Program will normally include the
analysis sequence—Introduction to Real Anal­
ysis (Math 4 7 ), Real Analysis Seminar (Math
101B)—for one paper and the algebra se­
quence—Introduction to Modern Algebra
(Math 49 ), Modern Algebra Seminar (Math
102B)—for a second paper. Math 101B and
Math 102B are one credit seminars and will be
offered every spring semester. A program that
includes these two papers plus two others
from those seminars listed in the catalog
provides a strong preparation for graduate
work in mathematics and related areas.
Mathematics majors are urged to study in
some depth a discipline which makes use o f
mathematics. All mathematics students are
urged to acquire some facility with the com­
puter. Students bound for graduate work in
mathematics should obtain a reading knowl­
edge o f French, German, or Russian.

Special emphases:
The above requirements allow room to choose
a special emphasis within the mathematics
major, if one wishes. For instance:
A student may major in Mathematics with an
em phasis on statistics by taking the following
courses at the advanced level: a) the core
analysis course (Math 47 ); b ) Probability
(Math 4 1 ) or the Probability Seminar (Math
105); c) Mathematical Statistics I (Math 53)
and possibly Mathematical Statistics II (Math
111) for one or two credits; d) Multivariate
Statistics (Math 2 7 ) or, perhaps, Economet­
rics (Econ 108); e) another mathematics
course numbered 25 or above. Students are
encouraged but not required to select the core
algebra course (Math 4 9 ) here.
Students interested in m athematics and com­
puter science should consider a Mathematics
Major with a Concentration in Computer
Science or a Special M ajor in Mathematics
and Computer Science. Details on these op­
tions are contained in the current catalog
under Computer Science.
Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate
work in social or management science, or an
MBA. Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6, 7, 9,
16, and 18. Advanced courses: a) Modeling

154

(Math 61); b) at least one o f Probability
(Math 41 ), Mathematical Statistics I (Math
53 ), and possibly Mathematical Statistics II
(Math 111); c) at least one o f Mathematical
Programming (Math 64 ), Combinatorics
(Math 6 5 ), or Operations Research (Econ
57 ); d) the two core course requirements
(Math 47 and Math 49 ); e) Differential Equa­
tions (Math 30 ). Since this is a heavy program
(someone hoping to use mathematics in an­
other field must have a good grasp both o f the
mathematics and o f the applications), one of
the core course requirements may be waived
with permission o f the department.
Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate
w ork in discrete m athematics or operations re­
search. Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6, 7, 9,
16, and 18. Advanced courses: a) the two core
course requirements (Math 47 and Math 49);
b) at least two o f Mathematical Programming
(Math 6 4 ), Algorithms (Math 7 3), Combina­
torics (Math 65 ); c) either Probability (Math
4 1 ) or Probability Seminar (Math 105); d) at
least one o f Number Theory (Math 37),
Mathematical Statistics (Math 53), or Model­
ing (Math 61).

1. S ta tistic a l Th in kin g .
Statistics provides methods for how to collect
and analyze data and generalize from the re­
sults o f the analysis. Statistics is used in a wide
variety o f fields, and the course provides an
understanding o f the role o f statistics. It is
intended for students who want an apprecia­
tion o f statistics without having the need to
learn how to apply statistical methods. The
course provides an intuitive understanding of
statistical concepts and makes use o f modern
statistical software for the Macintosh com­
puter.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Iversen.

2 . S ta tistic a l M eth o ds.
Data on one variable are examined through i
graphical methods and the computations of
averages and measures o f variation. Relation­
ships between two variables are studied using
methods such as chi-square, rank correlations,
analysis o f variance, and regression analysis.
The course is intended for students who want
a practical introduction to statistical methods
and who intend to do statistical analysis them­
selves, mainly in the biological and social ,

sciences. The course does not satisfy any
mathematics prerequisite, except for Math
27, nor can it be counted toward a major or
minor in the Department.
Fall semester. Iversen.

3. B asic M a th e m a tic s .
This course focuses on two objectives (1)
review and remedial work, and ( 2) prepara­
tion for calculus. Some special attention will
be given to those whose previous experience
with mathematics has not been entirely pros­
perous. Prospective students should take the
Basic Skills Test during Orientation Week,
preferably at the Math Exam time. (The re­
sults will be used to help determine both
classroom topics and individual strengths and
weaknesses.) Subject matter will be taken
from logic, algebra, trigonometry, and geom­
etry. This course cannot be counted toward a
major in the Department.
Fall semester. Grinstead.

4. C alculus C on cepts.
This course, which covers the basic concepts
o f one variable calculus, is particularly useful
for biology and social science majors. Topics
to be included are differentiation, integration,
transcendental functions, and extremal prob­
lems. Topics are similar to those o f Math 5 but
the pace o f Math 4 is more gentle. Students
may not receive credit for both Math 4 and
Math 5. May be followed by Math 6 .
Spring semester. Staff.

5 ,6 . C alculus I and II.
The first semester will cover topics in differ­
entiation and integration o f functions o f one
variable with some applications. The second
semester is a continuation o f the first. Topics
covered in the second semester include series,
improper integrals, differential equations, and
techniques o f integration. Math 6 may be
taken in the fall semester by passing the
departmental Calculus I placement exam. All
students planning to enroll in 5 or 6 in the fall
semester are required to pass the appropriate
departmental placement exam.
5. Fall semester. 6. E ach semester.

7 . Introduction to C om p u te r S cie n ce .
(Also listed as Computer Science 15.) This
course is an introduction to computer science
for students from all disciplines. The major
emphasis o f the course is on problem solving
and algorithm development. Students are in­

troduced to the Pascal programming language
and gain proficiency in it by writing programs
to solve a number o f illustrative problems.
Students are also informally introduced to
many topics in computer science including:
hardware organization; system software; pro­
gramming style and documentation; program
testing and verification; fundamental data
structures such as arrays, records, and linked
lists; basic algorithms for searching and sort­
ing; analysis o f algorithms; computability;
and artificial intelligence.
Prerequisite: Some computing experience
such as Computing from the User’s End
(Physics 2 ) or its equivalent.
Frequently offered as a primary distribution
course.
E ach semester. Fall semester. Christensen.

9 . D iscre te M a th e m a tic s .
An introduction to noncontinuous mathe­
matics. The key theme is how induction,
iteration, and recursion can help one discover,
compute, and prove solutions to various
problems—often problems o f interest in com­
puter science, social science, or management.
Topics include algorithms, graph theory,
counting, difference equations, and finite
probability. Special emphasis on how to write
Mathematics.
Prerequisite: 4 years o f high school mathe­
matics. The level o f sophistication (but not
background) is similar to Math 16 or 18.
Familiarity with some computer language is
helpful but not necessary.
Primary distribution course.
E ach semester. Fall semester. Rosen.

16 . Lin e a r A lg e b ra .
The subject matter o f this course consists of
vector spaces, matrices, and linear transfor­
mation with application to solutions o f sys­
tems o f linear equations, determinants, and
the eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
6 or Math 9 or a passing grade on the depart­
mental Calculus II placement exam.
Each semester. Fall semester. Klotz.

1 6 A . Lin e a r A lg e b ra and
Diffe re ntia l Equ ation s.
This course will cover the main topics of
Linear Algebra (Math 16) and Differential
Equations (Math 3 0 ) in one semester and is an
alternative to taking both Math 16 and Math

155

M athem atics

30. These two subjects are closely related.
Differential equations requires certain tech­
niques from linear algebra and at the same
time provides examples and applications o f
many concepts o f linear algebra. Topics: Lin­
ear algebra—matrices, vector spaces, solu­
tions to linear systems, determinants, eigen­
values, linear transformations. Differential
equations—linear differential equations (con­
stant and non-constant coefficients), the
Wronskian, power series methods, systems of
differential equations. As time permits: or­
thogonality and least square approximations.
Level and pace will be the same as for Math
16.
Prerequisite: Grade o f C or better in Math 6.
Fall semester. Shimamoto.

16 H . Lin e a r A lg e b ra H o n o rs C o u rs e .
This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will
be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous
than its standard counterpart (the subject
matter will be equally as valuable in applied
situations, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with excep­
tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri­
marily for students who enter with BC Ad­
vanced Placement calculus courses.
Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math
6 or Math 9 or a passing grade on the depart­
mental Calculus II placement exam.
Fall semester. Maurer.

18 . S e ve ra l Variable C alcu lus.
This course considers differentiation and in­
tegration o f functions o f several variables
with special emphasis on two and three di­
mensions. Topics include partial differentia­
tion, extreme value problems, LaGrange multi­
pliers, multiple integrals, line and surface
integrals, Stokes’ and Green’s Theorems.
Prerequisite: Math 6 or equivalent.
Recommended: Math 16 or Math 16A.
Each semester. Fall semester. Shapiro.

18 H . S e v e ra l Variable Calculus
H o n o rs C o u rs e .
This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will
be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous
than its standard counterpart (the subject
matter will be equally as valuable in applied
situations, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with excep­
tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri­
marily for students who have successfully

156

completed Math 16H.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
16H or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester.

2 3 . S ta tis tic s .
This calculus-based introduction to statistics
covers most o f the same methods examined in
Math 2, but the course is taught on a higher
mathematical level. The course is intended for
anyone who wants an introduction to the
application o f statistical methods.
Prerequisite: Math 5.
Every year.
Fall 1987. Iversen. Spring 1989. Iversen.

2 7 . M u ltiva ria te S ta tistic a l M eth o ds.
Given as a continuation o f Math 2 or Math
23, the course deals mainly with the study of
relationships between three or more variables.
Included are such topics as multiple regression
analysis, with partial and multiple correla­
tions, several variable analysis o f variance,
and the analysis o f multidimensional contin­
gency tables. The course ends with an intro­
duction to Bayesian statistical inference.
Prerequisite: Math 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ. 4
or Soc/Anth. 19 or 20.
A lternate years. Spring semester. Iversen.

30. Diffe re ntia l Eq u a tio n s.
An introduction to differential equations that
includes such topics as: first order equations,
linear differential equations, approximation
methods, some partial differential equations.
Prerequisites: Math 18 and 16 or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88.

3 7 . N u m b e r T h e o ry .
The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts,
and the theory o f multiplicative number the­
ory will be developed. Students are also ex­
pected to learn how to construct a mathemat­
ical proof. This course is recommended for
potential mathematics majors.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1987-88.

4 1 . P ro b a b ility.
This course considers both discrete and con­
tinuous probability theory. The classical dis­
tributions—Binomial, Poisson, and Normal
—are studied. Other topics to be discussed
are the Central Limit Theorem, the laws of

large numbers, and generating functions.
Prerequisite: Math 6 , and 9 or 18, or permis­
sion.
Alternate years. Fall semester.
Not offered 1987-88.

45. Topics in G e o m e try .
Course content varies from year to year and
is dependent on student and faculty interest.
Normally, a portion o f the course will be
devoted to projective geometry and to noneuclidean geometries. Among topics which
may be included are: euclidean geometry in
three (and higher) dimensions, transforma­
tion geometry, dissections, tesselations, and
modern geometry arising from computer sci­
ence and discrete mathematics (such as com­
putational geometry and covexity).
Prerequisites: None, but some college mathe­
matics is advised. See the instructor if in doubt.
Alternate years. Fall semester. Klotz.

46. T h e o ry o f C om putation.
The study o f various models o f computation
leading to a characterization o f the kinds o f
problems that can and cannot be solved by a
computer and, for those problems that can be
solved, a means o f classifying them with re­
spect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics
to be covered include: formal languages and
finite state devices, Turing machines, and
other models of computation, computability,
and complexity.
Prerequisite: Computer Science 35.
Alternate years. Spring semester.

4 7 . In troduction to Real A n a ly s is .
This course concentrates on the careful study
o f the principles underlying the calculus o f
real valued functions o f real variables. Topics
will include point set topology, compactness,
connectedness, and uniform convergence.
Can be taken with Math 101B for an external
examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 18 or permission o f in­
structor.
Fall semester. Grinstead.

48. Topics in A lg e b ra .
Course content varies from year to year and
is dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Algebraic
Coding Theory, Groups and Representations,
Finite Reflection Groups.
In 1987, Topics in Algebra will be a second
course in linear algebra, covering topics such

as linear transformations and eigenvalues, ca­
nonical forms, symmetric and Hermitian ma­
trices, congruence, the principal axes and
spectral theorems, and the Perron-Frobenius
theorem for nonnegative matrices. This mate­
rial is o f central importance in linear algebra
and has many applications in other areas of
mathematics and in engineering, computer
science, and the physical and social sciences.
This course will not explicitly deal with such
applications, but will focus on results which
are used in analyzing and solving a variety o f
applied problems.
Prerequisite: Math 16.
A lternate years. Spring semester. Shapiro.

4 9 . In troduction to M od ern A lg e b ra .
This course is an introduction to abstract
algebra and will survey basic algebraic sys­
tems—groups, rings, fields. W hile these con­
cepts will be illustrated by many concrete
examples, the emphasis will be on abstract
theorems and proofs, and rigorous, mathe­
matical reasoning. Can be taken with Math
102B for an external examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f in­
structor.
Fall semester. Shimamoto.

5 1. S c ie n c e , D e c is io n -M a k in g ,
and U n c e rta in ty .
A study o f decision-making as it relates to
scientific and public policy matters. The
course covers philosophical, psychological,
and mathematical aspects o f decision-making
in the face o f uncertain evidence. Topics cov­
ered include the nature o f scientific evidence
and experimentation; probabilistic evidence
and the law; uncertainty and medicine; infer­
ential vs. Bayesian statistics; human decision­
making, rational and irrational techniques, and
correctives o f decision-making. The theories
will be related to such public issues as nuclear
power, hazardous waste disposal, vaccination
program, and strategic nuclear planning. This
course cannot be counted toward a major in
Mathematics.
Not offered 1987-88.

53. M ath e m a tica l S ta tis tic s I.
Based on probability theory, this course ex­
amines the statistical theory for the estimation
o f parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both
small and large sample properties o f the es­
timators are studied. The course concludes

157

M athem atics

with the study o f models dealing with rela­
tionships between variables including chisquare and regression analysis. Can be taken
with Math 111 for an External Examination
paper.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18 or permission.
Alternate years. Fall semester.
N ot offered 1987-88.

6 1. M odeling.
An introduction to the methods and attitudes
o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in
natural science and engineering is already
taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­
tions in this course will be primarily to social
and biological sciences. Various standard me­
thods used in modeling will be introduced:
differential equations, Markov chains, game
theory, graph theory, computer simulation.
However, the emphasis will be on how to
apply these subjects to specific modeling
problems, not on their systematic theory. The
format o f the course will include projects as
well as lectures and problem sets.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s
permission.
A lternate years. Spring semester.
N ot offered 1987-88.

6 4. M ath e m a tica l Pro g ra m m in g .
Linear Programming and its extensions: the
simplex method, duality, assignment prob­
lems, network flows, two-person game theory,
and an introduction to non-linear program­
ming. Numerous algorithms are discussed,
and there will be opportunities for computer
implementation. A different perspective on
mathematical programming is available in Engineering/Economics 5 7, Operations Re­
search. In comparison, Mathematics 6 4 is
more advanced mathematically in that there is
more emphasis on theory, and linear algebra
is used to present it. However, Engineering 57
is more extensive in that engineering econom­
ics and probabilistic decision models are also
covered, and case studies are involved. A
student may take both courses; together they
form a strong introduction to the theory and
practice o f optimization.
Prerequisites: Math 9 and 16, or instructor’s
permission.
Consult department chair for schedule after
1987-88.
Spring semester.

158

65. C om b in a to rics.
This course continues the study o f noncontinuous mathematics begun in Math 9. The
topics covered include three broad areas:
Counting Theory, Graph Theory, and Design
Theory. The first area includes a study o f
generating functions and Polya counting. The
second area is concerned with relations be­
tween certain graphical invariants. Certain
areas such as Extremal Graph Theory and
Ramsey Theory are introduced. The third
area introduces combinatorial structures such
as matroids, design, codes, and Latin squares.
Topics will be chosen to minimize overlap
with Math 6 4 and Math 73. May be combined
with Math 6 4 or Math 73 for an External
Examination paper.
Prerequisites: Math 9 and at least one other
course in Mathematics.
A lternate years. Fall semester.
Not offered 1987-88.

7 3 . M ath e m a tica l A lg o rith m s .
This course considers the construction, anal­
ysis, and theory o f algorithms for solving
mathematical problems. Included are algo­
rithms for constructing all or random combi­
natorial objects (subsets, permutations, parti­
tions), algorithms on graphs, (graph coloring
and shortest paths), and complexity o f algo­
rithms and the theory o f NP-Completeness.
Overlap with Mathematical Programming
(Math 6 4 ) and Data Structures and Algo­
rithms (Computer Science 4 1 ) will be minim­
ized by avoiding lengthy discussion o f algo­
rithms studied in those courses. May be taken
with Math 65 for an External Examination
paper.
Prerequisite: Math 7 and 9 and/or further
courses in mathematics and computing.
Consult department chair for schedule after
1987-88.
Fall semester. Maurer.

8 1. Pa rtial Diffe re ntia l Eq u ation s and
Orthogonal Fun ction s (App lied
A n a ly s is I).
Topics include: Fourier series, the Fourier
transform, orthogonal functions, an intro­
duction to Hilbert space and operators. The
motivation for these topics will be in partial
differential equations arising in the physical
sciences. May be taken with Applied Analysis
II for an external examination paper.

I

Prerequisite: Math 16A or 3 0 or permission
of the instructor.
Fall semester. Rosen.

8 2. Fun ction s o f a C om p lex Variable
(Applied A n a ly s is II).
Topics include: analytic functions, integration
and Cauchy’s Theorem, power series, residue
calculus, conformal mapping, and harmonic
functions. Applications to the physical sci­
ences will be considered. May be taken with
Applied Analysis I for an external examina­
tion paper.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Spring semester.

85. Topics in A n a ly s is .
Course content varies from year to year and
is dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Differential
Geometry, Differential Topology, and Func­
tional Analysis.
Math 85, to be offered in spring 1988, will be
a course in Differential Geometry, centered

on the study o f surfaces. Probable topics
include geodesics, the exponential map, mini­
mal surfaces, and the Gauss Bonnet Theorem.
Related topics arising in theoretical physics
will be discussed as time permits.
Alternate years.
Spring semester. Langer.

93. D irecte d Reading.
96. T h e s is .
9 7 . S e n io r C on feren ce.
This half course provides senior majors an
opportunity to delve more deeply and on
their own into a particular topic in mathemat­
ics. This is accomplished by way o f a written
thesis and an oral presentation on a mathe­
matical topic agreed upon by the student and
the instructor. This course is required o f all
mathematics majors.
One half credit.
Fall semester.

SEMINARS
1 0 1 B. Real A n a ly s is II.
This seminar is a continuation o f the material
in Introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47).
Topics include the inverse and implicit func­
tion theorems, differential forms, and Lebesgue integration.
One credit.
Spring semester.

102B. M od ern A lg e b ra II.
This is a continuation o f Introduction to
Modern Algebra (Math 47 ). Topics covered
usually include field theory, Galois theory
(including the insolvability o f the quintic),
the structure theorem for modules over prin­
cipal ideal domains, and a theoretical devel­
opment o f linear algebra. However, other
topics may be studied, depending on the
interests o f students and instructor.
One credit.
Spring semester.

103. C om p lex A n a ly s is .
A brief study o f the geometry o f complex
numbers is followed by a detailed treatment
of the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions of
a complex variable. Various applications are
given and some special classes o f functions,

such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic
continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass
are also discussed.
(Normally offered alternate years.)
Fall semester 1987. Langer
Spring semester 1989.

10 4 . Topology.
An introduction to point-set, algebraic, com­
binatorial, and differential topology. The sem­
inar studies a variety o f concepts in geometry,
particularly those related to the notion o f
continuity, beginning with the basic vocabu­
lary o f topological spaces (e.g., open sets,
compactness, connectedness) and moving on
to how geometric behavior is often reflected
by some sort o f algebraic construct (e.g.,
groups and homomorphisms in homotopy
and homology theory). Further topics include
the topology o f surfaces, covering spaces, and
elementary homological algebra. Among the
spaces o f special interest to be considered are
spheres, polyhedra, and manifolds. The semi­
nar builds upon the student’s background in
real analysis and algebra, and it is an ongoing
priority to illustrate how an intensive study of
one area o f mathematics (in this case, topolo-

159

M athem atics

gy) can be enhanced by cutting across the
usual compartmentalization o f specialties.
Alternate years. Spring semester.

105. P ro b a b ility.
This seminar concentrates on discrete proba­
bility theory. The ideas o f sample space and
probability distribution are introduced. The
binomial and Poisson distributions are stud­
ied, and the normal distribution is introduced.
Laws o f large numbers and the Central Limit
Theorem are discussed. Other topics include
the idea o f randomness, generating functions,
random walk problems, and Markov chains.
Consult department chair for schedule after
1987-88.
Not offered 1987-88.

160

1 1 1 . M ath e m a tica l S ta tis tic s II.
This one-credit seminar is offered as a con­
tinuation o f Math 53. It deals mainly with
statistical models for the relationships be­
tween variables. The general linear model,
which includes regression, variance, and covariance analysis, is examined in detail. Topics
also include nonparametric statistics, samplying theory, and Bayesian statistical inference.
Prerequisite: Math 53.
One credit.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88.

M edieval Studies

Coordinator: M IC H A E L W. C O T H R EN (A rt History)
Committee: Stephen P. Bensch (History)
Dorothea Fre d e (Philosophy)
H elen N o rth (Classics)
Je a n As h m e a d P e rk in s (Modern Languages)
P e te r G ra m S w in g (Music)
A n d re a Sununu (English Literature)
W illiam N . Turpin (Classics)
P. Lin w o o d U rb a n , J r . (Religion)
C raig W illiam son (English Literature)

This program offers an opportunity for a
comprehensive study o f European and Medi­
terranean civilization from the fourth century
to the fifteenth. The period, which has a
critical importance for the understanding o f
Western culture, can be approached best
through a combination o f several disciplines.
Hence eight Departments (Art, Classics, En­
glish Literature, History, Modern Languages,
Music, Religion, and Philosophy) cooperate
to provide a course o f study which may be
offered as a major in either the course Program
or the External Examination (Honors) Pro­
gram.
For a major in the Course Program the re­
quirements are as follows:
1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin
1 course in Medieval History (History 11,
14-17)
Either Religion 17 or Philosophy 19
The prerequisites for the courses listed above
are:
Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory
history course; Philosophy 1; an introductory
religion course.
2. Five other medieval courses or seminars
chosen from three or four o f the following
fields:
1) Art History
2 ) History
3 ) Literature (Classics, English, CEL,
French, Spanish)
4 ) Music
5 ) Philosophy
6) Religion
Other courses appropriate to Medieval
Studies that are from time to time included

in departmental offerings.
Directed readings in medieval subjects.
3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute
for a course during the first semester o f the
senior year.
4. The student must pass a comprehensive
examination in the senior year based on
courses taken in the medieval field. The
examination includes a section o f Latin
translation.
For a major in the Honors Program the re­
quirements are as follows:
1. The student must satisfy the language and
distribution requirements o f the program,
as listed above, by appropriate courses or
seminars. Some work in one or more o f
the fields included in the program must be
done before admission to the Program.
2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow­
ing fields: Art History, History, Literature
(Classics, English, Modem Languages),
Music, Philosophy, Religion.
3. By attachments to the courses listed above,
and by writing a thesis, the student may
expand the possibilty o f work in the Ho­
nors Program beyond these five seminars.
Courses currently offered in Medieval Studies:

A r t H is to ry 15 . E a rly C hristia n and
B y za n tin e A r t
A r t H is to ry 16 . Ea rly M ed ie va l A r t in
th e W e s t
A r t H is to ry 1 7 . Goth ic A r t
C E L 13 . M e d ia e va l C o m p arative
Lite ra tu re .

161

M edieval Studies

C la s s ic s 35. La tin Lite ra tu re in
Tra nsla tion —C la ssical and
M e d ie va l.
English 16. S u r v e y o f English
Lite ra tu re , I.
English 20 . Introduction to Old En glish .
English 2 1 . C hau ce r.
English 2 3 . H is to ry o f th e English
Lan gu age.
English 2 4 . P ilg rim , D re a m e r, M y s tic ,
Knight.

M u s ic 20. M ed ie va l and Renaissance
M u s ic .
M u s ic 4 5 . P e rfo rm a n c e (e a rly m u sic
e nsem ble).
Ph ilo so p h y 19 . M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y.
Religion 16. Th e A p o sto lic A g e .
Religion 1 7 . C h ristia n Thought to the
M iddle A g e s .
Sp an ish 30. Lite ra tu re M e d ie va l.
S p an ish 4 1 . O b ra s m a e s tra s de la Edad
M edia y del Renacim iento.

Fre nch 20. H is to ry o f the French
Lan gu age.

M ed ie va l S tu d ie s 96. Th e s is .

French 30. Litté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e .

Seminars currently offered in Medieval
Studies:

H is to ry 1 1 . Th e Ba rba ria n N o rth .
H is to ry 14 . La te M ed ie va l S p iritu a lity .

A r t H is to ry 1 1 7 : Gothic A r t

H is to ry 15 . M e d ie va l T o w n s .

English 10 2: C hau cer and M ed ie va l
Lite ra tu re .

H is to ry 1 7 . Th e M ed ie va l
M e d ite rra n e a n .

Fre nc h Lite ra tu re 100: Litté ra tu re du
M o y e n -A g e .

H is to ry 7 8 . Th e Form a tio n o f the
Islam ic N e a r Ea s t.

H is to ry 1 1 1 : M ed ie va l Euro p e .

La tin 14 . M ed ie va l La tin .

162

Ph ilo so p h y 110 : M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y.

M odern Languages and Literatures

G E O R G E C . A V ER Y (German), Professor
T H O M P S O N R R A D L E Y (Russian), Professor
G EO R G E K R U G O V O Y (Russian), Professor1
P H ILIP M E T Z ID A K IS (Spanish), Professor
J E A N A S H M E A D P E R K IN S (French), Professor and Chairman, 1986-89
R O R ER T R O Z A (French), Professor
S IM O N E V OISIN S M IT H (French), P r o f e s s o r «
F R A N C IS P. T A FO Y A (French and Spanish), Professor
M A R IO N J . FA R E R (German), Associate Professor
J O H N J . H A S S E T T (Spanish), Associate Professor
G EO R G E M O S K O S (French), Associate Professor2
J U L I A C R U Z (Spanish), Assistant Professor
K E N N E T H C . L U K (Chinese), Assistant Professor
H A N S -J A K O R W E R L E N (German), Assistant Professor
ED W AR D DIXO N (German), Lecturer
V A R D A D O R E L L (Hebrew), Lecturer
J O A N F R IE D M A N (Spanish), Lecturer
S H IZ H E H U A N G (Chinese), Lecturer
EV G EN IY A L K A T S EN ELIN R O IG EN (Russian), Lecturer
M A R Y K . K E N N E Y (Spanish), Lecturer
G U Y M A R T IN O (French), Lecturer4
C A R O L E N E T T E R (French), Lecturer
E L K E P L A X T O N (German), Lecturer
PA TR IC E T E R R O N E (French), Assistant
The purpose o f the major is to acquaint
students with the important periods and prin­
cipal figures o f the literatures taught in the
Department, to develop an appreciation o f
literary values, to provide training in critical
analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the
relationship between literary phenomena and
the historical and cultural forces underlying
the various literary traditions. In addition to
demonstrated competence in the language, a
foreign literature major will normally com­
plete seven credits in literature courses or
seminars, take Special Topics, and pass the
comprehensive examination. Students whose
interests lie primarily in language are advised
to consider the possibility o f a Foreign Lan­*10

guages major. Those with an interest in civi­
lization should consider a Special M ajor in
combination with History, Art, or some other
appropriate department. Students interested
in studying literature in more than one lan­
guage are encouraged to consider a Literature
major.
Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily
designed to help students acquire the linguistic
competence necessary to pursue literary stu­
dies in a foreign language through work with
the language and selected texts o f literary or
general interest.
For a detailed description o f the orientation in
these courses see the Explanatory Note on

1
2
4
10

Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
Fall semester, 1987.
Campus coordinator, Grenoble
Program.
11 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1987.

103

M odern Languages and Literatu res

language courses below. Courses numbered
11 or above emphasize the study o f literature
as a humanistic discipline as well as competence in the spoken and written language.
Students who plan to major in a foreign
language and its literature are advised to p re­
sent sufficient credits on admission to enable
them to enroll in courses numbered 11 and 12
in their freshman year. Students who enter
with no previous knowledge o f the language
and are interested in majoring in a foreign
literature should register for the intensive
language courses (1 B -2 B ) in the freshman
year. Language courses numbered IB through
5 (8 in German) do not count toward the
minimum o f eight credits required for the
major.
Students who wish to continue a language
begun elsewhere will be placed at the course
level where they will profit best according to
their score in the College Entrance Examina­
tion or placement tests administered by the
Department in the fall.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the
listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Excep­
tions to course requirements are made for
those who show competence in the language
o f specialization. Students who speak French,
German, Russian or Spanish fluently should
consult with the Department before electing
courses.
Majors are urged to elect supporting courses
in other literatures, in history, philosophy,
linguistics, or art history. The Department
also recommends participation for a minimum
o f a summer and a semester in an academic
program abroad. Linguistically qualified stu­
dents may apply to the Swarthmore Program
at the University o f Grenoble, for one or two
semesters in the sophmore or junior year.

This program is particularly suited for majors
in the humanities and the social sciences.
Students competent in Spanish should con­
sider the Hamilton College Program in Ma­
drid, Spain, which is cooperatively sponsored
by Swarthmore. Those competent in German
should consider the Wayne State Junior Year
in Germany (at the University o f Munich or
the University o f Freiburg) or the Smith
College Junior Year at the University o f Ham­
burg. Students interested in intermediate and
advanced Chinese studies in China are en­
couraged to consider the China Educational
Tours program in Beijing and the Nankai
University program in Tianjin, the People’s
Republic o f China. Students on scholarship
may apply scholarship monies to designated
programs o f study abroad, in addition to the
Hamilton College Program in Madrid and the
Swarthmore Program in Grenoble (see Educ­
ation Abroad, pp. 54-56).
Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi­
cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish
should plan on taking the regular program of
language and literature courses required for
the major or show proof o f the equivalent. In
addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a
course in the history o f the language offered
in the Department. Appropriate supporting
courses which broaden knowledge and under­
standing o f the foreign culture being studied
are also recommended. Prospective teachers
o f a foreign language should plan to include a
minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad
in their academic program.
Students planning to do graduate work are
reminded that, in addition to the language of
specialization, a reading knowledge o f other
languages is often required for admission to
advanced studies.

C on tin en tal E u rop ean and Spanish A m erican
L iteratu res (in tran slation )
Students acquainted with a particular foreign
language are urged to elect an appropriate
literature course taught in the original lan­
guage. CEL/SAL courses provide students
with the opportunity to study literature which
they cannot read in the original. These courses

164

may be used to satisfy the distribution re­
quirements, but cannot be substituted for the
11 or 12 level courses to satisfy the depart­
mental prerequisites for a major or minor in
the original languages. In some cases CEL/
SAL courses may form an appropriate part o f

supporting upper-level work, part o f a Liter­
ature Major, or they may serve as the basis of
preparation for an Honors paper. Students
planning programs where such considerations
might apply should consult with the Depart­
ment.

20 G . The C o n te m p o ra ry G e rm an N o ve l.

Normally, at least one CEL or SAL course is
offered each semester; these courses are an­
nounced before fall and spring registration.
Other, cross-listed courses in foreign litera­
ture in translation are listed after SAL 50.

A study o f intellectual, literary, and sociologi­
cal currents in East and West Germany, Aus­
tria, and Switzerland since the end o f World
War II as they appear in representative works
o f prose fiction. Authors include Heinrich
Boll, Giinter Grass, Max Frisch, Uwe John­
son, Peter Handke, and Christa Wolf. Lectures
and discussions in English. German majors
will be required to read some o f the works in
German.

12R . Russian Thought and Lite ra tu re
in the Q u e st fo r Truth.

25 R. R u ssian Folk lore and Russian
C ulture.

The development o f Russian intellectual tra­
dition as reflected in Russian philosophy and
literature from the 18th century to the pres­
ent. Brief consideration o f Russian medieval
literature and thought. Eighteenth century:
secularization of culture. Nineteenth and twen­
tieth centuries: philosophical and literary po­
lemics within the framework o f current secu­
lar ideologies and religious thought. Russia
and the West and the dream o f a Perfect
World.
Not offered 1987-88. Krugovoy.

A study o f folk poetry in its cultural and
artistic aspects. Folklore and the genesis o f
literature and civilization. Survivals o f myth
and ritual in Russian folk poetry and their
significance for the understanding o f the col­
lective psychological dominants in Russian
cultural outlook will be discussed. Special
attention will be given to ritual poetry, tales,
heroic epic, and lyric poetry with extensive
use o f comparative evidence from non-Rus­
sian folk traditions. Representative texts will
be analyzed in class with active participation
by students.
Not offered 1987-88. Krugovoy.

13 R. Th e Russian N o v e l.
(See Russian 13.)

13 . M ed ia e val C o m p a ra tive Lite ra tu re .
The tension between ideals and their realiza­
tion as reflected in the literature o f the Middle
Ages, especially the epic (Roland, Cid, Nibelungen) and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, The
Grail).
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester 1989. Perkins.

14 . M od ern Eu ropean Lite ra tu re .
Contributions in theme and form to a Euro­
pean tradition o f modern fiction will be exam­
ined and compared in seminar format (pre­
sentation and critical discussion o f student
papers). Authors will include Dostoevsky,
Rilke, E. M. Forster, Thomas Mann, Virginia
Woolf, and Malraux. Intended especially for
freshmen and sophomores contemplating a
Literature major. Limited enrollment.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1987-88. Avery.

16. C hinese Lite ra tu a re in
Translation .
(See Chinese 16.)
Fall semester 1987. Luk.

5 0G. S tu d ie s in M od ern Germ an
Lite ra tu re .
Under this course title topics will be offered
from year to year that reflect the richness and
variety o f literature in German-speaking coun­
tries, against the background o f this century’s
dominant social and cultural crises. Courses
to be offered in subsequent years include: The
Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modern German
Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; Ger­
man Expressionism; Austrian Writers o f the
20th Century; Nietzsche and his Literary In­
fluence; Twentieth Century German Women
in Film and Literature.
Literature and Film in Weimar Germany.
An examination o f German culture from
1919-33, this course will consider examples
o f the rich and diversified literature o f the
period as well as masterpieces o f German Ex­
pressionist cinema. In addition to aesthetic
principles, the intellectural and political
trends and sociological realities mirrored in
this art will also be o f central interest. Course
conducted in English.
Fall semester 1987. Faber.

165

M odern Languages and Lite ratu res

30R. T h e P e te rsb u rg Th em e in
Ru ssia n Lite ra tu re .

S A L 55. T h e Fiction o f C o n te m p o ra ry
S p an ish A m e ric a n W om en W rite rs .

Literary and historical perspectives o f the
urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a
social reality, demonic delusion, and myth.
Alienation in the modem city, individual
search for self-identification, and personal
reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Read­
ings and discussions based on works by Push­
kin, Gogol, Chernyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tol­
stoy, and Bely. This course is not a regular
offering and may not be repeated in the
foreseeable future.
Not offered 1987-88. Krugovoy.

A study o f literary innovations and contribu­
tions to the evolution o f twentieth century
Spanish American prose fiction in translation
by such writers as Maria Luisa Bombal, Elena
Poniatowska, Isabel Allende, Cristina Peri
Rossi, and others. Texts will be examined
principally within the context o f current intel­
lectual concerns, sociopolitical issues, histori­
cal events, and literary trends in both Spanish
America and the rest o f the Western world.
Topics to be discussed will include: (1 ) Is
feminine literature in Spanish America a
propagation o f sexism?, ( 2) the seduction of
woman’s pedestal: true respect or false illu­
sion?, (3 ) the concept o f a "feminine point of
view,” and (4 ) the significance o f feminine
literature in Spanish America today. Course
conducted in English. Open to students with
prior preparation in literature.
Fall semester 1987. Cruz.

5 0 R. Ru ssia n Lite ra tu re and
R e vo lu tio n a ry Th ou gh t.
A study o f continuity and change in the
relationship between the major political and
social movements and the writers before and
after 1917. Special attention will be given to
the post-revolutionary literary and political
struggle in the 1920’s and its revival o f the
1960’s.
Not offered 1987-88. Bradley.

5 0 S . Span ish Th ou gh t and Lite ra tu re
o f the Tw e n tie th C e n tu ry.
The struggle between traditionalism and lib­
eralism, its background and manifestations in
Spanish thought and letters from the turn of
the century through the Civil War to the
present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega
y Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, Camilo Jose
Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1987-88.

S A L 60. Sp an ish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty
Th ro ug h Its N o v e l.
This course will explore the relationship be­
tween society and the novel in Spanish Ameri­
ca. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario
Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Juan
Rulfo and others will be discussed in conjunc­
tion with sociological patterns in contempo­
rary Spanish America. See Sociology-Anthropology 60.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1987-88.

7 0 . R e n aissan ce C o m p arative
Lite ra tu re .

S A L 50. C o n te m p o ra ry S p an ish A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re .

(See English Literature 70.)

A consideration o f intellectual and social
themes and artistic innovations which mark
the coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican fiction. Representative authors from
the various national literatures. ARGENTINA:
Borges, Cortazar; Valenzuela; PERU: Vargas
Llosa; COLOM BIA: Garcia Marquez; GUA­
TEMALA: Asturias; M EXICO: Fuentes,
Rulfo, Garro; CHILE: Bombal; CUBA: Carpentier, Cabrera, Infante.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1987-88.

7 4 a . M o d e rn D ram a I: Ibsen to
A v a n t G a rd e .

166

(See English Literature 74a.)

7 4 b . M od ern D ram a II: A v a n t Garde
and C o n te m p o ra ry .
(See English Literature 74b.)

7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p a ra tive Fictio n .
(See English Literature 79.)

EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND SECOND-YEAR
LANGUAGE COURSES:
A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for
students who begin their study o f the
language in college and whose primary
interest is the acquisition o f reading skills:
1-2 combines the presentation o f gram­
mar with readings from the humani­
ties (including literature), social sci­
ences, and sciences. Classes meet
three times per week and are con­
ducted in English. May be used to
prepare for fulfilling the reading re­
quirement o f graduate schools but
does not prepare students for inter­
mediate or advanced courses in litera­
ture taught in the original language.
Satisfactory completion o f the oneyear sequence does satisfy the lan­
guage requirement.
Students who start in the 1-2 se­
quence must complete 2 in order to
receive credit for 1. However, stu­
dents placing directly in 2 can receive
credit for a single semester o f language
work.
B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 5B carry
one and one-half credits per semester.
Three semesters in this sequence are

equivalent to two years o f work at the
college level. Designed to impart an active
command o f the language and combine
the study or review o f grammar essentials
and readings o f varied texts with intensive
practice to develop the ability to speak the
language. Recommended for students who
want to progress rapidly and especially for
those with no previous knowledge o f the
language and who are interested in prepar­
ing for intermediate or advanced courses
in literature taught in the original lan­
guage. Students who start in this orienta­
tion can major in a foreign language and
literature not studied previously. These
courses (a) meet as one section for gram­
mar presentation and in small groups for
oral practice with a native speaker o f the
language, and (b) may require periodic
work in the language laboratory.
Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence
must complete 2B in order to receive
credit for IB . However, students placing
directly in 2B can receive one and one-half
semester credits. Course numbered 3B
may be taken singly for one and one-half
semester credits.

C hinese
The purpose o f the program is to develop
competence in the modem Chinese language.
Students should plan to take the introductory
and intermediate courses as early as possible
so that studying in China may, if desired, be
incorporated into their curriculum. The
courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 4B, 11, 12 are
offered each year and 15, 16 in alternate falls.
Although no major exists currently in Chinese
in either the course program or the External
Examination program, qualified students are
urged to consider the possibility o f a Special
Major in combination with such departments
as Linguistics, History, History o f Art, Music,
Political Science, and Religion. It is possible
to prepare for one External Examination in
the field o f Classical Chinese Literature. In­

terested students should consult with the
Section Head in Chinese.

COURSES
1 B -2 B . Introduction to M an darin
C hinese.
An intensive introduction to spoken and writ­
ten Mandarin Chinese, with emphasis on oral
practice. Designed to impart an active com­
mand o f basic grammar. Introduces 3 5 0 to
4 0 0 characters and develops the ability to
read and write in simple modern Chinese.
Luk and Huang.

3 B , 4 B . S e c o n d -y e a r M an d a rin C hinese.
Designed for students who have mastered
basic grammar and 3 5 0 to 4 0 0 characters.

167

M odern Languages and Literatu res

Combines intensive oral practice with writing
and reading in the modern language. Emphasis
is on rapid expansion o f vocabulary, idiomatic
expressions, and thorough understanding o f
grammatical patterns. Prepares students for
advanced study at the College and in China.
Luk and Huang.

1 1 . T h ir d -y e a r C hinese.
Concentrates on reading in modern Chinese.
Develops the ability to read a variety o f
Modern Chinese writings, fiction, essays,
documentary and journalistic materials and
the ability to write in the modem language.
Classes conducted in Chinese, though oral
translation into English is an important com­
ponent.
Primary distribution course.
Luk.

12 . A d va n c e d C hinese.
Advanced studies after Chinese 11. Concen­
trates on reading in modern Chinese. Strength­
ens the ability to read a variety o f modern
Chinese writings, fiction, essays, documentary
and journalistic materials and the ability to

write in the modern language. Classes con­
ducted in Chinese, though oral translation
into English is an important component.
Primary distribution course.
Luk.

15 . Th e C hinese Language.
A linguistic survey o f the history and structure
o f the Chinese language; Chinese as a nonIndo-European language, its basic structure,
its dialects and national standard, and the
development o f its writing system.
(Cross-listed as Linguistics 15.)
Luk.

16 . C hinese Lite ra tu re
in Tra nsla tion .
An introduction to Chinese literature, its
themes and the intellectual tradition it reflects.
Course material includes fiction, drama, and
a brief consideration o f classical poetry.
(Cross-listed as CEL 16.)
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester 1987. Luk.

93. Directed Reading.

Fren ch
French may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows: French 12
or 12A and 16, the equivalent, or evidence of
special competence.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
All majors including students preparing a
Secondary School certificate are strongly
urged to spend at least one semester o f study
in France.
Majors in the Course and Honors Programs,
as well as minors in the Honors Program, are
expected to be sufficiently proficient in spo­
ken and written French to do all o f their work
in French, i.e., discussions and papers in
courses and seminars, and all oral and written
examinations, including comprehensive and
Honors examinations.
Course majors are required to do Special

168

Topics and to complete a comprehensive ex­
amination in the Spring semester o f their
senior year. This examination is based on a
reading list o f essential works from the Middle
Ages to the Twentieth Century. Students may
choose to prepare any two consecutive cen­
turies, plus one genre in any o f two other
centuries, and they are expected to devise a
suitable program o f study on this basis in the
Fall semester o f the junior year.
Students are required to take at least one
course in Literature before 1800. They can
take no more than two courses o f a nonliterary nature.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major or
minor in French should plan their program in
consultation with the Department.

1 -2 . Fre nc h Reading and Tra nsla tion .
For students who wish to acquire the funda­

mentals o f French grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­
tory note on language courses above.
1988-89. Offered in alternate years. Tafoya.

1 B -2 B , 3 B. In ten sive Fre n c h .
For students who begin French in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read­
ings in literary or expository prose. Prepares
for intermediate and advanced courses in
language or literature taught exclusively in
French. Recommended for students who wish
to acquire minimal linguistic competence for
study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in
France. See the explanatory note on language
courses above as well as the description o f the
Swarthmore program at the University o f
Grenoble under Education Abroad.

5 . Com position and D iction.
This course satisfies the prerequisites for in­
termediate and advanced courses taught in the
original language, such as 1 2 ,12A, or 16. Em­
phasis is on the consolidation o f grammatical
principles with an aim to increasing the facility
to write and speak the language through work
with formal grammar, selected readings o f
literary or general interest, newspaper and
magazine articles, radio programs, films, etc.
Recommended for students who wish to study
abroad at the university level.
Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
Each semester.

5 A . Fre nch C o n ve rsa tio n .
A half-credit conversation course concentrat­
ing on the development o f the students’ ability
to speak French.
Each semester. Terrone.

12 . Introduction to L ite r a ry S tu d ie s.
An analytical approach to French literature
through the study o f particular genres or
specific modes o f expression. Selected works
from Molière to Beckett.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­
lent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester.

age-long struggle for human values. Based on
literary works which depict life or events in a
given period, but emphasis is on historical,
political, and social questions rather than
belles lettres as such. The historical periods
treated will vary from time to time. Novels,
plays, and films, chosen for fall 1987, deal
with France immediately prior to the outbreak
o f World War II, the occupation, and the
immediate post-war period. Works or selec­
tions by authors such as Simone de Beauvoir,
Jean Giraudoux, Antoine de Saint-Exupéry,
and Vercors.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­
lent with special permission.
Fall semester 1987. Tafoya.

15 . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r.
For freshmen only. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: a score o f 675 or above in
French, and satisfactory performance in the
Placement Exam for Literature courses ad­
ministered during Freshman Orientation.
Topic for 1987 to be announced.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Roza.

16 . S tu d ie s in S ty lis tic s .
For majors or those who wish an advanced
course to develop self-expression in the writ­
ten and oral language. Original compositions
are based on a stylistic study o f texts by
representative French authors from the 17 th
century to the present.
Prerequisite: French 5 ,1 2 ,1 2 A, or the equiva­
lent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Smith.

20 . H is to ry o f th e French Language.
The development o f the French language from
its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis
will be placed more on general patterns than
on philological details. Texts o f the various
periods will be analyzed intensively. The
course will be given in English; students must
have a reading knowledge o f French. This
course will satisfy the linguistics requirement
for a teacher certification and may be used for
a Medieval Studies major.
Fall semester 1987. Perkins.

1 2 A . Im ages de la Fra n ce .

2 2 . Le Ciném a fra n ç a is .

Salient aspects o f French civilization in the

An examination o f the evolution o f style and

169

M o d e m Languages and Literatu res

theme in French Cinema from Realism to
Nouvelle Vague. Among directors studied
will be Clair, Renior, and Carné, as well as
Resnais, Truffaut, and Godard.
Fall semester 1987. Roza.

25 . L ’ A n cie n Régim e.
A study o f the social conditions o f 17th and
18th century France in both rural and urban
areas with special attention to the condition
o f women during the period. Readings from
20th century historians and from representa­
tive literary texts o f the period.
Prerequisite: French 12, 12A, or equivalent
language skills.
Spring semester 1988. Perkins.

28. La Fra n c e C on tem p oraine.
A study o f events and ideas which have shaped
French society from the 19th century to the
present. Selected French works in history,
political science, sociology and literature.
Smith.

6 1. R o m a n tism e .
65. B a u d e la ire , Rim bau d, M a lla rm é ,
A p o llin a ire .
Roza.

7 0 . T h é â tre M od erne .
M ajor trends in 20th-century drama from
Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco.
Spring semester 1988. Roza.

7 1 . Poésie C on te m p o ra ine .
From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and
Saint John-Perse.
Roza.

7 2 . Le Rom an du 20e S ièc le .
An examination o f the tensions between hu- I
manistic tradition and formal innovation in I
the French Novel from Proust and Gide to the I
Nouveau Roman and beyond.
Roza.

30. Litté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e .
Offered, on demand. Perkins.

7 3 . Litte ra te u rs En g a g e s.

33. Fe m m e s é c riv a in s .

A study o f the literature o f commitment
before and after World War II. Principally an
examination o f the literary manifestations of
French Existentialism. Includes works by Malraux, Satre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others.
Tafoya.

Women writers from the Middle Ages to the
beginning o f the XXth century.
Fall semester 1988. Smith.

35. L ’ H um an ism e de la R e n aissan ce .
4 2 . Litté ra tu re du 1 7 e S ièc le .
A study o f the cultural and intellectual setting
o f the grand siecle. Representative plays, nov­
els, fables, maxims.
Fall semester 1988. Smith.

4 3 . Le T h é â tre .
Representative works from the Middle Ages
to the the Romantic period included.
Smith.

I
I
I
I

7 5 . P ro u s t and J o y c e .
7 6 . Ec ritu re fé m in ine .
A study o f the literary, theoretical and sociopolitical implications o f feminine texts in
twentieth-century France. Topics to be discussed: the idea o f the author, deconstruction
and feminism, psychoanalysis and women,
and others.
Spring semester 1989. Moskos.

I
I
I
I
I

50. Le Rom an a va n t la Ré vo lution .
5 1. Le s Ph ilo so p h es.
60. Le Rom an du 19e S iè c le .
A study o f innovations in techniques and
form as well as the examination o f moral
problems arising from socio-political changes
in 19th-century France. Based primarily on
the novels o f Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and
Zola.
Fall semester 1987. Moskos.

170

9 1. Special To p ics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes, I
or critical problems. Open to senior majors I
and other qualified students.
Spring semester 1988. Perkins.

9 2. Colloquium .
93. D irecte d Reading.
9 4. T h e s is .

SEMINARS
Preparation o f topics for External Examina­
tions (Honors) may be done by appropriate
courses plus attachments only when seminars
are not available. Students preparing for Ex­
ternal Examinations should consult with the
Department on the suitability and availability
of attachments.

100. Litté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e .
Old French readings in lyric poetry, theatre
and romance.
Perkins.

10 1. La Ren aissan ce.
Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Na­
varre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations
from Marot through the Pléiade.
Smith.

102. Le T h é â tre C lassiqu e .
1. Aristotle, Corneille, and Racine: a study o f
"the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2.
Molière.
Smith.

10 3 . L ’ A g e d e s Lu m iè re s.
Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau.
Fall semester 1987. Perkins.

10 4 . Stendhal e t F la u b e rt
Spring semester 1989. Tafoya.

105. P ro u s t.
Style and vision in La Recherche du Temps perdu.
Roza.

106. Poésie S ym b o lis te .
From Baudelaire to Apollinaire.
Fall semester 1988. Roza.

10 8. Le Rom an du 20e S ièc le .
Major innovations in form and theme from
Gide and Proust to the New Novel.
Spring semester 1988. Roza.

10 9. Le R o m a n tism e .
Moskos.

180. T h e s is .

G erm an
German may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows:
Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent
work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.

are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in German should plan their
program in consultation with the Depart­
ment.
All courses listed under Groups I and II are
open to students after either German 11 or 12.
The courses listed under Group II are offered
on a regular two-year sequence. Majors in
Course are required to select a minimum o f
four courses from Group II.

In normal circumstances the language o f in­
struction in courses numbered 11 and above
is German. Students are expected to have a
sufficient command o f the language to be able
to participate in class discussions and do
written work in German. Course majors are
required to do Special Topics. The compré­
hensives are based on the student’s course
work, and on " A Reading List o f German
Majors in Course.”

For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f German grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explan­
atory note on language courses above.
Fall-spring, 1987-88 and alternate years. Plaxton.

COURSES

For students who begin German in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read-

NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars

1 -2 . G e rm an Reading and Translation .

1 B -2 R , 3 B . In ten sive G e rm an .

171

M odern Languages and Literatu res

ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 8, 11 or 12.
1B-2B. Faber and Dixon; Werlen and Dixon.
3B. Fall semester. Werlen and Plaxton.

8 . W riting and Speaking G e rm an .
Oral discussions and writing practice based
on general and literary topics o f contemporary
interest. For students who want to consolidate
their skills o f expression. Recommended for
German majors. Can be taken concurrently
with German 11 or 12.
Prerequisite: German 3B or by departmental
placement test.
Spring semester. Faber.

GROUPI
1 1 . In troduction to G e rm an Lite ra tu re
(e a rly 20th c e n tu ry ).
An introductory course which emphasizes
critical and analytical reading o f literature.
Representative poetry, drama, and fiction
from the beginning o f the 20th century, in­
cluding works by Rilke, Schnitzler, Kafka,
Mann and Brecht.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 8, or equivalent
work.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Avery.

12 . In tro ductio n to G e rm an Lite ra tu re
(The A g e o f Goethe).
An introduction to German literature through
close reading o f selections from the second
half o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th
century. Authors include Lessing, Goethe,
Schiller, and the Romantics.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Avery.

13 . Tra n s la tio n : T h e o ry and P ra c tic e .
This course aims at exploring the act o f transla­
tion, at first theoretically, and subsequently—
and primarily—through practice in translating
texts from various fields within the humanities
from German into English. In the second half
o f the course, students will pursue individual
projects in consultation with the instructor.
This course does not count towards the
major.
Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent.
Not offered 1987-88. Faber.

50. Die Deu tsch e L y r ik .
Readings in the major German poets.
Not offered 1987-88.

63. G oethe’s Fa u st.
An intensive study o f Faust I and II.
Fall semester. Werlen.

83. K a fk a and B r e c h t
A study o f the principal works o f each author
with emphasis on the emergence o f major
themes and the examinations o f literary crafts­
manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and
Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be
considered in the context o f the authors’
cultural and social environment.
Not offered 1987-88.

9 1. Special Topics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems.
Spring semester. Faber.

GROUP II
5 2. D a s Deutsche D ram a.
A study o f German drama, concentrating on
plays written from Naturalism through the
present. Dramatists to be studied include
Lessing, Schiller, Kleist, Buchner, Wedekind,
Stemheim, Kroetz, Heiner Muller.
Not offered 1987-88.

60. A u fk la e ru n g und S tu rm und D rang.
The German Enlightenment and various re­
actions to it. Authors read include Lessing,
Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early Goethe,
and the early Schiller.
Not offered 1987-88.

7 2 . Lite ra tu r d e s neunzehnten
Ja h rh u n d e rts .
Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric
poetry from the end o f Romanticism through
the beginnings o f Modernism. Readings in­
clude selections from essayistic writings re­
flecting contemporary thought.
Not offered 1987-88.

8 0. K la s s ik e r d e r M od ern e .
A study o f German literature from the begin­
nings o f Modernism through World War I.
Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George,
Schnitzler, Trakl, Stemheim, and Thomas
Mann.
Not offered 1987-88.

82. Lite ra tu r d e s zw a n zig s te n
Ja h rh u n d e rts.
German literature from the twenties to the
present with emphasis on the continuity o f
the modern tradition under the impact of

political exile and World War II. Authors
include Brecht, Thomas Mann, and postWorld War II writing in Austria, Switzerland,
East and West Germany.
Not offered 1987-88.

SEMINARS
All seminars to be offered in a particular year
will be announced in advance. Preparation of
topics for External Examinations (Honors)
may be done by appropriate courses plus
attachments only when seminars are not avail­
able. Students preparing for External Exami­
nations should consult with the Department
on the suitability and availability o f attach­
ments.

104. Goethe.
A study o f Goethe’s major works in the
context o f his life and times.
(This seminar does not include Faust.)
Spring semester 1988. Werlen.

105. Die Deutsche Rom an tik.
Romanticism as the dominant movement in
German literature, thought, and the arts in the
first third o f the 19th century. Authors in-

elude Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Bren­
tano, Eichendorff, the early Buchner, and
Heine. Also offered as a course. See 70.
To be offered 1988-89. Faber.

1 0 7 . M od erne P ro s a .
The development o f German prose narrative
since 1900 as reflected in works by Schnitzler,
Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Doblin,
Karl Kraus, and R. Walser.
To be offered 1988-89. Avery.

108. Deutsche Lite ra tu r nach 1950.
The emergence o f distinctive works o f narra­
tive fiction, lyric poetry, and drama in the two
Germanies, in Austria and in Switzerland
following the collapse o f Nationalist Socialism
in Germany. Emphasis on works by major
authors.
Fall semester 1987. Avery.

H ebrew
1 -2 . M od ern H e b re w .
This course is for beginners and stresses the
integration o f reading, writing, understanding,
and speaking skills o f modern Hebrew. In
addition to the class textbook the instructor
will use other materials such as short stories,
poems, folk tales, and newspaper articles to

enhance the student’s mastery o f the language.
Students will be required to write short com­
positions and discuss topical issues in the
language. This course will provide a very good
preparation in the language for those who may
be planning to visit or study in Israel.
1987-88. Dorell.

Russian
Russian may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are: Russian 6B, 11, 12,
and 13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory department statement.

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in Russian should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics.

173

M odern Languages and Literatu res

1 -2 . R u ssian Reading and Tra nsla tion .
For students who wish to acquire the funda­
mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This course is
designed especially for those students in the
Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read
and translate scholarly, scientific materials in
the original.
O ffered in alternate years. Staff.

1 R -2 R , 3 R . In ten sive Ru ssia n .
For students who begin Russian in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read­
ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 6B, 11, and 12.

6 R . A d v a n c e d In ten sive R u ssia n .
For majors and those primarily interested in
perfecting their command o f language. Ad­
vanced conversation, composition, transla­
tion, and stylistics. Considerable attention
paid to writing skills and speaking. Readings
include short stories and newspapers. Con­
ducted in Russian.
Spring semester. Krugovoy and
Katsenelinboigen.

1 1 . In tro ductio n to Ru ssia n Lite ra tu re .
Old Russian literature and its place within
European literature. 18th century: Classicism
and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti­
cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry.
Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.

Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Katsenelinboigen.

12 . In tro ductio n to R u ssian Lite ra tu re .
19th and 20th century Russian literature to
1918, and its place within European literature.
Realism and literary tendencies in the first
two decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev, |
Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely.
Silver Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.

13 . T h e R u ssian N o v e l.
Continuity and change in the development of
the novel in the 19th century and in the post- 1
revolutionary period. Lectures and readings 1
in English. Russian majors will be required to 1
read a part o f the material in Russian.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Bradley.

16 . H is to ry o f th e R u ssian Language.
An introductory course. A study o f the origin
o f the Russian language and its place among
the other modem Indo-European and Slavic
languages. The uses o f philology and linguistics for the ideological and stylistic analysis of
literary texts.
Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher
certification.
Not offered 1987-88.

(For senior majors.) Study o f individual authors, selected themes or critical problems. 1

9 3. D irecte d Reading.

10 1. T o ls to y .

1 0 7 . Ru ssia n L y ric a l P o e try .

10 2 . Ru ssia n S h o rt S to r y .

108. M o d e rn R u ssian P o e try .

10 3 . Pu sh k in and Le rm o n to v .

10 9. C h e k h o v.

10 4 . D o s to e v s k y .

1 1 0 . R u lg a k o v.

10 5 . Lite ra tu re o f th e S o v ie t Pe rio d .
Spring semester 1988. Bradley.

Spanish

174

1

9 1 . Sp e cial Topics.

S E M IN A R S

Prerequisites for majors are as follows:

1
1
1
1
1

Required: Spanish 11, 13, and 4 1, or equiva-

lent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.

sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
the language and to pass all oral comprehen­
sive examinations in Spanish. Course majors
are required to do Special Topics.

Majors are expected to speak Spanish with

COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major in
Spanish should plan their program in consul­
tation with the Department.

1 B -2 B , 3 B. In ten sive Span ish .
For students who begin Spanish in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read­
ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 5B, 11, or 13.

5B. In ten sive S p an ish .
For majors and others who wish an advanced
language course in which the emphasis is not
primarily literary. Much attention paid to
pronunciation, writing skills, speaking, and
the most difficult concepts o f Spanish gram­
mar. An ideal course prior to study abroad.
Each semester. Hassett and Kenney.

1 1 . Introduction to S pan ish Lite ra tu re .
A study o f representative prose fiction, po­
etry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by authors such as Espronceda, Zor­
rilla, Becquer, Perez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja, Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 5B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Metzidakis.

13. Introduction to S pan ish A m e ric a n
Lite ra tu re .
A study o f representative prose fiction, po­
etry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Martí,
Silva, Dario, Lugones, Sánchez, Lillo, Neruda,
Vallejo, Huidobro, Rulfo, García Márquez,
Borges, Valenzuela and others). Discussions,
papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 5B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Hassett.

NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or
consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the
courses in literature that follow.

65. La g u e rra c ivil española.
The Spanish Civil War and its impact on the
Spanish writer, both within Spain and in
exile. Works to be studied include the poetry
o f M. Hernandez, León Felipe, Dionisio Ridruejo, and Blas de Otero, and novels by Barea,
Laforet, Cela, Aub, Ayala, Sender, Goytisolo,
and Delibes. Several videos concerning the
war will be integrated into the course.
Prerequisite: Spanish 11, or 13, or the equiva­
lent.
Spring semester 1988. Metzidakis.

80. La N a rra tiv e Chilena Desde
El Golpe M ilita r, 1 9 73 -1 9 8 7 .
This course will explore the literary responses
o f Chilean intellectuals to the past thirteen
years o f military dictatorship in their country.
Emphasis will be given to the socio-historical
context o f the period and o f the novels and
short stories to be read. Authors will include
those who remained in Chile after the coup as
well as those forced into exile. Works by Poli
Delano, Ariel Dorfman, Antonio Skarmeta,
Isabel Allende, Hernán Valdes, Fernando
Jerez, Elizabeth Subercaseaux, Francisco
Simón, Diamela Eltit, Jorge Calvo, Ramón
Díaz Eterovic, and others. Course conducted
in Spanish.
Fall semester 1987. Hassett.

8 5. Lite ra tu ra H isp ánica
Contem poránea de los
Es ta d o s U nido s.
A study o f prose fiction, drama, poetry, and
essay by well-known contemporary Hispanic
American writers with particular considera­
tion o f recurrent themes despite the cultural
and even linguistic diversity that exists among
Puerto Ricans, Nuyoricans, Chicanos (Mexi­
can Americans), and Cuba Americans in the
United States. Writers include Alurista, R o­
lando Hinojosa, René Márquez, Manuel Pi­
neiro, and many others.

175

M odern Languages and Lite ratu res

Prerequisite: Spanish 11, or 13, or equivalent.
Spring semester 1988. Cruz.

9 1. Special To pics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,

or critical problems. Open to all students with
prior experience in Spanish and/or Spanish
American Literature.
Not offered 1987-88.

Courses to be offered in subsequent years:
7 . Fonética española y co m p o sició n .
30. La Lite ra tu ra M e d ie va l.

7 2 . La N o ve la Española de la
P o s g u e rra .

40 . El Teatro del Renacim iento y del
S iglo de O ro .

7 3 . U nam u no .

4 1 . O b ra s m a e s tra s d é la Edad M ed ia y
del Ren acim ien to.

7 5 . Te atro H isp a no a m e rica no
C on te m p o ráne o .

4 2 . La Po e sía del Renacim iento y
del S iglo de O ro .

7 6 . La Po e sía H isp a no a m e rica na del
S ig lo X X .

44.

7 7 . La N o v e la H isp a no a m e rica na del
S ig lo X X .

C e rva n te s .

60. La N o ve la en el S ig lo X IX .

7 4 . Lite ra tu ra Esp añ o la de P o sg u e rra .

7 0 . La G e n eració n del 96.

7 8 . La N o ve la M e xic a n a S o cial
del S ig lo X X .

7 1 . Lite ra tu re Española
C on te m po rá ne a .

7 9 . El Cuento H isp a no a m e rica no .

176

M usic

J A M E S D. F R E E M A N , Professor and Chairman
P E T ER G R A M S W IN G , Professor1
S H A R O N E. F R IE D L E R , Associate Professor of Dance
G E R A L D LE V IN S O N , Associate Professor
A N N K . M c N A M E E , Associate Professor12*
DAVID FIN K O , Lecturer (Music) 4
R U T H A N D R IE N , Associate in Performance (Dance)
D O R O TH Y K . F R E E M A N , Associate in Performance (Music)
K A R E N M E Y E R S , Associate in Performance (Music)
C A R O LY N R EIC H E K , Associate in Performance (Dance)
N A N C E Y R O S E N S W EIG , Associate in Performance (Dance)
P A U L A S E P IN U C K , Associate in Performance (Dance)
J O N S H E R M A N , Associate in Performance (Dance)
RO D ERT M . S M A R T , Associate in Performance (Music)
The study o f music as a liberal art requires an
integrated approach to theory, history, and
performance, experience in all three fields
being essential to the understanding o f music
as an artistic and intellectual achievement.
Theory courses train the student to work with
musical material, to understand modes of
organization in composition and to evolve
methods o f musical analysis. History courses
introduce students to methods o f studying
the development o f musical styles and genres,
and the relationship o f music to other arts and
areas o f thought. The Department encourages
students to develop performing skills through
private study and through participation in the
wind ensemble, chorus, early music ensemble,
orchestra, and chamber music coaching pro­
gram which it staffs and administers. The
Department also assists instrumentalists or
singers to finance the cost o f private instruc­
tion. Credit may be granted under the provi­
sions for Creative Arts.
Major in the Course Program: Two semester
courses in theory and one semester course in
history are prerequisite for acceptance as a
major. Majors will normally take five semester
courses in theory (including Music 15, 16, or
17 ), three semester courses in history (includ­
ing Music 20 and either 21 or 2 2 ) and meet
the basic piano requirement. Majors are ex­
pected to participate in at least one o f the
department’s performing organizations.

Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to major in the
Honors Program will fulfill the same prereq­
uisites as listed above and will normally stand
for four papers in music. The Department
strongly recommends that one paper be a
thesis or research project. Any Theory/Composition course numbered 15 or higher, also
all history courses, can be used as the basis o f
a paper when augmented by a concurrent or
subsequent attached unit o f additional re­
search, or by directed reading, or by a tutorial.
Minor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to minor in the
Honors Program will normally stand for two
papers in music. Two semester courses in
theory and one semester course in history are
prerequisite for a minor.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools:
Students are advised that graduate work in
music requires a reading knowledge o f French
and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is
also desirable for students planning to do
graduate work in musicology.
Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music
will be expected to play a keyboard instrument
well enough by their senior year to perform at
sight a two-part invention o f J. S. Bach and a
first movement o f an easy late 18th or early
19th century sonata. By the end o f the junior
year they should be able to read chamber

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
4 Fall semester, 1987.

177

M usic

music scores, vocal music in four clefs, and
realize figured basses. The department recom­
mends that majors take one or two semesters
o f Music 42 to develop these skills. Students
with exceptional proficiency in an instrument
other than the piano, or in singing, will not be
expected to meet the performing standards o f
pianists.
The basic piano program: This program is de­
signed to develop keyboard proficiency to a
point where a student can effectively use the
piano as a tool for study, also to help students
meet the keyboard requirements outlined
above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores
planning to major in music and to students
enrolled in theory courses. No academic credit
is given for basic piano.

Special scholarships and awards in music
include:
The Edwin B. Garrignes Foundation Scholarships:
See p. 26.
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet Scho­
larships: See p. 26.
Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships:
See p. 26.
The Melvin B. Troy Award: See p. 64.
The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants: See p.
25.
The Barclay and Edith Lewis White Scholarship:
See p. 32.
The Barnard Fellows: See p. 13.
The Peter Gram Swing Prize: See p. 64.

CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE
Chorus, Orchestra, Early Music Ensemble, Wind
Ensenble, Chamber Music
Students may take Performance Chorus (Music
43 ), Performance Orchestra (Music 4 4 ), Per­
formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 4 5),
Performance Wind Ensemble (Music 46 ), or
Performance Chamber Music (Music 47 ), for
credit with the permission o f the Department
member who has the responsibility for that
performing group. The amount o f credit re­
ceived will be a half-course in any one semes­
ter and usually will be granted only to students
participating for a full year in a particular
activity. Students applying for credit will ful­
fill requirements established for each activity,
i.e., regular attendance at rehearsals and per­
formances and participation in any supple­
mentary classes held in connection with the
activity. Students will be graded on a credit/
no credit basis.
Individual Instruction (Music 4 8 )
Music Majors and members o f the Wind
Ensemble, Chorus, Early Music Ensemble,
Gospel Choir, and Orchestra may, if they
wish, take lessons for credit. Members o f the
Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, and Gospel
Choir are eligible for voice lessons; members
o f the Wind Ensemble, Early Music Ensem­
ble, and Orchestra are eligible for lessons on
their primary instrument. Students who are

178

not Music Majors and are not in any o f the
performing organizations listed above may
take lessons for credit if they are concurrently
enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition
course offered by the Music Department.
Pianists who are not Music Majors and who
are not enrolled in a History or Theory/
Composition course offered by the Depart­
ment may qualify for Music 4 8 by taking part
in the Department’s Program for Accom­
panists. The Department expects such pianists
to give at least three hours a week to the
Program.
A student applying for Individual Instruction
will first demonstrate to the Department ability
to undertake such study at least at an inter­
mediate level. The student will arrange to
work with a teacher o f her/his choice, subject
to the approval o f the Department, which will
then supervise the course o f study and grade
it on a credit/no credit basis. Teacher and
student will submit written evaluations, and
the student will perform for a jury at the end
o f the semester. The Department will then
decide if the student should receive credit,
and if the student can re-enroll.
For students enrolled in lessons for credit
(Individual Instruction) a portion o f the cost
o f the lessons is guaranteed by the department.

Section leaders in the chorus and orchestra
and majors receive subsidies that cover twothirds the cost o f their lessons through the
Boyd and Ruth Barnard Scholarships. Addi­
tional scholarships provided by the Edwin B.
Garrigues Foundation subsidize the entire cost
o f private lessons with the teacher o f their

choice for approximately ten o f the most
musically advanced students at the College.
All students enrolled in Music 48 are strongly
encouraged to perform in student chamber
music concerts and to try out for concertos
with the Orchestra and solos with the Chorus.

COURSES AND SEMINARS
1. Introduction to M u s ic .
A course designed to teach intelligent listen­
ing. The course assumes no prior training in
music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Swing.

2 . Introduction to M u s ic .
A course that approaches listening and analysis
through concentration on musical fundamen­
tals: reading notation and developing or ex­
panding aural perception o f pitch, rhythm,
structure, phrasing, and instrumentation. The
course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Gatens.

genres: opera, concerto, symphony, chamber
music, and liturgical music, especially his
Requiem. The course is run as a seminar, with
presentations, discussions, and in-class per­
formance. There will be two papers, several
repertory quizzes, and a final exam.
No prerequisite other than some familiarity
with classical music and its notation. Enroll­
ment limited to 12.
Not offered 1987-88.

8 . M u s ic o f the O r ie n t
Introduction to music and musical theories o f
the Near East and Far East. Guest lecturers in
special fields will meet with the class at appro­
priate intervals.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Spring semester. Levinson.

6 . J . S . Bach.

10 . A m e ric a n M u s ic .

An introduction to his career as composer
and performer through readings and through
study o f his compositions in representative
genres. The course emphasizes training in
informed listening.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Not offered 1987-88; offered spring, 1989.

A study o f unwritten and written music in the
United States to 1940, popular and vernacular
as well as classical, using Charles Hamm,
Music in the New World, as a text. Students will
be evaluated on a portfolio o f work to include
papers presented in class, reports on music
listened to, listening quizzes, and an extended
essay on a topic o f choice.
No prerequisite. Enrollment limited to 12.
Not offered 1987-88; offered fall, 1988.

7 . W. A . M o z a r t
A course about the life and music o f W. A.
Mozart, with emphasis on listening to and
analysis o f his compositions in representative

THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Students who anticipate taking further courses
in the Department or majoring in Music are
urged to take Music 11-12 as early as possible.
Placement exams are given each year at the
first meeting o f that course for students who
feel they may be able to place out o f it. Majors
will normally take Music 11-12, 13-14, and

15, 16, or 17 in successive years.

1 1 - 1 2 . H a rm o n y and Cou n terp oin t I.
Written musical exercises include composi­
tion o f original materials as well as commen­
tary on excerpts from the tonal literature.
Prerequisite: knowledge o f traditional nota­

179

M usic

tion, major/minor scales, ability to play or
sing at sight simple lines in treble and bass clef.
Music 11 is a primary distribution course.
Year course. McNamee, Greatbatch.

1 3 -1 4 . H a rm o n y and Cou n terp oin t II.
Continued work with tonal harmony and
ocunterpoint at an intermediate level. De­
tailed study o f selected works with assign­
ments derived from these works, as well as
original compositions..
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent).
Year course. Levinson.

15 . H a rm o n y and Cou n terp oin t ill.
Detailed study o f a limited number o f works
both tonal and non-tonal, with independent
work encouraged.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).

Fall semester. Finko.

16 . S c h e n k e r.
An introduction to Schenkerian analysis. An
extension o f traditional analytical techniques,
incorporating Schenker’s principles o f voice
leading, counterpoint, and harmony.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1987-88.

1 7 . H is to ry o f M u sic T h e o ry .
A survey o f primary sources (in translation)
from Boethius, Tinctoris, and Zarlino through
Rameau, Riemann, and Schoenberg.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1987-88.

19 . C om position .
Fall and spring semesters. Levinson.

HISTORY OF MUSIC
20. M ed ie va l and R e n aissan ce M u s ic .
The study o f medieval and renaissance music
beginning with Gregorian chant and ending
with the music o f Josquin Desprez. The course
is also concerned with the relationship o f
music to the art and thought o f the times, and
the function o f music in the Roman Catholic
liturgy.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Not offered 1987-88; offered fall, 1988.

2 1 . Baroque and C la ssical M u sic .
Topics in music o f the 17th and 18th centuries.
In 1987 the course will focus on the "Viennese
Classical Style,” the works o f Haydn, Mozart,
and Beethoven, and the origins o f that style.
Fall semester. Freeman.

22 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry M u s ic .
In 1988 the course will trace the development
o f the "Romantic Style” from late Beethoven
and Schubert to Wagner and Verdi.
Spring semester. Freeman.

2 3 . T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry M u sic .
A study o f the various stylistic directions in
music o f the 20th Century. Representative
works by composers from Debussy, Stra­
vinsky, and Schoenberg, through Copland,
Messiaen, and others, to post-war composers
such as Boulez and Crumb will be examined in
detail.

180

Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Not offered 1987-88.

3 1 . O p e ra.
A survey o f the history o f opera, with special
emphasis on and study o f scenes from selected
works by Purcell (D ido), Mozart (Figaro),
Verdi (Rigoletto), Wagner (W alktire), Puccini
(Butterfly), and Britten (Death in Venice). For
those with vocal abilities, the course will
include preparation o f specific scenes, but it
is open as well to students with no particular
performance skills.
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Not offered 1987-88.

3 2. H is to ry o f the S trin g Q u a rte t
This course traces the development o f the
string quartet from the middle o f the 18th
century to the present through study and
(wherever possible) performance o f selected
works.
Open to students with permission o f the
instructor.
Not offered 1987-88.

33. Lie d e r.
A study, through performance and analysis,
o f various solutions by various composers to
the problems o f relating text and music. Stu­
dents should be moderately proficient either

as singers or as pianists. A knowledge of Ger­
man is desirable.
Not offered 1987-88.

35. La te R om an ticism in G e rm an y
and A u s tria .
A study o f selected large works by Wagner
(W alkiire, Tristan) Brahms (Haydn Variations,
Violin Concerto), Mahler (4th symphony), J.
Strauss (Fledermaus), R. Strauss (T ill Eulenspiegel, Salome), and Schoenberg (Verklaerte
Nacht, Pierrot Lunaire).
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota­
tion.
Not offered 1987-88.

38. W om en C o m p o se rs and
C ho re o g ra p h e rs o f the E a rly Tw e ntie th
C e n tu ry.
A survey o f early twentieth-century women
composers and teachers, as well as a study o f
several o f the most influential choreographers
o f modem dance. Choreographers include
Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou­
langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Half-course credit.
Not offered 1987-88.

39. M u s ic and Dance: C riticis m and
R e vie w in g .
This course, to be administered by the depart­
ment and taught by guest lecturers who are
prominent in the field o f reviewing, will cover
various aspects o f writing about the perfor­
mance o f music and dance: previewing, re­
viewing, the critic’s role and responsibilities,
and the special problems o f relating perfor­
mance to the written word.
Spring semester. Staff.

60. P ro je c ts in P e rfo rm a n c e .
A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance
practice and problems in music o f various
styles will be examined in terms o f analysis,
research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform
instrumentally or vocally is required.
Not offered 1987-88.

9 2. Independent S tu d y .
93. Directed Reading.
95. Tu to ria l.
Special work in composition, theory, or history.
One or two credits.

96. S e n io r T h e s is .
One or two credits.
Fall and spring semesters.

PERFORMANCE (MUSIC)
NOTE: All performance courses are for half­
course credit per semester. See p. 53 and p.
178 for general provisions governing work in
performance under the provisions for Cre­
ative Arts.

4 5 . P e rfo rm a n c e (e a rly m u sic
e nsem ble).

40. Ele m e n ts o f M usician sh ip .

4 7 . P e rfo rm a n c e (ch a m be r m u sic).

Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dicta­
tion.
Open to all students and may be taken with or
without credit.
Both semesters. Meyers.

Both semesters. D. Freeman.

4 1 . C onducting.
Not offered 1987-88.

4 2 . Figu re d R a s s and S c o re Reading.
Both semesters. Smart.

43 . P e rfo rm a n c e (ch o ru s).
Both semesters. Swing, Smart.

4 4 . P e rfo rm a n c e (o rc h e stra ).
Both semesters. Freeman, Running.

Both semesters. Meyers.

46 . P e rfo rm a n c e (w in d e nsem ble).
Both semesters. Gatens, Abramovic.

Students taking Music 47 for credit should
submit to the Department at the beginning o f
the semester a repertory o f works to be re­
hearsed, coached, and performed during the
semester. They should include the names of
all students who have agreed to work on the
repertoire, the names o f all coaches who have
agreed to work with them, and the proposed
dates for performance.
A student taking Music 47 for credit will
rehearse with her/his group(s) at least two
hours every week and will meet with a coach

181

M usic

at least every other week. All members o f the
group should be capable o f working well both
independently and under the guidance o f a
coach, also capable o f giving a performance o f
high quality. It is not necessary for every
person in the group to be taking Music 47 for
credit, but the Department assumes that those
taking the course for credit will assume re­
sponsibility for the group, making sure that
the full group is present for regular rehearsals
and coaching sessions.

4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (individual
in struc tio n ).
(See the guidelines for this course on page 178.)
Both semesters.

49 . K e yb o a rd W o rksh o p .
Developing and refining skills in accompany­
ing and sight-reading through work with the
chamber, song, and four-hand repertoire.
Not offered 1987-88.

D A N C E PR O G R A M
Dance, a program within the Department o f
Music, shares the Department philosophy
that courses in theory and history should be
integrated with performance. By offering a
balance o f cognitive, creative, and kinesthetic
classes in dance we present a program which
stands firmly within the tradition o f Swarthmore’s liberal arts orientation. The instructors
strive to create an atmosphere o f cooperative
learning; one which affirms group process and
fosters comradery.
Serious dance students are urged to supple­
ment their study with appropriate courses in
music, theatre, anatomy, and other related
disciplines.
In a typical semester over twenty hours o f
dance technique classes are offered on graded
levels presenting a variety o f movement styles.
Technique courses, numbered 4 0 through 47
and 49, receive no academic credit, but may
be taken to fulfill physical education require­
ments. Advanced dancers are encouraged to
audition for level III or IV technique classes
and for Performance class. All interested
dancers are encouraged to audition for student
and faculty works. These auditions take place
each semester; dates are announced in classes
and in the College Announcements.

credit.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester 1987. Friedler.

1 1 . Dance C om position I.
A study o f the basic principles o f dance
composition through exploration o f the ele­
ments o f dance movement, invention, and
movement themes, to the end o f developing
an understanding o f various choreographic
structures. Considerable reading, video and
live concert viewing, movement studies, and
a final piece for public performance are re­
quired. A course in dance technique must be
taken concurrently. One credit. Three hours
per week.
Fall semester 1987. Staff.

1 2 . Dance C om position II.

1. Introduction to Dance.

An elaboration and extension o f the material
studied in Dance 11. Stylistically varying ap­
proaches to making work are explored in
compositions for soloists and groups. Read­
ing, video and live concert viewing, movement
studies, and a final piece for public perfor­
mance are required. A course in dance tech­
nique must be taken concurrently. Students
must have previously taken Dance 11 or its
equivalent. One half credit. Three hours per
week.
Spring semester 1988. Staff.

A survey course that approaches dance view­
ing and analysis o f dance performance through
an introduction to dance elements. In addi­
tion, the role o f choreographer, performer,
and audience in various societies is compared.
No prior dance training is assumed; open to
all students without prerequisite. Two lectures
and one video viewing session per week. One

Designed as a tutorial for students who have
previously taken Dance 11 and 12, or the
equivalent. Choreography o f a final piece for
public performance is required. Weekly meet­
ings with the instructor and directed readings,
video and concert viewings, and a journal will
be required. A course in dance technique

182

12 a . Dance C om position .

must be taken concurrently. One half credit.
Offered every semester.

15 . Dance Im p ro vis a tio n .
Designed as a movement laboratory in which
to explore the dance elements: space, time,
force, and form. Members o f the class will
explore improvisation as a performance technique and as a tool for dance composition.
Individuals work on a personal vocabulary
and on developing a sense o f ensemble. A
course in dance technique must be taken
concurrently. One half credit. Three hours
per week.
Spring semester 1988. Staff.

2 1 . H is to ry o f Dance: Ea rly C ultures
Th ro u g h Eu ro p e ’s M iddle A g e s .
A study o f the scope o f dance in various
societies. Particular attention is given to the
use o f dance as an instrument o f ritual, enter­
tainment, social interaction, and education.
Prerequisite: Dance 1. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Not offered 1987-88; offered spring, 1989.

2 2 . H is to ry o f Dance: Eu ro p e ’s
Renaissance Th ro ugh 1900.
A study o f social and theatrical dance forms
in the context o f various societies from the
Renaissance through the nineteenth century.
Influential choreographers, dancers, and the­
orists representative o f the periods will be
discussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 strongly recmmended. Two lectures and one hour video
viewing per week. One credit.
Fall semester. Friedler.

2 3 . T w e n tie th C e n tu ry Dance.
A study o f social and theatrical dance forms
in the context o f Western societies with an
emphasis on America. Influential choreog­
raphers, dancers, and theorists will be dis­
cussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 and 22
strongly recommended. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Spring semester. Staff.

38. W om en C o m p o se rs and
C h o re o gra ph e rs o f the E a rly Tw e ntie th
C e n tu ry.
A survey o f early twentieth-century women
composers and teachers, as well as a study o f
several o f the most influential choreographers

o f modern dance. Choreographers include
Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou­
langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Half-course credit.
Not offered 1987-88.

39. M u s ic and Dance: C riticis m and
R e vie w in g .
(See Music 39).
Spring semester. Staff.

4 0 . M od ern I.
An introduction to basic principles o f dance
movement: body alignment, coordination,
strength and flexibility, basic locomotion. No
previous dance experience necessary.

4 1 . M od ern II.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in M odem L For students who have
taken Modern I or the equivalent.

4 2 . M od ern III.
Continued practice in technical movement
skills in the modern idiom; including ap­
proaches to various styles. Placement by au­
dition or permission o f the instructor.

4 3 . M od ern IV.
Continued training in various modern dance
techniques and theories. Designed for stu­
dents with a strong technical foundation.
Placement by audition or permission o f the
instructor.

4 4 . B allet I.
An introduction to fundamentals o f classical
ballet vocabulary: correct body placement,
positions o f the feet, head and arms, basic
locomotion in the form. No previous experi­
ence necessary.

45. Ballet ll/lll.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Ballet I. For students who have
taken Ballet I or its equivalent.

4 6 . J a z z I.
An introduction to basic principles o f jazz
dance: body isolations, polyrhythms, synco­
pation, basic locomotion. No previous dance
experience necessary.

4 7 . J a z z ll/lll.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Jazz I. For students who have
taken Jazz I or its equivalent.

183

M usic

NOTE: All technique classes meet for two 1 Vi
hour meetings per week. Technique courses,
numbered 4 0 throuth 47, receive no academic
credit, but may be used to satisfy physical
education requirements.

48. P e rfo rm a n c e (Dance).
The study o f repertory, basics o f production,
and performance. Students are required to
perform in at least one scheduled dance con­
cert during the semester. Placement by audi­
tion or permission o f the instructor. One half
credit. Three hours per week. A course in
dance technique must be taken concurrently.
Offered every semester. Staff.

49 . Topics in Dance.
Intensive study o f special topics falling outside
the usual dance courses. Topics can include:
Alexander work, injury prevention and reha­
bilitation, Pilates, Musical Theatre Dance,
and Tap.
Staff.

184

92. Independent S tu d y.
Available on an individual basis, this course
offers the student an opportunity to do special
work with performance or compositional em­
phasis in areas not covered by the regular
curriculum. Students will present perfor­
mances and/or written reports to the faculty
supervisor, as appropriate. Permission must
be obtained from the program director and
from the supervising faculty.
Offered every semester. Staff.

93. D irecte d Reading.
Available on an individual or group basis, this
course offers the student an opportunity to
do special work with theoretical or historical
emphasis in areas not covered by the regular
curriculum. Students will present written re­
ports to the faculty supervisor. Permission
must be obtained from the program director
and from the supervising faculty.
O ffered every semester. Staff.

Philosophy

H U G H M . LA C EY , Professor and Acting Chairman, Fall 19872
H A N S F. O B ER D IEK , Professor and Chairman1 13
R IC H A R D S C H U L D E N F R E I, Professor
J A M E S T IL E S , Visiting Professor
D O R O T H EA F R E D E , Associate Professor
C H A R L E S R A F F , Associate Professor
M A R Y T IL E S , Visiting Associate Professor
R IC H A R D ELD R ID G E, Assistant Professor
D E B R A S A T Z , Assistant Professor
Philosophy addresses fundamental issues,
views that tend to be presupposed in the
activity o f other disciplines and in daily life:
the nature o f knowledge, meaning, reasoning,
morality, the character o f the world, God,

freedom, human nature, and history. The
study o f philosophy thus impinges on issues
o f significance for everyone who wishes to
live and act in a reflective and critical manner.

COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
The Philosophy Department offers several
kinds o f courses, all designed to engage stu­
dents in philosophical practice. First, there
are courses and seminars to introduce stu­
dents to the major classics o f the history o f
Western philosophy: works by Plato and Aris­
totle (Ancient Philosophy); Descartes, Hume,
and Kant (Modern Philosophy); Hegel and
Marx (Nineteenth Century Philosophy); Rus­
sell and Wittgenstein (Contemporary Philos­
ophy). Second, there are courses and seminars
which systematically present arguments and
conclusions in specific areas o f philosophy:
Theory o f Knowledge, Logic, Ethics, Meta­
physics, Social and Political Philosophy.
Third, there are courses and seminars con­
cerned with the foundations o f various other
disciplines: Aesthetics, Philosophy o f Science,
Philosophy o f Language, Philosophy o f Law,
Philosophy o f the Social Sciences, Philosophy
o f Psychology, Philosophy o f Mathematics,
and Philosophy o f Religion. Fourth, from
time to time, courses are offered on philo­
sophical aspects o f contemporary public
issues: Values and Ethics in Science and Tech­
nology, Catholic Social and Political Thought.*3

Courses and seminars in the third and fourth
categories are frequendy offered in collabora­
tion with instructors from other relevant de­
partments; several o f these courses are crosslisted in other departments.
Students majoring in philosophy must com­
plete at least one course or seminar in ( 1 )
Logic and (2) Ancient or Modem Philosophy
and earn a total o f eight credits. In addition,
students majoring in philosophy are strongly
urged to take courses and seminars in areas of:
moral, social, and political philosophy; epis­
temology; and metaphysics. Prospective ma­
jors should complete the logic requirement as
early as possible. Course majors are encour­
aged to enroll in seminars. Mastery o f at least
one foreign language is recommended. Stu­
dents majoring in the Course program may be
required to elect Philosophy 97.

1 . Introduction to Ph ilo so p h y.
Fundamental questions regarding knowledge,
morality, politics, mind, and meaning arise in
a variety o f practices and inquiries. Answers
to these questions are presupposed in the
activities o f other disciplines and in daily life.

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.
13 Program Director, Swarthmore (ISLE)
Program in Sri Lanka, fall semester, 1987.

185

Philosophy

The principal writings o f a few major Western
philosophers—Plato, Descartes, Hume, Mill,
and Marx—with distinctive, carefully argued,
and influential views on these topics will be
closely studied through lectures and weekly
discussion sections. Discussion sections are
kept small so that close attention may be paid
to formulating questions precisely and to
developing and evaluating arguments. Stu­
dents are encouraged to develop their own
positions through careful consideration o f
texts and arguments.
Introduction to Philosophy is a Primary Dis­
tribution Course and a prerequisite for all
other philosophy courses except Logic.
Each semester. Staff.

1 A . Introduction to Ph ilo so p h y.
Topical introduction to Philosophy with read­
ings from contemporary and classical authors
(including Russell, Rawls, Nagel, Putnam and
Plato, Aquinas, Descartes, Hume, Kant, Mill).
Meetings twice weekly in discussion format
and individual writing conferences aim to
develop skills for reading philosophical texts
independently. Topics include Theism, Knowl­
edge, Self, Morals, Freedom, Philosophy.
(Note: Both Philosophy 1A and Philosophy 1
are Primary Distribution Courses. Either Phi­
losophy 1A or Philosophy 1 is prerequisite
for all the Philosophy courses that have any
prerequisites.)
Fall semester. Raff.

o f diverse orientations.
Not offered 1987-88.

1 1 . M o ra l Ph ilo so p h y.
How can we tell whether any action is right or
wrong, any trait a virtue or vice, any institu­
tion just or unjust? Can one justify any set of
action-guiding moral principles? O r is morali­
ty relative to one’s opinion, culture, or social
class? These and related questions will be
addressed through an examination o f the
works o f leading moral philosophers, both
classical and contemporary. Student papers
will address concrete moral issues in biomedi­
cine (e.g., euthanasia, abortion, the allocation
o f scarce life-saving resources, and experi­
mentation on human subjects) and in public
policy (e.g., capital punishment, pacifism and
the just war, and political morality).
Spring semester. Oberdiek.

12 . Lo g ic .
An introduction to the principles o f deductive
logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and
semantic aspects o f logical systems. Applica­
tions o f logic to selected philosophical prob­
lems are also studied.
Fall semester. Schuldenfrei.

13 . M od ern Ph ilo so p h y.
17 th and 18th-century sources o f current
philosophical problems o f knowledge, free­
dom, humanity, nature, God. Readings from
Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, Kant.
Spring semester. Raff.

10 . M o ra l Iss u e s in M edicine and W ar.

14 . A n c ie n t Ph ilo so p h y.

Careful consideration will be given to concrete
moral issues in medicine and war arising out
o f technological innovations. In medicine,
topics will include: genetic screening and en­
gineering, life support systems, surrogate
motherhood, allocation o f scarce medical re­
sources, and research with human subjects.
Concerning war, topics will include: the just
war doctrine, "Star Wars,” Mutual Assured
Destruction, State sponsored terrorism, the
role o f computers, chemical and biological
weapons, and the "electronic batdefield.” No
special background in science or engineering
is presupposed, though students must be pre­
pared to learn enough o f relevant background
to provide substance to their reflections. Spe­
cial emphasis will be given to strategies o f
moral reasoning developed by philosophers

A study o f selected work representing the
thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is on
understanding and critically evaluating their
teachings on fundamental issues o f metaphys­
ics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics, as
these have shaped our subsequent Western
civilization.
Fall semester. Frede.

16 . Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion.
See Religion 14.

1 7 . A e s th e tic s .
How can we tell which things are worth the
special sort o f attention which we often devote
to works o f art? W hat does "art” mean? Can
criticism o f the arts be objective? W hat sorts
o f things ought we to do with works o f art,

and what things ought they to do for us? We
will attempt to answer these questions by
considering views about the nature and func­
tion o f works o f art held by such philosophers
as Aristotle, Hume, R . G. Collingwood, Nel­
son Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some at­
tention will be paid to twentieth century
painting, to modernist and post-modernist
conceptions o f art and its value, and to issues
in the theory o f criticism.
Not offered 1987-88.

18 . Ph ilo so ph y o f the Social S cie n ce s.
See 89. Colloquium: Philosophy o f Social
Sciences.

19 . M ed ie va l Ph ilo so ph y.
A survey o f the development o f Medieval
philosophy from the beginning in late antiq­
uity to die end o f the fourteenth century. The
discussion will focus on texts by St. Augus­
tine, Boethius, St. Anselm, St. Thomas, Duns
Scotus, and William o f Ockham. The main
emphasis will be on problems o f free will and
predetermination (divine foreknowledge and
omnipotence), the nature o f universals and
individuation, the relation between philoso­
phy and faith.
Not offered 1987-88.

2 1 . S o cial and Political Ph ilo so p h y.
This course will be concerned with concepts
o f equality, justice, tolerance, liberty, utility,
and rights. We will approach them through a
close study o f some major works in political
philosophy, each o f which presents a distinct
and systematic conception o f human nature
and the social and economic conditions o f a
just association. Works by Locke, Rousseau,
Mill, Marx, and Rawls will be considered.
Fall semester. Satz.

22. A m e ric a n Ph ilo so ph y.
This course will concentrate on the founders
o f American pragmatism: C. S. Peirce, W il­
liam James, and John Dewey. Some attention
will be given to their lasting philosophical
contribution.
Spring semester. J. Tiles.

2 3 . C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y.
See Philosophy 104.
Not offered 1987-88.

2 4 . T h e o ry o f K n ow le d g e .
This course surveys main epistemological ques­

tions and the range o f traditional and current
approaches to answering them and to avoiding
them: How do knowledge, wisdom, and truth
differ from opinion, self-deception, and error?
W hat sort o f value has inquiry? Must educa­
tion indoctrinate? Is science finally a creed?
Does experience or reason offer a criterion of
knowledge? Is dogmatizing about knowledge
or its value the sole alternative to scepticism?
Does all knowledge presuppose some meta­
physical or some social conditions? Does
knowledge stand to theory o f knowledge as
interpretations stand to theory o f interpreta­
tion? Readings relate traditional to current au­
thors, including Ayer, Harman, Moore, Nagel,
Plato, Quine, Rorty, Searle, Sextus, others.
Fall semester. Raff.

26 . Language and M eaning.
W hat is it to know the meaning o f an expres­
sion? Can one be justified in claiming to know
meanings? How ought linguists, literary crit­
ics, and psychologists to study meaning and
our knowledge o f it? W hat philosophical con­
ception o f mind is implied by our linguistic
capacity? Behaviorist theories o f meaning (as
exemplified by Qjiine), cognitivist theories of
meaning (as exemplified by Chomsky, Fodor,
and Davidson), and conceptions o f language
as a social practice (Wittgenstein) will be sur­
veyed and criticized. Derrida and recent
French critical theory may be touched on.
Spring semester. Eldridge.

2 7 . M e ta p h ys ic s.
Not offered 1987-88.

28 . M a r x is t Ph ilo so p h y.
Not offered 1987-88.

29 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y.
Nineteenth-century philosophers began to
think historically, hoping to establish the
natures o f knowledge and morality by seeing
how views about them emerge and evolve in
a culture. Perhaps, it was suggested, agreement
will be reached as a result o f this evolution, if
we can understand it. Whether historicism as
a method is compatible with objectivism
about such topics as knowledge, morality, the
existence o f God, and the nature o f the self
will be studied by examining the historicist
treatments o f these topics put forward by
Fichte, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nie­
tzsche.
Not offered 1987-88. Eldridge.

187

Philosophy

3 4 . Values and Eth ic s in S cie nce and
Technology.
(Also listed as Engineering 34.)
See Engineering 34.
Siting semester. Oberdiek.

38. H is to ry and Ph ilo so p h y o f Science.
An examination o f some o f the central prob­
lems in the philosophy o f science (e.g., the
nature o f scientific explanation, the interrela­
tionship between theory and observation, cri­
teria for the acceptance o f a scientific theory,
the nature o f scientific concepts) will be made
through an analysis o f important episodes in
the history o f physics. Writings o f Aristotle,
Copernicus, Kepler, Galileo, Descartes, and
Newton will be studied, as well as contempo­
rary writings in the philosophy o f science.
Spring semester. M. Tiles.

39. Exis te n tia lis m .
Starting with the historical background and
development o f existential philosophy, the
course will center around the 19th century
thinkers Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, the Russian
novelists, Tolstoy and Dostoyevsky, and the
20th century philosophers Heidegger, Sartre,
and Camus. The main emphasis will be on the
concepts o f individuality, anxiety, freedom,
responsibility, and the problem o f objectivity
and interpretation.
Spring semester. Frede.

4 2 . Philosophical C la ss ic s.
This course selects a single work for extended
study in light o f current and traditional criti­
cism.
Prerequisite: one philosophy course or instruc­
tor’s consent.
Not offered 1987-88.

45 . Ph ilo so ph y and Fem inism .
This course has two objectives. It will combine
a survey o f the treatment o f gender-difference
by classical philosophers such as Plato, Aris­
totle, Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche, and Mill with a
discussion o f basic concepts and problems in
contemporary feminist theory, as in De Beau­
voir, Bell, Firestone, Gilligan, Grinshaw, Jaggar, Lloyd, and others.
Spring semester. Frede.

59. Catholic S o cial T h o u g h t
The course will study the Catholic tradition
o f social and political thought, recent theoreti­
cal developments in that tradition, and its

188

rapidly growing influence on social and politi­
cal movements, especially in Latin America.
The principal readings will be drawn from 1)
Papal social encyclicals, 2 ) documents of the
Second Vatican Council and Latin American
Bishops’ Conferences, 3 ) recent documents
o f the U .S. Catholic bishops on nuclear war
and the economy, 4 ) writings o f liberation
theology. From time to time, selected applica­
tions o f this theory, e.g. the growth o f "basic
communities” in Brazil, will also be studied.
Also listed as Political Science 59, Religion 59.
Not offered 1987-88. Lacey.

7 8 . P o s t-M o d e rn is m /
P o s t-S tru c tu ra lis m .
Since the mid-1950s structures, essences, and
languages have come to be 'decentered’ or
seen as historically variable and ill-bounded.
Decenterings o f structures, at the hands of
such figures as Wittgenstein and Heidegger
(later in their careers), Lacan, Derrida, Fou­
cault, and Rorty have encouraged the inmixing
o f disciplines and speculations about the
deaths o f philosophy, o f the subject, and of
art. An emerging post-modern, post-struc­
turalist sensibility has come to see all activities
as already implicated in further activities and
movements that outrun our full understand­
ing. These developments will be surveyed and
assessed.
Fall semester. Eldridge.

86. Topics in Ph ilo so p h y and
P s yc h o lo g y.
This course explores in depth different topics
that are o f interest and concern to both phi­
losophers and psychologists. For Fall 1987,
the focus will be: Rationality and the Expla­
nation o f Human Action. In practical life, we
usually explain human actions by giving the
person’s reasons—his or her goals and be­
liefs—for performing them. In contrast, in
experimental science, we attempt to explain
behavior by finding laws in accordance with
which it occurs. We will explore the extent to
which the categories o f explanation that come
from practical life constrain or limit the scope
o f scientific explanations. Doing this will in­
volve a careful examination o f the nature of
explanation that we use in practical life. In
addition to seeking people’s reasons for action
in order to explain them, we use their reasons
to provide the basis o f a normative evaluation

o f actions. Beliefs, goals, and actions can be
evaluated concerning their rationality. We
will explore a number o f different normative
models o f rationality: from philosophy, eco­
nomics, biology, and psychology, and inves­
tigate empirical evidence about how well
human behavior conforms to these models.
We will be especially concerned with evaluat­
ing the rationality o f goals—the criteria by
which goals can be pursued. The course is
open to students who have had at least the
introductory course in both philosophy and
psychology.
Also listed as Psychology 86.
Fall semester. Lacey and Schwartz.

8 7 . Colloquium : A d va n c e d Lo g ic and
Foundations o f M a th e m a tics .
A selection o f topics from the following:
metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom­
pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems of
arithmetic, recursive function theory, axio­
matic theories o f space and time, logical form
and the structure o f natural languages, philo­
sophical foundations o f arithmetic, founda­
tions o f geometry emphasizing problems o f
the nature o f metrics. Two credits. Approval

o f instructor required.
Spring semester. M. Tiles.

88. C olloquium : Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w .
See Philosophy 122.
Not offered 1987-88.

89. Colloquium : Ph ilo so p h y o f
S ocial Science.
An examination o f philosophical issues which
arise in contemporary social science research.
We will consider issues o f explanation and
understanding, the justification o f theories
and arguments, the sense in which social sci­
ences can produce objective knowledge. The
point o f reference for our discussions will be
problems in the explanation o f historical
change.
Spring semester. Satz.

93. Directed Reading.
Each semester. Staff.

96. T h e s is.
Fall semester. Staff.

9 7 . S e n io r C on feren ce.
Fall semester. Eldridge.

SEMINARS
10 1. M o ra l Ph ilo so p h y.
An examination o f the principal theories o f
value, virtue, and moral obligation, and of
their justification. Works o f representative
theorists, both classical (e.g., Aristode, Hume,
Kant, and M ill) and contemporary (e.g.,
Donagan, Gewirth, Mackie, and MacIntyre),
will be studied.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.

10 2. A n c ie n t Ph ilo so ph y.
See Philosophy 14.
Fall semester. Frede.

103. S e le cte d M od ern Ph ilo so p h ers.
Two or more philosophical systems o f Des­
cartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, or Kant and their relations.
Spring semester. Raff.

104. C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y.
20th Century classics by Frege, Moore, Rus­
sell, Wittgenstein selected for intensive treat­
ment and as ground for one or more current

philosophical issues, such as Subjectivity.
Not offered 1987-88.

106. A e s th e tic s .
See Philosophy 17.
Not offered 1987-88.

1 0 7 . Lo g ic and Foundations o f
M a th e m a tics .
See Philosophy 87.
Spring semester. M. Tiles.

109. M e ta p h ys ic s .
See Philosophy 27.
Not offered 1987-88.

110 . M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y.
Not offered 1987-88.

1 1 1 . Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion.
See Religion Department Preparation by course
and attachment.

11 3 .

T h e o ry o f K n ow le d g e .

Central issues current in the theory o f knowl­
edge selected to explore the nature and limits

189

Philosophy

o f rationality, including Certainty, Self-de­
ception, Perception, Memory, and recent at­
tacks on traditional epistemic theories.
Fall semester. Raff.

1 1 4 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y.
See Philosophy 29.
Not offered 1987-88.

115 . Language and T h o u g h t
See Linguistics 107.

116 . Language and M eaning.
See Philosophy 26.
Spring semester. Eldridge.

1 1 7 . Ph ilo so ph y o f th e S ocial S cie n ce s.
See Philosophy 89.
Spring semester. Satz.

118 . Ph ilo so ph y o f P s yc h o lo g y.
Students may prepare for an exam in Philoso­
phy o f Psychology by taking Philosophy 86.
Fall semester. Lacey.

the rationality o f science, the relations be­
tween science and technology, the alleged
value-freedom o f science, the differences be­
tween the natural and the human sciences.
Readings will be drawn mainly from contem­
porary writings.
Spring semester. M. Tiles.

12 1 . S o cial and Political Ph ilosop h y.
See Philosophy 21.
Fall semester. Satz.

12 2 . Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w .
A study o f concepts o f law, including exami­
nation o f the relationships between legal sys­
tems and other social and political institu­
tions. Such issues as the proper relationship
between law and morality, civil disobedience,
legal enforcement o f morality, and justifica­
tion o f punishment are considered. Readings
in both historical and contemporary sources.
Not offered 1987-88. Oberdiek.

119 . Ph ilo so ph y o f S cie nce .

180 . T h e s is .

An examination o f some o f the central prob­
lems in the philosophy o f science: the nature
o f scientific explanation and evidence, the
relationship between theory and observation,

A thesis may be submitted by majors in the
department in place o f one Honors paper,
upon application by the student and at the
discretion o f the department.

190

Physical Education and
Athletics
G O M E R H . D A V IES , Professor
E L E A N O R K . H E S S , Professor and Associate Chair
R O R ER T E. W IL L IA M S , Professor and Chair
E R N E S T J . P R U D E N T E , Associate Professor
D O U G LA S M . W E IS S , Associate Professor
S U S A N P. D A VIS, Assistant Professor
F R A N C IS J . M E A G H E R , Assistant Professor
M IC H A E L L M U L L A N , Assistant Professor
G A IL E E. H O C K EY , Instructor
T IM R R O O K E, Assistant
LA W R EN C E E H M E R , Assistant
D IA N E F R E E D M A N , Assistant
LO R I F R IE S , Assistant
C U R T IS A . L A U D E R , Assistant45
H ER R ER T L E IM R A C H , Assistant»
V A LE R IE R Y A N , Assistant
C . J . S T E F A N O W IC Z, Assistant4
D A L E S TR A W R R ID G E, Assistant4
L E E W IM D ER LY , Assistant

The aim o f the Department is to contribute to
the total education o f all students through the
medium o f physical activity. We believe this
contribution can best be achieved through
encouraging participation in a broad program
o f individual and team sports, dance, aquatics,
and physical conditioning. The program pro­
vides an opportunity for instruction and ex­
perience in a variety o f these activities on all
levels. It is our hope that participation in this
program will foster an understanding o f move­
ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will
enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports­
manship, leadership, and cooperation in team
play. Students are also encouraged to develop
skill and interest in a variety o f activities
which can be enjoyed after graduation.
The intercollegiate athletic program is com­
prehensive, including varsity teams in twentythree different sports, eleven for men and
twelve for women. During many o f these ac­
tivities contests are arranged for junior varsity
teams.
Ample opportunities exist for large numbers

o f students to engage in intercollegiate com­
petition, and those who qualify may be en­
couraged to participate in regional and na­
tional championship contests. Several club
teams in various sports are also organized and
a program o f intramural activities is spon­
sored.
Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­
tional and recreational opportunities offered
by the Department throughout their college
careers. In the freshman and sophomore years
all students not excused for medical reasons
are required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. All
students must pass a survival swimming test
or take up to one quarter o f swimming in­
struction; classes for this purpose are offered
in the fall quarter.
Courses offered by the Department are listed
below. Credit toward completion o f the Phys­
ical Education requirement will also be given
for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as
well as for the following two dance courses:
Music—Dance 1 (Introduction to D ance) and

4 Fall semester, 1987
5 Spring semester, 1988.

191

Physical Education and Athletics

Music—Dance 4 (Interm ediate D ance Technique). To receive credit for any part o f the
program students must participate in their
chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a

week. Faculty regulations stipulate that stu^
dents who have not fulfilled the Physical
Education requirement will not be allowed to
enter the junior year.

Fall A c tiv itie s
Advanced Life Saving
Aquatics
Archery
Badminton
* * * * Cross Country
^ Field Hockey
Folk & Square Dance
* * * Football
Jazz Exercise
Karate

*
*
*
**

Riding
Scuba
Self-Defense
Soccer
Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Touch Football
Volleyball
Circuit Weight Training
Adv. Circuit Weight Training

W in ter A c tiv itie s
Aquatics
* * Badminton
* Basketball
Fencing
Folk & Square Dance
Gymnastics
Jazz Exercise
Karate
Riding
Self-Defense

* Squash
* * * * Swimming
* Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor
Circuit Weight Training
Adv. Circuit Weight Training
* * * Wrestling

S prin g A c tiv itie s
Archery
Aquatics
Badminton
* * * Baseball
Folk & Square Dance
* G olf
Jazz Exercise
Karate
* * * * Lacrosse
Riding

\ Intercollegiate competition for women
* Intercollegiate competition and course
instruction.
* * Intercollegiate competition for women,
course instruction for men and women.

192

* * Scuba
Softball
Squash
* Synchronized Swimming
* Tennis
* * * * Track and Field
Volleyball
Water Safety Instructor (continued)
Circuit Weight Training
Adv. Circuit Weight Training

* * * Intercollegiate competition for men.
* * * * intercollegiate competition for men and
women.

P hysics and A stro n o m y

O L E X A -M Y R O N B IL A N IU K , Professor
J O H N R . B O C C IO , Professor and Chair
J O H N L G A U S T A D , Professor o f Astronomy
M A R K A . H E A L D , Professor
W U L F F 0 . H E IN T Z , Professor o f Astronomy
P A U L C . M A N G E L S D O R F , J R ., Professor
R U S H 0 . HOLT, Assistant Professor
F R A N K A . M O S C A T E L L I, Assistant Professor
T E R J E G .V 0 L D , Assistant Professor
B IM A N D A S , Assistant
C H R IS T O P H ER P A L M E R , Assistant

Physics and Astronomy deal with fundamen­
tal questions about the properties o f matter
and the nature o f the universe, and with the
methods employed to derive the laws under­
lying the observed phenomena.
Throughout the work o f the Department,
emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisi­
tion o f facts and skills. Particular importance
is attached to laboratory work, because phys­
ics and astronomy are primarily experimental
and observational sciences.
The Physics and Astronomy Department of­
fers four Primary Distribution Courses (PDC),
Physics 1, 20, 23; and Astronomy 1. Physics
1 is also an entry point into the department’s
program for all students. It is required of
students intending to major in physics or
astronomy.
The Department offers two calculus-based
introductory courses. Physics 3, 4, which as­
sumes that Physics 1 has not been taken,
covers both classical and modern physics and
is intended to be the proper introductory

physics course for those students majoring in
engineering, chemistry, and biology. Physics
7, 8, on the other hand, which is taken after
Physics 1, is aimed toward students planning
to take further work in physics or astronomy.
The four-course sequence 1, 7, 8, and 14 is
designed to provide an introduction to all
major areas o f physics. All students taking
either Physics 1 or Physics 3 are required to
take Physics 2 (half-credit) concurrently.
The Department offers a selection o f courses
(Physics 21, 22, 24, and Astronomy 5 2 ) that
are suitable for nonscience majors seeking to
fulfill the non-PDC science distribution re­
quirement.
The Department sponsors a regular collo­
quium series on topics o f current research
interest with speakers chosen so that the talks
are appropriate for undergraduates. Students
majoring in physics or astronomy are expected
to attend colloquia.
The Cornell Science Library possesses a large
collection o f both pedagogical and research
publications.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students who intend to major in Physics or
Astronomy normally take Physics 1 ,2 ,7 , and
Chemistry 10 in the freshman year and Physics
8, 14 in the sophomore year. For those stu­
dents intending to major or minor in Astron­
omy, Physics 1, 2, 7, 8, and Astronomy 5, 6
should be completed by the end o f the sopho­
more year. Students taking Physics 3, 4 may
also continue with Physics 14 and other ad­
vanced work in the Department, although it

will be necessary to take Physics 1 prior to
Physics 14. Satisfactory work in Physics 1 and
an introductory course is prerequisite for all
further work in the Department.
The normal mathematics sequence for Physics
or Astronomy majors is Mathemataics 5, 6 ,
16A, and 18 during the first four semesters,
followed by Mathematics 81, 82.
Students wishing to major or minor in Phys-

193

P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y

ics, Astronomy, or Astrophysics have several
options available. The Department offers both
External Examination and Course programs,
although most upper-level offerings use the
Seminar instruction format. A student major­
ing in Physics would normally take Physics
101A/B, 102A/B, 103A/B, and Mathematics
8 1 ,8 2 , or equivalent. If the student is planning
to go to graduate school in Physics, then the
Department recommends that Physics 104A/
B also be taken. An Astronomy major is re­
quired to complete eight credits which include
Astronomy 5, 6 , 21, 22, and 59. A student
choosing a major in Astrophysics in the course
program is required to take a minimum o f
eight courses in Physics ( 1 , 7 , 8 , 1 4 , 101A/B,
102A/B) and four courses in Astronomy (5,
6 , 21, 22 ). Students considering any o f these
options should discuss their plans with the
Department chair early in their sophomore
year.
Students not intending to do post-baccalaureate work in physics but still wishing to pursue
a program that introduces the major areas of
physics and the methods and techniques used
to solve problems in physics should consider
an eight-course Physics major program. We
believe that such a program is useful for
careers in many diverse fields, especially
teaching, and encourage consideration o f this
program by students planning to enter grad­
uate or professional programs in other fields.
Students in the External Examination program
usually present four papers in Physics and two
papers selected from a minor subject area.
Each physics paper is based on two single-unit
Seminars. An External Examination major

with three papers in Physics and greater diver­
sity in the minor subjects is an adequate
program in preparation for Physics graduate
school, and also constitutes an effective edu­
cational program for careers in law, medicine,
and other professions, in as much as the aim
throughout is to achieve an understanding of
fundamental ideas and concepts as distinct
from the mastery o f a limited segment of
science. The External Examination program
in Astrophysics includes three Physics papers
(prepared by 101 A/B, 102A/B, and 103A/B)
and two Astronomy papers (prepared by 21,
22, and another pair o f advanced courses).
Course majors must pass either the Depart­
mental Comprehensive Examination or the
senior conference, only one o f which will be
available in any given year.
In addition to curricular work, majors are
expected to attend departmental colloquia
regularly and are strongly encouraged to pur­
sue independent projects within faculty re­
search programs or to initiate their own re­
search projects. It is expected that, in addition
to the external or comprehensive examina­
tions, each graduating senior will present a
major piece o f written work describing a
project that they have carried out. These
projects can be done either in the faculty
research program at Swarthmore or at other
laboratories, often during the summer before
the senior year. Any independent work in­
volving experimental or theoretical research
is acceptable. Please consult with the Chair.
Good shop facilities, a wide range o f instru­
mentation, and extensive computing facilities
are available in support o f independent work.

FACILITIES AND RESEARCH PROGRAMS
Several research facilities are maintained by
the Department. Most are available for stu­
dent participation in faculty research.

tector, and computer-based control and data
acquisition systems. It is used for solar and
stellar spectroscopy.

The laser atomic-spectroscopy laboratory in­
cludes a 6-watt argon-ion laser, a high-preci­
sion scanning dye laser, and various associated
optical, electronic, and computer equipment.

Swarthmore’s principal telescope, which is
located in Sproul Observatory and has been in
operation since 1912, is a 61-cm refractor
with a focal length o f 11 meters. It is used for
research on the distances, motions, orbits,
and masses o f stars by means o f visual and
photographic observations. Auxiliary equip­

A 61-cm Cassegrain reflector, located on top
o f Papazian Hall, is equipped with a highresolution spectrometer, a Reticon array de­

194

ment includes a high-precision measuring ma­
chine for the photographs, photoelectric, and
photographic photometers, and a Brashear
micrometer. The observatory also houses a
15-cm refractor.

is announced in the College calendar.
Research programs are also carried out in ro­
tating fluids, fluid flow, nuclear physics, and
computer graphics.

A monthly visitors night at the Observatory

PHYSICS
1. Th e C h a ra c te r o f P h y sic a l L a w .
An introduction to the field o f physics. Topic
coverage will range from the sub-microscopic
world o f quarks to the cosmological world of
quasars and black holes. The primary empha­
sis o f the course will be on the accepted
principles o f physics and their application to
specific problems. Much attention will be
devoted to the philosophical and social as­
pects o f physics, including discussion o f what
kind o f problems physicists can solve, how
they go about solving them, and what are the
responsibilities o f physicists. The course in­
cludes substantial writing. Three lecture/dis­
cussion sections and one laboratory per week.
Physics 2 (half-credit) must be taken concurrendy with Physics 1.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Boccio, Gaustad, and Holt.

2 . Com puting fro m the U s e r’s En d.
A practical introduction to computer use on
both the MACINTOSH and MicroVAX sys­
tems. Areas covered will include word pro­
cessing on the Macintosh, text editing on the
MicroVAX using EDT, BASIC programming
and scientific data representation using gra­
phics on the Macintosh, computer graphics
using TELLAGRAF/DISSPLA on the Mi­
croVAX, and data analysis using MINITAB.
Assumes no prior background in computing.
One lecture per week. Required o f students
enrolled in Physics 1 and 3, for whom home­
work assignments will be integrated into reg­
ular course work and laboratory reports. Half­
credit.
Fall semester. Boccio.

3 ,4 . G en eral P h y s ic s I, II.
A presentation o f a unified view o f physics
through analysis o f basic principles, their
implications, and their limitations. Special
emphasis will be placed on analytical under­
standing o f physical phenomena through the

use o f calculus. Fall semester. Topics include
vectors, kinematics in one, two, and three
dimensions, Newton’s laws and dynamics,
conservation laws, work and energy, oscilla­
tory motion, systems o f particles, rigid body
rotation about fixed axis, special relativity,
and thermodynamics. Spring semester. Topics
include wave phenomena, geometrical and
physical optics, electricity and magnetism,
direct and alternating-current circuits, and
introductory quantum physics. Laboratory
and homework exercises include extensive
use o f interactive computing and computer
graphics. Three lectures and a laboratory pe­
riod weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6 taken concur­
rently, or comparable preparation in mathe­
matics. Physics 2 (half-credit) must be taken
concurrently with Physics 3.
Bilaniuk, Heald, and staff.

7 . M ec ha n ics and S ta tistic a l P h y s ic s .
This course covers the same material as Phys­
ics 3. The material is treated in more depth
and with more mathematical sophistication
than in Physics 3. Extensive use o f interactive
computing and computer graphics. Three lec­
tures and a laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 1 ,2 , Mathematics 5, and
Mathematics 6 concurrendy.
Spring semester. Void and staff.

8 . Ele c tric ity and M ag n e tism .
This course covers a portion o f the material o f
Physics 4 at a more sophisticated mathemati­
cal level. Three lectures and a laboratory period
weekly.
Prerequisite: Physics 7, Mathematics 6, and
Mathematics 16A concurrendy.
Fall semester. Heald.

1 4 . W a ve s and Quantum P h y s ic s .
Wave phenomena, interference, and diffrac­
tion. An introduction to modem physics,

195

Physics and A s tro n o m y

including relativity, wave mechanics, Schrodinger equation applied to one-dimensional
systems, the world as a vector space, and
properties o f atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei,
and elementary particles. The empirical basis
o f modern physics is emphasized. Three lec­
tures and a laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 1, 7, 8, or equivalent;
Mathematics 16 or 18 taken concurrently.
Spring semester. Bilaniuk.

20. P rin cip le s o f the Ea rth S cie n ce s.
An analysis of the forces shaping our physical
environment, drawing on the fields o f geology,
geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography.
Special emphasis on plate tectonics and geomorphology. Reading and discussion based
on current literature. The underlying physical
and chemical principles are stressed. Labora­
tory demonstrations and one or more field
trips. No special scientific background re­
quired.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Mangelsdorf.

2 1 . P rin cip le s o f A e ro n a u tic s .
Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft struc­
ture and performance, flight instruments, navi­
gation aids and methods, flight meteorology,
airspace utilization. Lectures, afternoon
ground lab, field trips. No prerequisites, but
enrollment limited. (The Department o f Phys­
ics is certified by the F.A. A. as a Pilot Ground
School.) Acceptable for non-PDC science
distribution requirement.
Not offered 1987-88. Bilaniuk.

2 2 . En e rg y fo r M an kin d.
The role o f energy in the modern world. Re­
newable and nonrenewable energy resources,
their present and potential use and abuse. The
physical concept o f work and energy. Fossil,
hydroelectric, geothermal, tidal, wind, ocean,
bio-mass, direct-solar, satellite-solar, nuclear
fission and fusion, and other energy sources;
their respective advantages and disadvantages.
Lectures and afternoon session (lab or field
trip). No prerequisites, but enrollment limited
because o f field trips.
Acceptable for non-PDC science distribution
requirement.
Not offered 1987-88. Bilaniuk.

2 3 . R e la tivity.
A non-mathematical introduction to the spe­

196

cial and general theories o f relativity as devel­
oped by Einstein and others during the 20th
century. We will address questions such as:
W hat is spacetime? Do you know where you
are or what time it is? Are there really any
forces? W hat is gravity? What are black holes
and should you worry about them? Emphasis
will be on spacetime diagrams and geometrical
concepts. No previous physics courses are
required. The course will use only high school
algebra and geometry.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Boccio.

2 4 . Issue s in A r m s C on trol and
D is a rm a m e n t
An examination o f attempts to control nuclear
and conventional weapons since World War
II. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the
SALT process and its alternatives, the internal
and external constraints involved in negotia­
tions, and the scientific and political factors
involved in creating and controlling weapons
systems. This course does not satisfy the
distribution requirements. Cross-listed with
Religion 24.
Prerequisite: Permission o f the instructors.
N ot offered 1987-88. Holt and Frost.

40. C om p u te r G ra p h ics.
FO RTRAN 77 programming. Mathematical
aspects o f computer graphics including algo­
rithms for two- and three-dimensional trans­
formations, clipping, projections, scan-con­
version, anti-aliasing, three-dimensional
curves and surfaces, hidden lines and surfaces,
shading and color. We will develop a simple
graphics package, a solids-modeling system,
and a ray-tracing system from first principles.
Use will be made o f DISSPLA, M OVIEBYU,
ONELIB, and locally-developed software sys­
tems in conjunction with high resolution color
graphics hardware. Cross-listed as Computer
Science 40.
Prerequisite: Physics 2, Mathematics 16, 18,
and reasonable programming background in a
high-level language.
Spring semester. Boccio.

5 1. S c ie n c e , D e cis io n -m a kin g , and
U n c e rta in ty .
A study o f decision-making as it relates to
scientific and public policy matters. The
course covers philosophical, psychological,
and mathematical aspects o f decision-making

in the face o f uncertain evidence. Topics cov­
ered include the nature o f scientific evidence
and experimentation; probabilistic evidence
and the law; uncertainty and medicine; in­
ferential vs. Bayesian statistics; human deci­
sion-making, rational and irrational; tech­
niques and correctives o f decision-making.
The theories will be related to such public
issues as nuclear power, hazardous waste dis­
posal, vaccination programs, and strategic
nuclear planning.
Acceptable for non-PDC distribution require­
ment. Cross-listed as Mathematics 51 and
Psychology 41.
N ot offered 1987-88.

93. Directed Reading o r P r o je c t
This course provides an opportunity for an
individual student to do special study, with
either theoretical or experimental emphasis,
in fields not covered by the regular courses
and seminars. The student will present oral
and written reports to the instructor.

9 4. Exp e rim e n ta l o r Th eo re tica l
Re se a rch .
Initiative for a research project may come
from the student, or the work may involve
collaboration with on-going faculty research.
The student will present a written and an oral
report to the Department.

9 7 . S e n io r C on feren ce.
63. P ro c e d u re s in Exp e rim e n ta l
P h y s ic s .
Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi­
tion o f knowledge and skills which will be
useful in future research. Techniques, ma­
terials, and the design o f experimental appa­
ratus. Shop practice. Printed circuit design
and construction. Half-credit course. Open
only to majors in Physics or Astronomy.
Fall semester. Andrews, Dougherty, and staff.

This half-course is designed to give students
an overview o f all o f their physics courses by
studying a variety o f physical problems. Most
recently this has been accomplished by way o f
a written thesis and an oral presentation on a
topic agreed upon by the student and the
instructor. When offered this course replaces
the departmental comprehensive examina­
tion. Half-credit course.
Spring semester.

SEMINARS
M ost seminars have an associated laboratory
program. In general, the laboratory meets one
afternoon per week. Laboratory programs
include substantial set-piece experiments and
projects. The laboratory program is described
after the seminars.

101 A . In term ediate M ec h a n ics.
A general study o f classical mechanics. Topics
include: motion o f a particle in one, two, and
three dimensions. Kepler’s laws and planetary
motion. Phase space. Oscillatory motion;
damping; nonlinear effects. Lagrange equa­
tions and variational principles. Systems o f
particles; collisions and cross sections. Mo­
tion o f a rigid body in two and three dimen­
sions; Euler’s equations. Rotating frames of
reference. Small oscillations and normal modes.
Wave phenomena in one and two dimensions.
Prerequisites: Physics 14; Math 18.
Fall semester. Boccio.

1 0 1 R . In term ediate Ele c tric ity
and M ag n e tis m .
A general study o f electricity and magnetism

using vector calculus. Topics include: Electric
and magnetic fields. Dielectric and magnetic
materials. Electromagnetic induction. Devel­
opment o f Maxwell’s field equations in dif­
ferential form. Displacement current. Poynting theorem and electromagnetic waves.
Simple boundary value problems.
Fall semester. Void.

1 0 2 A . Quantum P h y s ic s : T h e o ry .
A more formal continuation o f Physics 14.
Topics include: Review o f classical concepts.
Postulates o f quantum mechanics. Operators,
eigenfunctions, and eigenvalues. Function
spaces and hermitian operators; BRA-KET
notation. Superposition and observables.
Time development, conservation theorems,
and parity. Angular momentum. Three-di­
mensional systems. Matrix mechanics and
spin. Coupled angular momenta. Time-inde­
pendent perturbation theory. Time-dependent perturbation theory. Transition rates.
Prerequisites: Physics 14 and 101A/B; Math
81, 82 (concurrent).
Spring semester. Moscatelli.

197

P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y

10 2 B . Quantum P h y s ic s : A p p lica tio n s.
Directly integrated with Physics 102 A. Topics
selected from: Relativistic dynamics. Atomic
spectroscopy. Solid-state physics. Nuclear
physics. Particle physics. Molecular physics.
Spring semester. Moscatelli.

103 A . Ele c tro d yn a m ic s.
Applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Bound­
ary-value problems in curvilinear coordinates;
special functions. Waveguides, antennas, ra­
diation. Reflection and refraction. Classical
election theory. Four-vector formulation o f
relativistic electrodynamics. Microscopic the­
ory o f the electrical and magnetic properties
o f materials. Plasma physics. Superconduc­
tivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 101A/B; Mathematics
81, 82.
Fall semester. Holt.

10 3 B . M od ern P h y s ic a l O p tic s .
The phenomena that are a direct result o f the
physical wave nature o f light, including wave
equations, superposition, interference, Franhofer and Fresnel diffraction, polarization.
Optical instruments which rely upon these
phenomena, such as spectrometers, inter­
ferometers, étalons. Topics in modem optics
including matrix methods, propagation in fi­
bers, Fourier optics, spatial and temporal

coherence, lasers, and elements o f nonlinear
optics. Aspects o f the quantum theory o f light
including blackbody radiation, modes, quan­
tization o f the electromagnetic field, photons,
coherent states, and photon statistics and
intensity fluctuations.
Fall semester. Moscatelli.

1 0 4 A / B . S e n io r S e m in a r.
One or two seminars, comprised o f a single
subject or a combination o f subjects selected
from the following list, will be offered each
year. Actual choices vary from year to year
depending on available faculty and student
interests.
Astrophysics
Atomic physics; Spectroscopy
Fluid dynamics
General relativity (Spring 1988)
Nuclear physics
Particle physics
Philosophy o f physics
Plasma physics
Quantum optics; lasers
Solid state physics (Spring 1988)
Statistical physics
Topics in mathematical physics
Topics in physics and public policy
Spring semester. Boccio.

THE UPPERCLASS LABORATORY PROGRAM
Digital Ele c tro n ic s L a b o ra to ry .

A d va n c e d La b o ra to ry II.

(done in conjunction with Physics 101A/B).
Design techniques for analog and digital cir­
cuits including microprocessors.

(done in conjunction with Physics 103A/B).
Experiments in mechanics, electricity and mag­
netism, waves, optics, thermal and statistical
physics, atomic and nuclear physics.

A d va n c e d La b o ra to ry I.
(done in conjunction with Physics 102A/B).

ASTRONOMY
1. In tro d u cto ry A s tro n o m y .
A Primary Distribution Course which high­
lights the scientific investigation o f the uni­
verse by obervation and theory, and includes
the basic notions o f physics as needed in
astronomical applications. Topics include as­
tronomical instruments and radiation; the
sun and planets; properties, structure, and
evolution o f stars; the Galaxy and extra­

198

galactic systems; and the origin and evolution
o f the universe. Three class periods each week
plus evening labs.
Primary distribution course.
E ach semester. Fall: Heintz. Spring: Gaustad.

5 .6 .

General A s tro n o m y I, II.

Intended for science students, these courses
introduce the methods and results o f astron­

omy and astrophysics, making use o f basic
physical and mathematical principles. They
are prerequisites for courses numbered 21
and above. Although separable, they should
normally be taken in the spring-fall sequence
following Physics 1.

5 1 . Celestial M ec ha n ics.

Spring: Celestial coordinates. Astronomical
instruments. Laws o f physics relevant to as­
tronomy. Observed properties o f the sun and
stars. Stellar structure and evolution. Star
clusters. Celestial mechanics. Binary stars.

5 2. C oncepts o f the C osm o s.

Fall: Interstellar matter. The Milky Way Gal­
axy. Galaxies and quasars. Cosmology. The
solar system.
Prerequisite: Physics 1 and Mathematics 5 or
equivalent.
Heintz and Gaustad.

9 . Introduction to M e te o ro lo g y.
The elements o f weather, its recording and
prediction. Structure and dynamics o f the
atmosphere. Includes regular weather obser­
vations and comparison with maps.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6 , or equiva­
lent.
Not offered 1987-88. Heintz.

2 1 ,2 2 . Th eo re tica l A s tro p h y s ic s I, II.
Techniques applied to the physical interpreta­
tion o f astronomical phenomena. Topics in­
clude electromagnetic processes in space,
quantum and relativistic astrophysics, radia­
tive transfer in stellar atmospheres, interpre­
tation o f stellar spectra, and stellar structure
and evolution. Problems and projects will be
assigned.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6; Physics 14.
Not offered 1987-88.

2 3 . M eth o ds o f Ob se rvatio n al
A s tro n o m y .
Theory and practice in the techniques of
modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation:
telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec­
tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec­
tral clasification; data analysis. The photo­
graphic process. Students will undertake
projects using the Swarthmore telescopes.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 .
Not offered 1987-88.

The two-body and three-body problems, or­
bits and perturbation theory, numerical solu­
tions, satellite motions.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 and Astronomy 6.
Spring semester. Heintz.
Historical survey o f astronomical thought.
Includes oriental astrology, hellenistic geom­
etry and cosmology, and the development of
observation and astrophysics in the 200 years
from Halley to Einstein.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 1.
Not offered 1987-88. Heintz.

55. P la n e ta ry S cie nce .
Methods and results o f the exploration o f the
solar system.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6 .
Fall semester. Heintz.

56. C osm o log y.
General relativity and the theoretical frame­
work o f cosmology. World models. Optical
and radio results on galaxies and quasars.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6; Mathematics 6.
Spring semester. Heintz.

59. Positional A s tro n o m y .
Coordinate systems and transformations; fun­
damental and apparent positions; proper mo­
tion and binary-star analysis.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6.
Not offered 1987-88. Heintz.

6 1. C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y
and A s tro p h y s ic s .
A half-course involving reading and discus­
sion o f selected research papers from the
astronomical literature. Instruction will be
given in techniques o f journal reading, use of
abstract services, and other aids for the effi­
cient maintenance of awareness in a technical
field. May be repeated for credit.
Spring semester. Gaustad.

93. Directed Reading.
9 4. Re se a rch P r o je c t

199

Political Science

C H A R L E S L G ILB ER T , Professor2
R A Y M O N D F. H O P K IN S , Professor and Chairman
J A M E S R . K U R T H , Professor
K E N N E T H E . S H A R P E , Professor
DAVID G . S M IT H , Professor3
C H A R L E S R . B E IT Z , Associate Professor3
R IC H A R D L . R U B IN , Associate Professor o f Political Science and Public Policy (part-time)
N A N C Y J . H IR S C H M A N N , Assistant Professor
T Y R E N E W H IT E , Assistant Professor
V A L E R IE C . R U B S A M E N , Intructor

Courses and seminars offered by the Political
Science Department deal with the place of
politics in society and contribute to an under­
standing o f the purposes, organization, and
operation o f political institutions, domestic
and international. For the beginning student,
the Department offers courses dealing gen­
erally with the basic concepts o f political
science and the processes o f politics as illus­
trated by case studies, by theoretical analysis,
and by more extended study o f politics in

various institutional settings. In appropriate
places throughout the curriculum attention is
focused on problems o f change (evolutionary
and revolutionary), freedom and authority,
war and peace—and on the development of
political institutions that are responsive to the
needs o f our day. Courses are provided that
give special attention to political theory, com­
parative political systems, international poli­
tics, and politics in the United States.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students planning to study political science
are advised to start with either Elements o f
Politics (Political Science 1) or Policy-Making
in America (Political Science 2). They should
then continue with one or more other intro­
ductory courses offered in the second semes­
ter: Policy-Making in America (Political Sci­
ence 2 ), Comparative Politics (Political
Science 3 ), and International Politics (Political
Science 4 ). Normally any two o f these courses,
preferably including Political Science 1 or
Political Science 2, constitute the prerequisite
for further work in the Department and are
particularly recommended for majors. Stu­
dents who intend to major in political science
should begin their work in the freshman year
if possible. Supporting courses strongly rec­
ommended for all majors are Statistics for
Observational Data (Mathematics 1); and In­
troduction to Economics (Economics 1-2).
Political Theory, either in seminar for Honors

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

200

candidates, or in Course (Political Science 54
or 5 5 ) for Course students, is required o f all
majors.
Concentration in International Relations: This
concentration, designed for students espe­
cially interested in a career in international
relations or planning a career involving over­
seas work, is described on page 145. Students
may elect this concentration while majoring
in several alternative departments including
history, economics and modem languages.
For political science majors concentrating in
international relations the comprehensive re­
quirements for course majors are adjusted to
allow students to demonstrate graduation
level competencies appropriate to work done
in the concentration. Similar options may be
approved by the department for students in
the external examination program. Details for
each program are worked out with the Coor­

dinator o f the concentration.

2 . P o lic y-M a k in g in A m e ric a .

Concentration in Public Policy: This concentra­
tion, designed for students expecting to pre­
pare for work in government or to pursue
further study in the field o f public policy is
described on page 214. The normal political
science comprehensive requirements apply,
but these allow students flexibility in prepar­
ing to graduate, in either the course or external
examination programs, so that they may have
work reviewed and/or competency tested in
their policy concentration.

Consideration o f basic elements o f American
national politics, and o f ways of defining and
explaining the functions and results o f Ameri­
can politics. Major attention will be devoted
to electoral organizations, voting behavior
and opinion formation, legislation and presi­
dential leadership, administration and policy
choices.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Staff.

Comprehensive Requirement: Majors not sitting
for the external examination should review
their programs periodically with the depart­
ment, normally with the chairman. All work
programs in the department should be pre­
pared with a view to meeting the distributional
requirements o f the comprehensive examina­
tions. The department recommends for grad­
uation students be able to write papers that
demonstrate three competencies: use o f em­
pirical evidence, analysis o f political theory,
and evaluation o f policy. Students must also
show knowledge o f material in at least three
o f the four major subfields o f the discipline:
political theory, American politics, compara­
tive politics, and international politics. Usu­
ally papers originally prepared in a course best
serve as the basis for meeting the comprehen­
sive requirement. More detailed information
on this exercise and its implication for course
selection is offered during the junior year.
Information on comprehensive requirements
is available in the political science department
office. Comprehensive qualifying papers must
be submitted well before the end o f the senior
year.

An introduction to theories o f comparative
politics and to the data used in comparing
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems o f Western Europe,
particularly Britain, France, West Germany,
Italy, and Spain. The course will focus on
political culture; political crises; political par­
ties, including Communist, anarchist, and
fascist movements; and contemporary politi­
cal institutions and policy-making.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Staff.

1 . Ele m e n ts o f Po litics.
Designed to probe some major questions o f
politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the
interests o f whom? How? W hat are the sources
o f political stability and change? How is politi­
cal power created, maintained, or challenged?
Answering these questions will involve a study
o f the basic institutions, concepts, and moving
forces o f politics and exploring problems
such as justice, freedom, equality, and obliga­
tion. Materials will be drawn from the United
States and other countries.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Staff.

3 . C o m p arative Po litics.

4 . International Po litics.
An introduction to the analysis o f the con­
temporary international system and its evolu­
tion in the twentieth century. The course will
examine various approaches to explaining
wars, interventions, and international eco­
nomic conflicts.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Staff.

1 1 . P ro b le m s in C om m u nity
G o v e rn m e n t
The social, economic, and legal setting of
American local government. Politics and ad­
ministration at state and local levels, with
emphasis on city and suburbs. Problems o f
federalism and metropolitan areas. Various
public functions or policies—e.g., planning,
housing, law enforcement—are considered as
they relate to governmental capacities, private
interests, and political values.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88. Gilbert.

14 . A m e ric a n Foreign Po licy.
An examination o f the making o f American
foreign policy and o f the major problems
faced by the United States in the modern
world. The course will focus on the influence
o f political, bureaucratic, and economic forces

201

Political Science

and on the problems o f war, intervention, and
economic conflict.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva­
lent.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1987-88.

18 . Political D e ve lo p m e n t
An examination o f the political conditions o f
social change and economic development.
The processes which promote change and
affect the stability and capacity o f political
systems will be considered in the context o f a
diverse group o f third world states.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Hopkins.

19 . C o m p a ra tive C om m u nist P o litic s .
A comparative study o f the various commu­
nist countries, with special attention to the
Soviet Union and the Chinese People’s Re­
public. Analysis o f differences in goal struc­
tures, modes o f rule, and social development
as a function o f the interaction between lega­
cies o f the paths to power, domestic political
conflict, and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. White.

20 . P o litic s o f China.
An analysis o f critical elements in Chinese
politics: the historical legacy, ideology, policy­
making, policy implementation, economic pro­
grams, and foreign policy.
Fall semester. White.

2 1 . Po litics o f A fric a .
A survey o f political forces in contemporary
Africa. Selected countries will be studied to
illuminate important aspects o f political
change including traditional attitudes, leader­
ship, ethnic rivalry, socialism, neocolonial­
ism, military intervention, national integra­
tion, and international involvements.
Fall semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Hopkins.

22 . La tin A m e ric a n Po litics.
This introduction to Latin American politics
will explore such topics as the colonial legacy
o f Latin America; the difficulties o f creating
viable political institutions; contemporary
sources o f instability, revolution, and military
intervention; the different meaning o f politics
for various groups (Indians, peasants,
workers, middle-class groups, industrialists,
landowners, etc.); and the economic and po­
litical difficulties raised by U.S.-Latin Ameri­
can relations. These topics will be approached
through a comparative study o f such countries

202

as Brazil, Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argen­
tina.
Spring semester. Sharpe.

3 0 . W om en and Po litics.
A study o f the role o f women in political life
through both the reading o f relevant political
theorists and the examination o f specific pol­
icy issues. The first portion o f the course will
focus on the problem o f the subordination of
women as it has been analyzed by thinkers
from Mill through Engels to modern femi­
nists. The second portion will concentrate on
the participation o f women in politics, and on
issues o f particular concern to women such as
abortion and women in the workforce.
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Rubsamen.

3 1 . Fe m in ist Political T h o u g h t
An exploration o f issues o f women’s political
participation in historical and contemporary
thought. An introduction to various frame­
works o f feminist analysis and their applica­
tion to traditional political thought. The
course concludes with an analysis o f a feminist
notion o f citizenship.
Fall semester. Hirschmann.

40. Th e Vietnam W a r.
The aim o f this course is to explore the
reasons for U .S. military involvement in Viet­
nam in the 1950s and 1960s and for the
military withdrawal in the 1970s. Topics in­
clude Vietnam’s colonial background; the de­
feat of the French and the partition o f Vietnam
in 1954; the U .S. military commitment; for­
eign policy in the Kennedy-Johnson years; the
anti-war movement; the Nixon policy o f "Vietnamization” ; and the effects o f the war on
Cambodia and Laos.
Not offered 1987-88.

4 1 . Defen se Po licy.
Analysis o f the history and structure o f Ameri­
can defense policy since World War II, with
particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons
systems and military strategies. Political, eco­
nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations
o f past and present policies will be explored.
Fall semester. Kurth.

4 2 . Health P o lic y.
(Also listed as Economics 4 2 .) Analysis o f
governmental policy toward health care and

public health, its impact upon institutions
and resource allocation, and major alterna­
tives for action. Central topics are the organi­
zation o f health care delivery (roles and views
o f physicians, nurses, administrators, patients
and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state,
and local governments, quasi-public authori­
ties, and interest groups; technical and politi­
cal aspects o f health insurance alternatives;
health manpower (medical and nursing
schools, para-professionals); biomedical re­
search programs. Students wishing to take
this course should consult in advance with the
instructors. Prior work in at least two o f the
following will be helpful: Economics 1-2, 4,
26; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1;
Engineering 4 , 32.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Hollister
and Smith.

4 3 . Food P o lic y : N ational and
International Issu e s.
The causes and possible solutions to major
food problems: hunger, rural poverty, and
food insecurity. The role o f government pol­
icy in production, distribution, and consump­
tion o f food. Principal focus will be upon the
American agricultural experience, food sys­
tems in less developed countries, international
trade and aid as solutions, and international
measures to improve food security. A field
trip, an early final exam, and a substantial
paper are features o f the course. Students
with little work in political science may be
admitted with the consent o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Hopkins.

4 4 . R a ce , Eth n ic ity and Public P o lic y .
An analysis o f important policy questions
with direct and indirect bearing on racial and
ethnic groups. The focus o f the course is on:
1 ) the political institutions that shape the
formulation o f policy (elections and parties,
courts, administrative agencies); 2) specific
policy areas o f contemporary conflict (hous­
ing, education, employment); 3 ) the various
mechanisms (affirmative action, quotas, tar­
geted job aid) used as remedies. The format
will be discussion. Suggested prerequisite
either Political Science 1 or 2.
Fall semester. Rubin.

50. Public L a w and Public
A d m in istra tio n .
Theory and practice o f administrative law in

the United States. Role o f the courts in gov­
ernmental administration. Issues o f organiza­
tion and procedure. The interaction o f public
law and public policy, with particular atten­
tion to certain sectors o f public policy.
Fail semester. Not offered 1987-88.

5 1 . Topics in Public A d m in istra tio n
and P o lic y.
Problems o f policymaking and administra­
tion, primarily in American national govern­
ment, from the standpoints o f public-policy
analysis and democratic theory. Central topics
include: accountability, responsibility, and
productivity; organization theory and govern­
mental reorganization; budgeting, planning,
and "rational” decision; public relations and
clientelism; regulation and public enterprise;
administrative law; intergovernmental rela­
tions; Congress, Presidency, and administra­
tion.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88. Gilbert.

5 2. A m e ric a n Constitutional L a w .
The role o f the Supreme Court in the Ameri­
can political system, viewed both historically
and through analysis o f leading cases. Areas o f
constitutional law and development empha­
sized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial
review; federalism and the scope o f national
power; due process, equal protection, the
First Amendment, and other civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
Fall semester. Gilbert.

53. A m e ric a n P a rty Po litics.
An historical and functional analysis o f Ameri­
can political parties. The study o f interest
groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the leg­
islative process.
Fall semester. Not offered 1987-88. Rubin or
Gilbert.

53B. Th e M a s s M edia and A m e ric a n
Po litics.
An historical and contemporary consideration
o f the effects o f mass media on American
political institutions and political behavior.
Special emphasis on the transformation from
print to electronic media and its impact upon
political parties and governmental institu­
tions.
Fall semester. Not offered 1987-88. Rubin.

203

Political Science

53C. Presiden tial Po litics and
Pu blic P o lic y.
The central focus o f the course is on electoral
connections between public opinion, political
organizations and institutions, and the exer­
cise o f presidential power.
Fall semester. Rubin.

5 4. Political T h e o ry : Pla to to
M ach ia ve lli.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer­
gence o f a distinctively modern political out­
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the
role o f law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought. Re­
commended for students who plan to take the
Political Theory seminar.
Fall semester. Sharpe.

55. M od ern Political T h e o ry .
A study and critique o f liberalism through
close reading and analysis o f the writings o f
such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Bentham, J.S. Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The
course will consider problems regarding lib­
erty, political obligation, the common good,
human nature, and distributive justice. Not
open to students who plan to take the Political
Theory seminar.
Spring semester. Hirschmann.

56 . C o n te m p o ra ry Political T h e o ry .
An examination o f political theory from Marx
and J.S . Mill to present. Among other topics
a special concern will be the ability o f contem­
porary liberal political and economic thought
to respond to its critics’ attacks on its psycho­
logical and epistemological foundations, and
on its adequacy as a guide to political under­
standing and action. An effort will be made to
understand the various and often conflicting
currents within liberal theory, as well as to
identify certain common problems. Marxist,
existentialist, anarchist, and structuralist crit­
ics may be considered.
Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permis­
sion o f the instructor.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88.

5 7 . Ju ris p ru d e n c e .
An exploration o f the concept o f law as it has
been understood by lawyers, judges, philoso­

204

phers, and social scientists. Issues to be con­
sidered include the nature and validity o f law,
the relation o f law to morality, and the place
o f political theory in the judicial decision.
Some current moral issues in law may be dis­
cussed. Readings will be chosen from classical
and contemporary works in the philosophy
and social science o f law as well as from rep­
resentative cases.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88.

58. International Political T h e o ry .
An examination o f several important moral
problems in international affairs. Topics to be
discussed include the morality o f war, war
crimes and the rules o f warfare, and the ethics
o f nuclear deterrence; intervention, selfdetermination, and the moral status o f the
nation-state; and international distributive jus­
tice. Readings will be selected from classical
and contemporary sources.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88.

59. C ath olic S o cial T h o u g h t
(Also listed as Philosophy 59 and Religion
5 9 . ) The course will study the Catholic tradi­
tion o f social thought, recent theoretical de­
velopment in that tradition, and its rapidly
growing influence on social and political move­
ments, especially in Latin America. The prin­
cipal readings will be drawn from 1) Papal
social encyclicals; 2 ) documents o f the Second
Vatican Council and Latin American bishops
on nuclear war and the economy; 3 ) writings
o f liberation theology. From time to time,
selected applications o f this theory, e.g., the
growth o f "base communities” in Brazil will
also be studied.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88.

60. Special Topics in Political
S cie nce .
Open to senior Course majors in Political
Science. Devoted to the preparation o f three
qualifying papers in the senior year.
Spring semester. Members o f the Department.

62. Colloquium and R esearch P ro je c t on
Presiden tial Ele ctio ns.
The principal requirement o f this course is
the successful completion o f an independent
research project that examines a single presi­
dential election campaign between 1952 and
1984. There will be background readings and
discussion o f the presidential election system,

the dynamics o f shifting groups in coalitions,
and the role o f the mass media. Each student
will be doing an independent research paper.
Topics for papers include analyzing candidate
images, political themes, public opinion, and
campaign strategies during a particular elec­
tion year, putting the specific campaign in the
broader context o f election cycles, institu­
tional changes, and shifts in public policy.
Enrollment will be limited; interested students
should see Professor Rubin for permission.
Prerequisite: Political Science 2 and/or an
advanced course in American politics.
Fall semester. Not offered 1987-88. Rubin.

64. Political S o c ia liza tio n and S ch o ols.
(Also listed as Education 64. See course de­
scription under Program in Education.)
Fall semester. Travers.

65. Political P s yc h o lo g y.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy­
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies o f
presidents and other leaders; psychological
distortion in political decision; personality
types among the public; psychological factors
in public opinion and revolution. Projects
may involve class or individual research.
(Cross-listed as Psychology 65 .)
Fall semester. Not offered 1987-88.

6 7 . S ocial In su rance and W elfare
Po licy.
(Also listed as Economics 67 .) The principal
American policies and programs dealing pri­
marily with relief o f poverty and economic
insecurity, and the prospects and options for
reform in this field. Topics include: Social
Security, national health insurance, unem­
ployment compensation, and welfare reform.
The various public objectives and methods o f
income support and related social services, as
well as certain contextual or alternative pro­
grams and regulatory policies. Conceptions of
"welfare” ; economic, social, political, and
administrative or professional considerations
in policy; historical and comparative perspec­

tives. Intended as a single- or double-credit
seminar for students in the Public Policy
Concentration and open for single credit to
others who have taken appropriate Public
Policy prerequisites, on which consult the
Catalogue and, as to exceptions, one o f the
instructors.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88.

68. En viro n m e n ta l Po licy.
(Cross-listed as Engineering 68.) Issues in
environmental policy formulation and imple­
mentation are explored. Both o f these aspects
require understanding o f environmental pro­
cesses including natural and technological
processes. Trade-offs between environmental
and economic objectives are examined using
quantitative policy models. Enrollment is by
consent o f the instructor. Operations Re­
search and/or Statistics are recommended as
prerequisites.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88.

69. Political Ec on o m y o f
M acro eco n o m ic Po licy.
(Also listed as Economics 91). The course
treats together the economic and political
aspects o f public policy on employment, out­
put, and the price level. The course focuses on
both theory and selected modern episodes in
American experience and policy. Intended as
a single- or double-credit seminar for students
in the Public Policy Concentration and open
for single credit to others who have taken
appropriate Public Policy prerequisites, on
which consult the Catalogue and, as to excep­
tions, one o f the instructors.
Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and Eco­
nomics 1 and 2.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88.

93. Directed Readings in Political
S cie nce .
Available on an individual or group basis,
subject to the approval o f the chairman and
the instructor.

96. Th e s is .
W ith the permission o f the chairman and a
supervising instructor, any major in Course
may substitute a thesis for one course, nor­
mally during either semester o f the senior
year.

205

Political Science

SEMINARS
The following seminars prepare for examina­
tion for a degree with Honors:

10 1. Political T h e o ry .
An analytical and critical examination o f the
philosophical foundations o f liberalism and
socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists
from Hobbes to Marx and including works of
some contemporary political philosophers.
The subjects considered include such prob­
lems as the nature o f legitimate authority, the
basis o f political obligation, liberty, and de­
mocracy. Particular attention will be given to
the question o f distributive justice and the
relevance o f Marx’s political and philosophi­
cal writings to liberal theory.
E ach semester. Hirschmann.

10 2 . P o litic s and Le g islatio n .
The study o f political parties, interest groups,
public opinion and voting behavior, electoral
systems and representation, the legislative
process. Emphasis is on American politics,
with some comparative material; and, ulti­
mately, on politics from the standpoint of
theories o f political democracy.
Spring semester. Not offered 1987-88. Gilbert.

10 3 . P ro b le m s in G o ve rn m e n t and
A d m in is tra tio n .
Problems o f administrative organization, pol­
icymaking and responsibility, with primary
reference to the United States and to selected
fields o f policy.
Fall semester. Gilbert.

10 4 . International P o litic s .
An inquiry into problems in international
politics. Topics will include (1 ) competing
theories o f international politics, (2) war and
the uses o f force, and (3 ) the management o f
various global issues such as food and energy.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva­
lent.
Spring semester. Hopkins or Kurth.

it will be considered. Key assumptions of
United States policy-makers will be subjected
to scrutiny, and alternate assumptions and
policies will be analyzed.
Fall semester. Kurth.

10 6. Public L a w and Ju ris p ru d e n c e .
A study o f the sources and nature o f law;
historical, sociological, philosophic, "realis­
tic,” and behavioral approaches to jurispru­
dence; the nature o f the judicial process and
other problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated
by judicial decisions and other legal materials
relating to selected areas o f law.
Spring semester. N ot offered 1987-88. Smith.

1 0 7 . C o m p arative C om m u nist Po litics.
A comparative study o f the various commu­
nist countries, with special attention to the
Soviet Union and the Chinese People’s Re­
public. Analysis o f differences in goal struc­
tures, modes o f rule, and social development
as a function o f the interaction between lega­
cies o f the paths to power, domestic political
conflict, and economic imperatives.
Spring semester. White.

108. C o m p a ra tive Po litics : Eu ro p e .
A comparative study o f the political systems
o f Western Europe. The major countries ex­
amined will be Britain, France, Germany, Italy
and Spain. Topics will include ( 1 ) competing
theories o f comparative politics, ( 2) the rela­
tionships between economic development,
economic crises, and political conflict, (3 )
political parties, including communist, anar­
chist, and fascist movements, and (4 ) contem­
porary political institutions and policymak­
ing.
Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or the equiva­
lent.
Fall semester. Rubsamen.

105. A m e ric a n Fore ig n P o lic y.

10 9. C o m p a ra tive P o litics : A fric a and
the T h ird W orld.

A study o f key problems faced by the United
States in the modern world together with a
critical investigation o f the making and imple­
menting o f American foreign policy. A variety
o f explanations o f American foreign policy
will be discussed and evaluated, and the politi­
cal, economic, and social influences upon

A comparative study o f the politics o f socie­
ties undergoing change and pursuing "devel­
opment.” Various theories, approaches, and
methods o f explanation are examined and
considered in the context o f Africa and the
third world.
F all semester. Hopkins.

206

1 10 . C o m p a ra tive Po litics : La tin
A m e ric a .
A comparative study o f the politics o f several
Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba,
Mexico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Re­
public. The course will focus on important
differences in major institutions, class struc­
tures and social values, and an examination o f
various theories explaining political stability
and change. Problems will include: difficulties
o f creating stable democratic institutions;

causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and
military interventions; different meanings o f
politics for various classes in socialist, cor­
poratism and (formerly) democratic regimes;
and the utility o f dependency theory in ex­
plaining U.S.-Latin American relations.
Spring semester. Sharpe.

180. T h e s is .
All members o f the Department.

207

Psychology

K E N N E T H J . G E R G E N , Professor
D E B O R A H G . K E M L E R N E L S O N , Professor and Acting Department Head
J E A N N E M A R E C E K , Professor and Department Head2
3
D E A N P E A B O D Y , Professor
A L L E N M . S C H N E ID E R , Professor3
B A R R Y S C H W A R T Z, Professor
P H IL IP J . K E L L M A N , Associate Professor3
J A N E B E A T T IE , Instructor
A M Y D E M O R E S T , Instructor
H A N S W A L L A C H , Research Psychologist
The work o f the Department o f Psychology
deals with the systematic study o f human
behavior and experience; processes o f percep­
tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are
considered in their relation to the develop­
ment o f the individual personality, and to the
relations o f the individual to other persons.
The courses and seminars o f the Department
are designed to provide a sound basis o f
understanding o f psychological principles and
a grasp o f research method. Students learn the
nature o f psychological inquiry and the psy­

chological approach to various problems en­
countered in the humanities, the social sci­
ences, and the life sciences.
A special major is available in conjunction
with Linguistics emphasizing fundamental
issues in human cognitive organization. A full
description o f this program may be found
under Linguistics.
A special major in Psychobiology is available
in cooperation with the Department o f Biolo­
gy. Consult either Department Head.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Psychology 1, Introduction to Psychology, is
normally a prerequisite for further work in
the Department. Psychology 6, Critical Issues
in Psychology, can also serve as prerequisite
for further work.
A Course major consists o f at least eight
courses, excluding courses cross-listed in psy­
chology that are taught by members o f other
departments, and normally including four o f
the core courses (with course numbers in the
3 0 ’s): Physiological Psychology, Learning and
Motivation, Perception, Cognitive Psycholo­
gy, Psychology o f Language, Social Psychology,
Personality, Abnormal Psychology, and Child
Development. Majors are also encouraged to
take Psychology 12, Psychological Knowledge:
Development and Justification. Those wishing
to substitute more individualized programs
should present their reasons in writing. Ma­

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

208

jors should take at least one course providing
them with experience in research. In addition,
majors in Course are encouraged to enroll in
Psychology 9 8 during their senior year. This
course is intended to provide integration of
different Reids o f psychology and to offer
majors one way to meet the comprehensive
requirement. Students intending to pursue
graduate work in psychology will also find it
useful to take one o f the statistics courses
offered by the Department o f Mathematics.
Special M ajor: Psychobiology: The Departments
o f Psychology and Biology offer a special
major that combines work in the two depart­
ments, for students who are interested in the
biological basis o f behavior. The major con­
sists o f a set o f core courses, and three groups
o f optional courses. Consult the head of
either department for details.

TEACHER CERTIFICATION
There are two normal routes to Social Studies
Certification. One o f these is through a major
in the social sciences, plus four to six semes­
ters o f courses in other social sciences. Stu­
dents majoring in History, Political Science,
and Sociology-Anthropology are required to
take at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in Economics o r Psycholo­
gy are required to take six. The other route to
certification is by taking at least twelve semes­
ter courses in social sciences, o f which six

must normally be in one discipline and at least
two more must be in a single other discipline.
All students seeking social studies certifica­
tion are required to take two courses in
history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or nonAnglo subject matter are required. For further
information, see the listing for the Program in
Education.

1. Introduction to P s yc h o lo g y.

2 1 . Educational P s yc h o lo g y.

An introduction to the basic process under­
lying human and animal behavior, studied in
experimental, social, and clinical contexts.
Analysis centers on the extent to which nor­
mal and abnormal behavior are determined by
learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and
social processes.
Each semester. Staff.

(See Education 21.)
Fall semester. Balamore.

6. C ritical Issue s in P s yc h o lo g y.
An exploration o f selected issues in psycholo­
gy. Emphasis is on how one tries to answer
theoretical questions, especially by analyzing
the relation between psychological theories
and the evidence testing them. This analysis is
applied to previous critical experiments and
in planning new research. The topics covered
may vary from year to year; the department
can supply information on the coverage in a
particular year.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Peabody.

12 . Psych o lo g ical K n o w le d g e :
D evelopm ent and Ju s tific a tio n .
Designed to introduce students to the prob­
lem o f psychological knowledge. How do we
gain knowledge o f others and ourselves, by
what standards can we say that knowledge has
been enhanced, and how are we to judge
propositions about the mental world? After
exploring classic attempts to answer such
questions, two miajor positions are contrasted,
the empiricist and the hermeneutic. Psycho­
logical theory and research are used to illus­
trate.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Gergen.

2 2 . C ounseling.
(See Education 25.)
Fall semester. Vanni.

23. Ado le sce n ce .
(See Education 23.)
Spring semester. Smulyan.

30. Physio log ica l P s yc h o lo g y.
A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases
o f behavior with special emphasis on sensory
processing, motivation, emotion, learning,
and memory. Both experimental analyses and
clinical implications are considered.
Not offered 1987-88. Schneider.

3 1. Learnin g and M o tiva tio n .
This course explores the ways in which expe­
rience interacts with biological predisposition
to influence how action is organized and when
it occurs. We study the processes o f condi­
tioning and explore how conditioning com­
bines with complex cognitive and social fac­
tors to influence what organisms do. The
course includes a laboratory which is intended
to acquaint students with central phenomena
o f learning and motivation. (This course was
previously titled Learning and Behavior The­
ory.)
Fall semester. Schwartz.

3 2. Pe rcep tio n.
An exploration o f the connections among
experience, the physical world, and biological
mechanisms. Theories o f direct perception
are contrasted with those asserting the impor­
tance o f inference or hypothesis in perceiving.

209

Psychology

Primary emphasis is on research in adult
visual perception, but other senses and some
developmental issues are also treated. Impli­
cations o f the study o f perception for the
theories o f knowledge and the visual arts are
examined. There is laboratory work, including
an original experiment conducted by the class.
N ot offered 1987-88. Kellman.

33. C ogn itive P s yc h o lo g y.
A broad overview o f the psychology o f knowl­
edge. Models o f human cognition are exam­
ined in light o f experimental data. Attention,
pattern recognition, memory, concepts,
thinking, and problem solving are treated,
among other topics. Laboratory exercises and
demonstrations are included to acquaint stu­
dents with the issues and methods in the field.
Fall semester.

3 4. Th e P s yc h o lo g y o f Lan g u ag e.
(See Linguistics 34).
Spring semester.

35. S o cial P s yc h o lo g y.
An examination o f theory and research rele­
vant to social relationships between people.
Topics include social influence, person per­
ception, cognitive consistency theories, ag­
gression and group conflict, performing with
"rules,” the achieving society, attraction and
love.
Spring semester. Peabody.

36. P e rs o n a lity.
An examination o f contrasting theories o f the
human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung,
Fromm, Rogers, and others will be discussed,
and special attention will be given to current
research work.
Fall semester. Gergen.

38. A b n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y.
A survey o f major forms o f psychological
disorder in adults and children. Biogenetic,
socio-cultural, and psychological bases o f ab­
normality are examined, along with their cor­
responding modes o f treatment.
Spring semester. Demorest.

3 9 . Child D e ve lo p m e n t
A selective survey o f cognitive and social
development from infancy to adolescence.
M ajor theoretical perspectives on the nature
o f developmental change are examined, in­
cluding those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics
include the formation o f social attachments,

210

the foundations and growth o f perceptual,
cognitive, and social-cognitive skills, gender
typing, moral development, and the impact of
parents and other social agents on the devel­
opment o f the child.
Fall semester. Kemler Nelson.

4 2 . H um an Intelligence.
This course adopts a broad view o f its topic,
Human Intelligence. One major set o f subtopics will be drawn from the intelligence­
testing (IQ ) tradition and the controversies
emerging from it—including the heritability
o f IQ , the relation between I Q and academic
success, between IQ and creativity, the nature
o f mental retardation, and the conception of
intelligence as a general trait or as a set of
specific abilities. Other and less traditional
concerns will be cognitive theories o f intelli­
gence, everyday conceptions o f intelligence,
the relation between infant and adult intelli­
gence, and the relation between human and
animal intelligence.
Fall semester. Kemler Nelson.

4 3 . C o m p a ra tive C ognition.
An exploration o f cross-cultural research on
human cognition. W hat are the universals o f
human cognition? W hat are its distinctive
features? W hat are the major factors that are
responsible for cross-cultural variation in
human cognition? W hat are the virtues and
pitfalls o f comparative approaches to the
study o f cognition? The course is open to all
students who have had introductory psychol­
ogyKemler Nelson.

4 4 . P s yc h o lo g y o f W om en.
An examination o f psychological theory and
research on women and gender. We will study
representations o f women and men in tradi­
tional and feminist writings. We shall compare
the assumptive bases o f traditional and fem­
inist psychologies o f women, and examine the
critical assumptions found in feminist con­
ceptions o f gender. In the latter part o f the
course, we will study important issues for
women such as domestic violence, represen­
tations o f male and female sexuality, and
problems with eating.
Fall semester.

48. Pe rcep tu al D e v e lo p m e n t
Explores the perceptual world o f the infant

and child in order to assess the impact o f
experience on our ability to obtain knowledge
through perception. Research on the early
perception o f objects, space and motion, as
well as event and social perception, will be
considered against the backdrop o f major
theoretical controversies. Students will have
the opportunity to devote much o f their
effort in the course to preparing a substantial
paper on a topic o f their choice. Some knowl­
edge o f development and/or perception may
be helpful, but is not prerequisite.
Kellman.

5 1. S c ie n c e , D e cis io n -m a kin g , and
U n c e rta in ty.
A study o f decision-making as it relates to
scientific and public policy matters. The course
covers philosophical, psychological, and mathemathical aspects o f decision-making in the
face o f uncertain evidence. Topics covered
include the nature o f scientific evidence and
experimentation; probabilistic evidence and
the law; uncertainty and medicine; inferential
versus Bayesian statistics; human decision­
making, rational and irrational; techniques
and correctives o f decision-making. The the­
ories will be related to such public issues as
nuclear power, hazardous waste disposal, vac­
cination, and strategic nuclear planning.
Cross-listed with Physics and Mathematics.
Not offered 1987-88. Holt, Iversen, and
Kellman.

5 2. Repre se n tatio ns o f W om en’s
Iden tity.

63. Special Topics in Cognitive
P s yc h o lo g y.
Selected problems from the current literature
on human information processing and cogni­
tive psychology are considered in detail. Em­
phasis is placed on the relationship between
theories o f cognition and current experimen­
tal findings. Also, the development o f cogni­
tive skills receives attention.

65. Political P s yc h o lo g y.
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy­
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies of presi­
dents and other leaders; psychological distor­
tion in political decisions; personality types
among the public; psychological factors in
public opinion and revolution. Projects may
involve class or individual research.(Crosslisted as Political Science 65.)
Peabody.

6 7 . Special Topics in Child
D e v e lo p m e n t
Aspects o f personality, social, and cognitive
development are examined, with individual
and group field projects an important part of
the course.

6 8. Special Topics in Social
P s yc h o lo g y.
Considers special topics in human relations.

69. Special Topics in P e rs o n a lity.

(See English 82 ). Satisfies distribution re­
quirement in group 1 not group 3.
Not offered 1987-88. Marecek and Blum.

Considers selected topics in personality or­
ganization and dynamics.

6 2. Th e C on stru ction o f
Psych o lo gical T h e o ry .

This course explores in depth different topics
that are o f interest and concern to both phi­
losophers and psychologists. For Fall 1987,
the focus will be: Rationality and the Expla­
nation o f Human Action. In practical life, we
usually explain human actions by giving the
person’s reasons—his or her goals and be­
liefs— for performing them. In contrast, in
experimental science, we attempt to explain
behavior by finding laws in accordance with
which it occurs. We will explore the extent to
which the categories o f explanation that come
from practical life constrain or limit the scope

How are psychological theories created, con­
structed, and sustained? W hat limits are there
to psychological understanding? This course
explores various social, aesthetic, and ideo­
logical factors that enter into the process o f
theory construction. Special attention is also
given to the linguistic and literary conventions
that govern interpretations o f human action.
Prerequisite; Introductory Psychology and at
least one additional course in psychology.
Not offered 1987-88. Gergen.

86. Topics in Ph ilo so p h y and
P s yc h o lo g y.

211

Psychology

o f scientific explanations. Doing this will in­
volve a careful examination o f the nature o f
explanation that we use in practical life. In
addition to seeking people’s reasons for action
in order to explain them, we use their reasons
to provide the basis o f a normative evaluation
o f actions. Beliefs, goals, and actions can be
evaluated concerning their rationality. We
will explore a number o f different normative
models o f rationality: from philosophy, eco­
nomics, biology, and psychology, and inves­
tigate empirical evidence about how well
human behavior conforms to these models.
We will be especially concerned with evaluat­
ing the rationality o f goals—the criteria by
which goals can be pursued. The course is
open to students who have had at least the
introductory course in both philosophy and
psychology. Cross-listed as Philosophy 86.
Fall semester. Schwartz and Lacey.

8 7 . Colloquium : P s yc h o lo g y, Biology
and Econ om ic R a tio n ality.
The concept o f "economic man,” in rational
pursuit o f self-interest, has had a profound
impact on theory and research throughout the
social sciences in the last two centuries. This
course will offer a critical examination o f the
notion o f economic rationality, exploring the
role it plays in economics, in evolutionary
biology (sociobiology), and in psychology.
The implications o f this notion for thinking
about morality and about social organization
will also be considered. The course will be
taught in seminar format, for two credits.
Prerequisites: The course is open, by applica­
tion, to advanced students in either biology,
economics, philosophy, or psychology.
Schwartz.

90. P ra c tlc u m in Clinical P s yc h o lo g y.
An opportunity for advanced psychology stu­
dents to gain supervised experience working
in off-campus research projects or clinical
settings. Course requirements and evaluations
are tailored to individual projects. Advance
arrangements for placements should be made
in consultation with a member of the psycholo­
gy department.

9 1. R e se a rch P ra c tic u m in
Ph ysio logica l P s yc h o lo g y.
Research on the neural and chemical bases o f
learning and memory. Current theories are

212

discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and
recovery from retrograde amnesia. Laboratory
work is designed to introduce students to
techniques in physiological psychology.
Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By application.
Fall semester. Schneider.

9 4. Independent R e se a rch .
Students conduct independent research proj­
ects. They typically study problems with
which they are already familiar from their
course work. Students must submit a written
report o f their work. Registration for Inde­
pendent Research requires the sponsorship of
a faculty member who agrees to supervise the
work.
E ach semester. Staff.

95. Tu to ria l.
Any student may, with the consent o f a mem­
ber o f the department, work under a tutorial
arrangement for a single semester. The student
is thus allowed to select a topic o f particular
interest, and in consultation with a faculty
member, prepare a reading list and work plan.
Tutorial work may include field research out­
side Swarthmore.
Each semester. Staff.

9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r P a p e r.
W ith the permission o f the Department, stu­
dents may conduct a 2-credit research project
in their senior year as one way to meet the
comprehensive requirement. The course in­
cludes: (a) carrying out a research project
with the advice o f a faculty sponsor and (b)
taking part in a joint discussion group that
shares the problems o f each stage o f the
research. Students should develop a general
plan by the end o f the junior year and apply
for departmental approval. By application.
Both semesters. Staff.

98. H is to ry and S y s te m s o f P s yc h o lo g y.
Intended to provide integration o f different
fields o f psychology and to offer majors one
way to meet the comprehensive requirement.
Historical treatment concentrates on the
major systematic points o f view. Special con­
sideration is given to problems overlapping
several areas o f psychology.
Spring semester. Peabody.

SEMINARS
10 4. Individual in S o c ie ty .
An analysis o f the relationship between people
and their society. Basic social processes are
discussed, including the understanding of
other persons, theories o f cognitive consis­
tency, group influence and conformity. Ap­
plications to political attitudes, group preju­
dices, the relation o f attitudes and personality,
and the relation o f psychology to the social
sciences are also considered. Two credits.
Fall semester. Peabody.

105. P e rs o n a lity.
An exploration o f general theories o f human
functioning from Freud to the present. Special
attention is given to the empirical, intellectual,
ideological, and pragmatic basis o f competing
theoretical perspectives. Two credits.
Spring semester. Gergen.

10 7 . Language and T h o u g h t
See Linguistics 107.

109. Ph ysio log ica l P s yc h o lo g y.
An analysis o f the neural bases o f motivation,
emotion, learning, memory and language.
Generalizations derived from neurobehavioral
relations will be brought to bear on clinical
issues. Two credits.
Not offered 1987-88. Schneider.

118 . Ph ilo so ph y o f P s yc h o lo g y.
See Philosophy 118.
Fall semester. Lacey.

13 1a and b. Le arnin g and M o tiva tio n .
See description o f Psychology 31. Students
are expected to attend lectures given in Psy­
chology 31, and to participate in the labora­
tory. The second part o f the seminar (131b)
considers in depth special topics o f interest
discussed in the first part o f the seminar. One
credit each semester.
Both semesters. Schwartz.

13 2a . and b. Perc eptio n.
Psychology 132a meets with Psychology 32.
The second part o f the seminar (132b) ex­
plores selected topics in human perception.
M ajor theories and experimental data direct
our exploration o f the roles o f inborn mech­
anisms and inferential processes in producing

perceptual experience. Adult visual percep­
tion o f form, space, motion and their inter­
relations are major concerns. Intersensory
coordination, some auditory perception and
perceptual adaptation are also considered.
One credit each semester.
Not offered 1987-88. Kellman.

133a and b. C ognitive P s yc h o lo g y.
Psychology 133a meets with Psychology 33.
The second part o f the seminar (133b) is an
intensive study o f higher mental processes.
Specific topics include mental representation,
memory organization, imagery, attention and
consciousness, concept formation, reading,
thinking, and problem-solving. One credit
each semester.
Both semesters. Kellman.

138. A b n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y.
A study in depth o f various theoretical per­
spectives on psychological disorders, includ­
ing schizophrenia, autism, depression, and
anxiety disorders. Underlying assumptions o f
each theory will be considered, as well as
empirical evidence supporting the theory. Ap­
proaches to treatment will also be studied.
Two credits.
Fall semester. Demorest.

139a and b. Child D e v e lo p m e n t
See description o f Psychology 39. Students
are expected to attend and take part in Psy­
chology 39. The second part o f the seminar
(139b) considers in depth special topics o f
interest within the field. A research compo­
nent is frequently included in the second part
o f the seminar. One credit each semester.
Both semesters. Kemler Nelson.

180. T h e s is.
May be presented as a substitute for one
seminar provided some member o f the De­
partment is available to undertake the direc­
tion o f the thesis. Usually taken as a 2-semes­
ter course for one credit each semester. Stu­
dents writing a thesis are expected to attend
the meetings o f senior paper students during
the semester(s) they are enrolled for Thesis.
Each semester. All members o f the Department.

213

Public Policy

Coordinator: R IC H A R D L R U R IN
Committee: Rush H o lt (Physics)
CharlfiS E. G ilb e rt (Political Science)
F. M . S c h e re r (Economics)

The concentration in Public Policy enables
students to combine work in several depart­
ments toward both critical and practical un­
derstanding o f sectors o f public policy, such
as social welfare, health, energy, food and
agriculture, and national defense. The focus
o f the courses in the concentration is on the
development, formulation, implementation,
and evaluation o f policy. The departments
centrally concerned with the concentration
are Political Science, Economics, and Engi­
neering; but work in other departments is

decidedly pertinent to the concentration. Fac­
ulty members from other departments may be
directly involved in the concentration, and
course or seminar offerings from other de­
partments may, in certain circumstances, meet
requirements for the concentration. Some
competence in formal or quantitative methods
is required for students concentrating in Pub­
lic Policy, but work in the concentration
equally emphasizes historical, institutional,
and normative analysis.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The concentration in Public Policy is not a
major. It may be taken together with a Course
or External Examination (Honors) major in
any field, and it can be combined most inte­
grally with a major in one or more o f the
participating departments o f Political Science,
Economics, or Engineering. At a minimum,
the concentration consists o f certain course
requirements, totaling six credits (some o f
which are also counted toward one’s depart­
ment major), and an internship. The program
o f each concentrator should be worked out in
consultation with the Coordinator o f the
Public Policy Program and approved by the
Coordinator, preferably at the same time as
majors in the Course and Honors Programs
are planned, but not later than the middle o f
one’s junior year.
Academic requirements for the concentration
cover three basic areas: ( 1 ) economic analysis,
(2 ) political analysis, and (3 ) quantitative
analysis. These may normally be met by prepa­
ration in specified courses. The economic
analysis requirement can be met by Ecomonics
2 0 or Economics 103 (Economics Theory) or
Economics 22 or Economics 101 (Public Fi­
nance). The political analysis requirement can
be met by Political Science 5 0 (Public Law
and Public Administration) or Political Sci­
ence 51 (Topics in Public Administration and

214

Policy) or Political Science 2 (Policy-Making
in America). The quantitative analysis re­
quirement can be met by Mathematics 1
(Statistical Thinking), or Mathematics 2 (Sta­
tistical Methods), Economics 4 (Statistics for
Economists), Engineering/Economics 57
(Operations Research), or Economics 12 or
Economics 108 (Econometrics). Equivalent
honors courses may be substituted for any of
the above.
In addition to the three preparatory or pre­
requisite courses, three credits must be taken
from among the substantitive policy courses
listed below. These courses deal with substan­
tive sectors and institutional aspects o f public
policy analysis. Many o f the courses will be
offered for one credit. Only those seminars or
courses approved for double credit may be
taken as units in the External Examination
program.
Students interested in the more international
aspects o f public policy or in other specialized
areas o f political science such as mass com­
munications or law may request an alternative
set o f preparatory or prerequisite courses.
In special circumstances, students with ade­
quate and appropriate alternative preparation
(as might be the case for some natural science
students or those with work done at other

institutions) may request that such préparation be substituted for courses normally required in the concentration. Approval o f such

requests, as for approval o f internships, will
be the responsibility o f the coordinator and
the committee on public policy studies.

INTERNSHIP
Some direct experience or practical responsi­
bility in the field, through work in a public,
private, or voluntary agency, is required for
graduation with a concentration in public
policy. This requirement may be met by com­
pleting an internship during either a semester
or a summer or both. Normally, students will

hold internships between their junior and
senior years. The internship program is super­
vised by the faculty member serving as coor­
dinator o f the concentration, and specific
opportunities may be worked out for the
students.

PROGRAM IN FOOD SYSTEMS AND FOOD POLICY
For the 1987-1988 academic year, two courses
specifically relevant to Food Systems and
Food Policy will be offered: Political Science
43, Food Policy (Professor Hopkins); and
History 68, Food and Famine: Past and Present

(Professor Li). Students should contact Pro­
fessor Raymond F. Hopkins for more infor­
mation about the program, especially in regard
to the possibility o f limited summer intern­
ship funds.

ELIGIBILITY
The concentration is open to students major­
ing in any field, although students in the social
and natural sciences are likely to be able to
meet the requirements most readily. Any
student with acceptable preparation is wel­
come to undertake work in a public policy
course, subject to the priority for concentra­
tors. For students concentrating in Public
Policy and reading for Honors, certain work
in the concentration will normally be eligible
for external examination.

Policy Courses Offered
Econ o m ics 16.
Women and Minorities in the Economy.

Econ o m ics 22 .
Public Finance.

Econ o m ics 2 4 .
Economics o f Industry.

Econ o m ics 26.
Social Economics.

Econ o m ics 2 7 .
Government Regulation o f Industry.

Ec on o m ics 4 1 .
Urban Economics.

Ec o n o m ic s /P o litic a l Scie nce 4 2 .
Health Policy.

Ec on o m ics 10 1.
Public Finance.

Ec on o m ics 1 0 7.
Labor and Social Economics.

Political S cience 43.
Food Policy.

Political S cience 44.
Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy.

Political Science 53c.
Presidential Politics and Public Policy.

Ec o n o m ics /P o litica l Scie nce 6 7 .
Social Insurance and Welfare Policy.

En g in ee rin g /P olitical S cie nce 68.
Environmental Policy.

Ec on o m ics 9 1 /P o litic a l Scie nce 69.
Macroeconomic Policy.

Political Scie nce 4 1.
Defense Policy.

215

Religion

J . W IL L IA M F R O S T , Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library
D O N A L D K . S W E A R E R , Professor and Chair
P. LIN W O O D IIR R A N , J R ., Professor
A M Y - J I L L L E V IN E , Assistant Professor
L E IL A B E R N E R , Lecturer«
J O A N N E B O S K Y , Lecturer4
K E N N E T H P A R K E R , Lecturer4
Religion as a field o f study encompasses his­
torical religious traditions and varied dimen­
sions o f human experience on social and
personal levels evidenced at all times and in all
forms o f human society. Because o f the di­
verse and pervasive nature o f religion, several
methodologies have evolved for its study,
including the skills o f historical investigation,
textual criticism, philosophical analysis, and
socio-cultural interpretation. Added to these
skills is the important ingredient o f empathy
toward the claims religious persons make
regarding what they have perceived to be
ultimately real.
Any course numbered 1 through 10 may be
taken as introductory to other courses in the
Department. Religion and Human Experience
(Religion 1), our primary distribution course,
explores the nature o f religion in terms o f its
particular and historical aspects as well as its
generic and universal meanings. Successful
completion o f Religion 1 or another o f the
introductory courses (2 through 10) is nor­
mally required for admission to courses num­
bered 11 and above. Completion o f two
courses is usually prerequisite for admission
to a major in Course or an External Examina­
tion major or minor.
The major in Religion is planned through
consultation with faculty members in the
Department. Majors in both the Course and
the External Examination Programs are re­
quired to have completed the primary distri­
bution course, and course or seminar work in
three areas o f analysis and interpretation:
historical-critical, philosophical-theological,
and socio-cultural. Only one course crosslisted from another department can be
counted toward the major. Majors in course
will write a one credit Senior Paper, or, with

4 Fall semester, 1987.

216

the consent o f the Department, a two credit
Thesis; and, will take an oral comprehensive
examination based on the Senior Paper or
thesis and courses taken in the major.

1 . Religion and Hum an Exp e rie n c e .
This primary distribution course introduces
the nature o f religious worldviews, their cul­
tural manifestations, and their influence on
personal and social self-understanding and
action. The course explores various themes
and structures seminal to the nature o f religion
and its study: narrative and sacred scripture;
visions o f ultimate reality and their various
manifestations in art, architecture, literature,
and film; religious experience and its expres­
sion in ritual behavior and moral action; the
relationships among religious experience, lan­
guage, and reason; religion as both a legitima­
tion o f and challenge to cultural norms.
Members o f the Department will lecture and
lead weekly discussion sections.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Levine, Urban, and staff.

3 . Introduction to th e H e b re w
S c rip tu re s .
A comprehensive introduction to the history
o f ancient Israel and Biblical Judaism as
known primarily, although not exclusively,
through the literature produced and preserved
by those communities. Special attention will
be given to the cultural contexts, both national
and international, in which the texts were
composed, and to the various approaches—
historical, literary, sociological, etc.—by
which the texts have been interpreted.
Fall semester. Levine.

4 . Introduction to C hristian S c rip tu re s .
This course examines the New Testament
writings in their historical and cultural con­

texts, introduces the tools—from the histori­
cal critical method to newer disciplines such
as rhetorical criticism and sociological analy­
sis— employed to discover the original meaning(s) o f the documents, and investigates the
continuities and the transformations o f Chris­
tianity from Jewish sect to independent reli­
gion.
Spring semester. Levine.

texts o f the Hindu and Buddhist traditions,
e.g., the ritual hymns o f the Rig Veda, the
mystical teachings o f the Upanishads, the
Dialogues (Sutras) o f the Buddha, the social
and political morality o f the Laws o f Manu,
the myths and legends o f the Mahabharata,
the poetry o f the Bhakti saints, and the chal­
lenge to tradition by the modern reformers.
Spring semester. Swearer.

5. P ro b le m s o f Religious Th ou g h t.

1 1 . Th e H is to ry , Religion, and
C ulture o f Ja p a n .

The purpose o f this course is to study various
answers to the chief religious problems o f the
twentieth century. Problems include: the na­
ture o f religious experience, the existence of
God, religion and morality, science and reli­
gion, and the problem o f evil. Answers include
those given by Martin Buber, William James,
Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others.
Students are encouraged to find their own
answers and to work out their own religious
beliefs.
Spring semester. Urban.

6. W ar and Peace.
An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war,
with consideration o f the arguments for holy
wars, just wars, real politik, and pacifism. The
first part o f the course will trace the evolution
o f major ideas of war from the Bible to the
present. A study o f America’s wars since 1940
will show the application o f these ideas in this
nation’s response to organized violence.
Fall semester. Frost.

7 . Introduction to Fo rm a tiv e Ju d a is m .
A survey o f the varieties o f institutional struc­
tures and beliefs o f Judaism from the encoun­
ter with Hellenism to the codification o f the
Talmud. Particular attention is paid to the
struggle between ancient tradition and cultural
adaptation, the diversity o f pre- and nonRabbinic Judaisms (e.g., Diaspora accommo­
dations, the writers o f the Dead Sea Scrolls
and the Pseudepigrapha), the formation o f the
Biblical canon, Targumim, Midrash, and
Mishnah, the distinctions between orthodoxy
and heresy, and the political and social factors
in which this history took shape.
Spring semester. Levine.

8. Religions o f India.
A study o f Hinduism and Buddhism as doc­
trinal and cultural systems in the context o f
India’s historical development. The course
focuses on major themes based on classical

This course explores the historical dynamics
o f the religion and culture o f Japan from its
origins to the early nineteenth century. It em­
phasizes the interaction between indigenous
Japanese cultural patterns and foreign, domi­
nantly Chinese, influences in the context of
political and social changes over the centuries.
(Cross-listed as History 72. Serves as a primary
distribution course, in either Humanities or
the Social Sciences. Students must designate
their choice at the time o f registration.)
Fall semester. Swearer and Li.

13 . C o m p arative Religious M ys tic is m .
Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenom­
enon within the religious traditions o f Asia
and the West. The writings o f particular mys­
tics, e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, Rabi’a, Mahadeviyakkha, are studied and such problems
as mystic states o f consciousness, language
and mystical experience, the mystic and tradi­
tional religious authority, mysticism and com­
munity are explored.
Spring semester. Swearer.

1 4 . Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion.
An investigation o f the nature o f religious
faith, the problem o f religious knowledge,
concepts o f deity, the problem o f evil, and the
relationship o f religion to ethics. Both critics
and supporters o f traditional religious per­
spectives will be studied. (Cross-listed as Phi­
losophy 16.)
Not offered 1987-88. Urban.

16 . Th e A p o sto lic A g e .
An investigation o f the origin and expansion
o f the Christian Church from the later writ­
ings o f the New Testament until the Edict of
Constantine, this course explores through the
use o f primary sources several key transition
points in Christian history, including compe­
tition with Judaism, post-canonical develop­
ments o f legend and doctrine, the causes of

217

Religion

and responses to persecution, Gnosticism,
asceticism, the position o f women in the
Church, and the distinctions between ortho­
doxy and heresy. (Cross-listed as Classics 38.)
Not offered 1987-88. Levine.

1 7 . C hristia n Th ou g h t to the
M iddle A g e s .
The development o f Christian thought from
the Council o f Nicea (3 2 5 ) to the Rhineland
Mystics (c. 1400). Attention will focus on the
formation o f classical doctrines such as the
Trinity, Incarnation, and Atonement as well
as outstanding thinkers like Augustine, An­
selm, Thomas Aquinas, and Meister Eckhart.
Although the primary emphasis is historical,
attention is given to the contemporary rele­
vance o f medieval thought.
Not offered 1987-88. Urban.

bates within each tradition and the larger
issues o f church-state and governmental regu­
lation.
Fall semester. Hours to be arranged. Berner.

29 . Religious R e lief and M o ra l A c tio n .
An examination o f the relationship between
religion and morality. Basic moral concepts of
several religious traditions (Buddhism, Chris­
tianity, and Hinduism) will be studied and
compared. The relationship o f moral teach­
ings to the cosmological and theological
framework in which they occur will be dis­
cussed. The course will analyze concepts of
virtue and moral reasoning, the religious view
o f what it means to be a moral person, and the
religious evaluation o f a just society.
O ffered 1988-89. Swearer.

30. Religion a s a C ultural Institution.
18 . Lu th e r to K ing.

(See Sociology and Anthropology 30 .)

Christian thought from the Reformation to
the Civil Rights Movement in America. Rep­
resentative figures such as Luther, Calvin,
Hume, Kant, and Schleiermacher, movements
within Protestantism and Roman Catholicism,
and Christian relationships with other reli­
gions are considered in detail.
Fall semester. Urban.

3 7 . Topics in G re e k and Rom an Religion.

19. Q u a ke rism .

Staff.

The history o f the distinctive religious and
social ideas o f the Friends from the time o f
George Fox until the present. Particular atten­
tion is paid to differences in the development
o f Quakerism in England and America.
Not offered 1987-88. Frost.

Majors in Course may, with Departmental
permission, write a two-credit thesis.

(See Classics 37 .)

59. Catholic S o cial T h o u g h t
(See Philosophy 59/Political Science 59.)

93. D irecte d Reading.
Staff.

95. Tu to ria l.

20 . W estern Religious Tradition and
S o cial Eth ic s.
This course examines ways in which contem­
porary Jews and Christians attempt to recon­
cile their theological traditions with complex
social and ethical dilemmas. Topics to be ex­
plored will include social and political acti­
vism (e.g., civil disobedience, the Sanctuary
movement); feminism; marriage, divorce, and
family; homosexuality; inter-faith relations;
bio-ethics (e.g., abortion, euthanasia, and
genetic engineering). These issues will be con­
sidered in terms o f the internal religious de­

218

96. T h e s is.

9 7 . S e n io r P a p e r.
Senior majors in Course will normally write
a one-credit paper as the major part o f their
comprehensive requirement.
Spring semester. Staff.

Courses offered occasionally:
Religion and Lite ra tu re
M o n a sticism Ea s t and W est
P s yc h o lo g y and Religious Exp e rie n ce
Introduction to Islam
Religious Riograph y
S la ck Religion and S la ck Libe ra tio n

PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Examina­
tions in the following areas, to be prepared for
in the ways indicated.

themes will be revivals, millenialism, the im­
pact o f class, alternative or sectarian groups,
church and state, and the role o f women.
Spring semester. Frost.

Preparation by seminar:

C o n te m p o ra ry Religious Thought
(S e m in ar: 106).

Th e Idea o f God in H isto ric a l
P e rs p e c tive . (S e m in a r: 10 2).
An examination o f the development o f the
concept o f God from pre-historic times to the
present. The study will include mythological
materials, the Bible, Sankara, Kierkegaard,
and others.
Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission
of instructor.
Spring semester. Urban.

A s ia n Religious Thought
(S e m in ar: 103).
A study o f seminal writings in India and China
which have had a decisive influence on the
religious traditions o f these two cultures. The
traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism,
and Taoism.
Prerequisite: Religion 10 or 11, or permission
o f instructor.
Fall 1988. Swearer.

Buddhism in S o u th e ast A s ia
(S e m in ar: 10 4).
An analysis o f Theravada Buddhism as a part
of the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma,
and Thailand. The seminar focuses on three
major themes: Buddhism and the legitimation
of the state, the syncretic character of popular
Buddhist thought and practice, and the vari­
ous responses o f Buddhism to the challenges
o f the modern period.
Prerequisite: Religion 8 or the permission of
the instructor.
Fall semester. Swearer.

Religion and S o c ie ty (S e m in a r: 105).
How have religious ideas and institutions
shaped and been influenced by American
culture? Topics include the varieties o f Protes­
tantism from Puritanism to the moral majori­
ty, the adaptation o f Roman Catholicism and
Judaism to the American context, the encoun­
ter o f the traditional religions o f the Indians
and Blacks with Christianity, and the patterns
of contemporary religious practices. Special

Representative thinkers and schools o f thought
in the present century. These include Karl
Barth, Martin Buber, Rudolph Bultmann, Karl
Rahner, Paul Tillich, and A. N. Whitehead.
Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission
o f instructor.
Fall semester. Urban.

Lib e ra tio n Th eolog y
(S e m in a r: 1 0 7).
A study o f the principal themes o f liberation
theology as it has developed in Latin America
during recent decades; the preferential option
for the poor, the relationship between salva­
tion and political liberation, the Biblical cri­
tique o f injustice, faith and politics, the role
o f social analysis in theological discourse,
views concerning the Church, Christology
and spirituality, and the conception o f the­
ology as a critical reflection on liberating
practices made from the stance o f participa­
tion in such practices. Readings will be drawn
from such Latin American theologians as
Boff, Gutierrez, and Segundo. Attention will
also be given to the relationship o f liberation
theology to the Roman Catholic tradition, to
the social and political movements which it
has influenced, and to its critics.
Spring 1989. Lacey.

J e w is h and C hristia n S e lf-D e fin itio n
(S e m in ar: 108).
A study o f the various options facing both
Judaism and Christianity in the first century
C.E. and o f the processes by which each
religion narrowed those options in the attempt
to establish a normative identity during the
following two centuries. This seminar focuses
on the development o f the two systems as they
defined themselves through the formulations
o f scriptural canons, through debate with
each other and with the secular authorities,
and through their attempts to distinguish
heresy from orthodox belief. Readings include
selections from the New Testament, the Pseudepigrapha, patristic, and rabbinic sources, the

219

Religion

New Testament Apocrypha, and records of
the Roman government.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4,
7, 16, or the permission o f the instructor.
Spring 1989. Levine.

Fem inist In terpre ta tion o f S c rip tu re
(S e m in a r: 109).
Using various approaches to biblical study
(historical-critical, feminist, literary, socio­
logical, theological), this seminar explores
depictions o f women in both Testaments, the
Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, and selected
rabbinic, patristic, and Gnostic writings; the
influence o f patriarchal structures on this

literature and its interpretation; and the re­
covery o f women’s history. Particular atten­
tion will be given to the myths o f creation and
fall, including the ancient Near-Eastern god­
dess traditions; the subversive and the wise
woman; the "feminine” depiction o f deity;
Jesus’ and Paul’s attitudes toward women and
sexuality; and the relationship between ortho­
dox institutionalism and women’s leadership
roles.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 3,
4, 7, 16, or the permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Levine.

Preparation by course and attachment:

Preparation by combinations o f courses:

Indian Religion

Early Christianity

Religions o f India (Swearer)

Th e C hristia n S c rip tu re s (Levine)
Th e A p o sto lic A g e (Levine)

Com parative Religious Ethics

Religious R e lief and M o ra l Actio n
(Swearer)
M edieval Religious Thought

C h ristia n Thought in th e M iddle A g e s
(Urban)
Philosophy o f Religion

Ph ilo so ph y o f Religion (Urban)
M odem Christian Thought
Fro m Lu th e r to King (Urban)
Formative Judaism

Introduction to Fo rm a tiv e Ju d a is m
(Levine)
Hebrew Bible

In troduction to the H e b re w S c rip tu re s
(Levine)

220

Preparation by Thesis:
Students who declare a major in Religion in
their External Examination Program may, with
permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as
one o f their External Examination papers.
Students are encouraged to explore the possibility o f taking complementary religion courses
at Haverford and Bryn Mawr which do not
duplicate Swarthmore offerings in religious
studies, for example, Islam at Haverford and
Jewish Law and Folklore at Bryn Mawr.
Schedules o f religion classes at Haverford and
Bryn Mawr are available in the Department of
Religion office.

|
1
I
I
lj
1
I

Sociology and
Anthropology
J . H E R M A N B L A K E , Lang Visiting Professor
J E N N IE K E IT H , Professor and Chair
A S M A R O M L E G E S S E , Professor
S T E V EN I. P IK E R , Professor
J O Y C H A R L T O N , Associate Professor
B R A U LIO M U N O Z , Associate Professor
S T E V EN B O R IS H , Assistant Professor
ROBIN E . W A G N E R -PA C IFIC I, Assistant Professor
The program o f this department emphasizes
that Sociology and Anthropology are engaged
in a common intellectual task. Studies in the
Department are directed toward understand­
ing the order, meaning, and coherence o f life
in human societies and cultures. Toward this
end, courses in the department variously em­
phasize the comparative study o f societies and
cultures; the conditions o f social organization
as well as disorganization; the bases o f human
adaptation; change as well as continuity as
ubiquitous features o f the human condition;
gender culture; and meaning and culture.

Emphasis is also placed on the relevance of
Sociology and Anthropology to the study of
modern and, particularly, American society,
and to the social problems o f the modern age.
In addition to emphasis on the important
mutuality o f Sociology and Anthropology,
members o f the department are variously
committed to exploring the mutuality between
Sociology and Anthropology and neighboring
disciplines, such as Religion, Psychology and
Linguistics, Philosophy, Literature, Biology,
History, and the other social sciences.

REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Courses numbered 1 through 12, as well as
24, may serve as points o f entry for students
wishing to begin work in the department.
Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted,
and completion o f one o f them will normally
serve as prerequisite to all other work in the
department (Course 3 0 may, however, with
permission o f the instructor, be taken without
prerequisite.)
Applicants for major will normally be ex­
pected to have completed at least two courses
in the department. Course majors will com­
plete a minimum o f eight units o f work in the
Department, including a double-credit thesis
tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring
semesters o f the senior year, as well as course
50. Majors in the external examination pro-

gram are also required to complete course 50.
Normally, majors will complete course 50 by
the end o f their junior years, and prospective
majors are encouraged to take the course
during their sophomore years. Course 21 is
strongly recommended for majors.
The department emphasizes the importance
o f familiarity with appropriate elementary
statistics as well as computer literacy, both for
work taken at the College and for subsequent
career development. Toward underlining this,
the Department crosslists Mathematics courses
1, 2, and 23 (listed as, respectively Sociology
and Anthropology 18,19, and 20), any one o f
which may be taken as one o f the eight units
o f work required for completion o f a major in
Sociology and Anthropology.

AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCENTRATION IN SOCIOLOGY AND
ANTHROPOLOGY
Teaching and research interests o f members of
the Department cluster so as to create a
number o f subject matter areas within or

between the two disciplines in which students
may take a concentration o f work, in course
or seminar format, or both. The Department

221

Sociology and Anthropology

here identifies these general areas and the
faculty members who work within them, and
encourages interested students to meet with
one or more o f the indicated Department
members to explore a program o f study pos­
sibilities.
A) Social Theory and Social Philosophy
(Munoz, Piker, Wagner-Pacifici)
B) Human Adaptation, Cultural Ecology,
and Human Evolution (Borish, Legesse,
Piker)
C ) Post-Industrial Society (Borish, Charlton,
Keith, Wagner-Pacifici)
D ) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Charlton,
Keith, Legesse)

E ) Religion and Culture (Charlton, Piker)
F ) Psychology and Culture (Borish, Charl­
ton, Legesse, Piker)
G ) Sociology o f Art and Intellectual Life
(Munoz, Wagner-Pacifici)
H) Modernization and Development (Keith,
Legesse)
I) Modem America (Charlton, Keith, Le­
gesse, Wagner-Pacifici)
]) The Life Cycle (Borish, Keith, Legesse,
Piker)
K ) Inequality (Charlton, Legesse, WagnerPacifici)
L) Political Behavior and Culture (Keith,
Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici)

CERTIFICATION FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
There are two normal routes to Social Studies
certification. One o f these is through a major
in the social sciences, plus four to six semes­
ters o f courses in other social sciences. Stu­
dents majoring in History, Political Science,
and Sociology-Anthropology are required to
take at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in Economics and Psychol­
ogy are required to take six. The other route
to certification is by taking at least twelve
semester courses in social sciences, o f which
six must normally be in one discipline and at
least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or non-Anglo
subject matter are required.

1 . M od ern A m e ric a : C u ltu re , S o c ie ty
and S ta te .
This course will explore central themes and
points o f conflict in American life: authority,
community, sexuality, work, personal iden­
tity, politics, and heroism. This exploration
will proceed by way o f an analysis both o f the
institutional representations o f these central
issues and their cultural expressions.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.

2 . Introduction to S ocial and Cultural
Change.
The course has two themes. First, it examines

222

how simpler societies maintain an intimate
and stable relationship with the natural world,
whereas modern societies are faced with major
upheavals associated with rapid population
growth, economic development, and ecologi­
cal degradation. Second, the course focuses
on social movements, prophetism, communalism, anarchism, and alienation as responses
to economic and ecological crisis and as forces
o f social transformation. Students will partici­
pate in an ethnographic encounter session as
an experiment in cross-cultural communica­
tion.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Legesse.

4 . C o m m u n ity: T h e H um an S tra te g y .
This course considers the conditions under
which both feelings and structures o f com­
munity emerge and persist, especially in the
context o f modern society, and the conse­
quences for individuals o f participation in
community. The stimulus for these questions
is the recent shift in human social relations
from the small, face-to-face groups in which
most o f our history was experienced, toward
large-scale, complex organizations. W hat are
the consequences o f the co-existence o f these
different types o f social relation for the quality
o f human lives? Do we still need and/or want
community? Where are we likely to find it?
Aspects o f communal life examined include
conflict management, charismatic leadership,
ritual, maintenance o f distinctiveness, family,

meanings o f work. Most course readings will
be case studies o f various types o f community:
hunting and gathering bands, utopian experi­
ments, retirement villages, communes, kib­
butzim, "distinctive groups” (Amish, gyp­
sies), religious communities (Shakers, Bruderhof), therapeutic communities.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Keith.

5. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Introduction to
C o n te m p o ra ry S ocial T h o u g h t
A general introduction to major theoretical
developments in the study o f social life since
the 19th century. Selected readings will be
drawn from the work o f such modern social
theorists as Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud,
and Simmel. Readings from contemporary
authors such as Geertz, Goffman, Giddens,
Lukes, and R ieff will also be included. These
developments will be studied against the back­
ground o f the socio-philosophical climate o f
the 19th century. Limited enrollment.
Not offered 1987-88. Munoz.

7 . S e x R o le s, P o w e r, and Iden tity.
An exploration o f the social, political, and
psychological implications o f gender, drawing
on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and his­
torical materials. The primary emphasis will
be placed on developments in contemporary
America.
Fall semester. Charlton.

10 . H um an Evo lu tio n .
Humankind and culture, its mode of adapta­
tion, are seen in evolutionary and cross-spe­
cies perspective. The course will emphasize
continuities between human and other Pri­
mate adaptations; the evolution o f Hominids,
eventuating in humans; and the evolution and
nature o f cultural systems o f behavior. As
regards the last, special emphasis will be given
to the evolution o f language, the evolution o f
sociality and the family, and to bio-evolution­
ary theses on human nature and culture. The
gender issue will be central to the course.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Borish, Piker.

matics entry for description.)

20 . S ta tis tic s .
(Cross-listed as Math 23. Please see Mathe­
matics entry for description.)

2 1 . Re se a rch Design Colloquium .
Introduction to the process o f research on
human social life: creation o f research ques­
tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech­
niques o f evaluating hypotheses, and generat­
ing theory. The roles o f theory, ethical issues,
and cultural and historical context in the
research enterprise will be addressed. Stu­
dents will design and undertake individual
research projects, and members o f the depart­
ment will visit the class to discuss their own
research experience.
Spring semester. Charlton, Keith.

2 4 . Psych o lo g ical A n th ro p o lo g y.
Sometimes called culture and personality,
this field explores the relationship between
the individual and his or her culture. The
course treats the following issues: a) the psy­
chological, or symbolic, capacities presup­
posed by culture; b) socialization, or the
transmission o f culture from generation to
generation; c) the cultural distribution of
personality traits; and d) culture and mental
health. Case materials will be principally, but
not exclusively, non-Western, and the crosscultural study o f child rearing will receive
particular emphasis.
Spring semester. Piker.

25 . Lan g u ag e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .
(Cross-listed as Linguistics 25. See listing
under Program in Linguistics.)

2 7 . A fro -A m e ric a n C ulture and
S o c ie ty .

(Cross-listed as Math 1. Please see Mathe­
matics entry for description.)

Black culture is examined at several stages o f
its development in the twentieth century—as
a culture o f survival, assimilation, pan-Africanism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolu­
tion. The sociology o f Black American com­
munities is viewed in terms o f the lifecycle,
family structure, associational life, religious
institutions, and class structure, and how
these systems react to racism, urban migra­
tion, economic deprivation, and political
change.
Fall semester. Blake.

19 . S ta tis tic s fo r Exp e rim e n ta l Data.

30. Religion a s a Cultural Institution.

(Cross-listed as Math 2. Please see Mathe­

(Cross-listed as Religion 30 .) The focus is

18 . S ta tis tic s fo r O b se rvatio n al Data.

223

Sociology and Anthropology

primarily cross-cultural, and religion case
materials will be drawn from both pre-literate
and civilized traditions, including the modern
West. The following topics will be empha­
sized: religious symbolism; religious evolu­
tion; religion as a force for both social stability
and social change; psychological aspects o f
religious belief; and religious change in mod­
ern America, with particular emphasis on
both Fundamentalism and the "cults.” May
be taken without prerequisites with permis­
sion o f instructor.
Not offered 1987-88. Piker.

33. Ec olo g y and S o c ie ty .
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys­
tems. Special attention will be given to the
world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­
graphic pressures, environmental degradation,
and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological stress.
Not offered 1987-88. Legesse.

36. Peoples and C ultures o f A fric a .
An introduction to traditional and modern
Africa with emphasis on representative socie­
ties from East and West Africa. The course
examines pre-colonial political and social
institutions, African responses to colonial
domination, and the impact o f urbanization
and economic development during the post­
colonial period.
Not offered 1987-88. Legesse.

4 2 . C ultural Tra n sm issio n : Education in
C ro s s -C u ltu ra l P e rs p e c tiv e .
The purpose o f this course is to communicate
a transcultural and comparative perspective
on the educative process in our own and other
societies. Awareness o f the sociocultural in­
fluences on education-relevant behavior will
be a major focus. Coverage ranges from case
studies o f technologically primitive (but sym­
bolically complex) non-Western cultures to
complex industrial societies. Although spe­
cific attention is given to schooling in the
culturally pluralistic United States, students
taking the course will be exposed to more than
20 different cultures. The development o f a
partial cultural theory o f education consid­
ered as cultural transmission is one o f the
main objectives o f the course.
Fall semester. Borish.

224

4 3 . S o c ie ty and C ulture in Spanish
A m e ric a .
The relationship between society and culture
in Spanish America. Recent and historical
developments in social stratification and eth­
nic relations will be considered as crucial
factors underlying Spanish-American culture.
Particular attention will be given to SpanishAmerican social thought as evidenced in social
sciences research, theology, philosophy, and
literature.
Spring semester. Munoz.

4 4 . S ocial Inequality.
This course analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning of
social stratification. Empirical studies o f both
a historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the na­
ture and role o f class, the relationship of
specific classes to each other (the issue o f class
boundaries), and the relationship o f class to
other dimensions o f social stratification.
Not offered 1987-88.

45. Field S tu d ie s in P rim a te B e h a vio r.
An investigation o f primate ethology as studied in the animal’s natural environment. Par­
ticular emphasis will be placed on those stu­
dies relating social behavior to habitat or
population stress. The course will include
both lecture and seminar format; although
there is no scheduled laboratory, students will
be expected to participate in at least one field
trip.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory
level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving
an appropriate background in anthropology.
Not offered 1987-88. Williams.

4 6 . Political A n th ro p o lo g y.
This course will utilize the comparative per­
spective o f anthropology to study the ways in
which authority is acquired and accepted as
legitimate, the ways in which decisions are
made or avoided, and the ways in which
conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or
extended. Subject matter will include political
communities in various cultural contexts and
at various levels o f social and technological
complexity.
Not offered 1987-88. Keith.

I

4 7 . Education and S o c ie ty .
(Cross-listed with Educ. 4 7 .) This course will
explore the social and cultural functions and
consequences o f formal and informal educa­
tion in both Western and non-Western socie­
ties. Modes o f intended and unintended so­
cialization within the school and outside will
be examined. A range o f factors which can
promote or inhibit learning will be explored
and linked to educational performance. Topics
include: school as an agent o f social mobility
and its relationship with the community; the
school as a social system and the dynamics of
classroom life; and the behavioral and aca­
demic outcomes o f curricular innovation. Stu­
dents will be required to conduct weekly field
work in an educational setting.
Not offered 1987-88.

4 8 . M od ern O rg a n iza tio n s .
A study o f the formal and informal structure
o f modern, complex organizations. Special
attention will be paid to social composition,
internal dynamics, social control, decision­
making, power and politics. Case examples
from a variety o f settings—business, medical,
religious, political—will be examined in light
o f classical and contemporary theory and
research in organizational analysis.
Not offered 1987-88. Charlton.

49. Th e M eaning o f W o rk ; S o ciolo g y o f
Occupations and P ro fe s s io n s .
This course will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in mod­
ern societies. Among the topics to be dis­
cussed are classic statements on the division
o f labor, theories o f "post-industrial” society,
occupational structure, labor market stratifi­
cation, occupational choice and recruitment,
occupational socialization, ideology and iden­
tity, career patterns, work and social relation­
ships, work and family. Particular case studies
will include various types o f blue and pink
collar work, business and the corporate world,
professions and semi-professions.
Not offered 1987-88. Charlton.

50. Intellectual Foundations o f
C o n te m p o ra ry S o cio lo g y and
A n th ro p o lo g y.
Examination o f fundamental and recurrent
theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol­
ogy, from the perspective o f intellectual his­

tory. This course will normally be taken by
Course majors during their junior year. It is
open to non-majors, though freshman and
sophomores must have permission o f the
Department chairman.
Fall semester. Muñoz, Piker.

5 1. A n Introduction to A rc h a e o lo g y .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)

55. A g e in S o c ie ty .
The course will examine age from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin­
guishing universal aspects o f the aging process
from the diverse effects o f social and cultural
context on roles o f old and young people and
the use o f age as a principle o f group defini­
tion. Specific problems will include relations
between generations, political organization o f
older people, and the role o f older people in
the family and the household.
Not offered 1987-88. Keith.

56. U rba n A n th ro p o lo g y.
Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social
life in cities, with particular emphasis on bases
and strategies o f group formation and main­
tenance, e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship,
residential separation, ritual. Readings repre­
sent a wide range o f societies both geographi­
cally and culturally; and all students in the
course will do a field work project.
Not offered 1987-88. Keith.

60. Spanish A m e ric a n S o cie ty
Th ro ug h Its N o v e l.
(Also listed as SAL 60—see Modern Lan­
guages.) This course will explore the relation­
ship between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes,
Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez,
Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be
discussed in conjunction with sociological
patterns in contemporary Spanish America.
Not offered 1987-88. Hassett and Muñoz.

63. P o w e r, A u th o rity , and C onflict:
Le g itim a c y and Rebellion.
This course develops a comparative, sociolog­
ical perspective on the issue o f political legiti­
macy. An understanding o f political legiti­
macy is sought via an examination o f specific
political movements that challenge established
authority and o f the responses o f those who
are thus challenged. The analytical approach
is two-tiered: a macro-level historical corn-

225

Sociology and Anthropology

parative analysis is combined in each case
with a micro-level analysis o f the cultural
framing of the movements and the responses.
Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici.

6 4. Pa ra d ig m s Lo s t: Th e C ultural
Im p lication s o f Th e N e w P h y s ic s .
This course will explore—first in physics and
then in a number o f related fields—the limits
o f the Cartesian mechanistic framework as a
guiding paradigm. W hat has been the fate o f
this framework within physics itself? Why is
so much o f the work in biology, psychology,
and the social sciences based on this paradigm
even though it has largely been superseded
within physics itself? We will examine some o f
the reasons for this "culture lag,” consider its
relevance and meaning for a range o f contem­
porary issues, and examine some o f the poten­
tial alternative paradigms that have been pro­
posed (e.g., the self-organization paradigm o f
Prigogine and Jantsch). The approach taken is
interdisciplinary (e.g., history and sociology
o f science, the sociology o f knowledge, cul­
tural anthropology); the goal a better under­
standing o f science as a cultural institution.
Spring semester. Borish.

65. C u rre n t P ro b le m s In Ev o lu tio n a ry
T h e o ry : Fro m S e lfis h Genes to the
En d o -S y m b io tic H y p o th e sis.
Beginning with a review o f Darwin’s life and
work, this course will seek to bring into a
perspective a number o f the intensely debated
and currently unresolved problems in evolu­
tionary theory. Topics to be discussed (in
addition to the above) include the evolution
o f life and the genetic code, the evolution o f
sexuality, the units o f selection problem, the
relationship between micro- and macro-evo­
lution, gradualism vs. punctuated equilib­
rium, speciation and the biological species
concept, the impact o f cladistics and molecu­
lar taxonomy, sociobiology and the adaptationist paradigm, primate strategies o f repro­
duction, contrasting phylogenies o f human
origin, recombinant DNA technology and the
need for a bio-ethics.
Prerequisite: A course in biology, or permis­
sion o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Borish.

226

66. U rb a n S o c io lo g y: The S ocial Life o f
C itie s.
Placing the American metropolis in develop­
mental and comparative perspective, this sur­
vey o f urban life considers: classical theories
o f the city; issues o f community lost, saved, or
liberated; origins and development o f cities;
migration; spatial patterns; race and ethnicity;
relationship o f suburban to urban areas;
power, politics, fiscal crisis, and public policy;
the urban future.
Not offered 1987-88. Charlton.

68. U rb a n Education.
(See Education 68.)

8 1 . Colloquium : H um an R espon ses
to Technology.
An exploratory colloquium that examines the
reciprocal impacts between culture and tech­
nology, i.e., how culture influences the evolu­
tion o f technology and how technology affects
social life. Possible topics: appropriate tech­
nology, human engineering in relation to
physical anthropology, environmental im­
pacts seen from the perspective o f human
ecology, the microelectronic revolution seen
from a proxemic perspective, nuclear tech­
nology and bio technology.
Spring semester. Borish, Legesse.

8 2. Colloquium : De ve lo p m e nt and
U rb a n iza tio n in th e T h ird W orld.
An examination o f the post-colonial social
transformation that occurred in the Third
World. This process will be considered in the
context o f demographic and ecological change,
the green revolution, and the rural-urban
exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will
receive special attention. Case material will be
drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America.
Spring semester. Legesse.

83. Colloquium : A r t and S o c ie ty .
The course is divided into two parts. The first
part examines the relationship between art
and society from a sociological perspective.
The second part introduces hermeneutics as a
sociological method for the interpretation o f
art. This semester the class will examine se­
lected works by Dostoevski and Neitzsche.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
N ot offered 1987-88. Munoz.

90. R esearch Internship.
The purpose o f this course is to offer students
research experience in professional contexts.
Students participate in research projects in
one o f the following locations: Philadelphia
Geriatric Center, John F. Kennedy Commu­
nity Mental Health Center, Public-Private Ven­
tures, Swarthmore College President’s Office
(Institutional Research). Field notes on the
research activities are turned in to the Swarth­
more instructor at a weekly on-campus meet­
ing. Juniors and seniors with a B average who
will commit themselves to at least one and
one-half days work on their project per week
are eligible for the course. Transportation
costs will be paid by the department. Credit
may be one, one and one-half, or two credits,
depending on individual involvement in the
program. Since specific projects available in
each location vary from year to year, students
interested in the course are encouraged to see
the instructor before registration. Students
are also strongly encouraged to take S & A 21
either before or during the semester they
participate in S& A 90.
Fall and spring semester. Charlton, Keith, and
Smith.

9 1. W om en’s S tu d ie s Capstone
Colloquium .
(Cross-listed as Women’s Studies 91 .) Ad­

vanced study o f gender within the various
academic disciplines, and across disciplines of
topical issues as they relate to women’s stud­
ies. Theoretical and methodological questions
that arise when women are placed at the center
o f study are emphasized. The class is normally
limited to Women’s Studies concentrators in
their senior year, and cannot normally be
used to fulfill distribution requirements.
Spring semester. Charlton.

93. Directed Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the students not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. Consent o f the chair­
man and o f the instructor is required.
Members o f the Department.

9 6 -9 7 . T h e s is . T h e s e s w ill be required
o f all C ou rse m a jo rs.
Seniors in the Course program will normally
take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tu­
torial. Students are urged to discuss their
thesis proposals with faculty during the spring
semester of their junior year, especially if they
are interested in the possibility o f field work.
Members o f the Department.

T h e fo llo w in g c o u rs e s , with attachment,
can be taken in preparation for External Ex­
aminations. S& A 3 0 ,3 3 ,4 4 , 55, 6 3 ,8 2 , 83.

SEMINARS
10 1. C ritica l M od ern S o cial T h e o ry .
This seminar will trace the development of
critical modem social theory from the works
o f Marx to present day social theorists. Par­
ticular attention will be paid to selected works
by Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Mar­
cuse, Collotti, and Habermas.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci­
ence; or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Muñoz.

10 2. C re atio n o f C om m u n ity.
The central question for the seminar is under
what conditions community can successfully
be created. Utopian experiments, squatter
settlements, and institutions such as retire­
ment residences and monasteries will be com­
pared as examples o f intentional and uninten­

tional, planned and unplanned community
creation.
Not offered 1987-88. Keith.

103. Political A n th ro p o lo g y.
A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the
structures and processes o f authority, conflict
and group definition. Specific problems will
include legitimation o f authority, decision­
making, agenda-building, expansion, contain­
ment, and resolution o f conflict. Particular
emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects
o f politics. Readings will cover a wide range o f
cultures and degrees o f societal complexity; in
addition, each student will work intensively
with ethnographic material from one tradi­
tional society.
Not offered 1987-88. Keith.

227

Sociology and Anthropology

104. H um an N a tu re and C ulture:
C o n ve rg e n t P e rs p e c tiv e s .
The orientation o f the seminar is, broadly,
evolutionary and inter-disciplinary. New and
convergent perspectives on human nature and
its cultural elaboration will be emphasized,
with reference especially to the following
issues: bio-evolutionary foundations o f human
nature; human intelligence and human adap­
tation; the evolution o f speech; the evolution
o f morality; and the evolution o f human
sexuality and mating systems. The foraging
band will be treated as a special case—the
basic human pattern—and gender relations as
a special interpretive problem. Sub-group proj­
ects will replace many o f the normal seminar
papers.
Fall semester. Piker.

105. M od ern S ocial T h e o ry .
An analysis o f selected works by the founders
o f modern social theory and contemporary
social theorists. Works by Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and Parsons Will be discussed.
Fall semester. Mufioz.

1 0 7 . Religion a s a C ultural Institution.
The following specific topics will be treated:
religious evolution; religion as a force for
both social stability and social change; the
psychological bases for religious belief. Major
theories to be considered include those o f
Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund
Freud. A cross-cultural perspective will be
emphasized, and attention will be paid to
religious change in modern America.
Spring semester. Piker.

108. S o cial In equ ality.
This seminar analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning o f
social stratification. Empirical studies o f both
a historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the na­
ture and role o f class, the relationship of
specific classes to each other (the issue o f class
boundaries), and the relationship o f class to
other dimensions o f social stratification.
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.

109. S o cial and Cultural Change.
This seminar will examine the theories o f
social movements, modernization, Westerni­
zation, cultural diffusion, and stages o f devel­

228

opment as they apply to the process o f social
change in non-Western societies. Case studies
will be drawn from China, India, Indonesia,
Peru, Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and
South Africa.
Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/
Anthropology or permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Legesse.

110 . W ork and the W o rkp lac e: The
D ivisio n o f La b o r in A m e ric a .
This seminar will take up theory and research
pertaining to the social organization o f work
and the meaning o f work experience in mod­
ern societies. Among the topics to be dis­
cussed are classic statements on the division
o f labor, theories o f “post-industrial” society,
occupational structure, labor market stratifi­
cation, occupational choice and recruitment,
occupational socialization, ideology and iden­
tity, career patterns, work and social relation­
ships, work and family. Particular case studies
will include various types o f blue and pink
collar work, business and the corporate world,
professions and semi-professions.
Spring semester. Charlton.

1 1 4 . Political S o cio lo g y.
This seminar develops a comparative, socio­
logical perspective on the issue o f political
legitimacy. An understanding o f political le­
gitimacy is sought via an examination o f spe­
cific political movements that challenge estab­
lished authority and o f the responses o f those
who are thus challenged. The analytical ap­
proach is two-tiered: a macro-level historical
comparative analysis is combined in each case
with a micro-level analysis o f the cultural
framing of the movements and the responses.
Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici.

115 . Freud and M od ern S o cial T h e o ry .
The seminar divides into two parts. The first
part is devoted to a close reading o f selected
items from the Freudian canon. The second
part will examine Freud’s contribution to
current social and cultural analysis. Besides
works by Freud, works by Ricoeur, Rieff,
Habermas, and Foucault will be examined.
Prerequisites: advance work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci­
ence; or permission o f the instructor.
N ot offered 1987-88. Munoz.

1 1 7 . U rba n A n th ro p o lo g y .

119 . A g e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .

Cross-cultural, comparative study o f social
life in cities, with particular emphasis on bases
and strategies o f group formation and main­
tenance, e.g., kinship, ethnicity, friendship,
residential separation, ritual. Readings repre­
sent a wide range o f societies both geographi­
cally and culturally; and all students in the
seminar will do a field work project.
N ot offered 1987-88. Keith.

The social and cultural significance o f age will
be examined in this seminar. Generational
conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping cul­
tural definitions o f the life course will be
major topics. Case material will include EastAffican and Latin-American age grades, mod­
ern retirement communities, life histories
from various cultures. Seminar members will
also do observation and interview projects
focused on age.
Fall semester. Keith.

118 . Ec olo g y and S o c ie ty .
Examination o f different types o f ecological
conditions and how they influence pastoral,
cultural, peri-urban, and urban social systems.
Special attention will be given to the world
food crisis, to climatic change, demographic
pressures, environmental degradation, and a
wide range o f adaptive strategies that have
developed in response to ecological stress.
Not offered 1987-88. Legesse.

180 . T h e s is.
Honors candidates who choose to do so will
customarily write theses during the senior
year. Students are urged to have their thesis
proposals approved as early as possible during
the junior year.
Members o f the Department.

229

W om en’s Studies

Coordinator: J O Y C H A R LT O N
Committee: N ath alie AnderSOII (English Literature)
Ro b e rt Du P le s s is (History)
S h aro n Frie d le r (Dance)
La u rie Lan g ba ue r (English Literature)
A m y -J ill Le vin e (Religion)
Ellen M agenheim (Economics)
G eorge M o s k o s (French) (spring)
S u s a n W illiam son (Social Sciences Librarian)

A Women’s Studies Concentration provides
students with the opportunity to learn the
contributions o f women to society, science,
and the arts; to study gender and gender roles
in a variety o f social and historical contexts;
and to explore new methods and theories
arising from interdisciplinary study. The con­
centration encourages students to examine
critically the representations o f women in
religion, in the arts and literature, in social
and political theory, and in the sciences.

R lo log y 9 3. Directed Reading in
Fe m in ist C ritiq u e s o f Rio log y.

Students in any major may add a concentra­
tion in Women’s Studies to their program by
fulfilling the requirements stated below. Stu­
dents intending to concentrate in Women’s
Studies should submit their proposed pro­
gram to the coordinator o f the concentration
by the end o f the sophomore year. All pro­
gram proposals must be approved by the
Women’s Studies Committee.

English Lite ra tu re 8 2 /P s yc h o lo g y 52.
Rep re se n tatio ns o f W om en’s
Ide n tity.

Each concentration must include a minimum
o f five credits o f Women’s Studies courses.
Two o f these credits shall be outside the
student’s major; one o f these credits must be
the Capstone Colloquium. Students may
elect, with the approval o f the coordinator, to
write a one-credit thesis or pursue an inde­
pendent study as a substitute for regular
course work. Students may further elect, with
the approval o f the coordinator, to include in
their programs courses on women and gender
offered at Bryn Mawr and Haverford. Stu­
dents will normally take the Capstone Collo­
quium, Women’s Studies 91, in the spring
semester o f the senior year. Students must
complete the equivalent o f a comprehensive
examination devised by the colloquium in­
structor.

Fre nc h 7 6 . Ec ritu re Fem inine.

Courses on women and gender currently of­
fered:

P s yc h o lo g y 4 4 . P s yc h o lo g y and
W om en.

230

Ec o n o m ic s 16 . W om en and M in o rities
in the Ec o n o m y.
Education 3 1 . W om en and Education.
English Lite ra tu re 5: M od els o f
D e v e lo p m e n t
English Lite ra tu re 53: C o n te m p o ra ry
W om en’s P o e try .

English Lite ra tu re 9 1. Fem in ist L ite ra ry
C ritic is m .
French 25. L ’ A n cie n Regim e.
French 33. Fem m e s Ec riv a in s .
H is to ry 25. W om en, S o c ie ty , and Social
Change in M od ern Eu ro p e .
H is to ry 5 4 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and
Po litics.
M od ern Lan gu ages 50G. S tu die s in
M od ern G e rm an Lite ra tu re :
T w e n tie th C en tu ry G e rm an W om en
in Film and Lite ra tu re .
M u s ic 38. W om en C o m p o se rs and
C ho re o g ra p h e rs o f th e 20th C e n tu ry.
Political S cience 30: W om en and
Po litics.
Political Scie nce 3 1 : Fe m in ist Political
Thought

Religion 109. Fe m in ist In terp re tation of
S c rip tu re .
S A L 55: Th e Fiction o f C on te m p o ra ry
Span ish A m e ric a n W om en W rite rs .
S o cio lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 7 . S e x
R o le s, P o w e r, and Iden tity.
W om en’s S tu die s 9 1. Capstone
Colloquium in W om en’s S tu d ie s.

academic disciplines, and across disciplines of
topical issues as they relate to women’s stud­
ies. Theoretical and methodological questions
that arise when women are placed at the center
o f study are emphasized. The class is normally
limited to Women’s Studies concentrators in
their senior year, and cannot normally be
used to fulfill distribution requirements.
Spring semester. Charlton.

Advanced study o f gender within the various

231

VI
T h e C o rp o ratio n

A d m inistration

B o ard o f M anagers

V isiting E xam iners

A lum ni A ssociation
O fficers & A lum ni
C ou n cil

D egrees C on ferred

T h e Facu lty

232

A w ards and D istinctions
E n rollm en t Statistics

The Corporation

Eugene M. Lang, Chairm an
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021

Loren Hart, Treasurer
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081

J. Lawrence Shane, V ice-Chairm an
21 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Kendall Landis, Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081

William T. Spock, Secretary
10 Kershaw Road
Wallingford, PA 19086

Suzanne P. Welsh, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081

Board of M anagers
Ex officio
David W. Fraser
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Emeriti
Boyd T. Barnard
Dunwoody Village CH105
3500 West Chester Pike
Newtown Square, PA 19073
Isabel Jenkins Booth
#84 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
#100 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348
George B. Clothier
209 N. Fairfield Road
Devon, PA 19333
Julien Cornell
Central Valley, NY 10917

H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
#916 The Benson East
Jenkintown, PA 19046
Clark Kerr
8 3 0 0 Buckingham Drive
El Cerrito, CA 94530
Charles C. Price III
15 Dogwood Lane
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Sue Thomas Turner
Box 121, Cook Road
Alfred Station, NY 14803
Richard B. W illis
Foulkeways, Apt. N14
Gwynedd, PA 19436

Term Expires December, 1987
J. Parker Hall III
1161 Pine Street
Winnetka, IL 6 0093
‘ Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.
7826 Glenbrook Road
Bethesda, MD 20814

Elise F. Jones
108 Beaumont Drive
Newtown, PA 18940

‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association

233

Board of M anagers

*Carolien Powers Maynard
219 Hudson Street
Pelham Manor, NY 10803
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Rockefeller Family and Associates
3 0 Rockefeller Plaza, Room 5600
New York, NY 10112

Janet Hart Sylvester
6 6 4 8 32nd Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20015

Term Expires December, 1988
*Nancy Y. Bekavac
Watson Foundation
217 Angell Street
Providence, R I 0 2906
Frederick A. Hargadon
The College Board
45 Columbus Avenue
New York, NY 10023-6917
Walter Lamb
Merlin Road
Chester Springs, PA 19425
William F. Lee, Jr.
101 Bryn Mawr Avenue
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010

* Lloyd W. Lewis
Kendal-Crosslands
Kennett Square, PA 19348
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
18 Rutland Square
Boston, MA 02118
Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
General Counsel o f the Navy
Washington, DC 20350

Term Expires D ecember, 1989
Maria Klemperer Aweida
7184 Spring Court
Boulder, CO 80303
David Baltimore
Whitehead Institute for Biomedical
Research
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology
9 Cambridge Center
Cambridge, MA 02142
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
1080 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10028
*J. Martin Cornell
205 Parrott Road
West Nyack, NY 10994
*Eleanor Duguid Craig
Department o f Economics
University o f Delaware
Newark, DE 19716

‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association

234

Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Griswold Hall, Room 208
Harvard Law School
Cambridge, MA 02138
Eugene M. Lang
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021
Ramon Lee Posel
212 Walnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19106
J. Lawrence Shane
21 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
William T. Spock
10 Kershaw Road
Wallingford, PA 19086
Ira Tensard Wender
4 9 9 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022

Term Expires December 1990
Neil Austrian
22 Ballwood Road
Old Greenwich, C T 0 6870
*John C. Crowley
615 Linda Vista Avenue
Pasadena, CA 91105
*Marilyn Tindall Glater
131 Myrtle Street
Boston, MA 02114
Samuel Hayes III
Harvard Business School
Soldiers Field
Boston, MA 02163

Richard Hurd
167 Wharton Lane
Bethlehem, PA 18017
Barbara Weber Mather
Pepper, Hamilton &. Scheetz
Fidelity Building
123 South Broad
Philadelphia, PA 19109

C om m ittees O f T h e B oard
The Chairman o f the Board is ex o fficio a member o f every Committee.
Executive
Eugene M. Lang, Chairman
]. Lawrence Shane, Vice Chairman
Neil Austrian
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Samuel Hayes III
Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.

Walter Lamb
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
Barbara Weber Mather
Elizabeth J. McCormack
William T. Spock
Ira T. Wender

Finance and Trusts Administration
J. Lawrence Shane, Chairman
William T. Spock, Vice Chairman
Nancy Y. Bekavac
Eleanor Duguid Craig
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.

Walter Lamb
Barbara Weber Mather
Ramon Lee Posel
Richard B. W illis

Instruction and Libraries
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot, Chairman
David Baltimore, Vice-Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Julien Cornell
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
J. Parker Hall III
Frederick A. Hargadon
Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr.
Elise F. Jones

Clark Kerr
Barbara Weber Mather
Carolien Powers Maynard
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Ramon Lee Posel
Charles C. Price III
William T. Spock
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender

*Nominated by the Alumni Association

235

Board of M anagers

Investment
Samuel Hayes III, Acting Chairman
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Graham O . Harrison
William F. Lee, Jr.

Ann Brownell Sloane
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. W illis

Property
Walter Lamb, Chairman
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser, Vice Chairman
David Baltimore
Boyd T. Barnard
Julien Cornell
J. Martin Cornell
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes III

Richard Hurd
William F. Lee, Jr.
Lloyd W. Lewis
Ramon Lee Posel
Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Janet Hart Sylvester
two faculty members
two student members

Student L ife
Stephen B. Hitchner, Jr., Chairman
Elise F. Jones, Vice Chairman
Maria Klemperer Aweida
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
J. Martin Cornell
Eleanor Duguid Craig
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.

Frederick A. Hargadon
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
Carolien Powers Maynard
Sue Thomas Turner
Alexander Shakow, ex officio
three faculty members
five student members

Nominating
Barbara Weber Mather, Chairman
Nancy Y. Bekavac
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser

J. Parker Hall III
Frederick A. Hargadon
Ramon Lee Posel

Development
Neil Austrian, Chairman
William F. Lee, Jr., Vice Chairman
Boyd T. Barnard
David Baltimore
Nancy Y. Bekavac
Julien Cornell
J. Martin Cornell
Eleanor Duguid Craig
J. Parker Hall III
H. Thomas Hallowell, Jr.
Samuel Hayes III
Richard Hurd
Walter Lamb

236

Lloyd W . Lewis
Carolien Powers Maynard
Elizabeth McCormack
Walter T. Skallerup, Jr.
Janet Hart Sylvester
Sue Thomas Turner
Ira T. Wender
Richard B. W illis
Thomas Henderer, ex officio
Mark C. Sonnenfeld, ex officio
Alexander Shakow, ex o fficio
three faculty members
three student members

Alum ni Association
Officers & Alum ni Council
ViC6 P re s id e n t, Mary Lo Broomell Eberle ’40

P resid en t, Alexander Shakow ’58
6608 32nd Place NW
Washington, DC 20015

353 Wellington Terrace
Jenkintown, PA 19046

Presiden t Designate

S e c re ta ry , Giles K. Kemp ’72

Elinor Meyer Haupt ’55
13B Heritage Hills
Somers, NY 10589

21 Carstensen Road
Scarsdale, NY 10583

Vice Pre s id e n t, Francis M. James ’57
15 Graylyn Place
Winston-Salem, NC 27106

Terms Expire in June

Zo n e A
Delaware, Pennsylvania
1988
Alan A. Symonette ’76
717 Dorset Street
Philadelphia, PA 19119

Deborah Frazer ’69
6 0 6 W. Upsal Street
Philadelphia, PA 19119
Anna Rickards Sensenig ’30
2609 Woodleigh Road
Havertown, PA 19083
1989

Mary Lo Broomell Eberle ’40
353 Wellington Terrace
Jenkintown, PA 19046

Ted Chronister ’56
900 N. Bancroft Parkway
Wilmington, DE 19805
1990

Christian E. McMurtrie ’56
523 Hamilton Road
Lancaster, PA 17603

Kathleen Daerr-Bannon ’71
1346 Chestnut Street, Suite 1000
Philadelphia, PA 19107

Zon e B
New Jersey, New York
1988
Joan Schuster Faber *60
3 0 0 Central Park West, 4F
New York, NY 10024

Philip L. Gilbert ’48
174 Kilburn Road
Garden City, NY 11530

237

Alum ni Association
O ffice rs & Alum ni Council

Giles K. Kemp ’72
21 Carstensen Road
Scarsdale, NY 10583

Laura McKnight Stabler ’49
Box 213
Rocky Hill, NJ 08553

Frank L. Lyman, M .D. ’43
68F Long Beach Boulevard
N. Beach, Beach Haven, NJ 08008
1989
Douglas H. Blair ’7 0
19 Toth Lane
Rocky Hill, NJ 08553

Jenny Hourihan Bailin ’8 0
3 4 0 E. 5th Street, Apt. 1C
New York, NY 10003
1990

Robert D. Brownstone ’82
203 Prospect Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11215

Mary Schmidt Campbell ’69
149 Livingston
New Brunswick, NJ 08901

ZoneC
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
1989
Richard A. Johnson ’59
27 Ashfteld Lane
S. Hadley, MA 01075

Alice Handsaker Kidder ’63
2 3 9 Randall Road
Berlin, MA 01503
1990

Walter F. Carter ’62
177 Homer Street
Newton Center, MA 02159

Linda Datcher-Loury ’73
581 Mt. Auburn Street, #7
Cambridge, MA 02138

ZoneO
District o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia
1988
Robert P. Fetter ’53
2 9 2 3 Carolina Avenue, SW
Roanoke, VA 24014

B. J. Yannet Stone ’57
5615 Warwick Place
Chevy Chase, MD 20815
1989

Judith Livant Rapoport ’55
3010 44th Place, N W
Washington, DC 20016

238

Robert C. McDiarmid ’58
1350 New York Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20005

1990
Carol Hartnett Sieck ’71
1819 Knox Avenue
Reistertown, MD 21136

Orville Donnelly ’43
2508 Eye Street, NW
Washington, DC 20037

Zon e E
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota,
Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, West Virginia, Wisconsin
1988
Robert G. Merin, M.D. ’54
2 7 2 4 Albans Avenue
Houston, T X 77005

Joan Heifetz Hollinger ’61
502 Rock Creek Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48104
Virgil Loeb, Jr., M.D. ’42
24 Deerfield Road
St. Louis, M O 63124
1989

David W. Hilgers ’69
4 0 4 Almarion Drive
Austin, T X 78746

Jane Walker Kennedy ’55
6561 Clarkston Road
Clarkston, MI 48016
1990

Jonathan Galloway ’61
771 Green Briar Lane
Lake Forest, IL 60045

Catherine Good Abbott ’72
2342 Quenby
Houston, T X 77005

Zo n e F
Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
South Carolina, Tennessee, territories, dependencies, and foreign countries
1988
Anita A. Cava ’75
915 Placetas Avenue
Coral Gables, FL 33146
1989
Francis M. James ’57
15 Graylyn Place
Winston-Salem, NC 27106

Marilyn Holifield ’69
1200 Brickell Avenue, P.O. Box 015441
Miami, FL 33101

239

Alum ni Association
O ffice rs & Alum ni Council

1990
Jeannette Strasser Falk ’60
1711 Allard Road
Chapel Hill, NC 27514

J. Albert Roy *40
617 Applewood Avenue
Altamonte Springs, FL 32714

Zo n e G
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico,
Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming
1989
Nancy Kramer Bickel ’62
1522 Summit Road
Berkeley, CA 94708

David A. Bennahum ’57
1707 Notre Dame, NE
Albuquerque, NM 87106
1990

America Rodriquez ’78
3/35-U Miramar Street
La Jolla, CA 92037

240

Andrew Schultz ’79
5339 San Mateo, NE, Apt. F-100
Albuquerque, NM 81109

The Faculty

David W. F ra s e f, B.A., Haverford College;
M.D., Harvard Medical School, President.
3 2 4 Cedar Lane.
Ja m e s W. En gla nd, B.A., Kansas State
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost and
Professor o f Mathematics. 925 Strath Haven
Avenue.

Ja n e t S m ith D ic k e rso n , B.A., Western
College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College. 531 Bryn
Mawr Avenue.

Kendall La n d is , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., Wesleyan University, Vice
President —Alumni, Development, Public
Relations. 550 Elm Avenue.

Ro be rt A . B a rr, J r . , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions. 510 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Ja n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue.

M ichael D u rk a n , B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, Librarian. 201 West Rose Valley
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University of
Nevada; M .A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian. 3 0 9 Rutgers Avenue.
Stephen Le hm an n , B.A., M .A., and
M .L.S., University o f California, Berkeley;
Ed.M., Harvard University, Humanities
Librarian. 300 Harvard Avenue.

S usan G . W illiam so n, B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; M .S., Drexel
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian.
602 Elm Avenue.
Leighton C . W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate
in Clinical Psychology o f the American
Board o f Professional Psychology, Director,
Psychological Services. 220 Turner Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

EMERITI

Elisa A s e n s io , M.A., Middlebury College,
Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510 Panmure
Road, Haverford, PA 19041.

A lic e Brod head, B .s. and M .A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
Emerita o f Education. 144 Park Avenue.

Ly d ia B a e r, B.A., Oberlin College; M.A.
and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emerita o f German. Manatee
River Hotel, Bradenton, FL 33505.

Hilde D. Cohn, Dr. Phil., University of
Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German.
Strath Haven Condominiums.

Carl B a ru s , B.A ., Brown University; M.S.
in E.E., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 4 0 4 Walnut Lane.

Paul H . B e ik, B.A., Union College, M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Centennial
Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461
Venetian Way, W inter Park, FL 32789.
Heinrich B rin km a n n , B.A., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Albert L. and Edna Pownall
Buffington Professor Emeritus of
Mathematics. Wallingford Arms,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

Tatiana M . C osm a n ,

b .a . and M.A.,
Middlebury College; M .A., Columbia
University; Ph.D., New York University,
Assistant Professor (part-time) Emerita o f
Russian. 306 S. Chester Road.

W illiam C . Elm o re , B.S., Lehigh
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Morris
L. Clothier Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
2 8 8 Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063.
L e w is H . E lv e rs o n , B.S., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical
Education for Men. 535 Cornell Avenue.

241

Faculty

R o b e rt K . En d e rs , b .a . and Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Isaac H. Clothier,
Jr., Professor Emeritus o f Biology. 311 Elm
Avenue.
Ed w a rd A . Fehnel, B.S., M .S., and Ph.D.,
Lehigh University, Edmund Allen Professor
Emeritus o f Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow
Road, Rose Tree, Media, PA 19063.

Ja m e s A . Fie ld , J r . , B.S., M .A., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Isaac H.
Clothier Professor Emeritus o f History.
605 Hillbom Avenue.

Lau n ce J . Fle m is te r, b .a ., m .A. and
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor Emeritus
o f Zoology. P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
M ilan W. G a rre tt, B.A. and M .A., Stanford
University; B.A. and D. Phil., University of
Oxford, Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
16 Beach Road, Severna Park, MD 21146.
B a rb a ra Lan ge G o d fre y , Dean Emerita o f
Women. Strath Haven Condominiums.
Olga La n g , Graduate, University of
Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W. 111th
St., New York, NY 10025.
S a ra h Le e Lip p in c o tt, b .a ., University of
Pennsylvania; M .A., Swarthmore College;
D .Sc., Villanova University, Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory. 507
Cedar Lane.
L u z e r n G . Livin g s to n , B.S., Lawrence
College; Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Professor Emeritus o f Botany. 4 9 2 4 E.
River Road, Grand Island, NY 14072.
F r a n z H . M a u tn e r, Dr. Phil., University of
Vienna, Professor Emeritus o f German.
Apt. E106, Martin’s Run Life Center,
Marple Township, PA 19063.
Jo h n D. M c C ru m m , B.A. and M .S.,
University o f Colorado, Howard N. and
Ada J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 6 0 6 Ogden Avenue.

Irene M o ll, B.S. in Ed., University o f
Kansas; M .A., Texas University for Women,
Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical

242

Education for Women. 805 Illinois Street,
Lawrence, KS 66044.

Jo h n M . M o o re , B.A., Park College; B.D.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor Emeritus o f
Philosophy and Religion. Friends Home,
4 0 0 N. Walnut Street, West Chester, PA
19380.
Be rn a rd M o rrill, B.S. in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
M .M .E., University o f Delaware; Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Henry C. and J.
Archer Turner Professor Emeritus o f
Engineering. 21 Oberlin Avenue.
J . Roland Pe n no ck, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Richter Professor Emeritus o f
Political Science. 739 Harvard Avenue.

Fra n k C . P ie rs o n , B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Joseph Wharton Professor Emeritus o f
Political Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue.
H e d ley H . R h y s , B.A., West Virginia
University; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f Art
History. Apt. 217, Crosslands, Kennett
Square, PA 19348.
Da vid R o se n , B.A., New York University;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus of
Mathematics. 336 North Princeton Avenue.
A lb u rt M . R o se n be rg , B.A., Harvard
University; M.S.,University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor Emeritus o f Natural Science.
B e rn a rd S . S m ith , B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f History.
W illis J . S te ts o n , B ■A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education
for Men. 144 North Highland Road,
Springfield, PA 19064.

G ilm o re S to tt, B.A. and M .A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A., University of
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean o f the College Emeritus.
318 Dartmouth Avenue.

Derek T ra v e r s i, B.A. and M .A.,
University o f Oxford, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor Emeritus o f English.
12 Richmond Mansions, Denton Road,
Twickinham, Midd, T W 1, 2HH, England.

Pe te r v a n de K a m p , Cand. and Docts.,
University o f Utrecht; Ph.D., University of
California; D. Phil., University o f
Groningen, Edward Hicks Magill Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory,
c/o Peter Rademacher, R.D. 2, Salem,
New York 12865.

Ro b e rt M . W a lke r, B.A. and M.F.A.,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard
University. Professor Emeritus of Art
History. 865 Central Avenue, L 504,
Needham, MA 02192.
H an s W allach, Dr. Phil., University of
Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus of
Psychology. 510 Bryn Mawr Avenue.
N ea l A . W eber, b . a ., m . s ., and D .Sc.,
University o f North Dakota; M.A. and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor
Emeritus o f Zoology. 1805 Aaron Drive,
Tallahassee, FL 32303.
M . Jo s e p h W illis, B.C.E., University of
Washington; M .S., Cornell University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Professor Emeritus o f Engineering. Box 397,
103 Jefferson Street, Oxford, MD 21654.

PROFESSORS

M a rg a re t A n d e rs o n ,3 B.A ., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Brown University, Professor
o f History. 214 Rutgers Avenue.
George C . A v e r y , B.A ., M .A., and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor of
German. 230 Haverford Avenue.
Ro b e rt C . B a n n iste r,2 B.A. and Ph.D., Yale
University; B.A. and M .A., University of
Oxford, Professor o f History. 737 Harvard
Avenue.

Jo h n R . BoCCiO, B.S., Polytechnic Institute
o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Professor o f Physics. 2020 Walnut Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.

Da vid L . B o w le r,2 B.S. in E.E., Bucknell
University; M .S. in E.E., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Princeton University, Professor o f Electrical
Engineering. 505 Yale Avenue.
Th om p so n B ra d le y , B.A., Yale University;

O le x a -M y ro n B ilaniuk, Cand. Ingenieur,

M .A., Columbia University, Professor o f
Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan, PA 19065.

Universite de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M .S.,
M .A., and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Centennial Professor o f Physics. 100 Plush
Mill Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Yun -Ti C hen,5 B.S., Sichuan University;
M .S., Wuhan University; Ph.D., Indiana
University, Cornell Visiting Professor of
Chemistry. Swarthmore College.

T h o m as H . B la ckb u rn , B.A., Amherst;

G o m e r H . D a v ie s , B.S., East Stroudsburg

B.A. and M .A., University o f Oxford;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Professor o f
English. 6 0 9 Elm Avenue.

State College; Ed.M., Temple University,
Professor o f Physical Education.
225 Cornell Avenue.

J . H e rm a n B la ke , B.A., New York

Le e D e vin , B.A., San Jose College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
English Literature and Director o f the
Theatre. 512 Elm Avenue.

University, M .A. and Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley, Lang Visiting
Professor. Swarthmore College.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

5 Spring semester, 1988.

243

Faculty

H . S e a rl Dunn, B.s.E. and M .S.E.,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner
Professor o f Engineering. 603 Elm Avenue.
Ja m e s D . Fre e m a n , B.A., M.A., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Music and Director o f the Orchestra. 206
Martroy Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

J . W illiam F ro s t, B.A., DePauw
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, Howard M. and Charles F.
Jenkins Professor o f Quaker History and
Research, and Director o f the Friends
Historical Library. 3 W hittier Place.

Jo h n L G a usta d, B.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor o f Astronomy. 4 3 0 S. Chester
Road.

Kenneth J . G e rg e n , B.A., Yale University;
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor of
Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
C h a rle s E. G ilb e rt,12 B.A., Haverford
College; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor o f Political Science. 223 Kenyon
Avenue.

Ja m e s H . H a m m o n s, B.A., Amherst
College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Professor of
Chemistry. 17 Furness Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

M a rk A . H e a ld , B.A., Oberlin College;
M .S. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
o f Physics. 4 2 0 Rutgers Avenue.
W ulff D . H e in tz, Dr. rer. nat. Miinchen
University, Professor o f Astronomy.
540 Riverview Avenue.
Ele a n o r K . H e s s , B.S. and M .S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f
Physical Education. 302 North Chester
Road.

Robinson G . H o llis te r, J r . , B.A., Amherst

Raym ond F. H o p k in s, B.A., Ohio
Wesleyan University; M .A., Ohio State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f Political Science.
308 Ogden Avenue.
Gudm und R . Iv e rs e n , M.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center
for Social and Policy Studies.
212 Elm Avenue.
C h a rle s L . Ja m e s , B.S., State University
o f New York at New Paltz; M .S., State
University o f New York at Albany,
Professor o f English Literature. 402 Laurel
Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Jo h n R . Je n k in s , B.S. and M .S., Utah
State University; Ph.D., University of
California, Los Angeles, Professor o f
Biology. 403 Walnut Lane.
Je n n ie K e ith , B.A., Pomona College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor o f Anthropology.
612 Ogden Avenue.
C h a rle s F. K e le m en . 9 B.A., Valparaiso
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University, Professor o f Computer Science
and Mathematics. 2105 N. Providence
Road, Media, PA 19063.
T , K a o H K ita o , B.A. and M .A., University
o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Art History.
540 Westminster Avenue.

Eugene A . K lo tz , B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f
Mathematics. 735 Yale Avenue.
G eorge K ru g o v o y ,1 B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D., Philosophical Institute, Salzburg,
Austria, Professor o f Russian.
562 Juniata Avenue.
J a m e s R . K u rth , B.A., Stanford

College; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Professor o f Economics. 1 W hittier Place.

University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Political Science.
Strath Haven Condominiums.

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.

3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.
9 Joint appointment with mathematics.

244

Hugh M . L a c e y ,12 B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Melbourne; Ph.D., Indiana
University, Professor o f Philosophy.
4 Whittier Place.
A s m a ro m Le g e s s e , B.A., University
College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor of
Anthropology. 407 Vassar Avenue.

Lillian M . L i, A .B., Radcliffe College; A.M.
and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
History. 8 W hittier Place.
NelSOn A . M a c k e n , B.S., Case Institute of
Technology; M .S., Ph.D., University o f
Delaware, Professor o f Engineering.
250 Haverford Avenue.

Paul C . M a n g e lsd o rf, J r . , B.A.,
Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Morris L. Clothier Professor of
Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue.

Je a n n e M a re c e k ,3 B.S., Loyola
University; Ph.D., Yale University,
Professor o f Psychology. 325 S. Monroe
Street, Media, PA 19063.

Stephen B. M a u e r,2 B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Professor o f Mathematics.
206 Benjamin West Avenue.

Philip M e tzid a k is , B.A., Dartmouth
Collegé; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f
Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

K a th ry n L M o rg a n , B.A., Virginia State
College; M .A., Howard University; M.A.
and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor o f History. Apt. 710, Strath
Haven Condominiums.

Cornell University, Centennial Professor o f
Classics. 604 Ogden Avenue.

H an s F. O b e rd ie k ,1 13 b . s . and Ph.D.,
University o f Wisconsin, Professor of
Philosophy. 510 Dickinson Avenue.
M a rtin O s tw a ld , B.A., University of
Toronto; M.A., University o f Chicago;
Ph.D., Columbia University, William R.
Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics.
2 W hittier Place.
H aro ld E. Pa g liaro , A.B., M .A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor o f English Literature.
536 Ogden Avenue.
Ro be rt F. P a ste rn a c k , B.A. and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Edmund Allen
Professor o f Chemistry. 404 Park Avenue.
Dean Pe a bo dy, B.A., Swarthmore College;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
Psychology. 405 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Je a n A shm e ad P e rk in s , B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Susan W. Lippincott
Professor o f French. 913 Strath Haven
Avenue.

S te ve n I. P ik e r, B.A., Reed College; Ph.D.,
University o f Washington, Professor o f
Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue.

Fre d e ric L P r y o r , B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
o f Economics (part-time). 740 Harvard
Avenue.
G ilb e rt P. R o se , B.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f California, Berkeley, Professor
o f Classics. 551 Marietta Avenue.

Donna J o N ap o li, B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor o f
Linguistics. 226 Park Avenue.

Ro b e rt R o za , B. A., University o f Toronto;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University,
Professor o f French. 233 Cornell Avenue.

Deborah G . K e m le r N e ls o n , B.A., M .A.,
and Ph.D., Brown University, Professor o f
Psychology. 211 Benjamin West Avenue.

Be rn a rd S a ffra n , B.A., City College of
New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota,
Professor o f Economics. 201 Garrett
Avenue.

Helen F. N o rth ,3 B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

13 Program Director, Swarthmore (ISLE)
Program in Sri Lanka, fall semester, 1987.

245

Faculty

Ro b e rt L S a v a g e , B.A., Oberlin College;
M .S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professor o f Biology.
411 Vassar Avenue.
F. M . S c h e re r, A .B., University o f
Michigan; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Joseph Wharton Professor of
Political Economy. 35 Wellesley Road.

A lle n M . S c h n e id e r,12 B.S., Trinity College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
Psychology. 6 0 8 Elm Avenue.
Rich ard S ch u ld e n fre i, b .a . and M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University o f Pittsburgh, Professor of
Philosophy. 8 S. Lemon St., Media, PA
19063.
R a rry S c h w a r tz , B.A ., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor o f Psychology.
210 Garrett Avenue.
Kenneth L S h a rp e , B.A., Dartmouth
College; M .S., London School o f Economics
and Political Science; PH.D., Yale
University, Professor o f Political Science.
521 Elm Avenue.
J . Ed w a rd S k e a th ,1 B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f
Illinois, Professor o f Mathematics.
4 0 0 Dickinson Avenue.

Da vid G . S m ith ,3 B.A., and M.A.,
University o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Centennial Professor
o f Political Science. 63 Todmordon Dr.,
Rose Valley, PA 19086.
S im o ne Voisin S m ith ,1011 Licence et
Lettres, University o f Grenoble, Professor
o f French. 125 Forest Lane.
S u s an S n y d e r, B.A ., Hunter College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Eugene M. Lang Research Professor o f
English Literature. 524 Westminster
Avenue.

Donald K . S w e a r e r , B.A., M .A., and

1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

246

Ph.D., Princeton University; B.D. and
S.T.M., Yale Divinity School, Professor o f
Religion. 109 Columbia Avenue.

P e te r G ra m S w in g ,1 b .a . and M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., University of
Chicago. Daniel Underhill Professor of
Music and Director o f the Chorus.
614 Hillbom Avenue.
Fra n c is P. T a fo y a , B.S. and M.A.,
University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f French and
Spanish. 6 2 0 North Chester Road.
P e te r T . Th o m p so n , B.A., The Johns
Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry.
203 College Avenue.
Ja m e s T ile s , Visiting Professor o f
Philosophy. Swarthmore College.

P. Lin w o o d U rb a n , J r . , B.A., Princeton
University; S.T.B., S.T.M., and Th.D.,
General Theological Seminary, Charles and
Harriet Cox McDowell Professor of
Religion. 2 0 South Princeton Avenue.
Philip Nl. W ein stein ,3 A .B., Princeton
University; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f English Literature.
510 Ogden Avenue.
L a r r y E . W estph al, B.A., Occidental
College; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Economics. Swarthmore
College.
Ro b e rt E . W illia m s, B.S., Delaware State
College; M .S., Rutgers University, Professor
o f Physical Education and Athletics. 507
Oak Crest Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
T im o th y C . W illia m s,3 B.A., Swarthmore
College; A.M ., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
Rockefeller University, Professor o f
Biology. 314 Rutgers Avenue.

C raig W illiam so n , B.A., Stanford
University; M .A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
o f English Literature. 602 Elm Avenue.

10 Campus coordinator, Grenoble
Program.
11 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1987.

Je ro m e H . W ood, J r . , B.A., Howard
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Professor o f History. 103 E. Providence
Rd., Aldan, PA 19014.

H a rris o n M . W rig h t, B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D, Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor o f History. 319 Cedar Lane.

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

C h a rle s R . B e itz,3 B.A., Colgate
University; M .A., University o f Michigan;
M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University,
Associate Professor o f Political Science.
509 Harvard Avenue.
J o y C h a rlto n , B.A., University o f Virginia;
M.A. and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Associate Professor o f Sociology. 40914 Elm
Avenue.

Jo n a th a n C opeland, B.A., Tufts
University; Ph.D., State University o f New
York at Stony Brook, Associate Professor o f
Biology. 201 Elm Avenue, Apartment 3.

M ichael W. C oth re n , B.A., Vanderbilt
University; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f Art
History. 4 0 6 N. Swarthmore Avenue.

Robert S . Du P le s s is , B.A., Williams
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f History.
211 Rutgers Avenue.

M ario n J . Fa b e r, B.A. and M .A.,
University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Associate Professor of
German (part-time). 234 Benjamin West
Avenue.

G re g o ry L . Flo ra n t, B.S., Cornell
University, Ph.D., Stanford University,
Associate Professor o f Biology. 304
Woodridge Lane, Media, PA 19063.
Dorothea Fre d e , Hamburg University;
Ph.D., Gottingen University, Associate
Professor o f Philosophy. 2 W hittier Place.
Sharon F rie d le r, B.A., Colby College;
M.F.A., Southern Methodist University,
Associate Professor o f Dance and Director
of the Dance Program. 517 Elm Avenue.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

S c o tt F. G ilb e rt,3 B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Biology. 224 Cornell Avenue.
Stephen S . Golub, B.A., Williams College;
M .A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Associate
Professor o f Economics. 318 N. Chester
Road.
M a rk G re e n b e rg ,4 B.A., Queens College;
A.M. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Visiting Associate Professor o f English
Literature. Swarthmore College.
C h a rle s M . G rin ste a d , B.A., Pomona
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
California, Los Angeles, Associate Professor
o f Mathematics. 8 W hittier Place.
N a n c y V. H a m le tt, b .s . and M .S.,
University o f Florida, Gainesville; Ph.D.,
The Johns Hopkins University, Associate
Professor o f Biology. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Jo h n J . H a s s e tt, B.A., St. Francis College;
M .A., University o f Iowa; Ph.D., University
o f Wisconsin, Associate Professor of
Spanish. 514 S. Providence Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.

C on stance Cain H u n g e rfo rd ,1 B.A.,
Wellesley College; M .A., Ph.D., University
o f California, Berkeley, Associate Professor
o f Art History. 815 Westdale Avenue.
M a rk Ja c o b s , B.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Associate
Professor o f Biology. 401 Dickinson
Avenue.
Philip J . K e llm a n ,3 B.A., Georgetown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f
Psychology. 1021 Stewart Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.
4 Fall semester, 1987.

247

Faculty

M a rk K u p e rb e rg , B.A., Amherst College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Associate Professor o f
Economics. 147 Park Avenue.

C h a rle s R a ff, B.A., University of

T h o m a s P. L e ft,3 B.A. and M.F.A., Case
Western Reserve University, Associate
Professor o f English Literature and
Technical Director for the Theatre.
6 Crum Ledge.

Richard L Rubin, A .B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Associate Professor o f Political Science and
Public Policy (part-time). Swarthmore
College.

Gerald Le v in s o n , B.A ., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D., University
o f Chicago, Associate Professor o f Music.
2 Crum Ledge.

Da vid S a u n d e rs ,4 B.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Associate Professor o f Computer Science.
Swarthmore College.

A n n K o s a k o w s k i M c N a m e e , B.A.,
Wellesley College; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Associate Professor o f Music.
6 W hittier Place.

P e te r J . S c h m id t,2 B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D.,'University o f Virginia,
Associate Professor o f English Literature.
7 Crum Ledge.

A r th u r L M c G a rity , B .A., Trinity
University; M .S.E., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Engineering. 135 Rutgers Avenue.

H elene S h a p iro , B.A ., Kenyon College;
M.A. Princeton University; Ph.D.,
California Institute o f Technology, Associate
Professor o f Mathematics. Swarthmore
College.

Brian A . M e u n ie r, B.F.A., University o f
Massachusetts, Amherst; M.F.A., Tyler
School o f Art, Temple University, Associate
Professor o f Studio Arts. 150 Brown St.,
Philadelphia, PA 19123.
G e o rge M o s k o s ,23B.A., Davidson College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Madison, Associate Professor o f French.
7 3 0 Yale Avenue.
Braulio M u n o z, B.A., University o f Rhode
Island; M .A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of
Sociology. 500 Harvard Avenue.
Fre d e ric k L . Orthlieb. B.S. and M .S.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University,
Associate Professor o f Engineering. 13
Green Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.

Ern e s t J . P ru d e n te , B.S. and M .S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor o f Physical Education.
914 Surrey Road, Media, PA 19063.

2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1988.
3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

248

Rochester; M.A. and Ph.D., Brown
University, Associate Professor of
Philosophy. 214 Rutgers Avenue.

R a rb a ra Yost S te w a rt, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Associate Professor o f Biology.
543 Marietta Avenue.
M a r y T ile s , Visiting Associate Professor of
Philosophy. Swarthmore College.
Ev a F. T ra v e r s , B.A., Connecticut College;
M.A. and Ed.D., Harvard University,
Associate Professor o f Education.
416 Park Avenue.
Ju d ith G. Voet, B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Brandeis University, Associate
Professor o f Chemistry. 368 Trevor Lane,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.

Ja c o b W ein er, B.A., Antioch College;
M .S., University o f Michigan; Ph.D.,
University o f Oregon, Associate Professor
o f Biology. 16 S. Princeton Avenue.
Douglas M . W e iss , A.T.C., Associate
Professor o f Physical Education.
117 S. Chester Road.

4 Fall semester, 1987.

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Nathalie F. A n d e rs o n , b . a . Agnes Scott
College; M .A., Georgia State University;
Ph.D., Emory University, Assistant
Professor o f English Literature.
302 N. Chester Road.
Stephen P. B e n sch , M .A., University of
Toronto; Ph.D., University o f California,
Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f History.
Swarthmore College.

Abb e Bilim ,3 B.A., University o f
California, Berkeley; B.A. and M.A.,
Cambridge University, Assistant Professor
o f English Literature. Benjamin West House.

S te ve n B o ris h , B.A., Carleton College;
M .A., M .S., and Ph.D., Stanford University,
Assistant Professor o f Sociology and
Anthropology. Swarthmore College.

M a rk B reite n b erg , B.A., William and
Mary College; M .A., University of
California at San Diego, Assistant Professor
o f English Literature. 915 Harvard Avenue.
B a rb a ra B u rre ll, A .B., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Assistant Professor o f Classics.
Swarthmore College.
J e ffr e y A . C h a ro n n a t,3 B.S., Stanford
University; M .A., M. Phil., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Assistant Professor of
Chemistry. 510 Elm Avenue.

M a rg a re t C h riste n se n , A.B., M.A.T.,
Cornell University, Assistant Professor o f
Computer Science. Swarthmore College.
Ju lia G . C r u z , B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,
University o f Texas at Austin, Assistant
Professor o f Spanish. Swarthmore College.

Randall L Ex o n , B.F.A., Washburn
University; M.A. and M.F.A., University of
Iowa, Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts.
8 Crum Ledge.
S c o tt D. H ill, B.A., Gettysburg College;
Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh, Assistant
Professor o f Chemistry. Swarthmore
College.
N a n c y H irsch m a n n , A.B., Smith College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University,
Assistant Professor o f Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
Rush D. H o lt, B.A., Carleton College; M.S.
and Ph.D., New York University, Assistant
Professor o f Physics. 513 Elm Avenue.
La u rie Lan g b a u e r, B.A., Wesleyan
University; M .A., Cornell University,
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
4 0 4 Elm Avenue.
T h e re s e La n g e r,

b .a ., Harvard
University; Ph.D., University o f California
at Berkeley, Assistant Professor of
Mathematics. 915 Harvard Avenue.

A m y -J ill Le v in e , B.A., Smith College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University, Assistant
Professor o f Religion. Swarthmore College.
K enneth C . L u k , B.A., International
Christian University, Tokyo; Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f Chinese. 2126 Lombard Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19146.
Ellen B. M agenheim , B.A., University of
Rochester; M .A., Ph.D., University of
Maryland, Assistant Professor of
Economics. Swarthmore College.

M .S., Smith College, Assistant Professor o f
Physical Education. 2411 Whitehouse
Road, Berwyn, PA 19312.

Fra n c is M e a g h e r, B.A., Holy Cross
College, Assistant Professor o f Physical
Education. 3726 Woodland Avenue, Drexel
Hill, PA 19026.

Richard Eld rid g e , A .B., Middlebury
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy.
423 Harvard Avenue.3

Rachel M e r z , B.A., Western New Mexico
University; M .S., University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Assistant
Professor o f Biology. 515 Elm Avenue.

Susan P. D a v is , B.S., Springfield College;

3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

249

Faculty

Els ie B. M ic h ie , 6 .A., M .A., Brown
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Visiting
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
Swarthmore College.

C arol S in g le y , B.A. and M.A.,
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Visiting Assistant Professor of
English Literature. Swarthmore College.

Fra n k A . M o s c a te lli, B.S., c. w. Post
College; M .S. and Ph.D., New York
University, Assistant Professor o f Physics.
302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, PA
19086.

Lis a S m u lya n , B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A.T., Brown University; Ed.D., Harvard
Graduate School o f Education, Assistant
Professor o f Education. Swarthmore
College.

M ichael L M ullan, B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; Assistant Professor of
Physical Education. 511 Harvard Avenue.

T h o m as S te p h e n so n, B.S., Furman
University; Ph.D., The University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry.
221 Woodward Road, Moylan, PA 19065.

M a rjo rie M u rp h y , B.A., Jersey City State
College; M .A., San Jose State University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Davis,
Assistant Professor o f History.
318 N. Chester Road.

A n d re a S ununu, A .B., Mount Holyoke
College; A.M. and Ph.D., Brown University,
Visiting Assistant Professor o f English
Literature. Swarthmore College.

Jo y c e J . N ag a ta, B.F.A. and M.A.,

W illiam N . T u rp in , M .A., University o f St.

University o f Illinois, Champaign; M.F.A.,
University o f Wisconsin, Milwaukee;
Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (parttime). 3 Crum Ledge.

Andrews; M .A., University o f Toronto;
Ph.D., Cambridge University, Assistant
Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore College.

Diane O ’ Donoghue, B.A., Mount Holyoke
College; M .A., Harvard University,
Assistant Professor o f Art History.
Swarthmore College.

A n d re w M . V e rn e r, B.A., Duke
University; M .A., Old Dominion
University; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Assistant Professor o f History.
11 Benjamin West Avenue.

Stephen M . P la tt,1 B.S., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute; M .S.E. and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f Engineering. 4 Crum Ledge.

Terje G . Void, B.A., Oberlin College; M.S.

K . A n n R e n nin ge r,3 B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M .A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Assistant Professor o f Education.
915 Harvard Avenue.

Robin E. W a g n e r-P a c ific i, B.A., Brown
University; M .A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor of
Sociology. 6 0 4 Elm Avenue.

D ebra S a t z , B.A., City College o f New
York; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Assistant Professor o f
Philosophy. Swarthmore College.

H an s-Jakofa W erlen , M .A., University of
Notre Dame, Assistant Professor o f
German. Swarthmore College.

Don S h im a m o to , B.S., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Brandeis
University, Assistant Professor o f
Mathematics. Swarthmore College.

Faruq M . A . S iddiqul, B.S., Bangladesh
University o f Engineering and Technology;
M .S. and Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh,
Assistant Professor o f Engineering.
6 3 6 Yale Avenue.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1987.

250

and Ph.D., University o f Washington,
Assistant Professor o f Physics and
Astronomy. Swarthmore College.

B. T yre n e W h ite, B.A., Middle Tennessee
State University; M .A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University, Assistant Professor o f Political
Science. 318 N. Chester Road.
R o g e r W o o dard, B.S., North Carolina
State University; M.Div., Southeastern
Seminary; Ph.D., University o f North
Carolina, Assistant Professor o f Linguistics.
Swarthmore College.

3 Absent on leave, 1987-88.

INSTRUCTORS
Ja n e B e a ttie , B.Sc., University o f Sussex;
A.M., University o f Pennsylvania,
Instructor in Psychology. 4512 Kingsessing
Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19143.

Lyn n e A . M o lte r, b .s . and B.A.,
Swarthmore College; S.M ., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology, Instructor in
Engineering. Swarthmore College.

Erik C h e e ve r, B.S., Swarthmore College;
M .S.E., University o f Pennsylvania,
Instructor in Engineering. 3 Crum Ledge.

Gaile R o c k e y, B.S., West Chester
University, Instructor in Physical
Education. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue.

Noel D . C a ry , M .A., University o f Virginia,
Instructor in History. Swarthmore College.

Valerie Ru bsa m e n , B.A ., University of

K are n C ra w fo rd , M .S., University of
Illinois, Instructor in Biology. Swarthmore
College.

California; M .A., University o f California;
M .A., Princeton University, Instructor in
Political Science. Swarthmore College.

A m y D e m o re s t, B.A., Williams College;
M.A., Duke University, Instructor in
Psychology. Swarthmore College.

LECTURERS (all part-time)

Abigail A d a m s , Diploma, Royal Academy
o f Dramatic Art; Certificate, Wielopolska
Training School, Visiting Lecturer in English
Liberature. Swarthmore College
Usha B a lam o re , Teachers Certifícate,
Church Park Teachers Training College;
M.A., Bryn Mawr College, Lecturer in
Education. Swarthmore College.

David Fin k O ,4 Lecturer in Music.
Swarthmore College.
Ro b e rt F is h e r, A .B., Marietta College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Lecturer in
Chemistry. Swarthmore College.
Jo a n Frie d m a n , M .A., University of
Wisconsin, Lecturer in Spanish.
Swarthmore College.

C arla B e lv e r, B.S., Temple University;
M.A., Villanova University, Visiting
Lecturer in English Literature. Swarthmore
College.

Tedd R . Goundie, B.S., Muhlenberg

Le ila B e rn e r,4 M .A., University of
California, Lecturer in Religion.
Swarthmore College.

S h izh e H ua n g , B.A., Bryn Mawr College;
B.A., Wuhan Teachers College, Lecturer in
Chinese. Swarthmore College.

Jo a n n e B o s k y ,4 Lecturer in Religion.

Evg e n iya L K atsenelinboigen, Moscow
Polygraphic Institute, Lecturer in Russian.
133 Deerpath Lane, Media, PA 19063.

Swarthmore College.

M arce l L . C h e rry , B.A. and Diploma o f
Education, University o f Melbourne,
Lecturer in English. 515 Elm Avenue.
Ed w a rd D ixo n , B.A., LaSalle College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University,
Lecturer in German. Swarthmore College.
Varda D o re ll, B.A ., Tyler School o f Art,

College; M .S., Bowling Green State
University, Lecturer in Biology. 19 Barclay
Drive, Pennsville, N] 08070-2301.

M a ry K . K e n n e y, A.B., chestnut Hill
College; M .A., Villanova University,
Lecturer in Spanish. 404 Elm Avenue.
G u y M a rtin o , Diplome d’e’trat
d’instituteur, Lecturer in French.
Swarthmore College.

Lecturer in Hebrew. Swarthmore College.
4 Fall semester, 1987.

251

Faculty

A n n M o rg a n ,4 B.S., W heelock College;
M .A., Bryn Mawr College, Lecturer in
Education.
C arolO N e tte r, Maitrisse and DEA,
University o f Paris, Lecturer in French.
Swarthmore College.
Kenneth P a rk e r ,4 Lecturer in Religion.
Swarthmore College.
Elke P la x to n , B.A ., Brigham Young
University; M .A., University o f Colorado,
Lecturer in German. 2022 Brandywine
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

Ja m e s F. P y n e , J r . , 5 B.A ., Eastern College;
M .A., Villanova University, Visiting
Lecturer in English Literature. Swarthmore
College.
Leah Jo h n s o n S m ith ,4 B.A., Stanford
University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Lecturer in Economics. 406
Cedar Lane.
J a c k To p io l,5 B.S., Yale University; M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting
Lecturer in Economics. 10 Llanfair Road,
Unit #9, Ardmore, PA 19003.

ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES (all part-time)

Ruth A n d rie n , Associate in Performance
(Dance). Swarthmore College.
T im B ro o k e , Assistant in Physical
Education. Swarthmore College.

Bim an D a s , B.S., Balurghat College; M .S.,
North Bengal University, Assistant in
Physics. Swarthmore College.
U rs u la M . D a v is , B.S., Colby Junior
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart
West, Media, PA 19063.
L a w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.

Diane Fre e d m a n , B .A., Pennsylvania State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Temple
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
1356 Sellers Street, Philadelphia, PA 19129.

D o ro th y K . Fre e m a n , B.M ., M.M., Boston
University, Associate in Performance
(M usic). 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.

C u rtis La u b e r,4 A .B., Duke University;
M .A., Villanova University, Assistant in
Physical Education. 110 School House Lane,
Ardmore, PA 19003.

M a rg a re t M . Le h m a n , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 765 W.
Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087.
H e rb e rt Le im b a c h ,5 B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
15 Forest Lane.
K are n M e y e rs , Associate in Performance
(Music). 735 Yale Avenue.
C h risto p h e r P a lm e r, B.S., St. John Fisher
College, Assistant in Physics. Swarthmore
College.
C a ro lyn R e ich e k, B.S., Columbia
University, Associate in Performance
(Dance). Swarthmore College.
G lo ria U . R o se n , B.A., Hunter College;
M .A., Mt. Holyoke College, Assistant in
Biology. 3 3 6 N. Princeton Avenue.

Lo ri F rie s , Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.

N a n ce y R o s e n s w e ig , Associate in
Performance (Dance). Swarthmore College.

V irginia M . In d ive ro , B.S., Elizabethtown

Valerie R y a n , B.S., Widener University,

College; M .S. Villanova University,
Assistant in Chemistry. 2915 Wakefield
Drive, Holmes, PA 19043.

Assistant in Physical Education. 1325
Chester Pike, Eddystone, PA 19013.

4 Fall semester, 1987.

5

252

Spring semester, 1988.

Paula S e pin u ck, B.A., Bennington
College, Associate in Performance.
309 Dickinson Avenue.
Jo n S h e rm a n , B.A., Temple University,
Associate in Performance (Dance).
Swarthmore College.
R o be rt M . S m a rt, B.A., Curtis Institute o f
Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College,
College Organist and Associate in
Performance (Music). 18 Oberlin Avenue.
C . Jo s e p h S te fa n o w ic z,4 B.A., Lafayette
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
921 Flora Lane, Boothwyn, PA 19061.

Dale S tra w b rid g e ,4 B.S., Slippery Rock
State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
8 Wood Lane, West Chester, PA 19380.
P a tric e T e rro n e , Maitrise De Histoire,
University o f Grenoble, Assistant in French.
Swarthmore College.
Le e W im b e rly, B.A., Stanford University;
J.D ., University o f California at Berkeley,
Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.

Standing C om m ittees o f th e Facu lty 1 9 8 7 '8 8
A cadem ic and Cultural Support

Computing Services

DUPLESSIS, Rubin (fall), Schuldenfrei,
Siddiqui, Stewart

ENGLAND, Blackburn, Boccio, Legesse,
McGarity, Ryan, Thompson, Turpin,
Westphal

A cadem ic Requirements
DICKERSON, Cheever, England, Florant,
Hassett, Magenheim, Mullins, Shimamoto,
Westphal, White

Cooper
LEVINSON, Durkan, Exon, Friedler,
Hammons, McNamee (fall), Morgan,
Scherer, Williamson, C.

Admissions and Scholarships

I

SCHWARTZ, Barr, Charlton, Davis,
Eldridge, Golub, Macken, Mauer (fall),
Meagher, Moscatelli, Talbot

Curriculum
ENGLAND, Heald, James, Mullins, Munoz,
Wood
Educational Policy, Council on

Asian Studies
LI, Levinson, Luk, O ’Donoghue, Swearer,
Westphal, White

ENGLAND, Faber, Fraser, Holt, Schwartz,
Sharpe, Swearer, Travers
Faculty Equal Opportunity Advisory

B lack and Minority Concerns

LEGESSE, Hopkins, Voet

PIKER, Bradley, Brock, Dickerson, England,
Florant, Murphy, Rubin, Wood

Faculty and S ta ff Benefits

B lack Studies

HART, Aaron, Bowler, Eldridge, Golub,
Gordon, Grinstead, Miller, T , Nagata,
Welsh

SCHMIDT (fall), LEGESSE (spring),
Bradley, James, Murphy, Piker, Wood

Faculty Procedures
Bookstore
JENKINS, Swing (spring), Verner

FRASER, Anderson, N., England, Gaustad,
James, Saffran, Savage, Wright

1 Center for Social and Policy Studies
I
I

IVERSEN, Kurth, Mullan, Orthlieb, Rubin,
Scherer

253

Faculty

Fellowships and Prizes

Research Support

URBAN, Anderson, N., Avery, Dunn,
Freeman, Kemler Nelson, Klotz, Lehmann,
Pryor, Roza, Stephenson

GR1NSTEAD, Barazzone, Hammons,
Hassett, Kuperberg, Moscatelli, Weiner
Space Use and Energy Conservation

Foreign Language Study
METZIDAKIS, Bilaniuk, Burrell, Lehmann,
Meunier

CHEESMAN, Cothren, Heintz, Mullins,
Orthlieb, Raymond
Teacher Education

H ealth Sciences Advisory
STEWART, Hamlett, Mangelsdorf, Mullins,
Schneider, Weiner, Weiss

TRAVERS, England, Kemler Nelson,
Shapiro, Smulyan, Tafoya, Weiner, Wright
W omen’s Concerns

Library
DURKAN, Aaron, England, Frede, Kitao,
Langbauer, Moscatelli

LI, Frede, Nagata, Rockey, Smith, S.,
Smulyan
Women’s Studies

Physical Education and A thletics
RO SE, Devin, Merz, Peabody,
Wagner-Pacifica, Williams, R.

CHARLTON, Anderson, N., DuPlessis,
Friedler, Langbauer, Levine, Magenheim,
Moskos (spring), Williamson, S.

Promotion and Tenure

Secretary to the Faculty

FRASER, England, Pagliaro, Perkins,
Saffran, Skeath

Iversen
Parliam entarian

Research Ethics

Frost

SAVAGE, Raff, Siddiqui

Standing C om m ittees o f th e College
Advisory Committee on Resource U se
Division Chairs; Chairman o f the Board
Committees on; Development, Finance,
Instruction and Libraries, Investment,
Property, and Student Life; the two Vice

Presidents, Provost, and Dean; three
students; chaired by the President o f the
College, with the Assistant to the President
as Recording Secretary.

D ivisions and D epartm ents
I.

DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
Charles L. James, Chair

A rt

En g lish Lite ra tu re

Michael Cothren, Chair

Harold Pagliaro, Chair

C la ss ic s

M o d e rn Lan g u ag e s and Lite ra tu re s

Gilbert P. Rose, Acting Chair

Jean Ashmead Perkins, Chair

254

M usic

Religion

James D. Freeman, Chair

Donald K. Swearer, Chair

Philosophy
Hugh Lacey, Acting Chair (fall)
Hans F. Oberdiek, Chair (spring)

IL

DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING
Mark Heald, Chair

Biology

Engineering

Mark Jacobs, Acting Chair

Nelson A. Macken, Chair

C h e m is try

M ath e m a tics

Robert F. Pasternack, Chair

C om pute r Scie nce (P ro g ra m )

Gudmund Iversen, Acting Chair (fall)
J. Edward Skeath, Chair (spring)

Margaret Christensen, Acting Program
Director

John R. Boccio, Chair

III.

P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y

DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Braulio Muñoz, Chair

Econ o m ics

Political Science

Robinson G. Hollister, Chair

Raymond F. Hopkins, Chair

Education (P ro g ra m )

P s yc h o lo g y

Eva F. Travers, Program Director

Deborah Kemler Nelson, Acting Chair

H is to ry

S o ciolo g y and An th ro p olo g y

Robert DuPlessis, Chair

Jennie Keith, Chair

Lingu istics (P ro g ra m )
Donna Jo Napoli, Program Director

255

Adm inistration

PRESIDENT’S OFFICE

David W. F ra s e r, B.A., Haverford College;
M .D., Harvard Medical School, President.

C h ris ty A n n Fu s c o , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Social Coordinator.

Leah J . S m ith , B.A., Stanford University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Assistant to the President and Director of
Institutional Research.

M a rg a re t M . G iovannini, Diane E.
W atson, Secretaries.

VICE PRESIDENTS’ OFFICE

Lo re n H a r t, B.A., Grinnell College; J.D .,
Columbia University Law School; M.B.A.,
Harvard University Graduate School o f
Business Administration, Vice President for
Business and Finance and Treasurer.

S u za n n e P. W elsh, B.A., B.S., University
o f Delaware; M .B.A., University o f
Pennsylvania, Assistant Treasurer and
Budget Director.

Kendall Lan dis, B.A., Swarthmore College;

Secretaries/Assistants.

Pauline M . C a rro ll, M a ry C . K a s p e r,

M.A., Wesleyan University, Vice President Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
PRO VO ST’S OFFICE

Ja m e s W. England, B.A., Kansas State
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost.

Je ro m e H . W ood, J r . , B.A., Howard
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Associate Provost and Professor o f History.

Es th e r L . B a ra zzo n e , B.A., New College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Associate Provost for Academic Resources
and Director o f Corporate and Foundation
Relations.
K a re n D . J o n e s , Jo a n n e M . K im p e l,
Secretaries.

DEAN’S OFFICE

Ja n e t S m ith D ic k e rso n , b .a ., Western
College for Women; M.Ed., Xavier
University, Dean o f the College.
Rich ard S ch u ld e n fre i, Ph.D., Professor of
Philosophy, G ilm o re S to tt, Ph.D.,
Associate Provost Emeritus, Associate
Deans.
P a tric ia L D a rra h , b .a ., Lincoln
University; M.Ed., Lehigh University;
Ph.D., Temple University, Associate Dean;
Director o f Black and Minority Affairs.
Cigus Vanni, B.A., Swarthmore College,

Assistant Dean for New Student Affairs.

S u s an D in sm ore S m y th e , b .a ., Wesleyan
University, Coordinator o f Student
Activities.
Gloria C a re y Ev a n s , B.A., Western
Washington College o f Education; M .S.,
University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Consultant for Testing and
Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students.
N o rm a R o y le , A.A ., Temple University,
C ath y P e s c a to re , A lm a E . S te w a rt,
Secretaries.

ADMISSIONS OFFICE

Ro b e rt A . R a rr, J r . , B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions.

256

W allace A n n A y r e s , B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ed.M., Harvard University,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.

Brenda M . B ro c k , B.A., Earlham College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
P h yllis Hall R a ym o n d , B.A., Indiana
University; M .A., Swarthmore College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
David A . W a lter, B.S., Swarthmore
College; M.Div., Princeton Theological
Seminary, Associate Dean o f Admissions.
Richard G. DiFeliciantonio, B.A.,

S u s an K . U n te re k e r, B.A., Smith College;
M .A., Columbia Teachers College, Assistant
to the Dean o f Admissions.
G loria T h o m a s , B.A., Swarthmore College,
Admissions Intern.
Ellen D o lsk i, B a rb a ra A . H a d ly , Paula
Le e , A g n e s S h o n e rt, Secretaries.
A rle n e K . M oo shia n , B.S., West Chester
University, Receptionist.

Swarthmore College; M .A., University of
Denver, Assistant Dean o f Admissions.

Hannah B. S w a llo w , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions and
Western Regional Representative.
ALUMNI RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

M a ra ly n O rbiso n G illesp ie, B.A.,
Swarthmore College, Associate Vice
President - Alumni Relations, Publications,
and Public Relations.
Diane W ild e r, B.A., Swarthmore College,
Associate Director o f Alumni Relations.

Lo rn a Greene S h u rk in , B.A., Brooklyn
College, Director o f Public Relations.
Renee W h ith am , B.A., Temple University,
Assistant Director o f Public Relations.

L a r r y L Elv e ru , B.A., University of
Minnesota, Director o f Publications and
Managing Editor o f the Alumni Bulletin.

C ath e rine D o w n in g , B.A., Kent State
University, Assistant Director o f
Publications.
M im i GeiSS, Production Manager.
N a n c y C u rra n , B.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Class Notes Editor and Editorial
Assistant.
A n n D. G e e r, B.A., Randolph'Macon
Woman’s College, Copy Editor.
A s trid D e va n e y, Ja c k ie F in k , S h e rry A .
P rin g le , A.A., University o f Toledo,
Secretaries.

AUXILIARY SERVICES

A l Roth , B.S. , M.S. Ed., State University
College at Buffalo, Director o f Auxiliary
Services.

K are n M a z z a , Secretary.

Security and Safety Services
O w en R e d g ra v e , B.S., West Chester
University, A .A .S., Delaware County
Community College, Associate Director o f
Security and Safety Services.
Linda M ille r, B.S., West Chester
University, A .A .S., Delaware County
Community College, Assistant Director o f
Security.
Leon Fra n c is , Coordinator o f Safety
Programs.

M ichael J . F itzg e ra ld , Brian H a rris ,
Security Patrol Sergeants.

P a tric k B ro w n , J e ffr e y B u s s , Ja m e s
Ellis , Gre g H a rtle y , Jo a n n e Reichle,
Bobby Van W ilso n , Security Officers.
G eorge D a rb e s , Ja m e s C lu tterb u ck ,
Auxiliary Patrol Officers.

J u d y F e iy , E v e M a g e e , Stephen
S is s o n s , G eorge T ic k n o r,
Communications Center Staff.

257

Adm inistration

P ost O ffic e

Ju n e T a s so n i, Supervisor.
F ood S erv ice

W illiam C . S m ith , B.S., University o f
Richmond, Director o f Food Service.

Richard V. B u tto , A. A., Peirce Junior
College, Tarble Snack Bar Manager.

Jo a n F. S c h m itt, B.S., American

Rosann Z a ffir i, Secretary

University, Special Functions.

N a n c y P u rc e ll, B.S., University of
Scranton, Sharpies Dining Hall Manager.
W ord Processing Center

H elen D ifelicia nto nio , Director

Jo a n n M . M a s s a ry , Diane S ta siu n a s,
Word Processing Secretaries.

BUSINESS OFFICE

Lo u isa R ld g w a y , B.A., Vassar College,
M .B.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Controller.
N a n c y L S h e p p a rd , Business Office
Manager.

M a rg a re t A . T h o m p so n , Bursar.
S u s a n S . V e rn e r, B.A., Old Dominion

M au re e n M a rc h , B.A., Georgian Court
College, Director o f Financial Systems.
Ellen R . A u g s b e rg e r, La u ra M cLau g h lin ,
Je a n R a isch , Business Office staff.
Je a n En g lish , Purchasing Assistant.
C hristin e H o u ric a n , B.A., B.S., Temple
University, Manager o f Bookstore.

University, Assistant to the Controller.

CA REER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT

H . T h o m a s Fra n c is , B.A ., Kalamazoo
College; M .A., Western Michigan
University, Director.

D o ris R o u e tti, Recruiting Coordinator/
Office Manager.

Le slie M . B ru b a k e r, B.A ., Cedar Crest
College, Secretary.

CENTER FO R SO CIAL AND POLICY STUDIES

Rich ard L R u bin, A .B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.

Gudm und R . Iv e rs e n , M .A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Director.
N ao m i M a rc u s , Secretary.

258

COMPUTING SERVICES

W illiam C . R y a n , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Director o f Computing Services.

M a ry K . H a s b ro u c k , b .a ., Oberlin
College, Academic Consultant/Analyst.

J o d y A n n M a ls b u ry , A .B., Bryn Mawr

Shahab H o m a yo u n , B.s., M .S., Drexel
University, Academic Consultant/
Programmer.

College, Associate Director.

Ja n e F. Ja m e s , B.s., State University of
New York at New Paltz, Assistant to the
Director.

Randall C re ig h to n , B ■M., Temple
University, Technician/Programmer.

W illiam L C on n e r, J r . , b . a ., B .s .,
Villanova University, Associate Director Manager o f Operations.

A lic e H . M c G o v e rn , B.S., Fordham
University, Information Coordinator/
Computer Operator.

Dave Duel, B.A., University o f New
Hampshire, Associate Director - Manager of
Administrative Computing.

Lis a R ru n n e r-R ire le y , A .A .S., Delaware
County Community College, Computer
Operator.

La w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Administrative Systems/
Analyst.

Jo h n W. S m ith , Computer Operator.
H a ze l C . Rap p , Secretary.

Robin Ja c o b s e n , B.B.S., Temple
University, Administrative Programmer/
Analyst.

DEVELOPMENT

Jo h n E . O w e n , B.A., Earlham College,
Associate Vice President o f Development.

M a rg a re t W. N ik e lly , b .a ., Upsala
College, Director o f Planned Giving.

Je ro m e W. B la ckm an , B.A., Swarthmore

Ju d ith Egan P a g lia ro , B.S., Columbia

College, Assistant Director o f Development.

University, Development Associate.

Diane C . B ro w n , Operations Manager.

M a rily n S c h ille r, B.A., Lycoming College,
Director o f Information Resources o f
Alumni/Development.

S a lly Fu lla m , B.A., Reed College,
Associate Director o f Development.

Douglas B . H a s b ro u c k , B.A., Hampshire
College, Assistant Director o f Annual
Funds.

C u rtis A . La u b e r, B.A., Duke University;
M.A., Villanova University, Associate
Director o f Development.
N a n cy L Le h m a n , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Director o f
Development/West Coast Representative.

Eliza b e th D . M a cin to sh , A.B., Bryn Mawr
College, Director o f Annual Funds.

A n n e B o n n er, B.A., University o f
Wyoming; M .A., University o f Washington,
Assistant to the Director o f Planned Giving.
R o se m a ry Ph illip p i, Administrative
Assistant, Annual Funds.
S an dra M . Bell, Rose D iC o m illo, C arole
Fo rs y th e , Ruth K e n n e d y, B.A., University
o f Pennsylvania, C in dy R o s s le y , M ichele
S h a rk e y , Secretaries.
Eliza b e th B. C am pbell, N a n c y L
En g lish , Pauline M e tzid a k is , Robin
M o b le y , Jo s e p h in e Younkin, Recorders.

259

Adm inistration

C orp orate a n d F ou n d atio n R ela tio n s

Es th e r L . B a ra zzo n e , B.A., New College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Associate Provost for Academic Resources
and Director o f Corporate and Foundation
Relations.

K a y Fa irs Golden, B.A., Lancaster
University; M .R.P., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Director of
Corporate and Foundation Relations.

K a re n W. H o o v e r, B.S., McPherson

Secretaries.

Eliza b e th A r te r , K are n Ev a n s ,

College; M .A., Bethany Theological
Seminary, Associate Director o f Corporate
and Foundation Relations.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE

P a tric ia A . W h itm an, B.A., West Chester
State College; M .A., Miami University of
Ohio, Equal Opportunity Officer.

Peg g y Gio van n ini, Secretary.

FINANCIAL AID OFFICE

La u ra Talb o t, B.A., Wheaton College,
Director o f Financial Aid.

Jo a n n e B a rra c iiff, Ele a n o r E. Eb n e r,
H elen Elm e r, Vera B. M o rris o n ,

P a tric ia S e ria n n i, B.A., M.Ed.,

Secretaries.

Pennsylvania State University,
Assistant Director o f Financial Aid.
HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM

B a rb a ra Ybst S te w a r t, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Health Sciences Advisor.

Bonnie B. H a r v e y , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Secretary.

HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
Worth H ea lth Center

Linda Ec h o ls, R.N., B.S.N., and M.S.N.,
University o f Pennsylvania; CRNP, Johns
Hopkins Hospital, Director o f Worth
Health Center.
Vera H o w la n d , B.S., Widener University,
M .D., Hahnemann Medical College, College
Physician.

M a r y Ja n e O s m ic k , B. Med., University
o f Delaware; M .D., Temple University
Medical School, College Physician.
A la n Z w e b e n , B.S., SUNY, Stoney Brook;

260

M .D., New York Medical College, College
Physician.

Elis s a B. C h a n s k y, R.N., Beth Israel
Hospital, C onstance C . Jo n e s , R.N.,
Hospital o f University o f Pennsylvania,
A n n e H ic h o ls , R.N., B.S.N ., Gwynedd'
Mercy College, C arol L Ronan, R.N.,
Philadelphia General Hospital,
B a rb a ra A . S m e ta n a , R.N., College
Health Nurse Practitioner, Brigham Young
University.

Ja m e s E . C la rk , B.A., West Virginia
University; M .D., Jefferson Medicai
College, Senior College Physician.

Paul S . Z a m o s tle n , B.S., Ursinus College;
M.D., Jefferson Medicai College, Consulting
Gynecologist.

Fra n k P. Gia m m a ttei, B.A., Williams

College; M .D., University o f Cincinnati,
Consulting Orthopedic Consultant.

C h a rle s D. H u m m e r, J r . , B.A., Amherst
College; M.D., Hahnemann Medical
College, Athletic Orthopedic Consultant.

A n ita M . K n o w le s , Health Services
Secretary.

Psychological Services
Leighton C. W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate
in Clinical Psychology o f the American
Board o f Professional Psychology, Director.
Paula S . R o se n , B.A., University o f
Rochester; M .S.S., Bryn Mawr College;
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Graduate School
o f Social Work and Social Research,
Clinical Social Worker.

An ge la R . G illem , B.S., Michigan State
University; M .A, Boston University; Ph.D.,
Boston University, Clinical Psychologist.

Diane C . S . K irk , B.A., University of
Delaware; M .E., University o f Delaware;
Clinical Psychology Intern from Hahnemann
University.
G . S c o tt C u rtis , B.A., Denison University;
Clinical Psychology Intern from Hahnemann
University.
S ila s L . W a rn e r, B.S., Princeton
University; M .D., Northwestern University;
Certified by the American Board o f
Psychiatry; Dean, Philadelphia Academy of
Psychoanalysis, Consulting Psychiatrist.

Eliza b e th P. C o zin e , R.N., Paterson
General Hospital, Secretary/Receptionist.

LIBRARY STAFF

College Library
M ichael J . D u rk a n , B.A ., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, College Librarian.

A n n S . R ia ckb u rn , Secretary to the College
Librarian.

Acquisitions
Ja n e H . A a ro n , B.A., BirminghamSouthern College; M.S. in L.S., Drexel
University, Associate Librarian and Head,
Technical Services.

Eliza b e th A m a n n , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .S. in L.S., Rutgers University,
Assistant Acquisitions/Public Services
Librarian.
S h irle y F. K irb y , B.A., Washington

Pauline M a rs h a ll, B.S., Simmons College,
Continuations Assistant.
M onique C on stantin o, Records &
Purchasing Assistant.

Rose M a rie Jo h n s o n , Assistant/
Acquisitions.

M a rie C im ino , Eliza b e th W oolson, A.B.,
Chestnut Hill College, Assistants.

University, Periodicals Assistant.

261

Adm inistration

Cataloging

Diana Zin n a to , B.A., University of
Delaware; M .S. in L.S., Drexel University;
Catalog Librarian.
A m y V. M o rris o n , B.A. and M .L.S.,
Rutgers University; Assistant Catalog
Librarian.

An n e J . P e rk in s , Cataloging Assistant.
N etta S h in baum , B.A., State University of
New York-Oswego; Cataloging Assistant.

A n n e S w a n n , B.A ., Swarthmore College,
Cataloging Assistant.
So-Vtaung Jo n e s , B.A ., Euha Womens
University, Korea; M .L.S., Simmons
College, Cataloging Assistant.
K im b e rly C . Ellio tt, B.A ., Swarthmore
College, Assistant/Cataloging - Periodicals ILL.

Circulation and Reserve

C ath erine J . S m ith , B.A., Swarthmore
College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel University,
Circulation Librarian.
Je a n P fe iffe r , Circulation Assistant.
N a n c y C . B e ch , Assistant.
M a ria n B . B ru c e , B.S., James Madison
University, Assistant.

Pauline L H a llm a n , Receptionist.

C laire R . S m ith , Receptionist.
Diane v a n Roden, Receptionist.
Viola G . H o ld s w o rth , B.S., Westminster
College; M .E.D ., Temple University,
Receptionist.
Ed w a rd H . Fu lle r, B.A., Widener College;
M .S. in L.S., Drexel University, Special
Collections Librarian.

B ibliographic Instruction and Reference

Steph en R . Le h m a n n , B.A., M .A., M .L.S.,
University o f California-Berkeley; Ed.M.,
Harvard University, Humanities Librarian.

S u s a n G . W illiam so n, B.A ., University o f

M inda H a r t, B.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Interlibrary Loan Assistant.
M aggie B ree n , B.A., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant/Documents.

Califomia-Berkeley; M .S., Drexel
University; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Social Sciences Librarian.

Cornell Library
Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University of
Nevada; M .A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian.

Underhill Library
G e o rge K . H u b e r, B.A ., University o f
Pennsylvania; M .S. in L.S., Drexel
University, Music Librarian.

M eg E . S p e n c e r, B •A., University o f
Richmond, Science Library Assistant.
M a rie C im in o , Assistant.

Friends Historical Library

J . W illiam F ro s t, B.A., DePauw
University; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f
Wisconsin, Director.

K a zu e O y e , Conservation Assistant.
Pa tricia Chapin O’ Donnell, b . a . and

A lb e rt W. F o w le r, B.A., Haverford

M .A., University o f Pennsylvania; M.A.,
University o f Delaware, Archivist.

College; M .S. in L.S., Syracuse University,
Curator.

Jo h n Daniel E c k e rt, B.A., Swarthmore

C laire B. S h e tte r, Cataloguer.
Ja n e M . T h o rs o n , B.A., Goddard College,
Program Secretary; N a n c y P. S p e e rs ,

College; M.A., University o f Toronto,
Archivist, Philadelphia Meeting Records
Project.

Archivist.

Swarthmore College Peace Collection
Je a n R . S o derlun d, A .B., Douglass
College; Ph.D., Temple University, Curator.

B arbara L A d d is o n , B.S., University o f
Wisconsin (Milwaukee); M .S. in
Librarianship, University o f Wisconsin
(Madison), Cataloger.
Ele a n o r M . B a rr, B.A., Mount Holyoke

W endy E . C h m ie le w s k i,

b .a ., Goucher
College; M .A., State University o f New
York at Binghamton, Project Editor.

M a r y Ellen C . C la rk , B. Mus., West
Virginia University, Assistant.
M arth a P. S h an e , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Archivist.

College, M .L.S., University o f Pittsburgh,
Archivist.
Honorary Curators o f the Friends H istorical Library

M a rg a re t Hope Bacon , Ju d ith C .
B rea u lt, Fra n c e s W illiam s B ro w in ,
Jo h n Ed w in B ru s h , H a rrie t F ro re r
D u rh a m , Da vid C . Elkin to n , LaVerne

Fo rb u s h , Caroline Biddle M a lin , Jo h n
M . M o o re , Ly m a n W. R ile y, C atharine
M o rris W rig h t.

Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore C ollege Peace Collection

Irw in A b ra m s , H elen M . C a rro ll, Ju lie n
C orne ll, H ila ry C o n ro y , M e rle C u rti,
A lfre d A . F ra s e r III, L a r r y G a ra , Robert

W allace G ilm o re , Phebe R . Ja c o b s e n ,
Kendall La n d is , L Raym ond W ilson.

PERSONNEL SERVICES

Le e Robinson, B.A., Rhode Island College,
Director.

Jo a n K . K re h n b rin k , B.A., Pennsylvania
State University, Assistant Director.

Ju d ith F. Valo ri, B.A., University of
Maryland, Benefits Administrator.
M ildre d L Connell, Office Manager.
Pa tricia P o w e ll, Secretary.

PHYSICAL PLANT

Gordon E . C he e sm an , B.S., Swarthmore
College, Director o f Physical Plant.

A lic e D . B a lb le re r, Assistant to the
Director.

263

Adm inistration

Ju n e C a rn a ll, Facilities Coordinator.
Ja c q u e lin e B a tk e r, Purchasing.

Ele a n o r J . B re is c h a ft, M a rie C .
O m in s ki, Secretaries.

M aintenance

Donald V. K e lle y , Associate Director of

Es th e r B . K e lle y , Secretary.

Physical Plant.

Jo s e p h J . D e lo zie r, J r . , Plant Engineering
Coordinator.
E n v iron m en tal S erv ices

Tony W h ite , Assistant Director o f Physical
Plant.

D o ro th y D a llam , B a rb a ra G re e n ,
P a tric ia T h o m p k in s, Bachel W illiam s,
Housekeeping Supervisors.

Ollie Van D y k e , Operations Coordinator.
Grounds

S te v e n F. W h eaton , B.S., University of
Vermont, Assistant Director o f Physical
Plant and Associate Director o f Scott
Arboetum.

REG ISTR A R’S OFFICE

Ja n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore

A g n e s K e n n e d y, N a n c y O c h s , Recorders.

College, Registrar.

Ev e ly n 6 . H u k , Senior Recorder.

THE SC O TT A RBO RETUM

Ju d ith D . Z u k , B.A., Rutgers University;

Jo s e p h in e 0 . H o p k in s, A d rie n n e S h e ro ,

M .S., University o f Delaware, Director.

B.A., Swarthmore College, Secretaries.

S te v e n F. W h e ato n , B.S., University of
Vermont, Assistant Director - Horticulture.

A n d re w G . Bunting, B.S., Southern Illinois
University, Curatorial Intern.

Eric a G la s e n e r, B.S., University o f
Maryland, Educational Coordinator.

Eliza b e th F. S u lliv a n , B.A., Haverford
College, Educational Intern.

UPWARD BOUND

Ed w in A . C ollin s, B.A ., Lincoln
University; B.S. and M.Ed., Cheyney
University, Director.

264

D eLoiS M . C o llin s, B.A., Temple
University, Associate Director.

DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS

A r t: Teresa F. Klingler, A.A., Hershey Junior
College, Secretary.

A s tro n o m y : Mary M. Jackson, B.A.,
Swarthmore C ollege, Karen J. Shepard, John
Roemmelt, Research Assistants.
Biology: Henrietta P. Ewing, B.A.,
Swarthmore C ollege, Secretary; George
Flickinger, Instrumentation Technician; Ann
M. Rawson, B.A., Swarthmore C ollege, M.S.,
Cornell University, Laboratory Technician;
Judith K. Muir, B.S., Eastern C ollege,
Laboratory Assistant.

C h e m is try: Dixie Andrews, Secretary;
James W. Bell, Instrument Coordinator.

H is to ry : Eleanor W. Bennett,
Administrative Secretary.
Lin g u istic s: Dorcas Allen, Secretary
M a th e m a tic s : Joyce A. Glackin, Secretary.
M od ern Lan g u ag es: Eleonore Baginski,
B.S., St. Joseph’s University, Secretary;
Eleanor L. O ’Keefe, Language Laboratory
Assistant.
M u s ic : Judy Lord, A.A., Wesley College,
Secretary.
Ph ilo so p h y: Fran Cuneo, B.S., West Chester
University, Secretary.

R adcliffe C ollege, Secretary.

P h ysic a l Education and A th le tic s : Karen
Russo, Patricia E. Trinder, Secretaries;
Octavius Holland, David Lester, Equipment
Managers; Mark Harkins, Charles A.
Eberele, Jr., Sports Information Intern;
Marie Mancini, A.T., C., B.S., West Chester
University, Sports Medicine Intern.

Ec on o m ics: Sara-Page W hite, B.A.,
Swarthmore C ollege, Secretary.

P h y s ic s : John R. Andrews, Technician;
Wendy L. Piccard, Secretary.

Education: Maud W. Marshall, B.A.,
Goddard C ollege, Secretary.

P s yc h o lo g y: Didi Beebe, B.A., Gettysburg
C ollege, Secretary; Donald Reynolds,
Instrumentation Technician; Julia L.
Welbon, B.A., W illiam Smith College,
Academic Coordinator.

C la ss ic s: Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f W isconsin, Secretary.

Com puter S c ie n c e -A s tro n o m y
Re se arch : Barbara C. Niebruegge, A.B.,

Ele ctro n ics Tech nicians: jo h n j.
Dougherty, Charles A. White.
Engineering: Jacqueline Robinson,
Administrative Secretary; Grant Lee Smith,
Mechanician.
English Lite ra tu re : Thelma M. Miller,
Administrative Secretary.

Religion: Eileen McElrone, Secretary.
S o ciolo g y and An th ro p olo g y: Pauline B.
Federman, Secretary.

265

Visiting Exam iners 1987

A rt
Professor William W. Clark, Queens College,
CU N Y
Professor Patricia Leighten, University o f
D elaw are
Professor Steven Z. Levine, Bryn Mawr
C ollege
Professor David Summers, University o f
V irginia

B iology
Professor Deborah Allen, University o f
D elaw are
Professor Gerald Grunwald, Thomas
Jefferson University
Professor Dennis Powers, Johns H opkins
University
Dr. Betty Twarog, Bockus lnstitute,G raduate
H ospital
Tracey K. Werner, University o f
M assachusetts

C la s s ic s
Professor Diskin Clay, Johns H opkins
University
Professor Deborah Roberts, H averford
C ollege
Professor Matthew Santirocco, Colum bia
University

Ec on o m ics
Professor Shanta Devarajan, H arvard
University
Professor Julia Erickson, Temple University
Professor Michael Gavin, Colum bia
University
Professor Lynn Hollen Lees, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Jesse W. Markham, H arvard
University
Dr. Joseph Minarick, U rban Institute
Professor Richard J. Murnane, H arvard
Graduate School o f Education
Professor Peter Murrell, University o f
Maryland
Dr. Ralph Tryon, Board o f Governors o f the
Federal Reserve System
Professor Gordon W inston, W illiam s
C ollege

English
Professor Francis Blessington, Northeastern
University
Professor Rebecca Bushnell, University o f
Pennsylvania

266

Professor David Damrosch, Colum bia
University
Professor Wai-Chee Dimock, Rutgers
University
Professor Mark L. Greenberg, Drexel
University
Professor Mark Halliday, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Elaine Hansen, H averford C ollege
Professor Margaret B. Homans, Yale
University
Professor Judith Newton, L aS alle University
Professor Robert O ’Meally, W esleyan
University
Professor June Schlueter, Lafayette C ollege
Professor Wendy Steiner, University o f
Pennsylvania

H is to ry
Professor Robert L. Beisner, Am erican
University
Professor Thomas Childers, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Pamela K. Crossley, Dartmouth
C ollege
Professor Lawrence G. Duggan, University o f
D elaw are
Professor Philip N. Evanson, Temple
University
Professor James Henretta, University o f
Maryland
Professor Virginia Yans-McLaughlin, Rutgers
University
Professor Frederic Miller, Temple University
Professor Robert O ’Meally, W esleyan
University
Professor Hilton Root, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor John H. M. Salmon, Bryn Mawr
C ollege
Professor Francis W. W cislo, Vanderbilt
University
Professor Diana S. Wylie, Yale University

Ling u istics
Professor Mary Crawford, H am ilton C ollege
Professor Robert Freidin, Princeton
University
Professor Randall Hendrick, University o f
North C arolina
Professor Bambi Schieffelin, New York
University

M ath e m atics

Political Science

Professor David K. Hildebrand, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Paul Klingsberg, St. Joseph’s
University
Professor Mario U . Martelli, Bryn Mawr
C ollege
Professor Paul M. Melvin, Bryn Mawr
C ollege
Professor Norton Starr, Amherst C ollege

Professor Robert Amdur, Colum bia
University
Professor Thomas Bossert, Sarah Lawrence
C ollege
Professor Milton C. Cummings, Johns
Hopkins University
Professor Harvey B. Feigenbaum, George
W ashington University
Professor Thomas Ferguson, University o f
Texas
Professor Robert P. George, Princeton
University
Professor John W . Harbeson, City College,
CU N Y
Professor Nancy Love, Pennsylvania State
University
Professor Goldie Shabad, O hio State
University

M odern Lan g u ag e s—French
Professor Michel E. Guggenheim, BTyn
Mawr C ollege
Professor Marcel Marc Gutwirth, H averford
College

M odern Lan g u ag e s—Germ an
Professor John R. Cary, H averford C ollege

M odern Lan g u ag e s—Spanish
Professor Peter Earle, University o f
Pennsylvania

M usic
Professor Martin Chusid, New York
University
Professor Jeffrey Kallberg, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Jay Reise, University o f
Pennsylvania

Philosophy
Professor Joseph Betz, V illanova University
Professor Samuel Freeman, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Charles Guignon, University o f
Vermont
Professor Jerrold Levinson, University o f
M aryland
Professor Michael Rohr, Rutgers, T he State
University
Debra Satz, H arvard University
Professor Joseph Tolliver, University o f
Maryland

P h y sic s
Professor Ralph Baierlein, Wesleyan
University
Dr. Gary Holtom, University o f Pennsylvania
Professor James A. McCray, Drexel
University
Professor Dermott Mullan, University o f
D elaw are

P s yc h o lo g y
Professor Phyllis Freeman, S.U .N .Y., New
Paltz
Professor Michael Kelly, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Clark R. McCauley, Jr., Bryn
M awr C ollege
Professor George Rosenwald, University o f
M ichigan
Professor Marc M. Sebrechts, Wesleyan
University
Professor Alan Silberberg, American
University
Dr. Jaine Strauss, University o f Rochester

Religion
Professor Randall Chesnutt, Pepperdine
University
Professor Malcolm L. Diamond, Princeton
University
Professor David M. Eckel, Harvard
University
Professor Steven Heine, V illanova University
Professor Anne McGuire, H averford C ollege
Professor R. Emmet McLaughlin, V illanova
University
Professor Don Yoder, University o f
Pennsylvania

267

Visiting Exam in e rs 1987

S o c io lo g y & A n th ro p o lo g y
Professor Eli Anderson, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Steven Borish, Stanford University
Eugene Burns, University o f Pennsylvania
Professor Magali Sarfatti Larson, Temple
University
Robert Rubinstein, P hiladelphia G eriatric
Center

Professor Arthur Schmidt, Temple University
Professor Carmen Sirianni, Northeastern
University
Dr. Karen Strier, Peabody Museum, Harvard
University
Professor Sidney Waldron, S.U .N .Y.,
Cortland

Degrees Conferred
June 1, 1987

BACHELOR OF ARTS
Rachelle Abrahami, English Literature &
Philosophy
Rebecca Caroline Alexander, Psychology
Kenneth Robert Anderson, Economics
Peter R. Andreas, Political Science
Leslie Annexstein*4, Sociology & Anthropology
Nicholas Harry Apostoleris, Special M ajor:
Late Antique and Early Christian
Civilization
Jeffrey Scott Archibald, Physics
James Christopher Austin, Physics
Courtney Elizabeth Austrian, English
Literature
Neil Richmond Austrian, Jr., History
Haleh Farha Bakhash, English Literature
Ellen Marie Baize, Linguistics
Andrea Ellen Barr, English Literature
Faith Priscilla Barrett6, Literature
Richelle Lynn Baugh, Psychology
Stephen Benjamin Baumgarten, Psychology
Lawrence M. Berkeley, Economics and
P olitical Science
Ann Rebecca Best, Psychology
Elise Kristin Bjorkan, Religion
Jerome W. Blackman5, Political Science
Kathleen Adele Blythe, Psychology
Carmen Rocio Bolanos, Psychology
Srinivas Satya Bollimpalli, Economics
Katherine Carola Bond1, Sociology &
Anthropology
Jan Jacob Willem Boom-Wichers, Economics
David Robert Bornmann5, Economics
Laura Riley Boudreau, English Literature
David Lyle Bradfute, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Cecelia G. Braxton, Special M ajor: Theatre
Thomas Fernando Bresnahan, Special M ajor:
Psycholinguistics
Susan Rashelle Brodkin, Religion
David O tto Buchholz, Political Science
James Bryan Bulkley1, History
Lori Ann Bunting, Biology
Carol Whitfield Burgess, History and Russian
Michael Lothar Burt, Psychology
Robert Lawrence Camp, Biology
Alison Ann Campbell, M athem atics and
History

Carolyn Pauline Carmody5, Economics
Patrick Joseph Carney, Economics
Janet Kaye Chance, Philosophy
Andrea Lynne Cheville, Art History
Ming-Yan Chin, Special M ajor: Biochemistry
Michael Roy Clapper, Art
Andrew Philip Clark, Philosophy
Jeffrey Warren Cohen, Economics
Keara Corinne Connolly, English Literature
Erin Reneh Comelison, Economics
Jennifer Anne Cumming, English Literature
Michael Anthony D’Alicandro, Economics
Raphael Dagold, English Literature
Samer Mustafa Dajani, Mathematics
Noelle Damico, Religion
Sugato Dasgupta, Economics
John Edward Davine, Biology
Joshua Malcolm Davis, English Literature
Carol Hamilton Davoudi, History
Michael Sean Dell, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Tamar Doron, English Literature
John Aaron Dougherty, Philosophy
Kelley Rhoads Drake, Economics
Heather Kingsley Duncan, Biology
Richard William Dunne, III, Economics
Christopher Joel Duska, Music
Judith Anne Edelman6, English Literature
Elise Lynette Edwards, Biology
Panayiotis Andrew Ellinas, Chemistry
Anne Enke1, Religion
Polly Joanna Ericksen, History
Edwin George Ervin, History
Lauren Ann Esposito, Psychology and
Philosophy
Martin Glen Estey, Philosophy
E ve Susan Faber6, History
Bianca Marie Falbo, Music and English
Literature
Mary Wanda K. Fandino, Special M ajor:
Romance Languages and Linguistics/Latin
Am erican Literature
John Joseph Farrell, Jr., Political Science
Abigail Miriam Feder1, History
Daniel Mark Feibus, Political Science
Joshua Isaac Feinstein, History

i with the Concentration in A sian Studies
5 with the Concentration in Public Policy
4 with the Concentration in International Relations 6 with the Concentration in Women s Studies

269

Degrees Conferred

Heidi Carolyn Feldman, Sociology &
Anthropology
Benjamin Seth Felzer, Physics
Marcantonio Ferrari, Economics
Adam Finkelstein, Special M ajor: Physics and
Computer Science
Nadine Marie Flowers7, English Literature
Emily Ruth Froimson, History
Gary James Fuges, Economics
Ben Fulves5, Economics
Michele Ruth Gamburd, English Literature
Lisa Sue Garbus, Literature
Maria Cecilia Garcia, Economics
Edward Joseph George, P olitical Science
Margaret Heather Gipe, Economics
Elisabeth Gooch, M edieval Studies
Thomas Henry Goodman, Special M ajor:
M athem atics and Computer Science
Stephanie Joyce Green, Psychology
Peter Alan Greenberg*34, Biology
Kenneth M. Greene, Economics
Laurel Meredith Hall, Sociology &
Anthropology
Michael Morriss Hall, Psychology
Andrew Lewis Harker, History
Mark Barrington Harkins, Economics
Timothy Paul Harrison, P olitical Science
Simon Hawkins, Sociology & Anthropology
Charles Stuart Haworth, History
Barbara Lynn Hayslett, English Literature
Allan Robert Headrick, Physics
Karen Marie Henry, Psychology
Andrew Ross Herron, Biology
John Alastair Heyman, Biology
Richard Henry Hoffman, Jr., Physics
Shirley Kathryn Holmes, Sociology &
Anthropology
Alice Pei-Yu Hsy1, Religion
Margaret Wenying Huang4 1, Political Science
Amory Prescott Hunnewell, English
Literature
Evelthon George Iacovides, Economics
Anthony Redames Ibrahim, Economics
Eric Stanley Iida, English Literature
Anthony Frank Infante, Jr., Biology
Timothy Ireland, English Literature
Caren Ellen Irr, English Literature
Randall Lewis James, Psychology

Bethany Zee Jewett, Psychology
Saleha Jilani, Economics
Kristin Ingrid Johnsen, T heatre and Russian
Daniel Arthur Johnson, Special Major:
Biochemistry
Rhonda Jeneen Jones, Psychology
Thomas Darlington Jones, III, Political
Science
Miriam Ruth Jorgensen, Economics
Matthew H. Katinsky, M athem atics
Michael John Christian Keenan, Economics
Caitlin Kennedy, Biology
Lori Joan Kenschaft6, Biology and Religion
Herbert James Kerns7, M athem atics
Anne-Marie June Kikuchi, English Literature
and French
Joshua Andrew King, Political Science
John Francis Kingsley, Psychology
Alison Mary Knapp1, Religion
Tomotaro Kodama, Economics
Anita Kothari5 7, Political Science
Michael Frederick Kozart, P olitical Science
Betsy Ruth Kreuter, English Literature
Elizabeth Kuhlmann, English Literature
Gregory Theodore Kuhn, Music
Ruth Alyssa Lande6, Psychology
Amy Louise Lansky, Political Science
Kathryn Ann Larin, Economics
Elizabeth Anne Lavin, Economics
Diana Gayle Lecza7, Psychology
Nancy Lynne Lehman, Psychology
Robert James Lehr, Philosophy
Natasha Ann LeMasurier7, Psychology
Barbara Michele Levine, Art History
Michael Adam Levine, Economics
Michael Shayne Adams Lightner, Economics
Sarah Howard Lindgren7, Psychology
Anne Elizabeth Lloyd, English Literature
Mana Lohatepanont, Economics
Ian Fenton Maclnnes, English Literature
Stanley C. Mah, Special M ajor: Biochemistry
Zahid Hamid Maker, Economics
Lee Anne Male, English Literature and
Psychology
Catherine Theodora Malinin, English
Literature
Ellen Beth Mallory, Biology
Bernard Mathis Malloy, English Literature

I with the Concentration in Asian Studies
5 with the Concentration in Public Policy
3 with the Concentration in Computer Science
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
4 with the Concentration in International Relations 7 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification

270

Laura Underhill Marks, Art History
Vanina Mona Marsot, English Literature
Alyson Eleanor Mason, Economics
Bridget Mary Matos, Political Science
Betty-Jo Matzinger6, Psychology
Christopher A. McAuley, P olitical Science
Patricia Anne McGinley, P olitical Science and
Economics
Andrew Wilson McKinley, M athem atics
Ulan McKnight2, P olitical Science
Dennis Clifford Michaud, Psychology and
Religion
Michael Robert Miele, Economics
Louise Dennis Milner, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
David Philip Minionis, Psychology
Anna Louise Mitchell, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Susanne Clare Monahan, Sociology &
Anthropology and Economics
Alfredo Monferre', French
Darrell Moore, Philosophy
Cynthia Beatrice Morrow, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Kimberly Lee Mullin, Psychology and Political
Science
Catherine Mary Murray, French
Vicente Matias Murrell, Political Science
Elizabeth Anne Nelson, Special M ajor:
Psychology and Cultural Anthropology
Norman Reid Neureiter4, Political Science
Polly Prabhassorn Nilprabhassorn, Special
M ajor: Bio-Ethics
Anastasia Marie Norpel7, Special M ajor:
Language in Education
Michael Jefferson North, Greek
John William O ’Reilly5, Political Science
Edward Andrew Ochroch, Biology
Esther Ruth Oey7, Biology
Jenny Elizabeth Olson, Biology
Elizabeth Anne Oman, English Literature
Susan Packer, History
Elizabeth Leland Parmelee, Special M ajor:
M odem Languages
Ellen Eva Perry, G reek
Sylvia Jane Pfeiffenberger, English Literature
Patrick Leon Phelps, Art History
Alexander James Phoenix, Economics

Liam Caldwell Pleven, English Literature
Stephen John Popper, Biology
Frank Daniel Posey, Jr., Psychology
Lauren Michele Posnick, Biology
John Lawrence Potash, Psychology
Ida Louise Price, Psychology
Ignacio J. Provencio, Biology
Erik Garber Puffenberger, Biology
Tarik Masud Quadir, M athematics
Stephen Douglas Rader, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Chhaya Rao, English Literature and
Economics
Jamie Ann Rapposelli, Economics
Deborah Jean Read, Psychology
William Champion Rhodes4, History
John Phillip Richardson, Political Science
Shawn Richardson, Psychology
Daneen Marguerite Rivero, Psychology
Ann Elizabeth Roberts, Psychology
Marshall Taylor Robinson, Economics
Victor Carreon Romero, Political Science
Elizabeth Ruth Rose6, History
Karlyn Penelope Rosen, Art History
Linda Anne Rosenbaum, Chemistry
Susan Weil Rosenbaum, Sociology &
Anthropology
Jodi Lynn Rosenblatt, Psychology
David William Ross, English Literature
Carolyn Moxley Rouse, Sociology &
Anthropology
Jennifer Kay Ruark, English Literature
Carin Ruff, Latin
Joseph Adam Ruff, Physics
James Andrew Ryan, Philosophy
Gregory Stephen Sabo, Economics
Eric Paul Salathe, Jr., Physics
Stephen Arthur Salchow, Physics
William Barnett Saletan, Philosophy
Mark Alan Salzberg, Political Science
Ian Keith Samways, Russian
James Campbell Sanford, Economics
Geoffrey Michael Sass, M usic
Henry Perrine Schneider, Chemistry
Gavin Reinhardt Schnitzler, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry and Psychology
Adam Hugh Schuman, P olitical Science
Scott Evan Schwartz3, M athem atics

2 with the Concentration in B lack Studies
5 with the Concentration in Public Policy
3 with the Concentration in Computer Science
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
4 with the Concentration in International Relations 7 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification

271

Degrees Conferred

Jay Jimmy Paul Scott, Jr., M athem atics
Andrew P. Segal, Economics
Julianne Shay, Psychology
Kairos Shen, Art History
Sarah Harlow Shirk, Art History
Susan Margaret Shook, History
Richard Stephen Shore, Jr., Economics
Jeffrey Lee Shralow, Psychology
Susan Sigle34, Political Science
Gina Laurie Simms, Literature
Nathalie Berthe Simon, Economics
Michael David Sjaastad, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Tina Maria Skoures, Economics and
Psychology
David Sobel, Philosophy
Jonathan Micah Solomon, Psychology
Margaret Lesley Scott Somerville, Greek
Sally Anne Steffen6, History
Julia Alison Stein, English Literature
Thomas Dawson Stoddard, Economics
Kathryn R. Stokes4, Political Science
Steven Williard Stone, Sociology &
Anthropology
Donald Harris Stoudt, English Literature
Laura Strand Struble, Special M ajor: Religion
and Russian
Lisa Perri Suslak, Biology
John Irwin Sutherland, Chemistry
Hannah Bley Swallow6, Psychology
Elizabeth Claypoole Swan7, Sociology &
Anthropology
Debra Cheryl Swartz, History
Susan Marie Swearer, Psychology
Andrew Carroll Swiff, Philosophy
Sylvia Van Zandt Syracuse, English Literature
William Andrew Talcott, Special M ajor:
Psychology and Ways o f Knowing
Gehan Chamindra Bandara Talwatte4,
P olitical Science
Daniel Gordon Tarlin, History
Susan Beth Taylor, English Literature

Alyce Jean Thomas, P olitical Science
Lise Renee Thomas, M athem atics and Biology
Sean Conway Thomas, Biology and Sociology
& Anthropology
Lisa Ann Tirone7, Religion
Joem Tittel, German
Benjamin Randall Tompkins, Philosophy
Jennifer Kirsten Uleman, Philosophy
Marion van Arkel7, Psychology
Ralph Joseph Vardis, Religion
Rani Zarina Vaz, English Literature
David William Vinjamuri4, P olitical Science
Sandeep Birendra Vishnu, Economics
Thomas Jonathan Voltz, Economics
Matthew Duncan Carter Wall, Art History
Ellen Marie Walsh, Economics and Psychology
Charles Z. Y. Wang, Economics
Julie Kay Ward, Special Major: Russian
Studies
Rufus Richards Ward, Economics
Christophe Daniel Steven Watkins,
Economics
Timothy Wells Watkins, Political Science
David Laufman Weigert, Philosophy
Laura Johanna Weigert, Art History
Scott M. Weitzman, Economics
Alica Claire Weltman, Religion
Kelly Elizabeth Jane Werhane4, Political
Science
Heather Helene Whipple, English Literature
Sarah Margaret Wilson, Political Science
Anne Louise Winkelmann, Economics
Amanda Lea Woodward, Psychology
Julie Ross Wright, Chemistry and
M athem atics
Norman Lindsay Wright, P olitical Science
Elisabeth Xydis, Art
Anne Catherine Yobage, History
Allison Jon Young7, Psychology
Sharon Rose Younkin, Psychology
Elizabeth Torrey Zobel6, History

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Lenny Chen, Engineering
Marcus Helmut Cziesla, Engineering
Samer Mustafa Dajani, Engineering

Margaret Mary Dougherty, Engineering
Joy Marie C. Figueroa, Engineering
Peter August Grendler3, Engineering

3 with the Concentration in Computer Science
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
4 with the Concentration in International Relations 7 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification

272

Eric Stanley Iida, Engineering
Edmond Nicholas LeDonne, Engineering
William Liang, Engineering
Mana Lohatepanont, Engineering
Thomas Lee Newman, II, Engineering
Preston Charles Polk, Jr., Engineering

Marshall Taylor Robinson, Engineering
John Mark Rowley, Engineering
Ian Keith Samways, Engineering
Sandeep Birendra Vishnu, Engineering
Rufus Richards Ward, Engineering

MASTER OF ARTS
Mao-chun Yu, History

273

A w a rd s and Distinctions

HONORS AWARDED BY THE VISITING EXAMINERS—23 MAY 1987
H IG H ES T H O N O R S :
Sugato Dasgupta, William Saletan.

H IG H H O N O R S :
Peter Andreas, Ellen Baize, Laura Boudreau,
James Bulkley, Jeffrey Cohen, Noelle
Damico, Joshua Davis, Tamar Doron,
Abigail Feder, Daniel Feibus, Joshua
Feinstein, Michele Gamburd, Margaret
Gipe, Andrew Harker, Charles Haworth,
Saleha Jilani, Miriam Jorgensen, Matthew
Katinsky, Ian Maclnnes, Catherine Malinin,
Laura Marks, Vanina Marsot, Darrell
Moore, Elizabeth Oman, Susan Packer,
Ellen Perry, Sylvia Pfeiffenberger, Liam
Pleven, Carin Ruff, Kairos Shen, Susan
Shook, David Sobel, Jonathan Solomon,
Donald Stoudt, Susan Taylor, Jennifer
Uleman, David Vinjamuri, Timothy
Watkins, Amanda Woodward.

HONORS:
Haleh Bakhash, Carmen Bolanos, Carolyn
Carmody, Janet Chance, Andrew Clark,
Keara Connolly, Jennifer Cumming, Edwin

Ervin, Martin Estey, Eve Faber, Benjamin
Felzer, Marcantonio Ferrari, Emily
Froimson, Gary Fuges, Ben Fulves, Mark
Harkins, Simon Hawkins, Eric
Heginbotham, Alice Hsy, Anthony Ibrahim,
Caren Irr, Bethany Jewett, Tomotaro
Kodama, Michael Kozart, Betsy Kreuter,
Elizabeth Kuhlmann, Kathryn Larin,
Michael Levine, Bridget Matos, Michael
Miele, N. Reid Neureiter, Michael North,
John O ’Reilly, William Rhodes, Ann
Roberts, Victor Romero, Elizabeth Rose,
Jennifer Ruark, Joseph Ruff, James Ryan,
Eric Salathe, James Sanford, Adam
Schuman, Andrew Segal, Margaret
Somerville, Julia Stein, Kathryn Stokes,
Steven Stone, Gehan Talwatte, Daniel
Tarlin, Ralph Vardis, Thomas Voltz, Laura
Weigert.

DISTINCTION IN COURSE AWARDED BY FACULTY
Nicholas Apostoleris, Faith Barrett, Elise
Bjorkan, Kathleen Blythe, David Buchholz,
Lori Bunting, Michael Clapper, Michael
Dell, Kelley Drake, Panayiotis Ellinas, Anne
Enke, Lauren Esposito, Bianca Falbo, Lisa
Garbus, Edward George, Elisabeth Gooch,
Laurel Hall, Kristin Johnsen, Daniel

Johnson, Caitlin Kennedy, Lori Kenschaft,
Alyson Mason, Louise Milner, Anna
Mitchell, Elizabeth Nelson, Stephen Rader,
Marshall Robinson, Karlyn Rosen, Jodi
Rosenblatt, Gavin Schnitzler, Michael
Sjaastad, Thomas Stoddard, Debra Swartz,
Sean Thomas, Heather Whipple.
>

ELECTIONS TO HONORARY SOCIETIES
PHI RETA K A P P A :
Peter Andreas, Nicholas Apostoleris, Ellen
Baize, Faith Barrett, Laura Boudreau, David
Buchholz, James Bulkley, Lori Bunting,
Michael Clapper, Jeffrey Cohen, Sugato
Dasgupta, Michael Dell, Tamar Doron,
Kelley Drake, Anne Enke, Abigail Feder,
Joshua Feinstein, Michele Gamburd, Lisa
Garbus, Elisabeth Gooch, Saleha Jilani,
Kristin Johnsen, Daniel Johnson, Miriam
Jorgensen, Matthew Katinsky, Caitlin

Kennedy, Lori Kenschaft, Michael Kozart,
Ian Maclnnes, Ellen Mallory, Anna
Mitchell, Elizabeth Nelson, Elizabeth
Parmelee, Ellen Perry, Sylvia Pfeiffenberger,
Lauren Posnick, Stephen Rader, Marshall
Robinson, Linda Rosenbaum, William
Saletan, Gavin Schnitzler, Kairos Shen,
Jonathan Solomon, Thomas Stoddard,
Donald Stoudt, Debra Swartz, Sean
Thomas, Jennifer Uleman, Amanda
Woodward.

S IG M A X I:
Jeffrey S. Archibald, David L. Bradflute,
Robert L. Camp. Michael Sean Dell,
Panayiotis A. Ellinas, Daniel A. Johnson,
Matthew H. Katinsky, Caitlin Kennedy,
Stanley C. Mah, Ellen Mallory, Anna Louise
Mitchell, Edward Andrew Ochroch,
Stephen Rader, Linda Rosenbaum, Jodi

Lynn Rosenblatt, Joseph A. Ruff, Eric P.
Salathe, Jr., Gavin Schnitzler, Michael David
Sjaastad, Lisa Perri Suslak, Sean C. Thomas,
Amanda Lee Woodward.

TA U B ETA PI:
Marcus H. Cziesla, Eric S. Iida, Marshall T.
Robinson.

FELLOWSHIPS
The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant to
Alicia C. Higham’88
The Boyd Barnard Fellowship to Serena Canin
’88 and Stephen C. Coxe ’88
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to
Abraham Nicholas Morse ’88
The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships to Serena Canin ’88, violin;
Kevin W. Aires ’88, viola; Stephen B.
Feldman ’88, cello
Friends o f M usic and D ance Summer
Fellowships: Serena Canin ’88, Stephen B.
Feldman ’88, Arthur N. Stokes ’88, music;
Michael Casper ’88, Sharon Marroquin ’90,
Patricia L. Willens ’88, dance
Phi Beta K appa Fellowship to Michael Sean
Dell ’87
The H annah A . Leedom Fellowship to
Jonathan Micah Solomon ’87 and Tamar
Chansky ’84

The Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive
Fellowship to Saleha Jilani ’87, Lourdes
Maria Rosado ’85, Jodi Lynn Rosenblatt
’87, and Kairos Shen ’87
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Lisa Sue
Garbus ’87 and Laura Morgan Green ’85
The John Lockw ood M em orial Fellowship to
Ian Fenton Maclnnes ’87
The Thom as M. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne
M otley M cCabe M em orial Fellowship to Jan
Christian Smuts Clark ’84
The Lucretia M ott and Martha E. Tyson
Fellowships to Nadine Marie Flowers ’87,
Charlotte Wait Hartley ’84, and Susan Weil
Rosenbaum ’87

AWARDS AND PRIZES
The Academy o f Am erican Poets Prize to
Robert J. Culp ’88 and Katherine M. Stubbs
’89
The Adam s Prize to Neil Lloyd and Sugato
Dasgupta ’87
T he Stanley Adamson Prize in Chemistry to
William R. Simpson ’88
T he Am erican Chem ical Society Scholastic
Achievement Award to Gavin Reinhardt
Schnitzler ’87
The American Institute o f Chemists Student
Honor Award to Anna Louise Mitchell ’87
The Jam es H. Batton’72 Award to Derrick
Williams ’87
The Paul H. Beik Prize in History to Joshua
Isaac Feinstein ’87 and Elizabeath Ruth Rose
’87

The Tim Berman Memorial Award to Norman
Reid Neureiter ’87
The Brand Blanshard Prize to David Sobel
’87
The H einrich W. Brinkmann M athem atics
Prize to Julie Ross Wright ’87 and Harold
Pomeranz ’89
The Chemistry Department Service Awards to
Stanley C. Mah ’87 and Joel B. Papke ’88
The C RC Press Achievem ent Award to
Outstanding Freshman Chemistry Student to
David Root ’89
The Robert H. Dunn Trophy to Jay S. Peichel
’89
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes to Laura
M. Augustine ’8 9 (original work) and Susan
Beth Taylor ’87 (translation)

275

A w a rd s and Distinctions

The F lack Achievement Award to Matthew
Mason Davis ’89
The Philip M. Hicks Prize to Nicholas R.
Jackiw ’88, Elizabeth Anne Oman ’87, and
Heather Helene Whipple ’87
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion to Lori
Joan Kenschaft ’87
The Ivy Award to Norman Reid Neureiter
’87
The Kwink Trophy to Michael Sean Dell ’87
The McCabe Engineering Award to Marshall
Taylor Robinson ’87
T he Lois M orrell Poetry Award Robert J. Culp

’88
The A. Edward Newton B ook Award to Loti
Joan Kenschaft ’87, first prize; Kairos Shen
’8 7 , second prize
The O ak L e a f Award to Lori Ann Bunting
’87 and Lori Joan Kenschaft ’87

276

The May E. Parry Memorial Award to
Margaret Mary Dougherty ’87
The W illiam Plummer Potter Prizes in Fiction:
Anu Murgai ’90, first prize; William T.
Baldwin ’88, second prize; Joanna D.
Berkinsky ’88
The Dinny Rath Award to Kimberly Lee
Mullin ’87 and Susan Marie Swearer ’87
The Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay to
David O. Buchholz ’87
The Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize to
Michael R. Clapper ’87
The Rosita S am off One-Act Playwriting Award
to Julie Patrick ’88, first prize; John Francis
Kingsley ’87, second prize
The Peter Gram Swing Prize to Susan Weil
Rosenbaum ’87
The M elvin B. Troy Award to Michael T.
Casper ’88

Enrollm ent Statistics

E N R O L L M E N T O F S T U D E N T S B Y C L A S S E S 1 9 8 6 -8 7
TOTAL

MEN

WOMEN

Seniors

160

158

318

Juniors

176

163

339

Sophomores

174

152

326

Freshmen

172

171

343

682

644

1326

Graduate Students

1

0

1

Special Students

9

5

14

692

649

1341

TOTAL

G E O G R A P H IC A L D IS T R IB U T IO N O F S T U D E N T S 1 9 8 6 -8 7
Pennsylvania ............... . 224
New Y o r k ........................ 221
New Jersey ..................1. . 116
C alifo rn ia....................... . . 8 9
Maryland ....................... . . 8 3
Massachusetts ........... .. . . 7 4
C o n n ecticu t............... .. . . 4 5
Ohio ............................ . . . 3 2
Illin o is .......................... . . . 2 9
D elaw are...................... .... 27
Florida ........................ . . . 2 7
V irg in ia........................ . . . 2 5
District o f Columbia . . . 2 4
North Carolina ......... . . . 2 1
T e x a s ............................ . . . 2 0
Oregon ........................ . . . 1 8
M innesota.................... . . . 1 6
Georgia ........................ . . . 1 4
...13
M ichigan...................... . . . 1 3
Washington .......... . . . 1 3
A rizo n a ................ . . . 1 2
Vermont ...................... . . . 1 2
Missouri ...................... . . . 1 0
Colorado ............. . . . . 8
K an sas ................. . . . . 8
New H am pshire ...... . . . . 7
New M e x ic o .......... __ 7
Wisconsin ............ . . . . 7
West V irg in ia ......... .... 7
Indiana ................ . . . . 4

O klahom a.................. .........4
Rhode Island ........... .........4
Tennessee .................. .........4
Utah .......................... .........4
Alabama .................... .........3
A rkan sas.................... .........3
N ebraska.................... .........3
H aw aii........................ .........2
Louisiana .................. .........2
Mississippi ............... .........2
Puerto Rico ............. .........2
A la s k a ........................ ...... 1
Io w a ............................ ...... 1
Id a h o .......................... .........1
Montana .................... .........1
South Carolina ----- .........1
South D a k o ta ........... .........1
Wyoming .................. .........1
Total U.S.A.

... ..

1266

India ................. .........6
Canada ............... .........5
G r e e c e ........................ .........5
France ........................ .........4
H ongkong ............ ...... 4
Japan ................. ...... 4
Ghana ................ ...... 3
Jamaica ...............
Mexico ............... ...... 3
Peoples’ Republic
o f China .......... .........3

?
England.........
.. 2
Ethiopia ___
!
K uw ait...........
.. 2
Pakistan.........
/
Sri Lanka __
..2
Switzerland . .
..2
T h a ila n d ___
.. 1
Austria .........
... 1
Bangladesh . .
... 1
Barbados . . . .
... 1
B elgiu m .........
... 1
B o liv ia ...........
,.. 1
B r a z il.............
... 1
Cyprus .........
Dominican Republic . . . . . . 1
... 1
Israel .............
... 1
I t a l y ................
... 1
K o re a .............
... 1
Lebanon ___
... 1
Malaysia ....
... 1
Netherlands .
... 1
South Africa .
... 1
Singapore ...
... 1
T u rk ey .......
... 1
Venezuela ...
... 1
Zaire .........
..73
GRAND TOTAL

....

1339

277

Index

Absence from examinations, 58
Academic honesty, 58
Administration and staff, 256
ADMISSION PROCEDURE, 18
Application dates, 19
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 19
School subjects recommended, 18
Advanced Degrees, 60
Advanced Placement, 20
Advanced Standing, 20
Advising, 37
Alumni Association Officers, 237
Alumni Council, 237
Alumni Office, 39
Ancient History and Civilization, 93
Art History, 69
Arts, Studio, 41, 73
Asian Studies, 75
Astronomy, 77, 198
Athletic fields, see map
Athletics, 42, 191
Attachments to Courses, 51
Attendance at Classes, 57
Automobiles, regulations 40
Awards and Distinctions, 274
Awards and Prizes, 62
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 60
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 60
Bequests, 10
Biology, 78
Black Cultural Center, 36
Black Studies, 84
Board o f Managers, 233
Committees of, 235
Botany, see Biology
Calendar, College, 5
Career Planning and Placement, 38
Center for Social and Policy Studies, 12
Chemistry, 86
Chinese, 167
Classics, 91
College Entrance Examinations, 19
College, committees of, 253
College jobs, 24
Comprehensive Examinations, 46, 58
Computer Science, 97
Computing Center, 12
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 12
Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 53
Cornell Library o f Science and Engineering, 10
Corporation, officers of, 233
Courses o f Instruction, 67

278

Course Program, 47
Creative Arts, 53
Curriculum, 45
Dance, 42, 182
Degree Requirements, 6 0
Degrees offered, 6 0
Degrees conferred, 269
Dining Hall, 35
Directed Reading, 51
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for reaching the College, 288
Distinction in Course, 48
Distribution requirements, 46
Divisions and Departments, 254
Dormitories, 35
Drama, 42, 130
Du Pont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 12
Economics, 101
Education, 108
Education Abroad, 54
Emeritus Professors, 241
Endowed Professorships, 15
Endowment, 10
Engineering, 112
English Literature, 119
Enrollment statistics, 277
Equal Opportunity Office, 260
Equal Opportunity Statement, 2
Examination regulations, 58
Exceptions to the four-year program, 50
Exclusion from College, 59
Expenses, 21
External Examination
(Honors) Program, 45, 48
Extra-curricular activities, 41
Faculty advisers, 36, 47, 48
Faculty, committees of, 253
Faculty members, 241
Faculty Regulations, 57
Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 21, 61
Fellowships, 65
Financial Aid, 22
Fine Arts, see Art History
Foreign students, 277
Formats o f Instruction, 50
Fraternities, 36
French, 168
Friends Historical Library, 11
Friends Meeting, 36
Geographical distribution o f Students, 277
German, 171
Gifts, 10
Grades, 57

Graduate study, 60
Graduation requirements, 60
(see also Distribution requirements)
Greek, 92
Grenoble Program, 54
Handicapped Student Services, 37, 50
Health care, 36
Health Sciences Advisory Program, 52
Hebrew, 173
History, 135
Honors Program,
(See External Examination Program)
Honors Examiners, 50, 266
Housing, 35
Insurance, 35
Interdisciplinary work, 52
International Relations, 145
Judicial Bodies, 40
Lang Music Building, 12, 42
Language Laboratory, 12
Latin, 92
Leaves o f Absence, 59
Libraries, 10
Linguistics, 147
Literature Program, 150
Loans to students, 23
Madrid Program, 55
Map o f College grounds, 286
Martin Biological Laboratory, 12
Master’s degrees, 60
Mathematics, 152
McCabe Library, 10
Media, Student, 43
Medieval Studies, 161
Modern Languages and Literatures, 163
Music, 41, 177
Music, performance, 178, 181
Normal Course Load, 50
Observatory, 12, 194
Papazian Hall, 12
Pearson Hall, 12
Philosophy, 185
Physical Education and Athletics, 191
Physical Education requirements, 59, 191
Physics and Astronomy, 193
Political Science, 200
Practical work, 52
Pre-medical Program, 52
Prizes, 62

PROGRAM OF STUDY, 45
Freshmen and Sophomores, 46
Juniors and Seniors, 47
External Examination (Honors) Program, 48
Psychological Services, 37
Psychology, 208
Public Policy, 214
Public Relations, 39
Publications, College, 39
Publications, Student, 43
Registration, 58
Religion, 216
Religious life, 8, 36
Requirements for Admission, 18
Requirements for Graduation, 60
(see also Distribution requirements)
Residence, regulations, 35
Russian, 173
Scholarships, 24
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 19
Scott Arboretum, 13
Sharpies Dining Hall, 35
Social Committee, 41
Sociology and Anthropology, 221
Spanish, 174
Special Major, 48
Sproul Observatory, 12, 194
Student conduct, 4 0
Student-run courses, 51
Student Council, 40
Student employment, 24
Student Exchange Programs, 54
Study Abroad, 54
Summer school work, 59
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 11
Swarthmore Foundation, 43
Tarble Social Center, 36
Theatre, Courses in, 130
Transfer, application for, 20
Tuition and other fees, 21, 61
Tutorials, 51
Upward Bound, 43
Visiting Examiners, 266
Vocational Advising, 38
Volunteer Program, 43
W ilcox (Florence) Gallery, 12
Withdrawal and Readmission
for Health Reasons, 38
Women’s Center, 36
Women’s Studies, 230
Worth Health Center, 36

279

S w a rth m o re College Cam pus M ap

tA

ipRSI
gBa p

*

yS

vvffijc ^

I

¿*7 $ ?

A

£

"*V

r> i

p^r

Exp la n a tio n o f Bu ildin gs
1. Parrish Hall—Admissions O ffice, administration offices, business offices, I
classrooms, and dormitory
2. Parrish Annex —Faculty offices, Communications Center
3. S c o tt Building —R elief map o f campus
4. Hall Building —Dance Studios
5. Lang M usic Building —Underhill Music Library, dance, music
6. M artin Biological Laboratory and Animal Laboratory —Biology, religion, I
language laboratory, and education

7.
8.
9.

B iÄ S l

C orn ell Science Library
Du Pont Science Building —Chemistry, mathematics, physics, and astronomy I
Beardsley Hall— Art history and studio art, Computing Center, and Wilcox ¡1

Gallery

■ iw

10.
11.
12.
13.

Hicks Hall—Engineering
Trotter Hall—Social sciences and Center for Social and Policy Studies

14. Friends Meeting House

286

J

A rts Center —Pearson Theatre, drama, and studio arts
Papazian Hall— Linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and engineering laboratory

15. W hittier House
16. Scott Arboretum Office
17. W ister Greenhouse
18. McCabe Library
|9 . The Old Library
20. Worth Health Center
21. Beniamin West House—

I
I

I
>7 ■
I

Birthplace o f Benjamin
West (designated a
national historical
landmark) —information
and security

22. Bond Memorial and
I Lodges—Dormitory space
I and meeting rooms
23. Robinson House—Black

I

Cultural Center

r' 24. Ashton Guest House

25.
26.
27.
28.
29.

Tennis Courts
Cunningham Fields
C lothier Fields
Barn
Lam b-M iller Field House—

30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.

Tarble Pavilion— Physical education
W are Swimming Pool
Squash Courts
Service Building
Heating Plant
Fraternity and Social Lodges
Sharpies Dining Hall
Tarble Social C enter in C lothier Memorial
Sproul O bservatory—Astronomy and computer

39.

S c o tt O utdoor Auditorium

Physical education

science

D o rm ito rie s and R e sid en ces
1. Parrish Hall

A . Dana Dorm itory
B . Hallowell Dorm itory

C. W harton Hall
D . W illets Dorm itory
E. W orth Dorm itory
F. Mertz Hall
6 Palmer Hall
H. Pittenger Hall
I. R oberts Hall
J . Mary Lyon Building
K. W oolman House
L Professors’ Houses
M. Employees’ Houses
N. Courtney Sm ith H ouse—

.

President’s House

287

Directions fo r Reaching
S w a rth m o re College
DRIVING
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike

I

Take E xit 24 (Valley Forge). From the to ll booth, travel about 2 miles
on 1-76 to the Gulph M ills exit, then follow Route 320 South
approximately 14.5 miles to College Avenue. (Beware: Route 320 has
unexpected turns along the way.) Turn right onto College Avenue and
follow the road to Parrish H all. (The entrance to the Admissions
O ffice is through the archway at the back o f Parrish H a ll.)

From the N e w J e r s e y Turnpike
Take Exit 3 and follow signs to the W alt W hitm an Bridge. A fter
crossing the Bridge, follow signs for 1-95 South. Pass Philadelphia
International A irp o rt and continue following 1-95 to Chester, Pa.
E xit onto 320 N orth, and go approximately 3 miles to College
Avenue. Turn left onto College Avenue and follow the road to
Parrish H all. (The entrance to the Admissions O ffice is through the
archway at the back o f Parrish H a ll.)

From the South
Traveling on 1-95 from the south, exit at Chester, Pa. (Chester
Business D istrict: Route PA 320, PA 352 Edgemont Avenue). Follow
320 N o rth fo r about 3 miles to College Avenue. Turn left onto
College Avenue and follow the road to Parrish H all. (The Admissions
O ffice is through the archway at the back o f Parrish H a ll.)

T R A IN
The College is readily accessible from Philadelphia by train. A m trak
trains from New York and Washington arrive hourly at Philadelphia’s
30th Street Station. From 30th Street Station, the SEPTA M edia
Local takes 21 minutes to reach the campus.

A,R

A n express bus runs from the airport to 30th Street Station where
you can take the SEPTA M edia Local train directly to the Swarthmore
campus. The combined fare is less than $4.00, and the trip requires
about one hour. Taxi service is also available. The fare is approxi­
mately $18.00, and the trip requires about 30 minutes.

l

SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
Swarthmore, PA 19081
215/328-8000

Second-Class Postage
Swarthmore, PA 19081
ISSN 0888-2126